agaist ah rane
aoe ao
A a ENG
Sh He BAK nee Mit Vi
sath tit Crea) stant Mae
i
, ‘
' re scaly We a a WRIA GH
‘ an rit ‘nal! he vn nor “ate i rit @ iit w hihi at
Pr \ ’ on W000
A oy A vn AAA LAD 4 Hh
ily? De ‘ We in AY i pani ! in
a ue THN
nets ovr ny st
ae iin bh
ayaa veins
alti eit ne in ee
a phe stabs
Pa Laces bh ANSE
t
eS
4s yar ‘ A ay
ped Wea ae
shat
Neda tin)
Haney OU
aye be tin tet
w a 4 4 a ‘i
poy mee er
oT toy
AIR nr
net ny eat we Waddie H
Rd REL ee
eee ARR si eae) a
Brrr SECTS eee neta)
wie RON A WSUS TR ath pert hig Peo ay Us
Rae Wn te bY eth Ho eer!
Wosiouavae onc ceag ine tol toate
Wiaae arent Tyg ey frye aN 8 uy bi wa ht
We!
1 SF
yo bt rea
shew insite Vite miter
$09 a’ bum
eee
Beatin
tiatat rye
eed te L bau yf tal
aan my anise shteshoat
ek atec iy panne meNne Yr Ae cy Wy Wem
i Aa a Pd et
Weibel es sth ew Wath
eens ve tay ARB si ke
athens hotel
AC TSe aie GET An Ut
sy chee pv ahs
Sacalodie bei jean
y rbatanttae erie
reese
ha yo
haa)
Giwee
Wins ea sna
virethsmy anh
‘ whe
My ashe soa yada
WE APO) eS Te
diy AS ly
go Baiaine
ae ay
Ye a
we
mob sie
1 Wear eth
eterna
la altel
aera
vdyee aly thea tangy
ee
Ne a Meee
Hieainy Me shai
wey soe
eet ih? adi Ba
Mama teN es pa (Ash A TNS SS CM
atin cg) Hy Agha:
paren acne)
Aetyshainu ey AS REDE ay
,
wav tora
* xh we
won WEG
ASV Zt Aw iy
" Tan eb pero
Rata ei pit
Non he he
ats wey
A viysiay sai 20s on
9s HQ a Lee
yo vere tenes Doron
Yer hs pe PLT aS
iM PANO SSHUsteELares Vide Suge Bem em oa Oye
races beans wn
sel hewey ad wey
OAT Nata daa et bare
a 7h) Gh
nit Ses
vi
whey Dit sec
’ . vos
‘ vee ' van
1 y
f] 7 yea
per daras gad PUES PRE "
af) Hy inlet: rh seen
Saige daedh ds fe a
dudestiy bed te tg
aa vis whe
“7
Ud De depet eed gl pact
Mor bee g oth wks b peungnan
ch haleg ”
vhs ‘”
Pf "ah aianaes Se ged ore
Saas sinh
4 i mA
: Mage Bp a 14 Ut 9 gf
US bbe Da perp MSH Ree
Sate ined
’
units
eee
1
Meret Pay!
’
aad Add
aye
be FEU EE Bs
a) a i;
frei
‘
House ni
ne
hae id
sein ei iv
oo
, MOY or tN ‘
vied aed ne ot Uipeaaly
Weak daar Ltt eae bk i Ae Oe Re ee
‘ ie ph ihe a 2
BOv Sas Ny (Oo TW Arete ty | i ,
My ie ea 73 bat, De ; Sane, ; i .
ati) YP : ed oe er : ‘
i ey SAR aie ria. : 1 1 f }
i :
4
CONT nye ft tM Soe
4 ui ih ww, D (tt j
j igi Ai f yest ba nee i ae et te Uae oe ae he Py hi
Vane “we Pu Bouin ‘Vay Bit weelirs 4 en iis. yet Bh “lt on bas
anes 7h Ohashi) aes 7 oar ' = , ; Le
; 7 aw Hii coating i i fe: al aks \ May! Ib 1 AY hee Op CRY
er TMG By iy 7 one: th by ;
thee Tap i ih iy ri wh Sty iia’ i a LE ae hy Ply i? Jee,
“s awe peat fii: hie ligan% wri pave iron Minit
om Hse wt i. ete Cee coe a A + PE rah % Hes ra
7 #h ayiths tas te i ; ray rt rl
Sy ili ‘ Aten 1 OAT: oto ah it haath: APRA? PY adh pe
ed Pen wt ee Ie eateinidephne rari we Ree ee OS we» ob BA ¢
pas Tag ee’, Pa Vel elke | bak ris f Wars Tes ae lAG) my ie beg ay Ns * y
yy ita 7 Crna te ae. | A ; ; . oF;
ads | rit Mi ict ae were ew aie eSkk TS hie hes ae
* ; Ts (oN LEA, ete yt, tye ae? 1 sn
. a Datel ie De Dani ‘ R
* r
ee i aes, i Pe ee ey a / : oy
ee wu Hialits at Jit ae
bh fickdee. Ae Nettie Asa Oe, ° Mh TiN gst
; p 5 a A ys ri
A La An Bsa Biletwr (4 oF We Paralsstaeriobe. w% ae
pla tab (tabla Th, cov eeeap ig MD ie ea ae ah
Aker ta thoes a Al See?” ated Wife Dat ges. his
ve ee \ Dak bay: pihinw tt, hy ie ap ie wads) Lent "7 eal ms a
he ee Wee ty,
eiRseo i" LA ee ae Pa al ile, ain ery Rawathaich is
ie Mi Fp oth rhs eR R EY | Me Nia ; ‘es Beis De of Ral sek i)
a he Whi wes ‘4
Pie Aa Bee 1 toa “y ae actal ries we Bey pie ;
oat Tyee n PRG
gi, Hiwatian ba bahiak NALA gh pawilahon , i!
oid Siiptiekl (te Wel) ree ota y
a oped ted, At haetatinsie z =%
~ ve ~*
o sa Ubi pene hast Asai ainsi + dita aD
me e. ‘ th if
i hot
awed ay ee Ae sh <ipuoah bh ‘Hab shed oF ol hein as
‘ Ld ae oO iL ee » ane ih ‘ A Y
Ver th | laeie, OB. A Fiabe Gan Riri TL lovin 05 ay, AA i .
} Wis” Oar ania fy pe VA ite a aa als 1 AW -
* 0 ih rapa! arian ‘is
AS ow Me 1 iaioe ’
Ne tort wis ede) qt i dag
i tl, isk sh ep
My vai a
a RHE 2
bisa by ete Baier heir ae
oe
ite
ah "a ae
ail 7
aN) ob ae a ' &
: at :
PABEEAOr CONTENT Ss. VYOrRUME 59
ALLRED, D. M.: Mites Found on Mice of the Genus ae in Utah.
Mesh ami yartacmosamasidaeaGAcarina) =. =e sone ES ee
A New Species of Mite, Hirstionyssus bisetosus, from the
Nests of the Desert Wood Rat, Neotoma lepida lepida Thomas (Aeéa-
LIN A) CEM Y SSL Ce) asec eee eee Ra LUTE Ae ee ee ee
ARNAUD, P., Jr.:A Bibliographical Note on Ceratopogon yezoensis Matsumura
(Diptera, ileus) cath hee eRe ha OR Ee aay Re al ee
Baupur, W. V.: The Spread of Catorhintha mendica Stal (Coreidae, Hemip-
LIV) RR A a Bie te Paar a Nh ee cle VE z
Barr, A. Re New Species of Gulicera ine Caneidaa from North
PAIN CT: C2 0s 5 Ieee a ae i ee
BELL, R. T.: Carabus auratus Ii (KC Yoleopter: a: Carabidae) in I] North America
BeRNER, L.: A Mayfly Gynandromorph __ 22 ea ee coe SRE 5 ane AE eee
BLAKE, Doris H.: A Note on Two Chrysomelid Beetles (Coleoptera)...
Burks, B. D.: A New Bruchophagus from a Liliaceous Plant with a Host
Plant List for the Genus (Hymenoptera: Eurytomidae) es
(WER OUITRAS eINi elicitors SCCWILPAINIDS fll. 2 ees eee
CUNLIFFE, F.: Notes on the Anystidae with a Description of a New Gait
and Species, Adamystis donnae, and a New Subfamily, Adamystinae
@Alcarinay ip a hie ee Cy ee ee a eee
Davis, H. G., and James, M. T.: Black Flies Attracted toe Mest ‘Bait (Dip-
TREES, A Sohootull bse Ney)) + ee eee i US) eee ot ee
DRAKE, C. J.: An Undescribed Apte Lous Meagade fon he fewlipuins (ile:
MMT GOT A)! 8 es Ae Sg Dn) Sana on ee Nn ee a
EpMuNpbS, G. F., Jr.: The Systematic Rel ationships of the Paleantarene
Siphlonuridae (including Isonychiidae) (Ephemeroptera ) ~ A
Epmunpbs, Lare R.: Observations on the Biology and Life History? of the
Brown Cockroach Periplaneta brunnea Burmeister
ELBEL, R. E.: See EMERSON, K. C.,__— Sa ae Sp Faiz sero A Len re eek ee
Emerson, K. C.: New Species of Rallicola (ehitontendac. Mallophaga ) _
EMERSON, K. C., and ELBent, R. E.: New Species and Records of Mallophaga
fromeGallinaceous birds, of) Lhatllande =
Evans, Howarp E.: The North and Central American Species. ‘of Propisto-
(ein: (Calyamemanterce’ 1Byewlindheeie)) ne ee
FROESCHNER, R. C.: Perillus lunatus: ‘Knight (Hemiptera: Pentatomidae )
TeV iom bana ate. 2 est, fe ee Pee 2 ee ee Se
FULLAWAY, D. T.: A New Reared Opius from. Africa Seer Bra-
COT AIG 5-2 rane Ra a ie cae aes ANE Be ion ee SR,
GALINDO, P.: On the Validity of Haemagogus neeoae init Faleo Kumm et meni
1946 (Diptera: Oiibvdidie patek ae wee Ne Sar tem MY eee ol ue,
GALINDO, PEDRO: A Note on the Oviposition Behavior of Sabethes (Sabe-
thoides) chloropterus Humboldt ~~ 7 eee ee
Hoop, J. D.: A Note on eae Laois Lactavnanvel) terns) alas) 2. ee
Hurusutt, H. W.: See SLATER, J. park ee See a os
Hussey, R. E.: A New Gargaphia a Florida (Hemiptera: ‘Tingidae) DENS.
JAMES, M. T.: Some ee 1e Collected in South India (Diptera, Stratio-
TIyAUClale)) es ee i OR Rs ret, os Re Ld on Be Ea ae
JAMES, M. T.: See Davis, AL ron ech RS eae mel) Opens Le ee ee
JOHNSON, PHYLLIS T.: See SCANLON, JOHN E., and JOHNSON, PHYLLIS T._ £
KISSINGER, D. G.: Taxonomic notes on North American Apion OEE
Curnculionid/alc}) iaeaaeeew enn ee
KouHLs, GLEN M.: Ixodes downsi, a New Species of Tick fron a ao ive in uae
1dad, Briishewwest indies) |CAcanima, lexodidac) i =. ees)
KROMBEIN, K.'V., and ScuustEer, R. M.: A Review of the Typhoctinae
GEiymenoptiena-aevinntililid ae} pee aameicen nr A egy econ Pees eh oe sll
Lamore, D.: The Spider, Conopistha trigona Hentz, Family Theridiidae, as
a Commensal of Allepiera lemniscata Waleckenaer, Family Argiopidae,
in) Prince Georges) Coumtiye lair ysl airy clleeseeees eee ee eee 79
Lane, J., and CerqueEira, N. L.: The Validity and Change of Name of Two
Species! of Waycomia (Diptera: Ch) EEE 244
MELANDER, A. L.: A New TLachyempis (Diptera: Empididae) __..__...__.-....... 296
MUESEBECK,, Co HA IW) See SHENE ROI (hy Dg ————————————— 129.
Neuson, G. H.: A New Species of Dendrocoris and a New Combination of
Atizies (kemipteras 2 entatomii dae) eee ee OTT
Saprosky, C. W.: The Throat Bot Fly: Gasterophilus nasalis or veterinus?
@ipteras. ‘Gasterophilidae) 2 ee
—————.: Two Overlooked Sourees of Type Designations for Genera. 171
SarLer, R. I.: Solubea Bergroth, 1891, a Synonym of Oebalus Stal, 1862,
and A Note Concerning the Distribution of O. ornatus (Sailer) (Hemip-
tera, Pentatomidae) =o. 2 ee ee ee 4]
SCANLON, JOHN E., and JOHNSON, PHYLLIS T.: On Some Microtine-Infest-
haere SECM paar. (ONawoyovhoueey)) a ee nif 2508) See 279
SCHUSTER) SRS MEE |S Ce Ra 0 MES HUNG DECC AV le pe LC)
SELANDER, R. B.: Descriptions and Records of North American Meloidae.
Wei @oleoptera,): co 2 ee ee ee ee 135
SHENEFELT, R. D., and Murseseck, C. F. W.: Ashmead’s Meteoridea (Hy-
menoptera::“Braconidae)) <= 2 ee ee 129
SLATER, J. A., and Hurtseurt, H. W.: A Comparative Study of the Metatho-
racic Wing in the Family Lygaeidae (Hemiptera, Heteroptera) ao) ee 67
Snyper, T. E.: A New Rugitermes from Bolivia (Isoptera, Kalotermidae) 81
SOMMERMAN, K. M.: Three New Species of Liposcelis (= Troctes) (Psocop-
tera))sfrom” Texas. ee ee eR ee 125
STEYSKAL, G. C.: The Date of Publication of Bezzi’s Studies in Philippine
Dipterds= Vil >= 22 5eN fen en ee a a oe 90
STEYSKAL, GEORGE C.: A New Species of the Genus Pteromicra Associated
With) Snails /CDip tera S com y.Z:G aie) pss eee ee ea eens 271
STRANDTMANN, R. W., see TIBBETT, TED, and STRANDTMANN, R. W....._.-
Summers, F. M.: American Species of Ledermuelleria and Ledermuelleri-
opsis, with a Note on New Synonymy in Neognathus (Aearina, Stig-
maeidae; “Caligonellidae)) J2.2. 2 ee ee eee 49
TIBBETTS, TED, and STRANDTMANN, R. W.: The Snake Mite Parasites of the
Family Ixodorhynehidae (Mesostigmata), with Description of a New Spe-
C1CSs LLOAOTNYNCHAULS GOT AON’: eee 265
Topp, E. L.: Five New Species of Gelastocoridae with Comments on Other
Species (@itemiptera,)) 2-2 ee ee ee eee 145
TowNEs, H.: A Revision of the Genera of Poemeniini and Xoridini (Hymen-
optera;. Ichneumonidae) 2.2.2 ee 15
A Review of the Generic Names Proposed for Old World Ich-
neumonids, the Types of whose Genotypes are in Japan, Formosa, or
North America (Hymenoptera, Ichneumonidae) — a 100
: A Bibliography of the Scientific Publications of R. A. Cushman 248
WALLIS, R. Ci: Host Feeding of Culiseta morsitans 2 199
WERNER, F. G.: A New Species of Hpicauta from the Gulf Coast of Texas
(Coleoptera, -Meloidace) 2.23) ee ee ee 97
WHEELER, G. C., and WHEELER, J.: The Larva of Simopelta (Hymenoptera:
Mormicidae): 2. 2 ee ee ee i 191
WHEELER, J.:. See WHEELER, G: ©) 222. eee 191
WILLIAMS, R. W.: Observations on the Breeding Habits of Some Heleidae
of the Bermuda Islands (Diptera) 61
——————. See WirTH; W. W... 2.025 eee By
WINKLER, J. R.: Notes on Bionomies and Eeology of Moss Mites (Acari:
Oribatel) 22.0 ine Ne a 3 eee 190, 270
WirtH, W. W., and WILLIAMS, R. W.: The Biting Midges of the Bermuda
Islands, with Descriptions of Five New Species (Diptera, Heleidae) 5
ii
TOL. 59 | FEBRUARY 1957 NO. 1
PROCEEDINGS
of the
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
« WASHINGTON
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
WASHINGTON 25, D. C.
PUBLISHED BIMONTHLY
CONTENTS
ALLRED, D. M.—Mites Found on Mice of the Genus Peromyscus
in Utah. II Family Haemogamasidae (Acarina)——_________. Bhi: i)
JAMES, M. T.—Some qe Collected in South India opie
rr atiOMiyadae) ye eee eee pee 25
KISSINGER, D. G.—Taxonomic Notes on North American Apion
(Coleoptera, Curculionidae) ———_________ Ait e tees /2 40
SABROSKY, C. W.—The Throat Bot Fly: Nee aera nasalis or
veterinus? (Diptera, Gasterophilidae) —-______ ee ENT OE
SAILER, R. I.—Solubea Bergroth, 1891, a Snyonym of Oebalus
Stal, 1862, and A Note Concerning the ‘Distribution of O. ornatus
(Sailer) (Hemiptera, Pentatomidae): een oe ee ae |
TOWNES, H.—A Revision of the Genera of Poemeniini and
Xoridini (Hymenoptera, Ichneumonidae) —______ a 15
WIRTH, W. W., and WILLIAMS, R. W.—The Biting Midges of
the Bermuda Islands, with Descriptions of Five New Species
Riviriteti. EACIbIGme ye. coat eS EAD
PAINIGRE CEI sy ee ay a
ES AT ALR." MCE SN SRO ce ROL Oe ee wh 23
OBITUARY—Norman Eugene McIndoo, 1881-1956__.__________-_-- 43
SOCIETY MEETING—November, 1956 — = - 45
DIV. INSA
es @° Baer.” Saye
THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON
ORGANIZED MARCH 12, 1884
Regular meetings of the Society are held in Room 43 of the U. S. National
Museum on the first Thursday of each month from October to June, inclusive, at
8 P.M. Minutes of meetings are published regularly in the Proceedings.
MEMBERSHIP
Members shall be persons over 18 years of age who have an interest in the
science of entomology. Annual dues for members are $4.00; initiation fee is
$1.00 (U. S. currency).
OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1957
Honorary President: 222) 42)! 3 oi re 2 Be ei eke eee R. E, SNODGRASS
Presidente so: ea oR ilies AE oe Ue ee Een aS F, L. CAMPBELL
Hirst Vice: President. ae." eee a ee ee R. I. SAILER
SecondeVicewPresident. 42) S42) ee i) ee ee ee es SE ee R. H. NELSON
Recording’ Sceretary =: oo Ae. le ee ee eee -KELLIE O’NEILL
Corresponding Secretary. 1. ee a ee Kertyvin DorwaArD
Preastrer:.< 0. ¢ iss Beet at Be Se eae ee ¥, P. HARRISON
aditor'=—-* at a ee eee eee Aticn V. RENK
Custodian: Se ot a a De ee eee H. J. CONKLE
Program: Chairmant: ©2022) 0 ve ee eee eee eee J. F. G. CLARKE
Executive Committee_______________. A. B. GuRNEY, T. L. BISSELL, R. A. ST. GEORGE
Nominated to represent the Society as Vice President of the Washington Academy
of Sciences Vas he eee ee cei: eee ee C. F. W. MUESEBECK
Honorary Members... ApAM G. Bovine, C. F. W. Mursrseck, H. G. BARBER
The Corresponding Secretary, Custodian, Editor, and Treasurer should be ad-
dressed as follows:
Mr. Kelvin Dorward Mr. Herbert J. Conkle
Plant Pest Control Branch, ARS Plant Quarantine Branch, ARS
U. 8. Department of Agriculture U.S. Department of Agriculture
Washington 25, D. C. Washington 25, D. C.
Miss Alice V. Renk Dr. Floyd P. Harrison
Entomology Research Branch, ARS Department of Entomology
U. 8. Department of Agriculture University of Maryland
Room 3151, South Building College Park, Md.
Washington 25, D. C.
Entered as second-class matter at the Post Office at Washington, D. C.
PROCEEDINGS OF THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON
VOL. 59 FEBRUARY 1957 NO. 1
THE THROAT BOT FLY: GASTEROPHILUS NASALIS OR VETERINUS?
(DieTERA, GASTEROPHILIDAE )
Curtis W. Sasrosky, Entomology Research Branch, U. S, Department of
Agriculture, Washington, D. C.
Adoption of the name Gasterophilus veterinus for the throat bot fly
of horses in the latest taxonomic study of the Gasterophilidae, by
Zumpt and Paterson (1953), has again raised the question of the
proper scientific name for that species, long known to North American
entomologists as Gasterophilus nasalis (l.). Authors who reject
nasalis for a horse bot have applied the name instead to a deer nose bot
called Cephenemyia trompe (Modeer) by other authors.
In Opinion 106 of the International Commission on Zoological
Nomenclature (1929), Cephenemyia was placed on the Official List of
Generic Names with Oestrus trompe Fabricius as the type species
(Fabricius actually credited the species to Modeer!). In the body of
the Opinion, although not in the Summary, trompe is said to be a
synonym of Oestrus nasalis Linnaeus. However, that is a zoological
conclusion, and its acceptance or rejection is not affected by the
Commission’s action relative to the generic name and its type species.
After reviewing the evidence and the conflicting opinions, it is my
conclusion that the proper scientific name of the throat bot fly should
be Gasterophilus nasalis (u.)1 for three major reasons discussed below.
(1) A Mixed Series and the First Reviser Rule
Early descriptions of bot and warble flies (Oestridae in the old and
very broad sense) soon involve one in uncertainty and confusion.
Descriptions of adults, which are often brief and generalized, are
combined with various statements of larval habitat, and it is difficult
to be positive about what an author described or included.
In four important publications of Linnaeus, species are described as
follows in the genus Oestrus:
1746. Fauna Suecica, ed. 1, pp. 306-307: Six species described; not named
1pr. F. Zumpt, of the South African Institute for Medical Research at Johannes-
burg, South Africa, has kindly permitted me to state that he has read the manu-
script and agrees fully with the conclusions, at which he had arrived independently
subsequent to his 1953 publication. I am also indebted to Dr. F. van Emden, of
the Commonwealth Institute of Entomology at London, for suggestions and review
of the manuscript.
2 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957
binominally, but from comparison of data and references with the next three
works, it is clear that the species are described in the following order: bovis,
tarandi, nasalis, ovis, haemorrhoidalis, and a_ sixth species not subsequently
referred to Oestrus.
1758. Systema Naturae, ed. 10, pp. 584-585: Five species, in the order bovis,
tarandi, nasalis, haemorrhoidalis, ovis.
1761. Fauna Sueciea, ed. 2, pp. 428-430: Five species, in the same order as in
1758.
1767. Systema Naturae, ed. 12, vol. 1, part 2, pp. 969-970: Five species in the
same order as in 1758.
By the order of listing of species, which is consistent throughout
for bovis, tarandi, and nasalis, and by the references, one could con-
clude that nasalis is the same throughout. If one considers only the
1746 description and associated information, it seems certain that the
deer nose bot was described. But the starting point for zoological
names is the tenth edition of the Systema Naturae in 1758. Abbre-
viated though it is, the diagnosis in the latter is markedly different
from that in 1746, plus the fact that Linnaeus introduced the state-
ment ‘‘ Habitat in Equorum fauce, per nares intrans.’’ The diagnosis
has been interpreted by some able specialists (Aldrich 1926; van
Emden in litt.) as applying perfectly to a species of Gasterophilus,
and by other able specialists (Railliet 1918; Rodhain and Bequaert
1920) as applying perfectly to a species of Cephenemyia. Its perfec-
tion is clearly open to difference of opinion. It appears to me to agree
most nearly with the usual appearance of the Gasterophilus which has
been called nasalis. The habitat statement quoted above has long been
dismissed as an erroneous observation by primitive peoples, a lapsus,
or the erroneous association by Linnaeus of the habitat of still another
—and non-Scandinavian — species, Rhinoestrus purpureus (Brauer).
However, in view of the fact that throat bot larvae may in their early
Stages attach to the throat or pharynx, sometimes in numbers, the
habitat statement may represent a keen observation that was far
ahead of its time and not appreciated.
If therefore one considers only the diagnosis and habitat informa-
tion of 1758, it is possible to conclude, from one point of view at least,
that Linnaeus was indeed dealing with the horse bot that we know
as Gasterophilus nasalis. However, he also cited species No. 1026 of
the Fauna Suecica (1st edition), which is admittedly the deer nose
bot. I believe that in all such cases one must consider all the informa-
tion present,” including descriptive material, habitat, and references,
“If this is not done, some peculiar situations will arise. For example, the
original diagnosis of adult Oestrus bovis L. (now Hypoderma bovis, the northern
cattle grub) is unmistakably that of the horse bot fly, Gasterophilus intestinalis
(DeGeer), associated in error with the larvae living in the backs of cattle. DeGeer
recognized the confusion, restricted bovis to the cattle pest, and proposed intesti-
nalis for the horse bot fly. I doubt that anyone would insist on calling the horse
bot fly Gasterophilus bovis on the basis of only the diagnosis part of the original
publication.
PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957
vo
as representing the total species concept of the author, no matter how
confused it may be by modern standards. Accordingly, I consider
Oestrus nasalis Li. (1758) to have been based upon a mixture of
species. It then becomes necessary to determine the first reviser, i.e.,
the first author who recognized that a mixture existed and who clearly
restricted the name nasalis to one of its component parts.
Linnaeus himself appears merely to have continued his confusion
of 1758 in his later works. As far as I ean find, the first author who
clearly recognized and resolved the confusion was Modeer (1786), who
proposed Oestrus trompe for the deer nose bot, and restricted Oestrus
nasalis to the horse bot. Under trompe he pointed out that Linnaeus
described the species on deer, though not perfectly, in the first edition
of the Fauna Suecica. However, wrote Modeer (pp. 134-5), ‘SA
ereater error has occurred in the second edition of the same book, for
in that there is an entirely different and quite separate description
bearing on an entirely different little creature, entered under the
name of nasalis (whose larva lives in the horse’s pharynx).’’? After
noting the elimination of accompanying citations from Oestrus nasalis
in the fifth edition of the Systema Naturae, Modeer stated that ‘‘From
all this it can certainly be concluded that Oestrus trompe is far differ-
ent from the nasalis cited in the more recent Fauna Suecica and the
above-mentioned Systema...’’ (p. 135). Later, under nasalis, Modeer
wrote that ‘‘There is no other author who has described this nose-
sting fly [Nosstyng-fluga, i.e. Oestrus nasalis] except von Linné’’ (p.
146) {Translations from Swedish by Miss Ruth Ericson].
Modeer’s work made a clear-cut distinction between trompe and
nasalis, After his work, the name trompe was widely recognized by
the great dipterists of the time (e.g., Fabricius, Fallén, Meigen, Zetter-
stedt, etc.) as applying to a deer nose bot, and nasalis to a horse bot
(either as the name of choice or as a synonym of veterinus ).
(2) Substitute Name
In 1797 Bracy Clark definitely accepted nasalis as applying to the
throat bot fly, but renamed it veterinus only because he regarded the
name nasalis as inappropriate (‘‘T have given it the name veterinus,
because beasts of burden are particularly subject to it, in preference
to the erroneous one of nasalis,’’ p. 313). Veterinus, which has been
used for the throat bot fly by those authors who regard nasalis as a
deer nose bot, is thus really only a substitute name for nasalis and
neither a separate proposal nor a restriction. It is, however, an invalid
substitute name, because zoological names are not to be rejected be-
cause of inappropriateness (International Rules of Zoological Nomen-
clature, Article 32); hence the proper specific name is nasalis, with
veterinus as an objective synonym.
4 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957
(3) Usage
Although a few authors, chiefly taxonomists, have used nasalis L.
for the deer nose bot and veterinus Clark for the throat bot fly of
horses, predominant usage since Modeer (1786) has nasalis L. as the
throat bot fly and trompe Modeer as the deer nose bot. As a purely
practical approach, there will be less inconvenience and more contribu-
tion to stability by maintaining that predominant usage. Otherwise,
the specific names of two important economic species would have to
be changed, including the transfer of the name nasalis from one
species to another. We are not always so fortunate to find that usage
and technical priority yield the same answer.
LITERATURE CITED (other than references in text)
Aldrich, J. M., 1926. What is Oestrus nasalis Linnaeus? Insecutor Inscitiae
Menstruus 14: 15-16.
Brauer, F., 1886. Nachtriige zur Monographie der Oestriden. Wien. Ent. Ztg. 5:
289-304.
Clark, Bracy, 1797. Observations on the genus Oestrus. Trans. Linnaean Soe.
London 3: 289-329.
Modeer, A., 1786. Styng-Flug-Sligtet (Oestrus). Svenska Vetenskaps Acad., Nya
Handlingar 7: 125-158.
Railliet, A., 1918. Sur la nomenclature de deux (strides du Cheval. Bull. Soe.
Zool. France 43: 102-104.
Rodhain, J. and Bequaert, J., 1920. Oestrides d’antilopes et de zébres .. . aveé
un conspectus du genre Gasterophilus. Revue Zool. Africaine 8: 169-228.
Zumpt, F. and Paterson, H. E., 1953. Studies on the family Gasterophilidae. Jour.
Ent. Soc. S. Africa 16: 59-72.
ANNUAL MOSQUITO MEETING
The 13th annual meeting of the American Mosquito Control Association, Inc.,
will be held in the Di Lido Hotel at Miami Beach, Florida, April 28 to May 2,
1957. Subjects of invitational papers include a report of the worldwide malaria
eradication program, an evaluation of insect resistance to insecticides and its
future significance on a worldwide basis, a report of the present status and
future possibilities of biological control of mosquitoes, and a discussion of the
importance of the relationship of taxonomy to mosquito control.
PLAN NOW TO ATTEND!!!
ANNOUNCEMENT
Short scientific articles, not illustrated, two double-spaced typewritten pages or
less in length, are welcome and will usually receive prompt publication. References
to literature should be ineluded in the text.
PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 5
THE BITING MIDGES OF THE BERMUDA ISLANDS,
WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF FIVE NEW SPECIES'
(DiprprRA, HELEIDAE)
Witurs W. Wirt? and Roger W. WinuiAmMs’
During June and July, 1955, the junior author conducted light-
trap and recovery-cage studies of the Heleidae in each of the several
parishes of Bermuda, and made observations on their breeding habits,
which he will report on separately. Two pairs of recovery cages were
placed for weekly periods in each of 15 areas, and a mosquito lght
trap was operated for a week in each of 7 of the areas and for 4 days
at the Biological Station. In this study 13 species of Heleidae, rep-
resenting 4 genera, were taken, of which 5 species are new to science.
In the taxonomic descriptions the following terms should be defined :
‘* Antennal ratio’? (AR) is the value obtained by dividing the com-
bined lengths of the five elongated distal segments by the combined
leneths of the preceding eight, or XI-XV over III-X (in Pterobosca
the ratio is X-X'V over III-IX). ‘‘Tarsal ratio (TR) is the value ob-
tained by dividing the length of the hind basitarsus by the length of
the second hind tarsomere. Wing length is measured exactly from the
basal arculus to the wing tip. The Tillyard modification of the Com-
stock-Needham system of wing venation is used whereby the branches
of the anterior fork are called M,; and Mz and the branches of the
posterior fork M34 and Cu,. The types of the new species here de-
scribed and most of the material studied are deposited in the U.S.
National Museum in Washington, D. C. Paratypes and other speci-
mens when available will be furnished the Museum of Comparative
Zoology in Cambridge, Mass., the British Museum (Natural History )
in London, and the Bermuda Biological Station, St. George’s,
Bermuda.
Johnson (1913) mentioned only two species of the family Heleidae
(= Ceratopogonidae) from the Bermuda Islands. One, which he de-
scribed as new under the name Ceratopogon fur, was actually Ptero-
bosca fusicornis (Coquillett) ; the second species he referred to only
as Ceratopogon sp., without notes that would give us a clue to its
identity. Ogilvie (1928) does not mention this family as occurring
in Bermuda, nor does Waterston (1940).
1Contribution No. 226 of the Bermuda Biological Station. This study was sup-
ported by a National Science Foundation grant-in-aid and a Childs Frick Fellow-
ship granted to the junior author by the Bermuda Biological Station for investi-
gation of the Culicoides of the Bermudas. Thanks are due Wm. Sutcliffe, Jr.,
director of the Biological Station, for assistance and to members of the Bermuda
Agriculture Experiment Station, Gordon R. Groves, director, Idwal Wyn Hughs,
assistant director, J. Hubert Jones, assistant horticulturist, and C. A. Baker, hor-
ticulturist, for transporting equipment and identifying the plants.
*Entomology Research Branch, Agricultural Research Service, U. S. Depart-
ment of Agriculture.
® School of Public Health and Administrative Medicine of the Faculty of Medi-
cine, Columbia University.
6 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957
KEY TO THE BERMUDA SPECIES OF HELEIDAH
(Based primarily on females)
1. Fore femur with strong ventral spines; tarsal claws large; macrotrichia
of wing absent; wing with only one radial cell, the costa extending to
0:72 0£ distance to wine tipi Blatt ae ae 14. Bezzia atlantica, n. sp.
Fore femur without ventral spines; tarsal claws small; macrotrichia pres-
ent on wing, usually abundant; wing with two radial cells present;
costa extending to less than 0.6 of distance to wing tip... - 2
2. Empodium well developed; wing with abundant, long appressed macro-
trichia; first radial cell narrow, second radial cell not sharply angled
awoapexcs = So. gh NS eee OEY Sak A oe ee oa ek a ce es See SSN, 3}
Empodium absent; wing with sparse, suberect macrotrichia — 5206
3. Terminal six segments of antenna elongated; empodium greatly developed,
OPN GLEL ND espers RU Reg aye seers, etter 2 eee aos 1. Pterobosca fusicornis (Coquillett)
Terminal five segments of antenna elongated; empodium normal, small;
AREA OHS 1s bp Sek SS eet e os 2 ed SNS). Sips st Vie G8 ee 4
4. TR 0.5; mesonotum with pale mesal longitudinal band; pleuron with
transverse dark band; legs with apices of femora and bases of tibiae
dark; wing without pale spots; halter brown _.3. Forcipomyia raleighi Macfie
TR 1.0-1.3; mesonotum unicolorous brown; pleuron not banded; legs
banded or unbanded; wing with or without pale spots; halter pale or
Jaro yannte oem eee eee ies 2 ee Fe Ss ee ee ee 5
5. TR 1.0; legs with broad pale and dark bands; wing with pattern of pale
Spots; halter knob, brownish 2 5s 4. Forcipomyia varipennis, n. sp.
TR 1.3; legs unbanded; wing uniformly brownish gray; halter pale
Bh meer Senet Senta he a Doe 25 2 ow Yicu) Mente 2. Forcipomyia ingrami Carter
6. First radial cell nearly or completely obliterated, second obliterated or
square-ended; humeral pits not developed; eyes pubescent; wing hyaline
without: «color .pattern 2253) i bine wee here ee eee 7
First and second radial cells well developed, subequal; humeral pits well
developed; eyes bare; wing usually with pattern of pale spots... 12
7. Abdominal terga with posterior borders narrowly white; large species
Gwanowellailsd: <mimir tone) ) ise eh eee Pe Tinea Wie ea ee 8
Abdominal terga uniformly blackish; small species (wing 0.65-0.9 mm.
Waralfes Ve Wks ee WD aie Ni camer Ie ee Man RCN Med ea ene Ee. 10
8. Abdominal pleura dappled with many small black streaks; large species
(wing 1.4 mm. long); mesonotum with median tuft of seale-like bristles
SLT See RUE ES Rosie Bt REPL ED WeeMe 6 40 SEO Nee Sir ie Le dill 5. Dasyhelea cincta (Coquillett )
Abdominal pleura uniformly pale or with several large dark areas; medium
sized species (wing 1-1.2 mm. long); mesonotum without median tuft of
seale-like bristles
Mesonotum grayish green pollinose; abdominal pleura III-VI extensively
Pa Vee SIN i el Re yeas nies FES 6. Dasyhelea grisea (Coquillett )
Mesonotum yellowish brown with three obscure darker brown vittae;
abdomen without dark areas on pleura III-VI
Bz
walea se, 7. Dasyhelea luteogrisea, n. sp.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 1
10. Thorax uniformly dull, jet-black; male dististyle bifid... ==
Seer uiubt ens Paani a nie, ANUS A, Oak a 8. Dasyhelea scissurae Macfie
Thorax shining brown to black with yellow scutellum, humeri and pre
seutellar and supra-alar spots; male dististyle simple... == =iDl
11. Antennal segments longer, segment XI 1.39 times as long as X; second
radial cell twice as long as broad; spermatheca 0.04 mm. in diameter
with sclerotized base of duct one-third as long as diameter of sperma-
theca; male genitalia as in figure 1_____.._-.________ 9, Dasyhelea atlantis, n. sp.
Antennal segments shorter, segment XI 1.25 times as long as X; second
radial cell not twice as long as broad; spermatheca 0.06 mm. in diame-
ter with base of duct sclerotized only a short distance; male genitalia as
FUP MCST LE WIT Ge) oe ee epee cet ow CNet ce eel BY abe 10. Dasyhelea bermudae, n. sp.
12. Color subshining pale yellow; wing without pattern; two spermathecae
OE OSC NN eee sere ere cee a ee 11. Culicoides floridensis Beck
Color pruinose grayish brown; wing with pattern of large pale areas;
oulyzoneuspermathecar present te. sls iia Te ee ee ees 13
13. Wing markings consisting of sharply defined pale areas, second radial cell
blackish to tip; mesonotum with prominent pattern .....___»_»_S
I MOE IN ses ee AN SE eee NO uney LI he N 12. Culicoides crepuscularis Malloch
Wing markings not sharply defined; second radial cell yellowish at the
extromerapex; mesonotum without pattern = = = =
iy A TRS ples bl Pe ae Me ce Wee BR Poe eee ep 13. Culicoides bermudensis Williams
1. Pterobosca fusicornis (Coquillett)
Ceratopogon fusicornis Coquillett, 1905, Jour. New York Ent. Soe. 13: 63 (female;
Biscayne Bay, Florida).
Pterobosca fusicornis Johannsen, 1951, Florida Ent. 34: 117 (vecords; syn.:
macfiei Costa Lima and floridana Johannsen).
Ceratopogon fur Johnson, 1913, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 6: 444 (female; Ber-
muda; fig. wing; attached to a small agrionid dragonfly). NEW
SYNONYMY.
The two cotypes of Ceratopogon fur in the Museum of Comparative
Zoology at Harvard University were examined through the courtesy
of Dr. P. J. Darlington. One female is attached to the thorax of the
agrionid host at the membranous portion at the base of the wings, with
the proboscis of the midge parasite piercing the integument of the
host. The other cotype female which was glued to a eard point on a
separate pin was dissected and mounted on a slide by the senior
author. Examination of the following characters shows the species to
be the same as Pterobosca fusicornis (Coquillett), the type of which
was used for comparison. Eyes bare; third palpal segment with a
shallow, definite pit; tarsal ratio 3.0; tarsal claws each deeply cleft
and the two parts each broadly expanded, bladelike ; empodium large
and broad, modified for clinging; wing 1.13 mm. long, with moderately
dense, long, suberect hairs arranged in lines, with narrow bare lines
along the veins; halter brown; legs brown; thorax shining brown, with
brown hairs, scutellum slightly paler. This species, which was not
8 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957
taken in the present study, was the only named species of the family
previously known from Bermuda.
2. Forcipomyia ingrami Carter
Forcipomyia ingrami Carter, 1919, Ann. Trop. Med. Parasit. 12: 290 (male, fe-
male; Gold Coast; fig. antenna, wing, tarsus, palpus, genitalia, larva, pupa) ;
Edwards, 1928, Ins. of Samoa, pt. VI, fase. 2, p. 51 (Samoa); Macfie, 1933,
B. P. Bishop Mus. Bull. 114: 94 (Marquesas Ids.) ; Macfie, 1934, Stylops 3:
133 (Hawaii) ; Macfie, 1934, Ann. Trop. Med. Parasit. 28: 179 (Malaya).
Specimens examined: 16 males, 314 females, in light traps from
Biological Station, Wilkinson Pond, Pampas Farm (South Shore
Marsh), Spittal Pond, Paget Marsh, Warwick Marsh, Southampton
Marsh, and Evans Pond, and in recovery cages from Pampas Farm,
Devonshire Marsh, Paget Marsh, Pembroke Marsh, Warwick Marsh,
and Southampton Marsh.
Forcipomyia ingrami is a pale brown, unmarked species with female
TR about 1.3, the male TR from 0.8 to 1.1. The male genitalia offer the
best characters for the separation of ingrami from the related species
such as calcarata (Coquillett) from Mexico and quasiingranuw from
Brazil; in ingrami the aedeagus is in the form of a truncated cone and
the sclerotized band of the parameres is broadly U-shaped rather than
narrowly V-shaped anteriorly.
Macfie’s records of ingrami from Trinidad were later referred by
him to quasiingrami, and the present record constitutes the first
authentic record of ingrami from the Western Hemisphere.
3. Forcipomyia raleighi Macfie
Forcipomyia raleighi Maefie, 1938, Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. London (B) 7: 160 (male,
female; Trinidad; fig. male genitalia).
Specimens examined: 77 males, 36 females, in lght traps from
Biological Station, Wilkinson Pond, Spittal Pond, Paget Marsh,
Southampton Marsh and Evans Pond.
Forcipomyia raleight is easily recognized by its short basitarsus
(TR about 0.5), plain wings, mesally pale mesonotum, dark halteres
and dark-banded pleura and banded abdomen. It is widely distributed
in the Caribbean area.
4, Forcipomyia varipennis, new species
Female.—Length of wing 0.67 mm.
Head brown, eyes bare. Antenna with flagellar segments in proportion of
13 :12:12:12:12:12:12:12:15:18:18:18:23, AR 0.95, proximal flagellar segments
short, tapering, segments XI-XIV vase-shaped with short distal necks, last segment
with terminal papilla which has a spherical tip. Palpal segments in proportion of
10:10:20:10:10, third segment greatly swollen to apex, three-fourths as broad as
long, with a large, deep, sensory cavity opening by a small pore. Mouthparts
rudimentary, mandibles not developed.
Thorax dark brown, mesonotum and secutellum with numerous long, mixed
PROG. ENT, SOC, WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 9
brown and golden, upright hairs and appressed slender, yellowish scales. Coxae
yellowish; fore and hind tibiae with narrow sub-basal and broader subapical brown
bands, the latter subequal in width to the yellowish band of each side; mid tibia
brown except at extreme base and apex; tarsi brown with narrow segmental yellow
bands. Legs with numerous long, upright, stiff hairs and appressed, narrow,
striated scales; six spines in hind tibial comb; hind tibial spur almost half as long
as basitarsus, scaly at base; TR 1.0; claws slender and curved, simple.
Wing with abundant long, striated, blackish scales; adorned with small yellow-
ish anterior spot past end of costa and irregular, diffuse, paler areas on distal and
posterior portions. Halter knob brownish. Abdomen dark brown with numerous
dark brown hairs and slender scales. Spermathecae two, subequal, elongate oval,
each measuring 0.035 by 0.055 mm.
Holotype-—Female, Warwick Pond, Bermuda, 4 July 1955, R. W.
Wilhams, recovery cage (type No. 62916, U.S.N.M.). Paratypes.—8
females, Bermuda, same data as type; 1 female, Warwick Marsh,
recovery cage, 4 July 1955. Purrro Rico—1 female, El Yunque, 20-23
March, 1954, J. Maldonado and 8S. Medina. UNrrep Stares—1 female,
Brownsville, Texas, 1 October 1951, A. B. Gurney, palm grove. GUATE-
MALA—2, females, Actenango, 22 June 1951, Gibson and Ascoli, at
hght; 1 female, Yepocapa, 26 ‘July Os Gibson and Ascoli, at light.
“Forcipomyia. cinctipes (Coquillett) from United States (type local-
ity, Florida )is very similar, but has pale halteres, dark coxae, femora
dark nearly to bases, the second dark band on hind tibia is twice as
broad as the pale bands on each side, the third palpal segment is not
greatly swollen and has a small sensory pit and the size averages larger
(wing up to 1.4 mm. long). Forcipomyia ornatipennis Macfie from
Brazil is also related, but also is a larger species (wing 1.3-1.4 mm.
long) with three large pale spots on the anterior margin of the female
wing, halteres pale, and the legs have more extensive yellow bands on
the femora and mid tibia. Macfie’s reference (1953, Beitr. zur Ent. 3:
96) to a damaged male specimen of ornatipennis from Costa Rica prob-
ably refers to varipennis.
5. Dasyhelea cincta (Coquillett)
Ceratopogon cinctus Coquillett, 1901, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 23: 605 (female;
Lake Worth, Florida).
Dasyhelea cincta, Johannsen, 1943, Ann. Ent. Soe. Amer, 36: 778; Wirth, 1952,
Univ. Calif. Pub. Ent. 9: 150 (male, baa fig. wing, antenna, palpus,
spermathecae, male genitalia; many U. S. localities).
Specimens examined: 7 males, 18 panies from recovery cages at
Paget Marsh, Warwick Marsh, and Southampton Marsh.
This is a relatively large species (wing about 1.4 mm. long) with
pruinose bluish-black mesonotum spotted with yellowish, especially on
the borders, and bearing a tuft of black scale-like bristles in the middle
of the mesonotum; wings with bare lines, abdomen with posterior
borders of terga white and abdominal pleura with many small black
streaks.
10 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957
6. Dasyhelea grisea (Coquillett )
Ceratopogon griseus Coquillett, 1901, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 23: 602 (female;
Washington, D. C., Lake Worth, Florida).
Dasyhelea grisea Thomsen, 1935, Jour. New York Ent. Soe. 43: 283; Wirth, 1952,
Univ. Calif. Pub. Ent. 9: 155 (male, female; many U. S. localities; fig.
antenna, palpus, male genitalia).
Specimens examined: 19 males, 45 females, from recovery cage at
Warwick Marsh.
This moderate sized (wine 1-1.2 mm. long) species can be recog-
nized by its uniformly grayish-green pollinose mesonotum with three
narrow darker setigerous vittae; wine with sparse hairs and bare
lines; legs pale with blackish knees; abdomen black above, the apices
of segments narrowly white-margined; pleura of abdominal segments
II-VI extensively black; spermatheca one, oval with a short sclero-
tized neck; male genitalia with blunt dististyle, a distinct sclerotized
hook on mesal margin of basistyle, ninth sternum not produced caudad,
and apicolateral processes of ninth tergum well developed.
7. Dasyhelea luteogrisea, new species
Female.—Length of wing 1.0 mm.
Structurally nearly identical with grisea (Coquillett). Mesonotum yellowish
brown with three broad, obscure, darker, dull, grayish-brown vittae; halter knob
yellowish; abdominal pleura without integumental dark patches on segments III-
VI, but with denser, longer, conspicuous patches of brownish bristly hairs; all
hairs of body slightly longer and more conspicuous than in grisea.
Male.—Mesonotum uniformly dark brown with heavy bluish-gray pollinosity ;
scutellum dull yellowish brown. Genitalia with spine of apicolateral processes of
ninth tergum short and stout. Otherwise as in grisea.
Types.—Holotype female, allotype male, Bermuda, from recovery
cage at Spittal Pond, 17-23 June 1955, R. W. Willams (type No.
62917, U.S.N.M., mounted on slides). Paratypes: 250 males, females,
Bermuda, from recovery cages at Spittal Pond, Trott’s Pond, Paget
Marsh, Warwick Pond, Warwick Marsh, Evans Pond, Southampton
Marsh and Mid-Ocean Country Club Pond, and in the light trap at
Spittal Pond. Also the following paratypes: United States—22 males,
7 females, Lake Worth, Florida, 9 August 1951, W. W. Wirth, light
trap; 7 males, 13 females, North Miami Beach, Florida, 18 April 1951,
J. E. Porter, hight trap; 3 females, Lake Charles, Louisiana, 9 June
1917, J. M. Aldrich ; 2 females, Galveston, Texas, 16 April 1905, W. D.
Pierce, on Tamarix gallica. Bahamas—1 female, South Bimini Island,
June 1951, Cazier and Vaurie.
This species is evidently a salt marsh relative of Dasyhelea grisea
(Coquillett), with which it occasionally occurs, but without showing
evidence of interbreeding.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 11
8. Dasyhelea scissurae Macfie
Dasyhelea scissurae Macfie, 1937, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (10) 20: 15 (male; Trini-
dad; fig. genitalia) ; Macfie, 1953, Beitr. zur Ent. 3: 103 (male, female; Costa
Rica).
Specimens examined: 2 males, 1 female, Paget Marsh, light trap,
28 June and 1 male, Evans Pond, in hght trap, 12-18 July 1955.
The uniformly dull, jet-black color with only the halteres white,
small size (wing 0.9 mm. long) and the bifid male dististvles will
readily identify this species.
9. Dasyhelea atlantis, new species
(Figure 1)
Male, female.—Length of wing 0.75-0.8 mm.
Color in specimens preserved in alcohol shining dark brown; male mesonotum
uniformly blackish, female mesonotum paler brown with humeri, supra-alar spots
and a pair of oval spots in prescutellar depression, yellowish. Scutellum yellowish,
with six bristles; postscutellum and pleuron dark brown. Antenna brown, palpus
yellowish; legs yellowish, femora and tibiae more or less infuscated; halter knob
whitish, stem dark; wing grayish hyaline, the radial cells slightly darkened;
abdominal terga uniformly blackish. Eye pubescent. Antenna with flagellar seg-
ments in proportion of 15:10:11:11:12:12:13:13:18:18:18:18:25; tenth segment
1.6 times as long as broad; last segment without terminal stylet. Palpal segments
in proportion of 15:25:12:12. TR 2.4; six or seven spines in hind tibial comb.
Wing with second radial cell twice as long as broad, macrotrichia numerous,
arranged in lines on disc but forming patches on distal and posterior wing mar-
gins. Spermatheca one, subspherical, diameter about 0.04 mm., with a very slender
sclerotized duct one-third as long as diameter of spermatheca. Male genitalia as
in figure 1.
Holotype—Male, Bermuda, from recovery cage at Trott’s Pond, 10
June 1955, R. W. Williams (type No. 62919, U.S.N.M., on slide). Allo-
type—Female, from recovery cage at Spittal Pond, 17-23 June 1955.
Paratypes.—About 700 males and females, from recovery cages, during
June and July from Lovers Lake, Wilkinson Pond, Trott’s Pond,
Spittal Pond, Warwick Pond, Seymour Pond, Evans Pond, Pilchard
Bay and Mid-Ocean Country Club Ponds, and from the heht trap at
Spittal Pond, 17-23 June 1955.
10. Dasyhelea bermudae, new species
(Figure 2)
Male, female.
Very similar in color markings to atlantis, the shining blackish mesonotum with
Length of wing 0.65-0.70 mm.
yellowish humeri and preseutellar spots outstanding. Structurally as in atlantis,
but differing as follows: Antennal segments slightly shorter, flagellar segments in
proportion 15:12:12:12:12:12:12:12:15:15:15:15:20. Wimg slightly hairier, sec-
ond radial cell not quite as long as broad. Spermatheea larger, diameter about
0.06 mm., the base of the duct sclerotized only a short distance. Male genitalia
quite different, as in figure 2.
12 PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957
Holotype—Male, Bermuda, from recovery cage at Warwick Pond,
4 July 1955, R. W. W illiams (type No. 62918, U.S.N.M., on slide).
Allotype. Female, from recovery cage at Pampas Farm, 21-27 June
1955. Paratypes.—50 males, 75 females, from recovery cages during
June and July at Pampas Farm, Devonshire Marsh, Paget Marsh,
Warwick Pond, Warwick Marsh, Seymour Pond, and Southampton
Marsh.
1 2
Fig. 1, male genitalia of Dasyhelea atlantis; fig. 2, male genitalia of Dasyhelea
bermudae. The stippling represents areas of greater sclerotization.
11. Culicoides floridensis Beck
Culicoides floridensis Beck, 1951, Florida Ent. 34: 135 (male, female; Florida;
fig. male genitalia).
Specimens examined: Only 3 males and 3 females were taken, these
in the light trap at Wilkinson Pond.
Culicoides floridensis is somewhat similar to melleus of the Atlantie
and Gulf Coasts of the United States, in that it is a pale yellowish
species with unspotted wings, but the wings of floridensis are relatively
barer and the female has the spermathecae less heavily sclerotized.
The male genitalia of floridensis have normal dististyles, conspicuously
spinose parameres, and a V-shaped aedeagus, whereas those of melleus
have the dististyles conspicuously bent, the parameres simple and the
aedeagus massive, with high arch and truneate tip.
PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 13
12. Culicoides crepuscularis Malloch
Culicoides crepuscularis Malloch, 1915, Bull. Illinois St. Lab. Nat. Hist. 10: 303
(male, female; Illinois, Michigan, Arizona; fig. wing, mesonotum, male
antenna, genitalia) ; Foote and Pratt, 1954, Pub. Hlth. Monogr. 18: 19 (re-
described, records, fig. wing, mesonotum, palpus, male genitalia).
Specimens examined: 176 females and 74 males from a light trap
at Biological Station, Wilkinson Pond, Spittal Pond, Pampas Farm,
Paget Marsh, Warwick Marsh, Southampton Marsh, and Evans Pond,
and 577 males and 658 females from recovery cages at Pampas Farm,
Devonshire March, Paget Marsh, Pembroke Marsh, Warwick Marsh,
Seymour Pond, Southampton Marsh, Pilchard Bay, and the larger of
the two Mid-Ocean Golf Course Ponds.
This species is a close relative of canithorax Hoffman and alaskensis
Wirth from North America, as well as bermudensis with which it was
associated in Bermuda. Crepuscularis can be distinguished from these
species by its conspicuous wing pattern of definite rounded spots and
by the prominent mesonotal pattern consisting of a median longi-
tudinal diamond-shaped anterior band and a pair of crescent-shaped
lateral bands which are dark brown on a pruinose grayish background.
13. Culicoides bermudensis Williams
Culicoides bermudensis Williams, 1956, Jour. Parasit. 42(3): 297-300. (female;
Bermuda; fig. wing, palpus).
Specimens examined: 224 females in light trap from Pampas Farm,
Paget Marsh and Southampton Marsh, and 111 females in recovery
cages from Trott’s Pond, Devonshire Marsh, Paget Marsh, Pampas
Farm, Warwick Pond, and Southampton Marsh.
Culicoides bermudensis is a small, brownish, poorly marked species.
The female is closely related to canithorax of North America, but
differs from it in possessing 8 or less mandibular teeth instead of 15,
the AR is less than 1.2, the distance between the eyes is about 2.5 times
as great, the palpus and wing are less than two-thirds as long, macro-
trichia are sparse, the first spine of the hind tibial comb is the longest,
the long axis of the distal pale spot in cell R; les at a 45° angle to
yein M, and the single spermatheca is more than 1.5 times as large as
in cantthorar. No males were collected.
14. Bezzia atlantica, new species
Male, female.—Length of wing 1.2 mm.
Head brown; antenna and palpus pale brown, basal rings of antennal segments
at the verticils whitish; flagellar segments in proportion of 20:18:18:19:20:22:
23:24:35:35:30:40:44. Palpal segments in proportion of 8:12:20:12:18. Man-
dible with ten teeth. Thorax in preserved specimens dark brown, with short dark
pubescence, extent of pruinose pattern undetermined; four or five long black
bristles above wing base; scutellum yellowish, with four strong black bristles.
Legs dark brown; broad yellow bands on middle of hind femur, at base and before
apex of fore tibia, on distal half of mid tibia but leaving extreme apex dark, and
14 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957
on middle third of hind tibia; tarsi yellowish. Legs moderately stout; fore femur
with three long, rather slender, black spines on flexor side, fore and mid femora
with one apical extensor spine, hind femur with extensor series of three or four
bristles; claws black, equal, each with a strong, blunt, basal tooth; TR about 2.0.
Wing yellowish hyaline, costa extending to 0.72 of wing length; medial fork
sessile. Halter brown. Abdomen dull yellowish brown; female with one pair of
gland rods as long as 3.5 segments. Female spermathecae two, pyriform, subequal.
Male genitalia as figured by Wirth (1952, fig. 27 f) for setulosa.
Holotype.—Male, Bermuda, Devonshire Marsh, from recovery cage,
21-27 June 1955, R. W. Williams (type No. 62920, U.S.N.M. on slide):
Allotype.—Female, Bermuda, Pampas Farms, from recovery cage, 21-
27 June 1955. Paratypes——4 males, 4 females, same data as holotype.
Bezzia setulosa (Loew), a common Nearectie species, is closely re-
lated, but differs in having the legs more extensively yellowish, the
femora with very broad pale bands at midlength and the fore femur
with an additional pale preapical ring, the pale tibial bands are also
slightly broader, the female gland rods extend through 4.5 segments
and the spermathecae are not distinetly pyriform.
REFERENCES
Johnson, C. W. 1913. The Dipteran fauna of Bermuda. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 6:
443-452.
Oglivie, L. 1928. The insects of Bermuda. Bermuda Dept. Agr.
Waterston, J. M. 1940. Supplementary list of Bermuda insects. Bermuda Dept.
Agr.
Wirth, W. W. 1952. The Heleidae of California. Univ. Calif. Pub. Ent. 9: 95-266.
PROCEEDINGS
Back VOLUMES AND SINGLE NUMBERS AVAILABLE
Vols. 1-19, per volume a _ $2.00
| OXEH hi ¢N G01 OY 2 Ae see ee aes GMa anal Wes Ree Aaa were EN 90
Vols. 20-50, per volume _ esd CNS Meace nat ORs Asante Mea rade were ee ee mT) ALLO G)
Der MumbeIh es elk a SRE Oe eS nh Dee teen ae b 20
AYACo) KS ESp al ESO feoey OLS) ian 0) Lh 00: ReMi A INane Ale RENEE aren Se Ne ere enn aa in Semen: waaay a NL (OY)
DOL RDO =e ea Ee ee 2 a see eee a
Note: No.’s 1-4 of Vol. 9 and No.’s 1-4 of Vol. 19 are available only
as complete volumes. Per volume Pen eee Mae ee eee se 2)(0Y()
COMPLETE SETS, Vous. 1-57 (1884-1955, inelusive) —- d f _.. 194.00
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 15
A REVISION OF THE GENERA OF POEMENIINI AND XORIDINI
(HYMENOPTERA, ICHNEUMONIDAE)
Henry TOWNES, Museum of Zoology, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor.
The ichneumonid tribes Poemeniini and Xoridini belong in the sub-
family Pimplinae, which subfamily includes species with usually a
rather cylindric body shape, areolet triangular or absent, tarsal claws
not visibly pectinate but often lobed or cleft, spiracle of first abdomi-
nal tergite at or in front of the middle, and ovipositor long and with-
out a subapical dorsal notch. These characters are rather general in
statement and subject to exceptions, but are enough for a correct sub-
family placement of the majority of the Pimplinae, including mem-
bers of the present two tribes. Perhaps the greatest difficulty for the
tribes under consideration is to distinguish them from members of the
Gelinae belonging to the subtribe Echthrina (tribe Mesostenini).
The Echthrina differ from the Poemeniini and Xoridini in having
the areolet, when present, rectangular or quadrangular (except in the
Ethiopion genus Gabunia), and the dorsal valve of the ovipositor
somewhat enclosed apically by a dorsal flange of the ventral valves.
It is a common mistake of older authors to put some of these echthrine
genera in the Xoridini because of a superficial resemblance, but both
larval and adult characters show them to be true members of the
relinae.
The Poemeniini and Noridini have commonly been included in the
single tribe Xoridini (Ashmead, 1900, Proc. U.S. Natl. Mus. 23 : 60-62 ;
and Schmeideknecht, 1907, Opuscula Ichneumonologica, p. 1336) or in
the tribes Xoridini and Odontomerini (Cushman and Rohwer, 1920,
Proce. U. S. Natl. Mus. 57: 395-396). More recently a division into
two tribes approximately as used here has been effected, but hereto-
fore without a statement of the characters on which the division was
based (Townes, 1944, Mem. Amer. Ent. Soe. 11: 80-85; 102-115, and
Townes and Townes, 1951, U.S. Dept. Agr., Agr. Monog, 2: 198-199 ;
204-207). In spite of the fact that members of the two tribes have
been commonly classified together, they are not closely related. Lar-
val and adult characters seem to ally the Poemeniini with the Rhys-
sini and seem to relate the Xoridini with the Labenini and Acaenitini.
At any rate, they are certainly distinct tribes.
Key DISTINGUISHING THE POEMENIINI FROM THE XORIDINI
1. Propodeum not areolated, prepectal carina absent; epipleurum of second
abdominal tergite very narrow, almost absent; middle tibia of female
iO Hite O Dlg tem or OO MES ome = su aeentl ee Shea Seat tS eee Poemeniini
Propodeum completely or almost completely areolated; prepectal carina
present; epipleurum of second abdominal tergite moderately wide, usually
about 0.25 times as wide as long; middle tibia of female usually with one
or two oblique grooves that give it a twisted appearance... Xoridini
16 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957
Tribe Poemeniini
As defined in the key, this tribe includes Poemenia, Deuteroxorides,
Neoxorides, Eugalta, and the new genera Podoschistus, Cnastis, and
Ganodes. In 1944 I ineluded also the genera Clistopyga and Diacritus
(Mem. Amer. Ent. Soe. 11: 80-85). Clistopyga was removed to the
Polysphinetini in 1951 (Townes and Townes, U. 8. Dept. Agr., Agr.
Monogr. 2: 192). Diacritus has a prepectal carina, and in some other,
less definite, characters is a misfit in the Poemeniini. It is hereby
removed from the Poemniini and referred provisionally to the Plecti-
scinae. The genera which I believe are properly referred to the
Poemeniini are discussed below.
KEY TO THE GENERA OF POKMENIINI
1. Mandible with two apieal teeth, the upper tooth smaller; clypeus evenly
convex, about 2.0 times as wide as long; tarsal claws simple. Hol-
AT CULG preset tle, Fy A iol ota SG, SS Re ee aE Cee Poemenia
Mandible without two teeth, its apex truneate and echisel-shaped; clypeus
basally convex and apically impressed, 1.3 to 1.8 times as wide as long;
tarsal claws of middle legs with a subapical tooth except in Neoworides._ 2
~S)
2. Dorsal half of temple finely and weakly scabrous; clypeus about 1.8 times
asi wide, asilongs. | Palaearctic. 222 soeee em 25 Nie eal trate Deuteroxorides
Dorsal half of temple coarsely and strongly scabrous; eclypeus about 1.5
bIMES: “AS Cwide as; TON pis Ee a Wp ae eA A el 3
3. Outer claw of hind tarsus bent at a sharp angle, the inner claw more weakly
curved; apical ungual bristle on outer claw of hind tarsus enlarged and
shoehmblihien) (Obaehawh each ed iy onotey as see 2 ee Eugalta
Outer claw of hind tarsus not bent at a sharp angle and not more sharply
curved than inner claw; apical ungual bristle on outer claw of hind tar-
susvnotr enlarged... e292 od ee oe ae et Sh) Sas 8S ee 4
4. Tarsal claws simple; second and third tergites impunctate or with a few
WeAkes pln ctuiness), slo am chess eee ea cua! cee LN AA ar Neoxorides
Tarsal claws with a subapical tooth, or the hind claws sometimes simple;
second) and) third tergites definitely-punctate: 2 ee eee
Hind tarsal claws with a subapical appressed tooth; nervulus opposite the
asallimvein’; pElOlan tics, sewleM re Aas hsoct at oe Wee eh As Seana aie ae Podoschistus
Hind tarsal claws simple; nervulus before the basal vein by about 0.25
(eo) (OAYS qameiKersy syiste WW enovetol, ee ee ipa Ee ae eas elle ei 6
6. Areolet present; first tergite of female about 2.4 times as long as wide.
Neotropical: Sse. te 2025 ai Ne ye aOR eRe et Eee ih TANT ae Ganodes
Areolet absent; first tergite of female about 1.5 to 2.0 times as long as
Wades Jiapan,) Philippines: vanes cm dossiers) ee ceves er cee ues eee ea eae Cnastis
Genus Poemenia
Poemenia Holmgren, 1859. Ofvers. Svenska Vetensk. Akad. Forh. 16: 130.
Type: Poemenia notata Holmgren. Monobasie.
Calliclisis Foerster, 1868. Verh. Naturh. Ver. Rheinlande 25: 169.
Type: Ephialtes hecticus Gravenhorst. Designated by Viereck, 1914.
PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 17
Phthinodes Tschek, 1868. Verh. Zool.-Bot. Gesell. Wien 18: 272.
Type: Ephialtes hecticus Gravenhorst. Monobasic.
Euxorides Cresson, 1870. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 3: 167.
Type: Euaorides americanus Cresson. Monobasic.
Lissonotopsis Habermehl, 1917. Ztschr. Wiss. Ins.-Biol. 13: 234, 306.
Type: (Lissonotopsis rufa Habermehl) = hectica Gravenhorst. Monobasie.
Clypeus moderately large, about 2.0 times as wide as long, evenly convex, coy-
ered with rather long hairs, its apical margin concave; mandible moderately long,
with two apical teeth, the upper tooth shorter; temple in profile about 0.53 times
as long as eye, its dorsal half sometimes with a weakly scabrous area; meso-
scutum moderately trilobed; notauli strong anteriorly, fading out on dise of
mesosecutum; areolet present or absent, when absent the intercubitus about 0.8
times as long as second abscissa of cubitus; nervulus usually opposite basal vein,
but sometimes before or a little beyond; tarsal claws simple, those of the hind
legs sharply curved in a right angle turn; first tergite about 2.0 to 3.5 times
as long as wide; second and third tergites with fine dense punctures.
This is a rather small, Holaretic genus. In North America there
are four species.
Genus Deuteroxorides
Deuteroxorides Viereck, 1914. Bul. U. S. Natl. Mus. 83: 43.
Type: Xorides albitarsus Gravenhorst.
Clypeus rather small, about 1.8 times as wide as long, convex basally, the rest
impressed and the apical margin concave; mandible of moderate length, its apex
chisel-shaped, without teeth; temple in profile about 0.5 times as long as eye, its
dorsal half finely and half weakly scabrous; mesoscutum strongly trilobed; notauli
strong, almost meeting on disc of mesoscutum; areolet absent; intercubitus about
0.5 to 1.0 times as long as second abscissa of cubitus; nervulus opposite or a
little before basal vein; tarsal claws of male simple, the outer claw of hind tarsus
more sharply curved than inner claw; female tarsal claws with an internal trun-
cate tooth on front and middle legs, simple on hind leg or with an inner tooth
on inner claw, the outer claw more sharply curved than inner claw; first tergite
about 2.0 to 4.0 times as long as wide; second and third tergites with rather close,
moderate sized punctures.
There are two species: the European NXorides albitarsus Graven-
horst, 1829, and the Japanese Vorides orientalis Uchida, 1928.
Genus Eugalta
Eugalta Cameron, 1899. Mem. & Proc. Manchester Lit. Phil. Soe. 43: 135.
Type: Hugalta strigosa Cameron. Designated by Ashmead, 1900.
Pseudeugalta Ashmead, 1900. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 23: 55.
Type: Engalta spinosa Cameron. Monobasie.
Baliena Cameron, 1900. Mem. & Proc. Manchester Lit. Phil. Soc. 44: 101.
Type: Baliena leptopus Cameron. Monobasie.
Tilgida Cameron, 1900. Mem. & Proc. Manchester Lit. Phil. Soc. 44: 108.
Type: Tilgida albitarsis Cameron. Monobasie.
1s PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957
Aethria Tosquinet, 1903. Mém. Soc. Ent. Belgique 10: 114. New. synonymy.
Type: Aethria conspicua Tosquinet. Monobasic.
Bathymeris Cameron, 1906. Entomologist 39: 251.
Type: Bathymeris longipes Cameron. Monobasie.
Formoxorides Uchida, 1928. Jour. Fac. Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 25: 14.
Type: Achorocephalus pilosus Szépligeti. Original designation.
Clypeus small, quadrate, about 1.5 times as wide as long, convex basally, apical-
ly impressed, the apical margin subtruneate; mandible short, its apex chisel-
shaped, without teeth; temple in profile about 0.3 times as long as eye, its upper
half coarsely scabrous; mesoscutum strongly trilobed; notauli strong, strongly
convergent, and almost meeting on disc of mesoscutum; areolet present or ab-
sent, when absent the intercubitus about as long as second abscissa of cubitus;
nervulus opposite basal vein; tarsal claws each with a large truncate median
tooth; outer claw of hind tarsus bent a little sharper than a right angle, its
median tooth obscured within the bend and its apical ungual bristle enlarged and
spatulate; first tergite about 2.0 to 4.0 times as long as wide; second and third
tergites polished, impunectate or variously punctate.
This is an Oriental genus, with many species. One species, (or-
ides) Eugalta albomarginalis Uchida, 1928 (new combination), oe-
curs in Japan.
Genus Podoschistus, new genus
Clypeus small, quadrate, about 1.2 times as wide as long, basally convex, the
rest impressed, its apex truncate or concave; mandible short, its apex chisel-
shaped, without teeth; temple in profile about 0.55 times as long as eye, its upper
half coarsely scabrous; mesoscutum rather strongly trilobed; notauli strong,
convergent and almost meeting on dise of mesoscutum; areolet absent, the inter-
cubitus about 0.5 times as long as second abscissa of cubitus; nervulus opposite
basal vein; tarsal claws with a median, appressed, pointed tooth; first tergite
about 2.3 to 3.0 times as long as wide; second and third tergites mat, with mod-
erate punctures.
Genotype—X orides vittifrons Cresson, 1868.
This is a Holaretic genus, including Norides vitifrons Cresson,
1868, from eastern North America; Yorides scutellaris Desvignes,
1856, from Europe; and Xorides alpensis Uchida, 1928, from Japan.
Genus Ganodes, new genus
Clypeus small, quadrate, about 1.5 times as wide as long, convex basally, the
rest impressed, its apical margin subtruneate; mandible short, its apex chisel-
shaped, without teeth; temple in profile about 0.4 times as long as eye, its upper
half coarsely scabrous; mesoseutum strongly trilobed; notauli strong, convergent,
meeting on disc of mesoscutum; areolet present; nervulus before basal vein by
about 0.3 times its length; claws on front and middle legs of female (the male
unknown) with a small median acute tooth; claws on hind tarsus simple, rather
strongly curved; first tergite of female about 2.3 times as long as wide; second
and third tergites polished, with moderate sized punctures.
Genotype—Ganodes balteatus, new species.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 19
Ganodes balteatus, new species
Female—Fore wing 10 to 15 mm. long. Frons impunctate but with a few setae;
serobe of pronotum impunctate; mesoscutum smooth, with scattered small, indis-
tinct punctures, centrally with some sharp wrinkles; mesopleurum polished, most
of it with shallow, moderate-sized, rather close punctures; propodeum trans-
versely wrinkled on its median third, wrinkled on its lower margin, the rest with
rather sparse weak punctures; first tergite polished, with a few weak punctures
and faint, fine transverse wrinkling; second and third tergites with moderate
sized, rather close punctures interrupted by a median impunctate stripe, the stripe
a little wider and the punctures a little sparser on the second tergite.
Head white, the mandible, scabrous area on temple, frons medially and con-
nected with upper half of occiput, and antenna except for flagellar segments 8 to
19 black; propleurum brown, whitish near fore coxa; pronotum black, broadly
white below and above; mesoscutum black, a lateral spot on front part of median
lobe and a pair of discal streaks whitish; seutella white surrounded by black;
propodeum whitish, its median third black and with a dark brown pleural stripe
extending from spiracle posteriorly; a triangle under hind wing brownish; pleura
and sterna rufus, the mesopleurum sometimes mottled with whitish and with
black below the subalar tubercle; subalar tuberele of mesopleurum and mese-
pimeron whitish; tegula white; wings hyaline, their veins dark brown but the
costa basally whitish. Legs fulvous, the fore coxa anteriorly, the middle and
hind coxae posteriorly, and tinges on front and middle femora and middle troch-
anters brownish; front and middle tarsi blackish apieally; hind femur blackish;
hind tibia and tarsus yellow.
Type—?, Nova Teutonia, Brazil, I[X-27-40, Fritz Plaumann
(Townes).
Paratypes—3 @ 9, same data as the type but with the dates [11-24
27, 1X-13-40, and X-19-40 (Townes).
Genus Cnastis, new genus
Clypeus small, quadrate, about 1.5 times as wide as long, convex basally, apically
impressed, the apical margin subtruncate; mandible very short, its apex chisel-
shaped, without teeth; temple in profile about 0.67 times as long as eye, its upper
0.6 coarsely scabrous; top of head somewhat flattened; mesoscutum weakly tri-
lobed; notauli sharp but not strongly impressed, almost meeting on dise of meso-
scutum; areolet absent, the intercubitus about 1.1 to 1.35 times as long as second
abscissa of cubitus; nervulus before basal vein by about 0.3 to 0.4 times its
length; tarsal claws of fore and middle legs of female with an acute submedian
tooth; tarsal claws of hind leg simple, strongly curved; first tergite of female
about 1.5 to 2.0 times as long as wide; second and third tergite polished, with
rather coarse, moderately dense punctures. The last tergite of the female is un-
usual in extending beyond the cerci as a flattened lobe that is longer than wide.
In related genera the apex of the female last tergite is shorter and scoop-shaped.
Genotype—N eoxorides longicaudis longicaudis Baltazar, 1955.
The genotype is from Luzon in the Philippines. There is a sub-
species of the genotype (N. longicaudis mindanensis Baltazar, 1955)
in Mindanao, Philippines, an undescribed subspecies of NV. longicaudis
20) PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957
in Siam, and a specimen of the species is known from Java. NXorides
vulgaris Uchida, 1928, is a second species of the genus, occurring in
Japan.
Genus Neoxorides
Neoxorides Clément, 1938. Festschr. Embrick Strand, v. 4, p. 517.
Type: Norides nitens Gravenhorst. Original designation.
Clypeus small, quadrate, about 1.5 times as wide as long, convex basally, the
rest impressed, its apical margin subtruncate; mandible short, its apex chisel-
shaped, without teeth; temple in profile about 0.6 times as long as eye, its upper
half coarsely scabrous; mesoscutum strongly trilobed; notauli strong, approxi-
mate on disc of mesoscutum; areolet absent, the intereubitus about 0.4 times
as long as second abscissa of eubitus; nervulus interstitial; claws simple, mod-
erately curved; first tergite about 2.0 to 3.0 times as long as wide; second and
third tergites microscopically transversely aciculate, impunctuate or with a few
weak, inconspicuous punctures.
This is a Holaretic genus, including the European Xorides nitens
Gravenhorst, 1829, the European Xorides collaris Gravenhorst, 1829,
and the American Xorides caryae Harrineton, 1891, and Yorides
borealis Cresson, 1870.
Tribe Xoridini
This tribe includes Yorides (=Xylonomus), Ischnoceros, Odonto-
colon, and Aplomerus. Xorides is an isolated genus. The other three
form a compact group, differing from Xorides as indicated in the key
to genera and in the ovipositor as described under the genera.
KEY TO THE GENERA OF XORIDINI
1. Mandible without two teeth, its apex chisel-shaped; epomia long and strong,
usually projecting dorsally as a tooth; female antenna curved or elbowed
subapically, at the curve or elbow with one, two or a series of peg-like
Setae.y MWiopldwid es it. 2. Suse te gre sae Ct ek EAE Ae ed al See Xorides
Mandible with two subequal teeth (as normal); epomia absent or short
and weak, not projecting dorsally; female antenna not specialized sub-
enonkorlibsy (EVs) to keierererll oyXol, AeYoney yn ee I Ceti 5.1 2
2. Hind femur with a strong median ventral tooth. Holarctic. Odontocolon
Hind femur without a median ventral, booth iets. eae SE Ee 3
3. Frons with a strong median horn or tubercle; body subcylindrie.
VOU ear Chi Cre: et NRL LU ra Oy spar PR NA es Nonna Pe a Ischnoceros
Frons without a median horn or tubercle; body flattened. Nearctie A plomerus
Genus Ischnoceros
Ischnoceros Gravenhorst, 1829. Tchneumonologica Europaea 2: 949.
Type: Ichnewmon rusticus Foureroy. Designated by Viereck, 1914.
Head and body not depressed; apex of mandible with two subequal teeth;
frons with a strong median horn or tubercle; female flagellum not specialized
as in Xorides ; epomia absent; hind femur not thickened, without a tooth beneath;
first abdominal segment short, stout, rather strongly bent at the middle; second
tergite with weak oblique basal grooves; second and third tergites punctate or
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 21
transversely aciculate; apical part of ovipositor weakly compressed, the ventral
valve with about five ridges, basad of which there is no roughened area.
There are several Palaearctic species, and one in the United States.
The United States species is described below.
Ischnoceros clivulus, new species
Female—Forewing 7 to 8 mm. long. Frons with rather fine punctures, and
with a large, median, mound-like, weakly compressed tubercle whose apex is
weakly grooved vertically; mesoscutum polished, with small punctures whose inter
spaces are about 1.5 times their diameter; mesopleurum polished, with moder-
ately large weak punctures whose interspaces are about equal to their diameter;
area dentipara with a weak transverse apical tooth; first tergite without a dorso-
lateral carina beyond the spiracle; second tergite polished, except near the apical
margin covered with microscopic transverse aciculation; ovipositor sheath about
0.67 times as long as fore wing.
Black. Tegula, base of fore wing, and base of hind tibia externally, whitish;
wings faintly tinged with brown, the veins dark brown; legs ferruginous, the
hind tibia with a weak apical infuseation; abdomen brownish ferruginous basally,
darkening to brown apically; ovipositor sheath blackish, ferruginous at the apex.
This is the only species of Ischnoceros with the abdomen partly fer-
ruginous. Its frontal horn is unexecavated, as in Ischnoceros sappo-
rensis, but the abdominal sculpture is aciculate as in J. rusticus rather
than punctate as in I, sapporensis.
Type—?, Cinder Cone, Lassen National Park, Calif., VI-19-41,
P. D. Hurd (Berkeley).
Paratypes—2 22. same data as type (Berkeley and Townes).
®, Wright’s Lake, Eldorado Co., Calif., VII-2-48, P. D. Hurd (Ber-
keley ).
yenus Odontocolon
Odontomerus Gravenhorst, 1829. TIchneumonologica Europaea 3:851.
Name preoccupied by Leach, 1819.
Type: Ichnewmon dentipes Gmelin. Designated by Westwood, 1839.
Odontocolon Cushman, 1942. Proc. Ent. Soe. Wash. 44: 179. New name.
Head and body not, or weakly flattened; apex of mandible with two subequal
teeth; frons without a median tubercle or horn; female flagellum not specialized
as in NXorides; epomia absent or rudimentary; hind femur thickened, beneath
with a strong median tooth; first abdominal segment rather slender basally and
enlarged apically, a little bent near the middle; second tergite without oblique
basal grooves; first and second tergites polished, smooth or more or less aciculate
or punctate; apical part of ovipositor weakly compressed, the ventral valve with
about five ridges, basad of which there is no roughened area.
This is a Holarctie genus with numerous species.
ap PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957
Genus Aplomerus
Platysoma Provancher, 1885. Canad. Ent. 17: 115. Name preoccupied by
Leach, 1817, by Lienard, 1832, and by Brandt, 1835.
Type: Platysoma tibialis Provancher. Monobasic.
Aplomerus Provancher, 1886. Addit. Corr. Faune Ent. Canada p. 117.
New name for Platysoma.
Anodontomerus Ashmead, 1900. Proce. U. S. Natl. Mus. 23: 61.
Type: Aplomerus tibialis Provancher. Original designation.
Haplomerus Dalla Torre, 1901. Catalogus Hymenopterorum. 3: 3592.
Emendation.
Head and body distinctly flattened; apex of mandible with two subequal teeth;
frons without a median horn or tuberele; female flagellum not apically special-
ized as in NXorides; epomia absent; hind femur not thickened, without a tooth
beneath; first abdominal segment depressed, its spiracle near its basal 0.3; second
tergite without oblique basal grooves; first and second tergites polished or with
various aciculation or fine wrinkling; apical part of ovipositor weakly compressed,
the ventral valve with about five ridges, basad of which there is no roughened
area.
This is a Nearctic genus, with five species.
Genus Xorides
Xorides Latreille, 1809. Hist. Nat. Crust. Ins. 4: 4.
Type: Ichneumon indicatorius Latreille. Monobasie.
Epixorides Smith, 1862. Jour. Proe. Linnaean Soe. London (Zool.) 6: 64.
New synonymy.
Type: Epixorides chalybeator Smith. Monobasiec.
Moansa Tosquinet, 1896. Mem. Soe. Ent. Belgique 5: 345. New synonymy.
Type: Moansa praestans Tosquinet. Monobasie.
Neoxylonomus Szépligeti, 1914. Ann. Mus. Natl. Hungariei 12: 421.
New synonymy.
Type: Neoxylonomus australis Szépligeti. Monobasie.
Other synonyms: Xylonomus, Sterotrichus, Gonophonus, Moerophora, Sichelia,
Rhadina, Perissocerus, Cyanoxvorides, Spiloxorides, Macrosterotrichus, Caeno
stoma, Periceros, Rhadinopimpla, Ahyborhyssa, Lavaudenia, Xylonomimus,
and Neoxrylonomus Clément, not Szépligeti.
Head and body not, or weakly flattened; apex of mandible chisel-shaped, with-
out teeth; frons without a median tubercle or horn, or sometimes with a horn or
lamella between the antennal bases; female flagellum subapically elbowed or
eurved, on the outer side of the elbow or curve with one to several peg-like bris-
tles; epomia strong, long, dorsally turning forward and usually forming a pro-
jecting tooth at the turn; hind femur not thickened, without a tooth beneath;
first abdominal segment subeylindrie or prismatie basally, expanded apically.
stout and rather short to elongate and slender; second tergite nearly always with
an oblique basal groove on each side cutting off baso-lateral corners, and often
with other grooves or impressions; second and third tergites variously seulptured;
apical part of ovipositor cylindrie or slightly depressed, the lower valve with about
eight ridges, basad of which there is a roughened area.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1; FEBRUARY, 1957
This is a large genus of worldwide distribution and much strue-
tural diversity among its species. The specific diversity has led to
the creation of separate genera for reception of some of the structural
types. I list these generic names above as simple synonyms, though
it is probable that after the specific relations are better understood it
will be advisable to use some of the proposed names for subgenera.
BOOK REVIEW
A CLASSIFICATION OF THE FIRST INSTAR LARVAE OF THE MELOI-
DAE (COLEOPTERA), by J. W. MacSwain. University of California
Publications in Entomology, University of California Press, vol. 12, iv plus
181 pp., 29 pls. 1956. $3.00.
The title is perhaps an understatement of the scope of the paper, for in
actuality this work represents a carefully analyzed account of both the phylogeny
and the classification of the Meloidae of the world. Furthermore, while the
author’s primary source of data was a comparative study of the morphology of
the first-stage larvae, information pertaining to the morphology of the adults and
especially biology was integrated and temperately synthesized wherever possible.
Since the author’s ideas concerning the systematics of the family were based on
all these lines of evidence, there is little doubt but that this definitive paper will
represent the basic framework of the classification of the Meloidae for years to
come, in spite of the fact that small changes will become advisible when more
biological data are uncovered, when larvae of other species are collected, and
when the adults are more completely studied.
The general outline of the paper is as follows: After the introduction, and
acknowledgements, the author briefly but concisely presents the history of the
biological and systematic work pertaining to the larvae. He next treats the
known biology of the members of the family, summarizing the data at the end
in the form of comparative biological diagnoses of three of the five subfamilies.
Little is known of the other two subfamilies, which, however, are small. This is
followed by a discussion of the morphology of the first instars, with particular
reference to an evaluation of the characters of systematic use. The last part of the
paper, dealing with systematics of the family, is by far the largest, occupying
127 pages. It is introduced by a treatment of the phylogeny, in which the author’s
reasons, both biological and morphological, for dividing the family into five
subfamilies are presented and discussed. The paper then provides, in a strictly
taxonomic arrangement, an account of the subfamilies, tribes, genera, and species
based upon the known first-stage larvae. This section includes both keys and
comparative descriptions, and lists as well the geographic range of the taxon,
the larval food, and the data of the material examined. In addition, the descrip-
tions are often accompanied by some general explanatory remarks pertaining to
relationship, nomenclature, and other pertinent information. Also included in
the paper is a very extensive selected bibliography covering eight and one-half
pages. The study terminates with twenty-nine plates of precisely delineated com-
parative illustrations of the larvae, drawn mostly by the author.—JEROME G.
ROZEN, JR., Entomology Research Branch, U. S. Department of Agriculture, Wash-
ington, D.C.
24 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957
FOR EARLY PUBLICATION
A CLASSIFICATION OF THE SIPHONAPTERA OF
SOUTH AMERICA
WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES
by Phyllis Truth Johnson
Memoir 5
of the
Entomological Society of Washington
The study of South American fleas was begun in 1879 when Weyen-
bergh published the first descriptions of species from that region, using
Specimens mounted on cardboard as was usual in that day. These
fleas were restudied in balsam by Jordan and Rothschild in England
Shortly after the turn of the century, and from that time to the
present day a large number of siphonapterologists, both in England
and the Americas, have contributed to this study. Dr. Johnson’s
work is the first comprehensive taxonomic treatment of the fleas of
the region, which comprises Trinidad and all of the continent and its
coastal islands. The contemplated 275 page volume will be indispensa-
ble to the serious student of this important order of insects.
Memoir 5 opens with two discussions of morphological characters, one devoted
to the terms used in the taxonomic section and the other to their taxonomic
validity and possible phylogenetic significance. All the families, tribes and
genera known to occur in South America are completely described and illus-
trated, and the species within each genus have been listed with host and _ lo-
eality data. Descriptions of 17 new species and two new subspecies bring the
total number to 170. Keys to families, tribes, genera, and species are ineluded.
The discussion of each genus is terminated by a section giving the synonymies
of the hosts concerned. The 114 plates are said to contain among the best
illustrations of fleas currently available, and are grouped according to family.
A section listing hosts, each with the fleas known to occur on it, reecapitulates
the host-flea information; sections dealing with references, systematic index and
list of abbreviations close the volume.
Prepublication orders at the price of $8.00 to members and $9.00 to non-
members may still be placed with the Society for Memoir No. 5. Orders should
be addressed to Mr. Herbert J. Conkle, Custodian, Plant Quarantine Branch,
Agricultural Research Seriice, U. S. Department of Agriculture, Washington
29,0 DG.
oS
C
On
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957
SOME SARGINAE COLLECTED IN SOUTH INDIA
(DiprERA, STRATIOMYIDAE)
Maovricre T. JAMES, State College of Washington, Pullman.
The present paper is based on collections made by P. 8. Nathan in
South India and either purchased by the author or supplied to him
for study by the Canadian National Museum through the courtesy
of G, EK. Shewell. The study of this material has aided considerably
in clarifying the taxonomic status of some poorly known species; it
has provided material for proposing a new synonymy, previously
suspected but not confirmed, involving a well-known and widely dis-
tributed species; and, finally, it has revealed two striking generic
intergrades, one of which is a species apparently new to science.
Microchrysa flaviventris (Wiedemann)
Sargus flaviventris Wiedemann, 1824, Anal. Ent., p. 31.
The status of the Oriental Microchrysa in which the males have
a unicolorous yellow abdomen is unsettled, but the common Indian
species seems to be flaviventris. I have seen a series from Gudalur,
Nilgiri Hills, 3500’, April, 1949 (Nathan; James Coll.) and a female
from Kodaikanal, Pulney Hills, May, 1953 (Nathan; Canadian Na-
tional Collection). Information on the types of M. flaviventris and
M. fuscistigma de Meijere furnished to me through the courtesy of
S. L. Tuxen and Br. Theowald, respectively, indicates that the discal
eell is completely developed in both, contrary to what I had previously
thought (James, 1950, p. 254); and in a series from Bangkok, Thai-
land, Sept. 9, 1952 (M. H. Griffith; Univ. Kansas Collection), two
males and one female had the discal cell complete, whereas one male
had the vein forming the upper apical portion evanescent. This latter
character, therefore, is apparently not of specific value.
Microchrysa dichoptica, new species
A typically appearing Microchrysa in all aspects except that the
eyes of the male are widely separated. The female might, on first ex-
amination, be taken for M. flaviventris, but the lees are entirely yellow
and the head structure is different, the occipital orbits bemg more
strongly developed below and the inner posterior corners of the eyes,
when viewed dorsally, being almost angulate instead of broadly
rounded, as in flaviventris. In Brunetti’s (1923) keys this species
would trace to the genus Sargus because of the dichoptic males; under
Sargus it would trace to inficitus Walker, from Batjan, a yellowish
species marked with black and, as Brunetti remarks, probably a Micro-
chrysa, since Walker describes it as having holoptic males (the type
is lost); under Microchrysa it traces either to fuscistigma or to
flaviventris, depending on whether one considers the stigma as brown
or yellow. Both fuscistigma and flaviventris males are holoptic, with
the abdomen at least mostly yellow.
26 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957
Male.—Eyes broadly separated, the front and face almost parallel sided, the
latter but shghtly the broader, about one-fifth head width and slightly wider
than the ocellar triangle. Occipital orbits narrow, though distinet, along their
entire extent. Head metallic, blue green on upper part of front and upper oceipi-
tal orbits, blackish dulled by whitish pollen on lower third of front, bronze-green
on the face, and blackish on the occiput and lower occipital orbits; facial orbits
silvery; pile of upper part of front and occiput whitish, that of lower part of
front and facial orbits silvery. Antennae yellow, the flagellum orange-yellow ;
arista black. Proboscis yellow. Thorax metallic bluish green, the pleura slightly
more blackish, the humeri and the narrow upper margin of the mesopleura white ;
pile of pleura silvery, that of mesonotum yellowish-white. Legs wholly yellow
and yellow pilose; at most the last last segment of the hind tarsi blackish. Wings
hyaline, the stronger veins brownish; venation altogether typical of the genus;
stigma brownish; the veins forming the discal cell all strong; M: weak; Ms
but little more than a fold in the membrane. Halteres yellow. Abdomen about
as broad as thorax; its color blackish green, like that of the thoracic pleura;
pile white ventrally, the more conspicuous dorsal pile white to yellowish white
but overlying an inconspicuous, short, black pile, especially medially. Genitalia
orange-yellow, the capsule large and projecting. Length, 4 mm,
Female.
Front gradually widening from face to vertex; ratio to width of
head in allotype 0.24 across oral margin, 0.28 at antennal base, and 0.35 at
vertex; viewed from above, the posterior corners of the eyes distinctly angulated.
Lower parts of front bluish green, purplish in certain lights. Abdomen distinctly
broader than thorax. Otherwise, except sexually, as described for the male.
Types.—Holotype, male, Kodaikanal, Pulney Hills, 6500’; South
India, Nov. 9, 1953 (P. S. Nathan). Allotype, same data but May,
1953. Paratypes: male, same data but Oct. 15, 1953; two females,
same data but May 28, 1953, and May, 1953. Type in the Canadian
National Collection.
Sargus metallinus Fabricius
Sargus metallinus Fabricius, 1805, Syst. Antl., p. 258.
Sargus mactans Walker, 1860, Proe. Linn. Soe. London, 4: 97; Brunetti, 1923,
Ree. Indian Mus. 25: 156; James, 1948, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 98: 198
(possible synonymy with metallinus) ; James, 1950, Jour. Washington Acad.
Sei. 40: 254. (New synonymy )
Sargus redhibens Walker, 1860, Proe. Linn. Soc. London, 4: 97; Lindner, 1937,
Aun. Mag. Nat. Hist. (10)20: 375 (synonymy with mactans).
Sargus concisus Walker, 1861, Proe. Linn. Soe. London, 5: 273; Brunetti, 1923,
Ree. Indian Mus., 25: 155 (synonymy with redhibens).
The references cited in the above synonymy are not intended to be
exhaustive, but merely to give authority for the names used, for their
synonymy, and for the statements given in this discussion.
Sargus metallinus, as here defined, is a very widespread and vari-
able species, ranging from Southern China and Okinawa through
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 Pa
India to Ceylon, New Caledonia, and the Solomon Islands. Variability
exists in color pattern, color of pile and at least one structural detail.
Typical metallinus has the legs entirely yellow. In mactans the hind
tibia is black at its base, and Brunetti states that this is the only way
in which it differs from metallinus. In redhibens, all femora are
broadly ringed with black or brown; in concisus, according to Brunetti,
the brown is deeper and more extensive and the ‘‘anterior’’ (fore and
middle, by Brunetti’s usage) tibiae and the fore and hind tarsi are
also distinctly brownish or brown. According to Lindner, Solomon
Islands males are mactans and females are redhibens; James has con-
firmed this observation but has added that series from Singapore,
India, and the Philippine Islands, in the United States National
Museum, contain both sexes of both mactans and redhibens. Lee
coloration, consequently, is highly variable. The coloration of the
head pile is, also, variable. In the mactans and redhibens forms, as
well as in typical metallinus, the pile is usually yellow on the vertex
and face but black or blackish on the front; all these areas may have
wholly or predominantly black or blackish pile, or certain males, with
their subeontiguous eyes, may have the pile color of the front merely
oeray. The type of concisus according to Brunetti, is apparently lost
and the specimen (named by Walker) which he described is headless ;
consequently the color of the head pile in this form is conjectural, but
the specimen from Kodaikanal which I am referring to this form has
the pile in all the above mentioned areas black. One quite obvious
variable structural character is the width of the front in the male.
In metallinus the front is commonly very narrow, its minimum width
being much less than the diameter of the anterior ocellus; this area
may be so narrow that the metallic coloration of the front is obscured
or lost. In the mactans and redhibens forms the front may, lkewise,
be narrow, but it may also broaden to as much as twice the diameter
of the anterior ocellus, and the front is distinctly metallic.
It is possible to recognize five more or less indistinctly defined forms
of this species: typical metallinus, with wholly yellow legs, pale facial
and vertical pile, and a very narrow frons in the male, widespread
in the Oriental Region but so far not recorded for the Australian
Region; mactans, indistinguishable from metallinus except for the
black base of the hind tibia and a tendency toward a broader front
in the male, in its distribution extending farther south than metallinus,
to New Guinea and the Solomon Islands; redhibens, in which the
femora are banded or marked with black or blackish and the hind
tibiae are either black at the base or wholly yellow, in its distribution
coextensive with mactans; concisus, a melanie form with predomi-
nantly black or blackish legs and black facial and frontal pile, that
occurs irregularly in the Oriental Region; and the unnamed form
with white metapleura, described by James from New Caledonia. It
is better, at our present stage of knowledge, to consider these merely
forms, rather than subspecies, though I feel that ultimately three sub-
28 PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957
species can be defined: metallinus, mactans (redhibens, concisus) and
the New Caledonia form, the former two intergrading and hybridizing
in zones of contact.
Such a zone of contact seems to occur in South India. A series of
eight males and females from Kodaikanal, Pulney Hills, 6500’, IV-
1953, V-1953, and 28-V-1953 (Nathan; Canadian National Collection)
are typical metallinus but one female, same data, has the legs entirely
black except knees, apices of coxae, and trochanters and has the head
pile black, and one male, same data, has black-ringed hind femora
and black bases to the middle and hind tibiae, black vertical and
predominantly black facial pile, and a widened front. Two males
from Walayar Forest, 8S. Malabar, 1000’, 31-VII-50 (Nathan; James
Coll.) are typical metallinus, but a female in the same series has black
facial pile. Twelve males and seven females from the Nilgiri Hills,
Singara, 3400’, V-1954 (Nathan; Canadian National Collection) ;
Gudalur, 3500, [V-1949, Singara, 3400’, V-1948, and Chirangoda,
39007, 3-V-1950, X-1950 (Nathan; James Coll.) are intermixed typical
metallinus, mactans, and mactans grading toward redhibens, and
with varying frontal width and, to an extent, head pile. A series of
eight males and females from Ammatti, 3100’, S. Coorg, V-1951, is
comparable, with the same three variants and with the extremes of
male frontal width present.
Ptecticus cingulatus Loew.
Ptecticus cingulatus Loew. 1855, Verh. Zool.—Bot. Ver. Wien, 5: 1438. Brunetti,
1923, Ree. Indian Mus., 25: 148.
The synonymy is given by Brunetti and is not repeated here.
Specimens from South India may not trace readily through Bru-
netti’s key, since the hind femora may be considered wholly yellow,
the dark streak mentioned by Brunetti being very obscure or absent.
This species is apparently abundant in some localities in South India,
as I have seen more than a hundred specimens from Singara in the
Nilgiri Hills.
Ptecticus australis Schiner
Ptecticus australis Schiner, 1868, Novara Reise, Dipt., p. 65; Brunetti, 1907,
Ree. Indian Mus., 1: 113; Brunetti, 1920, Fauna British India, Diptera
Brachycera, I, p. 79; Brunetti, 1923, Rec. Indian Mus., 25: 148.
This species, which looks like a miniature cingulatus but is different
structurally and in leg coloration, is also apparently common in the
Nilgiri Hills. I have seen about 50 specimens from that area, in
addition to the following South Indian material in the Canadian
National Collection: 1 male, Kodaikanal, Pulney Hills, May, 1953;
1 male, Yerecaud, 4500’, Shevaroy Hills, Dec., 1954. In the South
Indian specimens which I have examined the hind basitarsus is black
only at its extreme base; otherwise, Schiner’s description fits quite
well.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 29
Ptecticus aurobrunneus Brunetti
Ptecticus aurobrunneus Brunetti, 1920, Fauna British India, Dipt. Brachyeera,
I, p. 76; Brunetti, 1923, Ree. Indian Mus., 25: 139.
This species was described from a unique male from Cochin State.
I have examined 5 males, Singara, 3400’, Nilgiri Hills, V-1948, ex
rotting pomelo (Nathan; James Coll.) ; 1 male, same data but V-1954
(Canadian National Collection) ; and 3 males, Kodaikanal, Pulney
Hills, 6500’, V-1953 (Canadian National Collection). These series
agree with Brunetti’s description except for the characterization of
the golden thoracic and abdominal pile; Brunetti says this is ‘‘dense
though inconspicuous’’ on the mesonotum, but this statement depends
on the light incidence, the pile being quite conspicuous when viewed
from in front; the abdominal golden pile, also, as well as the black
patches mentioned by Brunetti, is clearly visible from in front, con-
trary to Brunetti’s statement, but not from behind. The legs may be
more extensively blackish than indicated in the original description.
Brunetti’s statement ‘‘genitalia and vertex dark brown’’ is obviously
a lapsus for ‘‘genitalia and venter.’’ One of the Kodaikanal specimens
has the wings yellow, like the basal part of those of wulpii, and with
only a little brownish along the lower apical margin. The relationship
of aurobrunneus and wulpii is very close; the male genitalia seem
to be identical.
The female of this species has not been described. A female, Ting-
hawk, Burma, June 4, 1944 (L. C. Kuitert; Univ. Kansas Collection)
seems to belong here, but there are no associated males. It is the size
and general appearance of aurobrunneus; the frons is a little broader,
as would be expected in this sex; the abdomen is broader, the first
four terga wholly black, the fifth discolored brown, the apical segments
rich brown as in the male.
Ptecticus wulpii Brunetti
Ptecticus wulpii Brunetti, 1907, Ree. Indian Mus., 1: 111; 1913, Ree. Ind. Mus.,
9: 263; 1920, Fauna British India, Diptera Brachycera I, p. 77; 1923, Ree.
Indian Mus., 25: 139
Ptecticus apicalis Wulp, 1885, Notes Leyden Mus., 7: 62; de Meijere, 1916,
Tijd. Ent., 58, suppl. 70, note. Not apicalis Loew, 1855, Verh. Zool.—Bot.
Ver. Wien, 5: 142.
Brunetti described this species from three males and one female
from four localities, one of them the Nilgiri Hills. In his 1923 paper
he stated that this species was readily recognizable ‘‘by the all black
5th and 6th abdominal segments in conjunction with the all orange
genitalia,’’ and in his key he includes as an accessory character,
couplet 5, ‘‘wing tip suffusion beginning at or immediately beyond
discal cell.’’ This latter statement conflicts with the Fauna of British
India key, which separates wulpii partly on the basis of ‘‘wings clearly
yellow up to half-way between discal cell and wing tip.’’
20 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957
[ am referring to this species two males from the Nilgiri Hills,
Singara, 3400’, V-1948 (Nathan; James Coll.). In both of them, the
infumated wine apex starts considerably beyond the apex of the
diseal cell; in one of them the fifth and sixth abdominal segments are
wholly black except for a small, unsymmetrically placed spot on each
segment, whereas in the other the sixth segment is wholly brownish
orange dorsally and the fifth segment is black only at the base.
Ptecticus cyaneus Brunetti
Ptecticus cyaneus Brunetti, 1912, Ree. Indian Mus. 7: 453; Brunetti, 1920, Fauna
Brit. India, Diptera Brachyeera, I, p. 75; Brunetti, 1923, Ree. Indian Mus.
Zo, Hole
Brunetti records but two known specimens of this species, both
females: the type from Assam, and a specimen from the Nilgiri Hills.
I have a female, Chirangode, Nilgiri Hills, 3500’, May, 1950 (Nathan)
that seems to be this species. The appearance is strikingly close to
that of a large, rather robust specimen of Sargus mactans form
concisus, but the two characters usually used to distinguish Ptecticus,
namely the strong projection of the second antennal sezment inwardly
into the third and the absence of a strap-like prolongation on the
lower (thoracic) squama, hold for this species. The venation is not
very unlke that of S. mactans, and the anterior ocellus, as in most
species of Sargus, is far removed from the hind pair. A. striking
character is the slender form and elongation of the hind tarsus, which
is 1.5 as lone as the hind tibia, the greater part of the length being
in the basitarsus, which is seven-eighths the length of the tibia.
This species is probably best retained in Ptecticus, but it is obviously
an intergrade between this genus and Sargus; whether by convergence
or phylogenetic relationship is a matter of speculation. It is note-
worthy that the second antennal segment of Sargus mactans may be
convex inwardly, but not strongly prolonged, as in P. cyaneus. Sargus
gemmifer Fabricius, which Brunetti refers to Ptecticus in the ‘‘Second
Revision’’ (1923) though not in the Fauna of British India, belones
as clearly in Sargus as does S. mactans,
REFERENCES
Brunetti, E., 1920. The Fauna of British India. Diptera, Brachycera. Vol. I.
Pp. x + 401. London.
, 1923. Second revision of the Oriental Stratiomyidae. Ree. Indian
Mus. 25: 45-180.
James, Maurice T., 1950. The Stratiomyidae (Diptera) of New Caledonia and
the New Hebrides with notes on the Solomon Islands forms. Jour. Wash-
ington Acad. Sei. 40: 248-260.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957
(oh)
ear
MITES FOUND ON MICE OF THE GENUS PEROMYSCUS IN UTAH.
II. FAMILY HAEMOGAMASIDAE!
(AGARINA)
DoraLp M. ALLRED, Ecological Research, University of Utah, Dugway.
To the present time there are few publications which deal specifi-
cally with mites collected in Utah. Doane (1916) published on phyto-
phagous mites attacking crops. A check-list of phytophagous and
predaceous mites was published by Knowlton and Ma (1950). Other
notes on plant mites have been published by Davis and Knowlton
(1954) and Knowlton (1955). Keegan (1953) was the first to publish
on parasitic mites from Utah. He listed host records of mites belong-
ing to 12 species of seven genera which were taken from 95 individual
rodents representing 14 species of nine genera. Included with the
95 rodents were one specimen of Peromyscus true, five P. crinitus,
and 20 P. maniculatus. The collections were restricted to Tooele and
Juab counties in Utah. Allred and Beck (1953) made a study of
the mites obtained from nests of wood rats in Utah. Most of the 6000
mites collected during that study were identified only to family.
This paper is the second of a series (Allred, ms.) which deals with
(1) the kinds of mites found on mice of the genus Peromyscus in Utah,
(2) their degree of host specificity, (3) their geographic distribution
within the territorial limits of Utah as determined by their occur-
rence on mice of the genus Peromyscus, and (4) other biological
aspects pertaining to the mites.
Brevisterna utahensis (Ewing), 1933
(Figures 25, 28, 29, 30, 31)
Ewing (1933) described B. utahensis trom a single female collected from a
wood rat, Neotoma lepida, from Salina, Sevier County, Utah, March 21, 1929,
by J. S. Stanford. Mites taken in the present study differ somewhat from the
discussions of Ewing (op. cit.) and Keegan (1949). These mites possess a
dorsal plate which is narrower and more pointed than was indicated by Ewing
and Keegan. The paired anal setae are situated behind the anterior level of the
anus rather than at the anterior level. The numbers of accessory setae of the
genitoventral plate are 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 5 and 6 in seven specimens examined. In
specimens examined by Keegan, the numbers of setae vary from eight to eleven.
Specimens in this study have two small pairs of accessory metapodal plates. These
differences probably are within the limits of specific variation.
This species has been collected from wood rats and their nests in
Arizona, California and Utah. Keegan (1953) listed collection rec-
ords from a grasshopper mouse, Onychomys leucogaster, a wood rat,
Part 2 of an abstract from a thesis for the PhD degree, University of Utah,
June, 1954. This work supported (in part) by a research grant awarded to the
Brigham Young University by the Microbiological Institute, National Institutes
of Health, United States Public Health Service.
32 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., vol. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957
Neotoma sp., and nests of wood rats from Utah. Allred and Beck
(1953) found this species in wood rat nests from Juab and Utah
counties. Brevisterna utahensis probably is state-wide in distribution.
It is known to oceur at elevations between 2500 and 5000 feet in the
Lower and Upper Sonoran life zones.
Only seven females were collected from white-footed mice in this
study. These mites are associated more commonly with wood rats
and their nests than with mice of the genus Peromyscus. It is likely
that infestations of mice accidentally occur when mice wander into
wood rat houses. These mites were collected from grasshopper mice
and from wood rats and their nests in Utah during June, August,
October and November. In this study, mites were found on mice
only during April and June. One of the four times that it was col-
lected, B. utahensis was the only kind found on its host. At other
times, it was associated with the following species the number of
times indicated:: Hirstionyssus spp., 3; Eubrachylaelaps hollisteri,
2; Haemolaelaps glasgowt, 1; Dermanyssus sp., 1.
Euhaemogamasus ambulans (Thorell), 1872
(Figures 17-24, 26, 27, 31)
This species was described from mites from Europe. Specimens from North
America are extremely variable with regards to the numbers of setae and the
length-width ratios of the sternal shield. Keegan (1951) discussed these varia-
tions and synonymized several species with H. ambulans. With one exception,
the mites collected in this study agree with Keegan’s redescription. The differences
in the numbers of setae and the shape of the sternal plate oceur within the limits
of variation of western specimens. However, a single female collected in this
study in Utah differs from typical #H. ambulans in the length-width ratios of
the tarsi, and the middle pair of sternal setae are barbed.
Accordng to Keegan (op. cit.), HE. ambulans has been taken from
birds and mammals at many localities in the northern hemisphere.
In North America, mites have been collected in Alaska and Canada,
and in most states from California to New York. Keegan (op. eit.)
reported records of this species from a wood rat, Neotoma cinerea,
collected in Logan Canyon, Cache County, Utah in July, 1933. Allred
and Beck (op. cit.) found this species in wood rat nests collected
in Juab and Utah counties in October and November, 1951. These
mites probably are statewide in distribution in Utah at elevations
between 6000 and 10,000 feet. They are known to occur principally
in the Transition and Canadian life zones.
In Utah, £. ambulans probably is associated with wood rats, Neo-
toma spp., and squirrels, Citellus spp., and occurs most frequently
in high mountain areas. In this study, these mites were found only
Euhaemogamasus barberi: Fig. 1, dorsal plate of female showing density of
setae. Huhaemogamasus oudemansi (typical): Fig. 4, dorsal plate of female
showing density of setae; fig. 7, anal plate of female; fig. 8, genitoventral plate
of female; fig. 12, left peritreme of female. Huhaemogamasus oudemansi (vari-
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 33
whee
! ni ih
ant): fig. 2, dorsal plate of female showing density of setae; fig. 3, genitoventral
plate of female; fig. 5, anal plate of female; fig. 13, sternal plate of female;
fig. 15, ventral view of left cornicula of female. Ischyropoda armatus: Fig. 6,
sternal plate of female; fig. 9, chelicera of female; fig. 10, ventral view of left
tarsus III of female; fig. 11, ventral view of left tarsus II of female; fig. 14,
anal plate of female; fig. 16, genitoventral plate of female.
34 PROC! ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957
on male mice. It is likely that the male mice wander more extensively
than do the females, possibly becoming infested when they enter the
nests or houses of other animals such as wood rats and squirrels.
Eighteen female mites were collected from 18 mice in May, June,
July and August. Infestation of mice during these months only may
be attributable to the wandering habits of the mice or the mites
during the summer.
Four of the 18 times that it was collected, HL. ambulans was the
only mite found on its host. At other times, it was associated with
the following species the number of times indicated: Haemolaelaps
glasgowi, 11; H. megaventralis, 1; Trombicula harpert, 2; Eubra-
chylaelaps debilis, 5; Ischyropoda armatus, 2; Hirstionyssus sp., 1;
Bdellonyssus sp., 1; Poecilochirus sp., 1; Hypoaspis sp., 1; Ascaidae
sp., 1; Gamasolaelaptidae sp., 2; Pachylaelaptidae sp., 1; Parasitidae
Sp...
Euhaemogamasus barberi (Hwing), 1925
(Figures 1, 31)
Ewing (1925) described E. barberi from two females taken from a ‘‘nest of
small mammal’’ from Maryland, and EF. microti from two females taken from
a meadow mouse, Microtus pennsylvanicus from New York. Keegan (1951)
synonymized these two species as FH. barberi. The single female taken in this
study is similar to Keegan’s redeseription. However, specimens examined by
Keegan all have over 100 setae on the geniteventral shield; the mite from Utah
has only 67.
Mites of this species commonly are associated with rodents that
live in meadows or marshy areas, such as meadow mice and shrews.
According to Keegan (op. cit.), this species is known only from
eastern United States and southeastern Canada. The collection in
Utah considerably extends its range westward. The mite was taken
from an immature female mouse from Diamond Fork Canyon, Utah
County in June, 1951. The mouse was trapped in a grove of cotton-
wood trees by a small stream where grasses and willows formed a
marshy area.
The following species were found on the same host with /. barber:
Eubrachylaelaps debilis, Hirstionyssus occidentalis, and Haemolaclaps
glasgow.
Euhaemogamasus Oudemansi (Hirst), 1914
Ghicuresne=5 i onlonlonal armor)
Five females of this species were collected in this study. All of these ditter
slightly from Keegan’s (1951) redeseription. One differs by having a genito-
ventral plate which is not as bulbous and expanded as deseribed by Keegan.
The plate extends only half, the distance between coxae IV and the anal shield
in contrast to more than two-thirds the distance as discussed by Keegan. On the
specimen from Utah, the length-width ratios of the tarsi are: leg I, 6:1; leg
II, 4.5:1; leg ITI, 4.5:1; leg IV, 6.6:1. In Keegan’s discussion these ratios are:
|
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957
oo
Ut
fee isles TG dis leg EM, 7215" leg V5 9:1. The dorsal plate is: not. as
broad anteriorly as Keegan illustrated, and covers considerably less dorsal surface.
The arrangement of the pores on the dorsal plate varies slightly. Keegan did
not mention the third pair of pores which occurs on the sternal shield. These
are located on the most posterior edge of the plate. He illustrated the second
pair of pores as being closer to the second sternal setae than to the third setae.
In the specimen from Utah, the second pores are midway between the second
and third sternal setae.
ty
yy
nit yin
nay
Wie
Euhaemogamasus ambulans (typical): Fig. 19, dorsal plate of female showing
relative density of setae; fig. 21, sternal plate of female; fig. 22, genitoventral
plate of female; fig. 26, anal plate of female. Huhaemogamasus ambulans (vari-
ant): Fig. 17, sternal plate of female; fig. 18, dorsal plate of female showing
relative density of setae; fig. 20, ventral view of chelicera of female; fig. 23,
ventral view of left cornicula of female; fig. 24, tectum of female; fig. 27, right
peritreme of female. Brevisterna utahensis: Fig. 25, dorsal plate of female;
fig. 28, genitoventral plate of female; fig. 29, sternal plate and presternal area
of female; fig. 30, anal plate of female.
36 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957
In the other four mites, the dorsal plate is broader anteriorly than posteriorly
and covers more of the dorsal surface than Keegan illustrated, and there are
seven pairs of pores instead of six. The terminal portion of the cornicula is
more pointed than Keegan shows in his illustrations, and the genitoventral plate
is not as bulbous. The posterior invagination of the sternal plate is very broad,
although this width varies between specimens. Further collections and study
may indicate that these differences are specific variations.
Keegan (op. cit.) designated this species as a facultative parasite
of cosmopolitan distribution. The type specimens were taken from
wild rats. More recent collections have shown hosts of many kinds
from many areas. In Utah, Allred and Beek (1953) found this species
in wood rat nests. These mites probably are state-wide in distribution.
They are known to occur at elevations from 2500 to about 10,000
feet in all of the life zones from the Lower Sonoran to the Canadian.
These mites are not frequently found on mice of the genus Pero-
myscus. They probably are restricted to the nest, or are consorts
of animals of other species. Two of the mites collected each contained
one egg. These eggs were in a ‘‘granular’’ stage of development and
were of large size, occupying almost one-half the space of the idiosoma.
The mites were collected from mice in March, April, May and July.
Mites of the following species were found on the same hosts with
E. oudemansi: Euhaemogamasus ambulans, Haemolaelaps glasgow,
Eubrachylaelaps debilis, Parasitidae sp., and Pachylaelaptidae sp.
Haemogamasus alaskensis Ewing, 1925
Ewing (1925) described this species from a single female taken
from a mouse of the genus Microtus from Alaska. Keegan (1951)
redescribed H. alaskensis from specimens taken from animals of
several species and genera from the United States, Canada and Alaska.
In the same paper (op. cit.) he listed records from shrews of the
species Blarina brevicauda (probably Sorex vagrans) taken at Mor-
gan, Morgan County, Utah in August and September, 1932.
In this study a single female mite of this species was collected from
Peromyscus sp. in Millereek Canyon, Salt Lake County in September,
1948.
Ischyropoda armatus Keegan, 1951
(Figures 6, 9-11, 14, 16, 31)
Type specimens of this species were collected in California and Arizona from
a pocket gopher, Thomomys sp., kangaroo rats, Dipodomys sp., and a wood rat,
Neotoma sp. The mites collected in this study in Utah agree with Keegan’s
(1951) description of the type. They differ in the dimensions of the plates and
arrangements of the setae, but these characters are within the limits of varia-
tion of the species.
Rodents of many kinds serve as hosts for these mites. These include
pocket gophers, kangaroo rats, wood rats, squirrels and native mice.
These mites have been found in Arizona, California, Colorado and
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957
4 "13 tl2 it
Praam en ee eee Te Aes ale: was:
42 as re S6sHe5 ait seo et 25 Co) 25 50 75
| / \ | MILES
ied Dae x i 2 E. AMBULANS
ye . 70 &. OUDEMANS/
1B SYA I. ARMATUS
¢ ee @ H. ALASKENSIS
| t@ &. UTAHENS/S
41 4 pees at iat pe ee i L 41
| a
|
A is
1; (
va
li } = 0
40 nN
paste ee a ri wee
i ‘
|
|
|
st 2°
|
!
l
ae 38
S 37
Fig. 31. Collection localities of EH. ambulans, E. barberi, E. oudemansi, I.
armatus, H. alaskensis, and B, wtahensis in Utah.
New Mexico (Keegan, op. cit.). Keegan (1953) records the occur-
rence of these mites in Utah from two kinds of kangaroo rats, Dipod-
omys ordu and D. microps, pocket mice, Perognathus parvus, and
grasshopper mice, Onychomys leucogaster. In Utah, mites of this
species probably are state-wide in distribution. They occur principally
at elevations between 3000 and 6500 feet in the Upper Sonoran and
Transition life zones.
Three male and 27 female mites of this species were collected from
11 mice during the periods from May through September, and in
38 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957
November. The greatest numbers were taken in May. During the
five-year period, they were collected only in 1952 and 1953. Six of
the 11 times that it was collected, I. armatus was the only kind
found on its host. At other times, it was associated with mites of
the following species the number of times indicated: Bdellonyssus
bacoti, 1: Haemolaelaps glasgoui, 6; H. megaventrals, 1; Eubrachy-
laelaps circularis, 1; E. debilis, 2; Hirstionyssus spp., 4; Dermanyssis
sp., 1; Euhaemogamasus ambulans, 1; Pachylaelaptidae sp., 1; Anten-
nophoridae sp., 1.
DISQUSSION
Most mites are not so host specific that their geographic distribu-
tion is determined entirely by the range of their host. Nevertheless,
mites of some species were associated more frequently with one
kind of mouse than with another, such as Huhaemogamasus ambulans
and Ischyropoda armatus which were found most frequently on
Peromyscus maniculatus. Mites of these species apparently occur
only in the Middle Rocky Mountain Faunal Area (see Durrant,
1952 :480), yet their deer mouse host is state-wide in distribution.
In the Upper Sonoran and Transition life zones in Utah, mites
are active usually from May through September; this applies to
Ischyropoda armatus. In the Lower Sonoran Life Zone and areas
of the Upper Sonoran where climatic conditions approach those of
the Lower Sonoran, mites are most active during the period from
May to July. This applies to Huhaemogamasus oudemansi, found
most commonly in these areas. Mites of the species Huhaemogamasus
ambulans generally occur only at the higher elevations in the montane
forest areas where they were most commonly found during the period
from June through August.
Population cycles of mites occur independently of one another
in different geographic localities and may act as barriers which allow
subspecies to develop rapidly. Mites of the species Ischyropoda
armatus are both northern and southern in distribution, and may
be divided into two groups on the basis of seasonal activity. The
northern mites were commonly found on mice during the period
from May through November, whereas the southern mites were found
only from May through July.
Although the numbers of mites of this family that were collected
from Peromyscus are not large, they were sufficient to indicate cer-
tain trends in seasonal population fluctuations and geographic dis-
tribution. However, it is evident that these species are not regularly
associated with mice of the genus Peromyscus in Utah. Further
collections of other animals may disclose the preferred hosts, although
it is possible that many of these species, such as Brevisterna utahensis,
are primarily nest dwellers, and get onto the host only to feed.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 B39
TABLE I. Check-list and host correlation of the numbers and kinds of mites of
the family Haemogamasidae taken from each of four species of Peromyscus.
No mites of this family were found on Peromyscus boylit.
No. Mites Taken From Each Peromyscus Species
Species of Mite P. crinitus P.eremicus P. maniculatus P. truei
Brevisterna utahensis 4 2 1
Huhaemogamasus ambulans 17
Buhaemogamasus sp. near
ambulans 1
Buhaemogamasus barberi 1
Huhaemogamasus oudemansi if 3
Huhaemogamasus sp. near
oudemmansi it
Haemogamasus alaskensis il
Ischyropoda armatus 28 2
{EF ERENCES
Allred, Dorald M. Mites found on mice of the genus Peromyscus in Utah. I.
General Infestation. (Unpublished manuscript. )
Allred, Dorald M. and D. Elden Beck, 1953. Mite fauna of wood rat nests in
Utah. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters 30:53-56.
Baer, J. G., 1951. Ecology of animal parasites. Univ. IIT. Press, Urbana, Illinois.
2°24 pp.
Davis, Donald W. and George F. Knowlton, 1954. Controlling spider mites. Utah
State Agric. College, Ext. Cire. No. 211, 4 pp.
Doane, R. W., 1916. Notes on mites attacking orchard and field crops in Utah.
Science 46(1182) :192.
Durrant, Stephan D., 1952. Mammals of Utah. Univ. Kansas Publ., Mus. Nat.
Hist., Lawrence, Kansas, Vol. 6, 549 pp.
Ewing, H. E., 1925. New mites of the parasitic genus Haemogamasus Berlese.
Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 38:137-144.
—________, 1933. New genera and species of parasitic mites of the superfamily
Parasitoidea. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 82(30):1-14.
Keegan, H. L., 1949. Huhaemogamasus utahensis Ewing, 1933, redeseribed as
type species of new genus Brevisterna (Acarina: Laelaptidae). Trans. Amer.
Micro. Soe. 68(3) :222-227.
——, 1951. The mites of the subfamily Haemogamasinae (Acari: Laelap-
tidae). Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 101(3275) :203-268.
—————_, 1953. Collections of parasitic mites from Utah. The Great Basin
Nat. 13 (1-2) :35-42.
Knowlton, George F., 1955. Celery and potato field insects of Utah—Part III.
Utah State Agric. College, Mimeo. Series 416, 17 pp.
, 1955. Some insects of Utah—1954. Utah State Agric. College,
Mimeo. Series 135, 13 pp.
—___ and S. C. Ma, 1950. Some Utah mites—1949. Jour. Kansas Ent.
Soe. 23 (2) : 74-76.
40) PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957
TAXONOMIC NOTES ON NORTH AMERICAN APION
(COLEOPTERA, CURCULIONIDAP)
The complete reference to the following species may be found in
Wagner, 1912, Genera Insectorum, fase. 130, Apioninae, or Wagner,
1911, Junk Coleopterum Catalogus, pars 6, Apioninae.
Apion arizonae Fall (1898) = A. segnipes morrisoni Wagner (1911). New
synonymy.
Apion disparatum Sharp (1890) = A. nasutum Fall (1898). New synonymy.
Apion disparipes Fall (1898) = A. brunneotibiale Wagner (1912). New
synonymy.
Apion erythropterum Sharp (1890) = A. pyriforme Smith (1884), nec. Kirsch
(1874), new synonymy. A. falli Wagner (1909), new synonymy.
Apion hastifer Sharp (1890) = A. poeticwm Sharp (1890). New synonymy.
Apion luteirostre Gerstacker (1845) = A. acarinum Sharp (1890); A. argentinum
Beguin-Billecocq (1909); A. eydoniae Bondar (1950). New synonymy.
Apion pleuriticum Sharp (1890) = A. fraudulentum Sharp (1890). New
synonymy.
Apion punctulirostre Sharp (1890) = A. spectator Sharp (1890). New synonymy.
Apion simile Kirby (1811) = A. superciliosum Gyllenhal (1813); <A. triste
Germar (1817); A. lanuginosum Walsh (1867), nec Gerstacker (1854), new
synonymy; A. walshii Smith (1884), new synonymy ; A. vieinum Smith (1884),
new synonymy ; A. eppelsheimi Faust (1887).
Apion fraternum Smith (1884) is a good species and is distinct
from A. griseum Smith (1884) with which it has been synonymized
by Fall (1898). Lectotype of A. fraternum is hereby designated as
the female specimen labeled Columbus, Texas, U.S.N.M. Cat. No. 1252.
Lectoparatypes are in the J. L. Leconte collection. Lectotype of A.
griseum is here designated as the male specimen labeled New Jersey,
USN Me Cat. No. 1253.
A. fraternum Smith is the more abundant and widely spread species
of the two. The larvae develop in beans of the genus Strophostyles ;
series were examined that were reared from seed pods of S. helvola
and A. umbellata. A. griseum Smith occurs along the Atlantic sea-
board from New York to Florida. It has been reared from the seeds
of Phaseolus polystachys.
The following summarizes the principal distinguishing characters :
A, griseum Smith, front tibia of male with an elongate, flattened, polished,
striate area on inner anterior face extending one-half length of tibia; beak of
female in dorsal view parallel sided in apical third. A. fraternwm Smith, front
tibia of male with slight flattened area on inner anterior surface devoid of scales,
but not polished and at most feebly striate, extends not more than one-third
length of tibia; beak of female in dorsal view distinctly expanded at tip.
—D. G. Kisstnaer, Department of Entomology, University of Mary-
land, College Park.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., vol. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 41
SOLUBEA BERGROTH, 1891, A SYNONYM OF OEBALUS STAL, 1862,
AND
A NOTE CONCERNING THE DISTRIBUTION OF O. ORNATUS (SAILER)
(HEMIPTERA, PENTATOMIDAE)
R. I. SAmeR, Entomology Research Branch, U. S. Department of Agriculture,
Washington, D. C.
Dr. W. E. China of the British Museum has brought to my attention
the fact that Oebalus Rafinesque 1815 was and still is a nomen nudum.
Hence Bergroth’s 1891 proposal of Solubea as a new name for Oebalus
Stal, 1862, was without justification and Solubea Bergroth must be
treated as a synonym of Oebalus Stal.
This change of generic name is of importance since the economically
important rice stink bugs are involved. Fortunately, the name Soluwbea
did not come into general use in economic literature until after 1920,
though it became established in taxonomic literature 15 years earlier.
In the following check list of trivial names that must now be placed
under the generic name of Oebalus, those names currently recognized
as valid are in bold face type and synonymous names are in italics.
The genus in which the trivial name was originally described is shown
in brackets.
CHECK List or TRIVIAL NAMES ASSIGNED TO THE GENUS OEBALUS
augur (Say), 1831 [Pentatoma] = pugnax (F.)
exigua (Berg), 1891 [Mormidea] = poecilus (Dallas)
geographica (Guérin-Méneville), 1857 [Pentatoma] (preoccupied) = insularis Stal
grisescens (Sailer), 1944 [Solubea] New combination.
guerinit (Lethierry and Severin), 1893 [Mormidea] (new name for geographica
G.-M.) = insularis Stal
inseriptus (Fabricius), 1803 [Cimex] = ypsilon-griseus (DeG.)
insularis Stal, 1872 [ Oebalus |
linki (Heidemann), 1917 [Mormidea] New combination
litteratus (Gmelin), 1789 [Cimex] = ypsilon-griseus (DeG.)
mexicanus (Sailer), 1944 [Solubea] New combination
ornatus (Sailer), 1944 [Solubea] New combination
orthocantha (Palisot de Beauvois), 1805 [Pentatoma] — pugnax (F.)
poecilus (Dallas), 1851 [Mormidea] New combination
postposita (Bergroth), 1914 [Solubea] = poecilus (Dallas)
pugnax (Fabricius), 1775 | Cimex]
rufescens Haglung, 1868 [Oebalus] = poecilus (Dallas)
similis Kuhlgatz, 1902 as variety of insularis [Oebalus] = poecilus (Dallas)
torridus (Sailer), 1944 [Solubea] as subspecies of pugnax = pugnax torridus
(Sailer) New combination
typhoeus (Fabricus), 1803 [Cimex] = pugnax (F.)
vitripennis (Burmeister), 1835 [Cimex] = pugnax (F.)
ypsilon-griseus (DeGeer), 1773 [Cimex|
ypsilonoides Berg, 1879 [Oebalus] = ypsilon-griseus (DeG.)
42 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FHBRUARY, 1957
Except for Rafinesque, 1815, references to the literature mentioned
above may be found in Sailer, R. I., 1944, The Genus Solubea (Heter-
optera: Pentatomidae). Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 46(5) : 105-127. The
reference to Rafinesque ’s work is as follows: Analyse de la Nature, ou
Tableau de 1’Univers et des Corps Organises. Palerme, 1815, page 140.
(See Complete Writings of C. Z. Rafinesque oF Recent and Fossil
‘onchology, edited by Wm. G. Binney and G. W. Tryon, Jr., Bailliere
Brothers, New York, 1864, 96 pages. )
At the time I described ornatus it was known from the islands of
Puerto Rico and Hispaniola, where the species is common. In addition,
I reported three specimens from Cali, Colombia, which I thought
might have been mislabeled, since I had no other records from either
Central or South America. Subsequently, specimens of ornatus were
sent to me from a locality 47 kilometers from Rio de Janeiro, Brazil,
alone the highway to Sao Paulo, where they were collected by Dr.
Petr Wygodzinsky on November 12, 1943.
The discovery of ornatus so far south in Brazil raises a question
concerning the identity of Mormidea exigua Berg. Usine Bere’s de-
seription and the distribution of poecilus as guides, I concluded that
exigua could be only a synonym of poecilus. Since poecilus and orna-
tus can be distinguished only by differences found in the male and
female genital structures, the certain identity of exigua must be
decided by an examination of the genitalia of the type specimen.
Should these prove identical with ornatus (Sailer, 1944), this name
will fall as a synonym of exigua Berg, 1891.
RESEARCH... key to the future
Diamond ALKALI recognizes the importance of research
and salutes the men and women whose continuing efforis
to unlock the doors of knowledge promise a brighter
future for humanity. As evidence of this belief, the stafi
and facilities of the Diamond Research Center again ars
being expanded. We will welcome requests for co-ope7>-
tion on research and development projects.
ll,
“unr T Pai, DIAMOND ALKALI COMPANY
CHEMICALS Cleveland 14, Ohio
Iw S
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 43
NORMAN EUGENE McINDOO
1881-1956
The profession of entomology lost a valued and highly respected
member with the passing of Norman Eugene MeIndoo on September 7,
1956, while hospitalized at the Washington Sanatarium, Takoma Park,
Maryland. Previous to his death, due to slowly failing heart action,
he had been partially incapacitated by a stroke for a considerable
period.
Dr. McIndoo was born. at Lyons, Indiana, April 11, 1881. After
completing his early education, he entered the University of Indiana
from which institution he received a degree of A.B. in 1906. Follow-
ing his graduation, he taught in high school in Wisconsin, 1906-08.
44 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957
He then reentered the University of Indiana and received an A.M.
degree in 1909. As a Harrison fellow, he matriculated in the same
year at the University of Pennsylvania and was awarded the degree of
Doctor of Philosophy in Zoology in 1911. In addition to the foregoing
educational pursuits and practices, Dr. McIndoo assisted at the Uni-
versity of Indiana, 1905-06, and in the summer of 1905 collected blind
fishes in caves of western Cuba as well as other fishes indigenous to
the fresh and salt waters of the island. He also attended the Biological
Station of the University of Indiana, the Woods Hole Biological Sta-
tion, the George Washington University, and the United States De-
partment of Agriculture Graduate School.
Dr. McIndoo’s later interests in and researches on the sense organs
and responses of insects to various stimuli were largely initiated by
his studies at the University of Pennsylvania which resulted in the
publication of his thesis entitled ‘‘The Lyriform Organs and Tactile
Hairs of Araneads.”’
The Bureau of Entomology of the United States Department of
Agriculture appointed Dr. MecIndoo to its staff in 1911 and assigned
him to the Division of Fruit Insect Investigations. After serving in
this and other divisions for a period of 34 years, he retired as a senior
entomologist in 1945. During his long and distinguished career, Dr.
MeIndoo’s researches received world-wide recognition, particularly in
the field relating to the olfactory and other sense organs of insects
belonging to the orders Hymenoptera, Coleoptera, Lepidoptera,
Diptera, and Orthoptera. He developed the well-known MeIndoo
olfactometer, which instrument was extensively used in his studies on
insect attractants and repellents.
In addition to Dr. McIndoo’s researches in the science of osmies, he
made extensive investigations of derris, cubé, and other rotenone-bear-
ing plants to evaluate their usefulness for the destruction of insect
pests.
Dr. McIndoo was the author or coauthor of 84 publications and was
particularly adept in making detailed pen and ink drawings to illus-
trate the text.
Dr. McIndoo was a past president of the Entomological Society of
Washington, a fellow in the Entomological Society of America, and a
member of the American Society of Zoology and of the Insecticide
Society of Washington. In addition, he participated actively in many
civic organizations of the Washington area.
Dr. McIndoo will always be remembered as a modest man, a con-
scientious worker and a gentleman in every respect. He will be greatly
missed by all who had the good fortune to know and associate with
him. He is survived by his widow, Emma P. McIndoo, two children,
Thomas M. and Mary, and two grandchildren.
E. H. SIEGLER
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 45
SOCIETY MEETING
The 657th regular meeting of the Entomological Society of Washington was
held on Thursday, November 1, 1956, in room 48 of the U. S. National Museum.
There were 54 members and 52 visitors present. President R. A. St. George called
the meeting to order at 8:00 p.m. and the minutes of the previous meeting were
read and approved.
The following new members were elected:
Fred A. Morton, Entomology Branch, Office of the Chief of Engineers, Depart-
ment of the Army; Dr. Lafe R. Edmonds, Engineering Research and Develop-
ment Laboratory, Fort Belvoir, Va.; William L. Downes, Jr., Insect Identification
and Parasite Introduction Section, U. S. National Museum, Washington 25, D. C.;
Robert V. Travis, U. 8S. Department of Agriculture, Plant Industry Station, Belts-
ville, Md.; John Knox Clagett, 6909 Carleton Terrace, College Park, Md.; and
Max W. McFadden, 2040 Eye St. N.W., Washington 6, D. C.
F. W. Poos, in behalf of the nominating committee, reported on the proposed
officers for 1957. (Note: Officers for the year 1957 are presented on the inside
front cover.—Ed.) President St. George thanked Dr. Poos for presenting the
report in behalf of chairman W. H. Anderson, and thanked the committee, of
which the third member was W. D. Reed, for preparing the slate of nominations.
Some corrections offered by members to the proposed constitutional change
presented at the previous meeting were discussed by President St. George. Voting
on the proposals was deferred until the annual meeting in December, because of
the large number of visitors present.
Randall Latta brought greetings to the Society from the American Entomologi-
cal Society, which he addressed at its regular meeting in the Academy of Natural
Science in Philadelphia in September.
H. H. Stage exhibited a pendant of amber containing several fossilized insects.
W. E. Bickley announced that the ‘‘woolly-bear’’ prediction this year was for
a mild winter, and that this is to be his final observation on the subject. Presi-
dent St. George recalled seeing the statement that woolly-bears are unreliable
forecasters.
RR. H. Foote exhibited ‘‘ Aquatic Insects of California,’’ edited by Robert L.
Usinger. Jerome G. Rozen reviewed ‘‘A Revision of the Genus Pselaptrichus
Brendel,’’ by Robert O. Schuster and Gordon A. Marsh, and ‘‘ A Classification
of the First-Instar Larvae of the Meloidae,’’ by J. W. MacSwain.
CG. F. Rainwater gave a note on the status of the Mediterranean fruit fly pre-
pared by the Plant Pest Survey Section. In Florida 11 new infestations were
found during September in known infested counties. The last infested county
was Osceola found two months ago. By the end of September, 168 infestations
were known in 27 counties. There were 38,825 traps in the field, 36,000 in 39
counties in Florida. The remainder were in Alabama, California, Georgia, Louisi-
ana, Mississippi, and Texas. No flies have been found outside of Florida. A
total of 3,853,674 acres have been treated with bait spray and 26,673 acres have
received surface treatment with granular insecticides.
46 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957
Of the area treated by aircraft with bait spray, 1,331,735 acres were Ccov-
ered under Federal contract and 2,249,270 acres under State contract. Aireraft
was used to treat 8,167 acres with granular insecticides, and ground equipment
to spray 17,442 acres with bait spray and 22,446 acres with granular insecticide.
Treatment is still being applied to 246,000 aeres, which is a reduction of some
65 percent from the original spray area. The fly has exhibited a marked ability
to build up rapidly when eontrols have not been properly timed. On September
26 certification was waived on all regulated vegetables produced in all Federally
regulated counties except Pinellas. (Speaker’s abstract.)
The principal paper of the evening, ‘‘ Malaria Control Problems in Indo-China,’’
was given by Harry H. Stage, Malaria and Vector Control Specialist (until retire-
ment October 31, 1956), International Cooperation Administration, Vietnam.
Dr. Stage introduced Dr. Louis Williams, Jr., Pan American Sanitary Bureau,
regional office of the World Health Organization.
The problems encountered in efforts to control malaria in Indochina are many
and varied. Some of them are concerned with lack of trained personnel. Such
problems can be resolved, although that requires time and local interest. Others
are more complicated because they are closely associated with the very life of
the people
their habits, their ideology, and their security. These latter prob-
lems do not yield easily to western ideas of organization and management, and
they should not be subjected completely to our kind of logic. Rather, we for-
eigners must bend to unaccustomed lines of approach and emphasis. These latter
problems—indefinite, in some cases unmentionable—are no less vital to us who
undertake a disease-control project than problems having to do with the insect
vector itself. In Vietnam the problem is especially complicated because there
are some 700,000 tribal Indonesians living in remote mountain areas and who
contribute little to the economy of the country. The Vietnamese are therefore
inclined to disregard them in health programs and social welfare. The problems
of military insecurity, transportation, trained personnel, and customs, require
special consideration and thought. The problems having to do with finances are
not those involved in inadequacy of funds; rather, they are concerned with pro-
cedures for getting the money to the end point. The steps are many and tor-
tuous, and sometimes there are leakages enroute. There are 22 species of An-
opheles, probably only three of which, A. minimus, A. jeyporiensis, and A. sun-
diacus, are effective vectors. These have very definite habitat requirements,
however, and so cause a ‘‘spotted’’ incidence over the nation. Emphasis should
be placed on one of the greatest problems—and weaknesses—in the Indochinese
Malaria Control Programs, that of inadequate supervision. Without it anopheline
resistance will be promoted and this in turn will make the task of eventual ma-
laria eradication difficult indeed. (Speaker’s abstract.)
Dr. Stage’s slides were an excellent complement to his talk, which was fol-
lowed by questions and comments by Doyle Reed, Margaret Walton, Louis Wil-
liams, Reece Sailer, and others.
Two new members were introduced, Lafe Edmonds and Fred Morton. The
visitors introduced were Frederico and Anna Lane of Brazil, Major Tibor Lépes
of Yugoslavia (where his name would be given as Lépes Tibor), Mrs. Stage, Mrs.
Lucie C. Timberlake, and Dr. J. Bonne-Wepster, of the Netherlands. The meet-
ink adjourned at 9:48 p.m.—Keuulir O’NeiuL, Recording Secretary.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 4.7
A Cyanamid Report
Resistance
Resistance to chlorinated hydrocarbon type
insecticides has been proven or suspected in:
cockroaches house flies
mosquitoes flea beetles
Colorado potato beetle cotton boll weevil
dog and cat fleas body lice
bed bugs lygus bugs
codling moth cotton leaf worm
leafhoppers dog ticks
Many researchers have found malathion to be
a capable replacement for the chlorinated
hydrocarbons and have made recommendations
for its use. If you have a ‘‘resistance’’ problem
in your area, you might well consider malathion
for your 1957 research schedule.
Developers and producers of malathion and parathion
Write for AMERICAN CYANAMID COMPANY
particular Agricultural Chemicals Division
technical Insecticide Research
information 30 Rockefeller Plaza, N. Y. 20, N. Y.
Pyrenone
HELPS TO PRESERVE
PRINCIPLE OF NATURAL CONTROL
Pee quickly kills destructive, annoy-
ing and disease-carrying insects.
In the absence of sunlight, it remains effective
for long periods of time. In fact, a single application
of Pyrenone protects stored grains from insect at-
tacks for an entire storage season.
On growing crops Pyrenone kills the accessible
stages of insects fast —even between showers of
rain. Yet natural factors of rain and sunlight do not
permit Pyrenone to form long-lasting residues. Be-
cause long-lasting residues are not present, the newly
emerging parasites and predators are free to com-
plete their life cycles and to continue to parasitize
or feed upon destructive insect pests.
This means that Pyrenone is completely com-
patible with the natural control of crop-destroying
insects.
eal an cfefe (OLN Vetere LON ian Jaa Hl On
FAIRFIELD CHEMICAL DIVISION
Food Machinery and Chemical Corporation
1701 Patapsco Avenue « Baltimore 26, Md.
BRANCHES IN PRINCIPAL CITIES
In Canada: Natural Products Corporation, Toronto and Montreal
3 GREAT
INSECTICIDES
CHLORDANE
ae
“Y(HEPTACHLOR
CONTROL THESE INSECTS
CHLORDANE: Ants, Armyworms, Blister Beetles, Boxelder Bug, Brown Dog Tick,
Cabbage Maggot, Carpet Beetles, Cattle Lice, Chiggers, Cockroaches, Crickets,
Cutworms, Darkling Beetles, Dog Mange, Earwigs, Fleas, Flies, Grasshoppers,
Household Spiders, Japanese Beetle Larvae, Lawn Moths, Lygus Bugs, Mole
Crickets, Mosquitoes, Onion Maggot, Onion Thrips, Plum Curculio, Sarcoptic
Mange, Seed Corn Maggot, Sheep Ked, Silverfish, Sod Webworms, Southern
Corn Rootworm, Strawberry Crown Borer, Strawberry Root Weevils, Sweet
Clover Weevil, Tarnished Plant Bug, Termites, Ticks, Wasps, White Grubs,
Wireworms...and many others.
HEPTACHLOR: Alfalfa Snout Beetle, Alfalfa Weevil, Ants, Argentine Ant, Army-
worms, Asiatic Garden Beetle Larvae, Black Vine Weevil, Root Maggots, Clover
Root Borer, Colorado Potato Beetle, Corn Rootworms, Cotton Boll Weevil,
Cotton Fleahopper, Cotton Thrips, Crickets, Cutworms, Egyptian Alfalfa Weevil,
European Chafer, Eye Gnats, False Wireworms, Flea Beetles, Garden Web-
worm, Grasshoppers, Japanese Beetle, Leaf Miners, Lygus Bugs, Mormon
Cricket, Mosquitoes, Narcissus Bulb Fly, Onion Maggot, Onion Thrips, Rapid
Plant Bug, Rice Leaf Miner, Salt Marsh Sand Fly, Seed Corn Maggot, Spittle-
bug, Strawberry Root Weevils, Strawberry Rootworms, Sugar Beet Root Mag-
got, Sweet Clover Weevil, Tarnished Plant Bug, Tuber Flea Beetle, Western
Harvester Ant, White Fringed Beetles, White Grubs (June Beetles), Wireworms
»..and many others.
ENDRIN: Budworms, Cabbage Worms, Cotton Boll Weevil, Cotton Bollworm, Cot-
ton Fleahopper, Fall Armyworm, Grasshoppers, Hornworms, Leafworms, Rapid
Plant Bug, Spiny Bollworm, Sugar Beet Webworm, Tarnished Plant Bug, Thrips.
WRITE FOR FULL PARTICULARS
VELSICOL CHEMICAL CORPORATION
General Offices and Laboratories Foreign Division
330 East Grand Avenue, Chicago 11, Illinois 350 Fifth Avenue, New York 1, N. Y.
Pee RE SIE NOT A Toh VE Ss LN POR OUEN EG TOP Aye Cree t ees
el
Preferred by Home owners
Food Processors and Dairymen
ae:
x Peet es
QUICK ACTION GULFSPRAY (Liquid)
A “space spray” for quick knockdown and kill of |
kinds of flying and crawling insects. Contains 0. 10% |
thrins, 0 12% Piperonyl Butoxide, and 0.75% Meth xyct
‘GULFSPRAY AEROSOL BOMB Pili
Gulf's carefully researched formula provides
down action and high kill. Contains 0.25% Py
Piperonyl Eutonlde, and 2% Methoxychlor.
‘ - GULF MOTH PROOFER (Bomb) 4
An easy-to-use pressurized ‘spray | for protectin
nies oe against moth and carpet beetle damage. Contai
and 3% Perthane.
GULF ANT AND ROACH BOMB
A convenient pressurized spray ‘containir
i ie insecticides for killing ants and c
0. 08% Pyrethrins and 2% Chlordane.
SPECIAL GULFSPRAY (Liquid)
y aghy tA superlative-quality insecticide specially orm nulc
sy
_ use where foodstuffs are processed, oye
Contains ¢ 0. 25% Use and 0.20% P
- GULF Livestock ‘SPRAY
Long proven formula with effective insect- killing
repellent properties. Contains: 0; 07% Pyrethr s
ae Butoxide.
GULF BUILDING, | virrsaure
s
7. 2
in
af
i?
ies
VOL. 59 APRIL 1957 NO. 2
PROCEEDINGS
of the
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
« WASHINGTON
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
WASHINGTON 25, D. C.
PUBLISHED BIMONTHLY
CONTENTS
ALLRED, D. M.—A New Species of Mite, Hirstionyssus bisetosus, from the
Nests of the Desert Wood Rat, Neotoma lepida lepida Thomas (Acarina,
PEKeCUIECATI-V S591 C1 cl Cy eee ee ee ee eee ee Se ete Ss oS
ARNAUD, P., JR.—A Bibliographical Note on Ceratopogon yezoensis
Matsumura.) (Diptera, Eleleidae)) 222 ee
LAMORE, D.—The Spider, Conopistha trigona Hentz, Family Theridiidae,
as a Commensal of Allepiera lemniscata Walckenaer, Family Argiopidae,
imeErince Georse,s) County, Maryland —. = = C8
SLATER, J. A.. and HURLBUTT, H. W.—A Comparative Study of the
Metathoracic Wing in the Family Lygaeidae (Hemiptera, Heteroptera) €7
SNYDER, T. E.—A New Rugitermes from Bolivia (Isoptera, Kalotermidae) 81
STEYSKAL, G. C._—The Date of Publication of Bezzi’s Studies in Philip-
pine Diptera, II _________ ane oe Wen ere te a es MOO
SUMMERS, F. M.—American Species of Ledermuielteria and Ledermuelleri-
opsis, With a Note on New Synonymy in Neognathus (Acarina, Stig-
82
PeeIde ore Cale ORELMICAE) yee ee eee ec 49
WILLIAMS, R. W.—Observations on the reel Habits of Some Heleidae
Gicohespermuga wsiands «(Diptera a GL
ares TES Pr ACT RO UNI IN Ose RGiby, ae Sew ot a ee = 166
TENS) CES, TRAN VATS NN? Pa ies TE Sie a Eee de 80
THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON
ORGANIZED MarcH 12, 1884
Regular meetings of the Society are held in Room 43 of the U. S. National
Museum on the first Thursday of each month from October to June, inclusive, at
8 P.M. Minutes of meetings are published regularly in the Proceedings.
MEMBERSHIP
Members shall be persons over 18 years of age who have an interest in the
science of entomology. Annual dues for members are $4.00; initiation fee is
$1.00 (U.S. eurreney).
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON
Published bimonthly beginning with February by the Society at Washington,
D. C. Members in good standing are entitled to the Proceedings free of charge.
Non-member subscriptions are $5.00 per year, both domestic and foreign (U. 8.
currency), payable in advance. All remittances should be made payable to The
Entomological Society of Washington.
The Society does not exchange its publications for those of other societies.
All manuscripts intended for publication should be addressed to the Editor.1
Acceptable papers submitted by members will be published in the order received
and will be given precedence over those by non-members. Immediate publica-
tion may be obtained at a cost to the author of about $10.00 per printed page,
plus cost of all engraving. Titles of papers should be concise but comprehensive
and should indicate the systematic position of the subject insect. By-lines should
indicate present mailing address of the author and his organizational affiliation,
if possible. Citations in the text of papers longer than one printed page should
be by author and date and should refer to a list of concluding references in
which author, year, title name of publication, volume and page are given in
that order. In shorter articles references to literature should be included in
parentheses in the text.
Proportions of full-page illustrations should closely approximate 4-5/16 x 6”
(26 x 36 picas); this usually allows explanatory matter to appear on the same
page. Cost. of illustrations in excess of that for one full-page line cut will be
borne by the author.
Reprints of published papers may be obtained at the following costs plus
postage and insurance, provided that a statement of the number desired ac-
companies the returned proofs:
2pp. 4pp. S8pp. 12pp. 16 pp. Covers
SOM CO pies ts. 2. ee $2.00 $35.00 $5.00 $5.60 $6.25 $4.00
LOOveoplesy ste 1s Ls Ss 2 2.50 3.80 6.00 7.20 8.25 4.75
Additional copies per 100 ____— = r00 1.15 2.00 2.60 3.15 1.50
Purchase of reprints by institutions whose invoices are subject to notarization
or other invoice fees will have the cost of such fees added to the purchase price.
1Miss Alice V. Renk, Entomology Research Division, ARS, U. 8S. Department of
Agriculture, Room 3151, South Building, Washington 25, D. C.
Entered as second-class matter at the Post Office at Washington, D. C.
PROCEEDINGS OF THE
PME ONEOLOGICAL SOCIETY .OF WASHINGTON
VOL. 59 APRIL 1957 NOS 2
AMERICAN SPECIES OF LEDERMUELLERIA AND
LEDERMUELLERIOPSIS, WITH A NOTE ON NEW SYNONYMY
IN NEOGNATHUS
(ACARINA, STIGMAEIDAE, CALIGONELLIDAE).
F. M. Summers, University of California, Davis
The mites that Oudemans (1923) referred to his genus Ledermuel-
leria comprise a homogeneous group of stigmaeids having globate
bodies almost completely encased in an ornamented exoskeleton. They
occur as thinly dispersed inhabitants of ground litter, leaf mold, moss,
and meadow land. Three of the four Ledermuelleria species and the
one species of Ledermuelleriopsis collected principally in California
are species described from Europe. Redescriptions of the named
species are needed because existing descriptions do not clearly indicate
their distinguishing features.
A distinctive feature of these two genera is the extensive encase-
ment of the hysterosoma by one (Ledermuelleria) or two (Leder-
muelleriopsis) dorsal plates. These plates constitute a carapace-like
covering over the entire dorsum and sidewalls of the hysterosoma. The
humeral (scapular) plate on each side is displaced to a pleuro-ventral
position.
LEDERMUELLERIA Oudemans
Ledermiilleria Oudemans, 1923, Ent. Ber. 6(130) :150.
Globate, red or straw-colored mites with stubby legs and mouthparts. Palpus
5-segmented, thickset, longer than extended chelicera by two distal segments;
overall length not greater than combined lengths of genu, tibia, and tarsus of
leg I. Primary claw of palptibia well-developed, with a very small accessory
claw anchored medially at its base. Palptarsus a slender cylinder, equal to or
slightly longer than primary claw; equipped with five acicular setae, a peglike
sensillum, and a stubby, trifid sensillum at its apex. Chelicerae independently
movable, with retractile stylets much shorter than inflated basal segments. Idio-
soma arched dorsally, its posterior end with a shallow suleus which delimits a
‘caudal protuberance,’’ on the inferior surface of which is located a pair of
ano-genital valves. Dorsum almost wholly shielded with three sculptured plates:
one covering propodosoma, one covering hysterosoma to lateral margins of venter,
and one caudal plate covering posteriormost protuberance and part of ventral
opisthosoma. Humeral (scapular) plate large, triangular, displaced ventrally
with apex intruding between coxae II and TIT. All of these plates tessellated
or uniformly dimpled. Two or four sternal plates; the two between opposite
50 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957
coxal groups on propodosoma may unite in midventral line to form a single
‘«prosternum’’; the two on metapososoma may be separate or joined into a
‘<metasternum.’’ Sternal and genital plates delicate, not usually sculptured.
Eyes: apparently one on each side with a clearly discernible refractile body.
Twenty-six dorsal setae, including two ventrally displaced humerals and four on
caudal plate. Ventral setae simple, four to six pairs, not including three pairs
on anal portion of ano-genital valves. Anal and genital apertures not separated
externally. Setae and special sensilla of appendages closely follow pattern described
for Stigmaeidae (Grandjean, 1944) with but minor variations between species.
Empodia I to IV each with three pairs divergent, capitate tenent hairlets.
Ledermuelleria segnis (Koch)
(Figs. 1-4)
Caligonus segnis Koch, 1836, Deutschlands Crustaceen, Myriapoden und Arachni-
den, Fase. 5, No. 10.
Raphignathus ruber Koch, 1842, Uebersicht des Arachnidensystems 3(3) :56,
PI Ve rics 3s:
Raphignathus piger (Schrank). Berlese, 1885, Acari, Myriapoda et Scorpiones
hucusque in Italia Reperta. Ordo Prostigmata, Fasc. XXII, No. 1, Pl. S84.
Ledermiilleria segnis (Koch). Oudemans, 1923, Ent. Ber. 6(130) :150.
The mite described by Koch (1836) as Caligonus segnis is a distine-
tive species, such that his figure of this species permits recognition
beyond reasonable doubt. Also described and illustrated in the same
monograph were Caligonus piger and C. ruber. The nomenclature of
these three species became confused in Koch’s synoptic work of 1842.
This time he illustrated C. segnis but applied to it the name Raphig-
nathus ruber (Fig. 28). In like manner, another mite which he first
named C. ruber is again illustrated but under the name of C. piger.
At a later date, Berlese (1885) redescribed the animal here considered
to be conspecific with C. segnis, but he called it Raphignathus piger
(Schrank). Sample specimens of this mite from California were sent
to Dr. G. Lombardini, Florence, Italy, who found them to be identical
with specimens identified by Berlese as R. piger (Schr).
The synonymy of the three species as given by Oudemans (1923)
does not clarify the nomenclature. According to Oudeman’s belief,
Caligonus ruber Koch belongs in the genus Nicoletiella (= N. cornuta
Can. et Fanz.). Another complication appears in Podaia. Acarus
ruber Schrank, 1776 (= A. rubens Schr., 1781) was made the type
of Podaia by Oudemans (1923). Oudemans also believed that A.
rubens Schr. = Caligonus piger Koch. Although Podaia is a genus
of doubtful status at the present time, it is clear that Schrank’s figure
of Acarus ruber (1776) does not depict a species which should be
included in Ledermuelleria.
Female.—Sculpturing of dorsal plates appears as numerous, deeply indented
pits, oval to circular in outline, closely and evenly spaced, of uniform size; each
approximately 11 mw in diameter. Lining of each pit coarsely granular. Dorsal
setae bowed or curved, sickle-like, with alveoli on elevated tubercles; all denticu-
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 ol
late, with serrations bilateral; axes tapering to finely pointed tips. Tubercles
of first dorso-medians (verticales) loeated forward, in an inferior position on
part of propodosoma overhanging cheliceral bases. Setae of dorso-median rows
as long or longer than distance between alveolus of any one and that next behind ;
second dorso-median setae (adjacent to eyes) slightly longer (ca. 75 uw) than
others on propodosoma but not longer than dorso-medians on hysterosoma; four
shortest on caudal plate. Two sternal plates of propodosoma continous across
mid-ventral line to constitute a prosternum. Sternal plates of metapodosoma
incompletely fused in mid-ventral line. Genital plate not distinctly separated
from caudal plate surrounding ano-genital area. Genital plate expanded to cover
a broad area of opisthosoma close behind sternal plates of metapodosoma, bearing
but one pair of widely spaced genital setae. Genu I bears three setae of common
type plus a minute spiniform sensillum (épine « of Grandjean); corresponding
sensillum absent on genu II; each genu III and IV has but one seta of common
type. Measurements (109 2): idiosoma, 300 mw long, 250 mu wide; leg I, 170 pu
from base of trochanter to tips of claws.
Male.—Not observed.
Collection Data.—Green Valley, Solano County, Calif., Dec. 1, 1948
(H. E. Cott and 8. F. Bailey), ex manzanita leaf mold. Mount Diablo,
Contra Costa County, Calif., Dec. 30, 1948 (H. E. Cott and 8. F.
Bailey), ex manzanita leaf mold. Smithfield Canyon, Utah, Mar. 16,
1949 (G. F. Knowlton and Shi-Chun Ma), ex maple leaves. Cobb
Mountain, Lake County, Calif., May 5, 1950 (W. J. Wall and BS. F.
Bailey), ex oak and pine leaf mold. Torrey Pines Park, San Diego
County, Calif., Dec. 28, 1950 (R. M. Bohart), ex pine leaf mold.
Auburn, Calif., Mar. 11, 1951 (EK. I. Schlinger), ex pine leaf mold.
Quincy, Calif., Forest Range and Experiment Station, Apri. 1, 1951
(F. M. Summers), ex manzanita leaf mold. Altadena, Calif., Dec.
24, 1951 (KE. I. Schlinger), ex leaf mold, Quercus agrifolia. Mount
Pinos, East Ventura County, Calif., May 2, 1952 (S. F. Bailey), ex
manzanita leaf mold. Said Valley, Lassen County, Calif., July 30,
1952 (W. C. Bentlinek), ex ground litter.
Ledermuelleria clavata (Can. e Fanz.)
(Figs. 5-6)
Caligonus clavatus Canestrini e Fanzago, 1876, Atti d. Soc. Veneto-Trentina di
Sci. Nat. 5 (1): 135. Id., 1877, Atti R. Inst. Veneto di Sci. Lett. ed Arti
4 (5): 154, Pl. 4.
Raphignathus clavatus, G. Canestrini, 1889, Ibid. 7 (ser. 6): 508, Pl. 11, Figs.
41, 43. A. Berlese, 1885, Acari, Myr. et Scorp. Ital., Fasc. XXII, No. 2,
Pl. 86, Figs. 1-8.
[?] Raphignathus sphagneti Hull, 1918, Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Northumberland,
Durham, Neweastle-upon-Tyne 5:30, Pl. 3, Figs. 70-72. Nrw SyNonyMy.
Ledermiilleria clavatus, Oudemans, 1923, Ent. Ber. 6 (130): 151.
Female.—Dorsal plates sculptured with pits or dimples so closely set that their
elevated margins are polygonal in outline, producing a netlike appearance. Lining
of pits membranous, appearing as a circular depression in center of each polygon.
52 PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957
Dorsal setae stubby, bayonet-like, evenly tapered from base to greatest thickness
near tips; bluntly pointed; axial core differentiated from hyaline sheath, the
latter showing few incipient denticulations. Setae of dorso-median rows much
shorter than distance between alveolus of any one and that next behind, their
alveoli not on conspicuous tubereles. First dorso-median pair (verticales) on
upper surface; second dorso-median pair (nearest to eyes) longer (60 mw) than
others on propodosoma; shortest of dorsal setae about two-thirds the length of
the longest ones. Plates on venter of idiosoma, integumental covering of gnatho*
soma and basal segments of legs faintly show sculpturing as on dorsum. Two
sternal plates of propodosoma and two of metapodosoma not united with each
other across mid-ventral line. Genital plate discrete, narrow, its anterior margin
semi-circular; with three pairs subequal setae bordering genital area. Caudal
protuberance pendant beneath opisthosoma, its hindermost margin not visible
from above. Each genu I and II has three setae of common type plus a minute
spiniform sensillum; each genu III and IV has but one seta of common type.
Measurements (32 9): Idiosoma, 430 mw long, 340 uw wide; leg I, 210 u from
base of trochanter to tips of claws.
Male.—Not observed.
Collection Data—Millie Spring, Allen Canyon, Utah, July, 1950
(G. F. Knowlton and 8. L. Wood), ex moss. Garden City, Utah, Mar.
16, 1950 (G. F. Knowlton and Shi-Chun Ma), ex poplar humus.
Ledermuelleria pectinata (Ewing)
Giigss 7-8)
Raphygnathus pectinatus Hwing, 1917, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 37:151,
PE Eo Micw23:
Ledermiilleria pectinatus, Oudemans, 1923, Ent. Ber. 6 (130) :152.
Bustigmaeus granulosus Willmann, 1951, Sitzungsb. der Osterr. Akad. Wissensch.,
Mathem.-naturw. Kl., Abt. I, 160 (1-2): 137, Fig. 20. New Synonymy.
Female.—Dorsal plates seulptured as in L. segnis, with pits oval to circular
in outline, evenly spaced, of uniform size, each 7 to 9 w in diameter. Lining of
each pit coarsely granular. Dorsal setae short (to 27 uw long), straight or slightly
curved, club-shaped, with numerous whorls of coarse spinules. Alveoli set in small
tubercles. Sternal plates comprise an integral prosternum and an integral metas-
ternum; prosternum covers sternal area to base of gnathosoma. Genital plate
well-separated from caudal plate widest at its anterior third, narrowed behind
to width of ano-genital valves; with three pairs genital setae as illustrated.
Caudal protuberance sub-terminal, tip visible from above. Each genu I and TI]
has three setae of common type plus a minute, spiniform sensillum; each genu
ITT and IV has but one seta of common type. Measurements (492 2): Idiosoma,
310 mw long, 230 w wide; leg I, 160 w from base of trochanter to tips of claws.
Male.—Not observed.
Collection Data.—Kast Layton, Utah, Oct. 19, 1949 (G. F. Knowlton
and Shi-Chun Ma), ex oak leaves. Mount St. Helena, Napa County,
California, May 10, 1951 (S. F. Bailey), ex manzanita leaf mold.
The species here identified as L. pectinata (Ewing) is identical with
the type specimen in the U.S. National Museum. However, it appears
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 5:
vo
that it may be one of G. Canestrini’s (1889) species, possibly that
which he named Raphignathus anauniensis. The suspected synonymy
cannot be further clarified at the present time.
Ledermuelleria lacuna, n. sp.
(Figs. 9-10)
Female.—Dorsum of propodosoma with three plates: an extensive median
plate having three pairs of setae and two small lateral plates, one on each side,
each with one seta. Lateral plates of propodosoma overlie the ventrally displaced
humeral plates. Dorsal plates sculptured with very shallow dimples best observed
in profile at curved margins but not readily apparent in face view on middle of
dorsum. Dorsal setae acicular, faintly denticulate; second dorso-median pair
(near eyes) longest of body setae (48 uw), approximately twice as long as shortest
pair next nearest to eyes. Venter mostly unarmored, integument striated. Two
sternal plates on propodosoma and two on metapodosoma occur as narrow flanges
adjoiming opposed coxal groups, hindermost pair with net-like sculpturing (prob-
ably noticed only because iodine in mounting medium stained these plates of
type specimen in an unusual manner). Genital plate small, narrow, front margin
truncate, with three pairs of genital setae. Caudal protuberance sub-terminal,
posterior tip visible from above. Genu I bears three setae of common type plus
a minute spiniform sensillum; genu II similarly equipped; no setae present on
genua ITI] and IV. Measurements (type @): idiosoma, 280 u long, 260 uw wide;
leg I, 180 « from base of trochanter to tips of claws.
Male.—Not observed.
Holotype.—Female, Bassetts, Sierra County, California, Aug. 21,
1952 (S. F. Bailey), er sweepines from Lilliacese and willow. Type
specimen deposited in the U.S. National Museum, No. 2226.
The distinctive characters of this species are: (1) simple architec-
ture of the dorsal setae, (2) presence of two small lateral plates, one
on each side of the large median propodosomal plate, (3) feeble
dimpling on the median regions of the dorsal skeleton, and (4) absence
of setae on genua IIT and IV. The description is based on a single
adult specimen which is slightly folded on the left side. The characters
ascribed to the species are also evident on two deutonvmphs obtained
from the same sample.
LEDERMUELLERIOPSIS Willmann
Ledermulleriopsis Willmann, 1953, Sitzungsb. der Osterr. Akad. Wissensch.,
Mathem.-naturw. K1., Abt. I, 162(6) :487.
This genus was created by Willmann (1951) to accommodate two
new Austrian species. L. triscutata and L. plumosa. The genus and
first named species, L. triscutata, were not formally described until
1953. L. triscutata was designated as genotype in the later publication
(Willmann, 1953).
The diagnostic feature of Ledermuelleriopsis is the presence of &
o4 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957
dorsal suture across the mid-section of the hysterosoma. The two
hysterosomal plates separated by this suture are about equal in size,
and each bears three pairs of setae.
Ledermuelleriopsis plumosa Willmann
(Figs. 11-15)
Ledermiilleriopsis plumosus Willmann, 1951, Stitzungsb. der Osterr. Akad, Wis-
sensch., Mathem.-naturw. K1., Abt. I, 160 (1-2) :140, Fig. 24.
Female.—Dorsal plates with shallow, rounded dimples or pits closely resembling
those described for Ledermuelleria pectinata. Dorsal setae very short (12-25 uw),
24 of which are clavate, with numerous whorls of coarse spinules; 2 scapular
setae acicular, firmly plumose, length equal to longest of other dorsal setae.
Sternal plates comprise an integral prosternum and an integral metasternum ;
prosternum occupies venter to base of gnathosoma. Genital plate covers opistho-
soma almost to metasternal plate, widest in front, with 3 pairs of genital setae.
Caudal protuberance terminal, well-exposed to view from above. Each genu
T and II has 3 setae of common type plus a minute spiniform sensillum; each
genu III and IV has but one seta of common type. Measurements (9 @ 9):
Idiosoma, 270 u long, 190 uw wide; leg I, 150 uw from base of trochanter to tips
of claws.
Male.—Closely resembles female in size and proportions of ganthosoma and
legs; idiosoma slightly smaller in size, more tapered from shoulders to caudal
protuberance. Dorsal setae finely plumose, slender, not noticeably clavate; three
posterior pairs longer (27 mw) than other dorsals. Genital and caudal plates
evidently not separate—this composite plate covers caudal protuberance and
entire venter of opisthosoma to margin of metasternum. Two pairs of genital
setae, posterior pair approximately twice as long as anterior pair. Anus terminal,
overlying genital aperture immediately beneath. Three pairs anal setae closely
clustered on anal valves; two most dorsal pairs diminutive, spurlike, both pairs
situated on one pair of ‘‘paranal’’ papillae; third pair longer, acicular, located
below and external to bases of papillae. Intromittent organ observed only in
retracted condition, within body; it comprises a slender, sinuous, slightly tapered
tubular or grooved sclerite, with proximal end between bases of coxae IV; distal
tip associated with or ensheathed by an expanded, barblike plate as illustrated
(Fig. 12). Posterodorsal wall of genital atrium provided with paired selerites in
juxtaposition, each of which has an upwardly directed, toothlike apodeme. Chae-
totaxy and sensilla of legs I-IV essentially as in opposite sex, except that each
tarsus bears an additional specialized sensillum; this ‘‘male tarsal organ’’
(‘grand solénidion male,’’?’ Grandjean, 1944) is conspicuously long, inflated,
cross-striated, arising above near proximal end of each tarsus. Male tarsal organ
longest on tarsus [I (38 w), slightly shorter but similar on successive tarsi.
Measurements (2 ¢ 4): idiosoma, 240 mw long, 150 w wide; leg I, 140 uw from
base of trochanter to tips of claws.
Collection Data.—Nine females, two males, Alturas, Modoe County.
California, Oct. 11, 1952 (E. I. Sechlinger), ex juniper leaf mold.
Insofar as this is the first description of the male, one of the male
specimens has been deposited in the collection of the U. S. National
Museum.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957
7 |
ci
NEw GENERIC SYNONYMY IN THE CALIGONELLIDAR
Dr. Carl Willman, Bremen, Germany, was kind enough to call to
the author’s belated attention a description of Neognathus Willmann,
1952, which antedates an identical genus, Stigmagnathus, proposed
by Summers and Schlinger (1955). The latter is therefore a synonyn
of Neognathus, and the status of the several species is as follows:
Genus NEOGNATHUS Willmann
Neognathus Willmann, 1952. Verofftl. Inst. Meeresforsch. Bremerhaven 1:162-63,
Pie 28, Hig. 19:
Stigmagnathus Summers and Schlinger, 1955. Hilgardia 23(12): 546. New
SYNONYMY.
Species.—N. insolitus Willm. 1952, type species by original designation.
N. spectabilis (Summ. and Schl.), 1955. New ComBINATION.
N. terrestris (Summ. and Schl.), 1955. New ComMBINAtTIon.
REFERENCES
Berlese, A. 1882-93. Acari, Myiopoda et Scorpiones hucusque in Italia Reperta.
Ordo Prostigmata (Trombidiidae). Patavii.
Canestrini, G. 1889. Prospetto dell’Acarofauna Italiana. Famiglia dei Tetrany-
chini. Atti d. reale Ist. Ven. d. Sci., Lettre ed Arti (ser. 6) 7: 491-537.
————— and Fanzago, F. 1876. Nuovi Acari Italiani. Atti d. Soc. Veneto-
Trentina di Sci. Nat. 5 (1): 135.
Ewing, H. E. 1917. New Acarina. Part II.—Descriptions of new species and
varieties from Iowa, Missouri, Illinois, Indiana, and Ohio. Bull. Amer. Mus.
Nat. Hist. 37: 149-172.
Grandjean, F. 1944. Observations sur les acariens de la Famille des Stigmaeidae.
Arch. Sci. Phys. et Nat. 26 (5): 103-131.
Hull, J. E. 1918. Terrestrial Acari of the Tyne Province. Trans. Nat. Hist.
Soc. Northumberland, Durham, and Neweastle-upon-Tyne. 5 (n. ser.) : 13-88.
Koch, C. L. 1835-44. Deutschlands Crustaceen, Myriapoden und Arachniden. Heft
1-40. Regensburg.
——— 1842, Uebersicht des Arachnidensystems. III. Heft, III. Abt. Nurn-
berg.
Oudemans, A. C. 1923. Acarologischen Aanteekeningen LXXI. Ent. Ber. Neder-
land. Ent. Vereen. 6(130): 145-155.
Schrank, Franz von Paula 1776. Beytrage zur Naturgeschichte. Beith, Augsburg.
1781. Enumeratio Insectorum Austriae Indigenorum. Augustae
Vindelicorum.
Summers, F. M., and Schlinger, E. I. 1955. Mites of the family Caligonellidae
(Aearina). Hilgardia 23(12): 539-561.
Willmann, C. 1951. Untersuchungen ueber die terrestrische Milbenfauna im pan-
nonischen Klimagebiet Osterreichs. Sitzungsb. der Osterr. Akad. Wissensch.,
Mathem.-naturw. Kl. Abt. I, 160(1-2): 91-176.
1952. Die Milbenfauna der Nordseeinsel Wangerooge. Verofftl. Inst.
Meeresforsch. Bremerhaven 1: 139-186.
——_—— 1953. Neue Milben aus den ostlichen Alpen. Sitzungsb. der Osterr.
Akad. Wissensch., Mathem.-naturw. Kl., Abt. I, 162 (6): 449-519.
56 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2
, APRIL, 1957
Ledermuelleria segnis. Fig. 1, Ventral aspect of female; fig. 2, right palpus;
fig. 3, dorsal surface; fig. 4, first leg of right side.
only to the two large figures. )
(Millimeter scale applicable
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957
ae
aH
O270777
————
Ledermuelleria clavata. Fig. 5, Venter; fig. 6, dorsum of female.
WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957
soc.
ENT.
uu JO
e
¢ Z
TEN er a a a Da OS JC
i S an yavu SPORTS .
SOLS SO OW ars oO ( ORO win S Cy AG Snes ~. SR e Yon vo ¢
. SEES Sole bo yd (eV 4) Caer ve
cl pi ENN SOSA Cate ory rye) Ie ease ue) Gye y a O.
Fi eS Rony ats (ayn ey Sec Ay Vin Ce) NSN =)
ACS Were | eS wen) Goi aa nse IN el \
Fig. 7, Venter; fig. 8, dorsum of female.
PROC.
Ledermuelleria pectinata.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 59
o
ees
Le
PA
ihe
ie eee
we ee
Sues
y
NS
AE
=
=\
<a SS
Ledermuelleria lacuna n. sp. Fig. 9, Venter; fig. 10, dorsum of female.
60 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957
1
NN
3
oy
BZA
a
Pi
(ae)
“~
——
S
ayy
——s
O1lmm
ea -G
SS A
Ledermuelleriopsis plumosa, Fig. 11, Right leg I of female; fig. 12, opistho-
soma of male drawn from above; fig. 13, right tarsus I of male; fig. 14, dorsum
of female; fig. 15, venter of female.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 61
OBSERVATIONS ON THE BREEDING HABITATS OF SOME HELEIDAE
OF THE BERMUDA ISLANDS (DIPTERA)!
Roger W. WILLIAMS? School of Public Health and Administrative Medicine,
Columbia University, New York, N. Y.
As indicated by Wirth and Williams (1956) only two species of
Heleidae had been reported previously from the Bermuda Islands.
These were Pterobosca fusicornis (Coquillett), called Ceratopogon fur
by Johnson (1913), and an unknown species he designated as Cera-
topogon sp.
During June and July 1955, light-trap and recovery-cage studies
were conducted in each of the several parishes (see Williams 1956 for
map giving exact location of each study area) and breeding habitats
were observed.
Four recovery cages, modified from that described by Dove et al.
(1932) in that they had a solid wooden top instead of a muslin top
covered by hardware cloth, trapped the majority of positively photo-
tropic insects that emerged from the 4-square-foot area of soil covered
by each cage. Two cages were placed in each of 15 trapping areas
for a period of 1 week and then moved to the next trapping locale.
Most of the cages were placed at the edge of ponds and the margins
of marsh drainage ditches. If possible the 2 cages were placed in a
single trapping area in different types of habitats with different flora.
The jars from the recovery cages and light trap were examined daily
for heleids.
A Beckman pH meter was used for determining the pH of soil
samples from each area studied (the figures in Table I represent an
average of three readings from each area) and a set of hydrometers
calibrated for determining the salt content of water at 15.4°C. was
used for ascertaining the salinity of the water from each habitat.
These water samples were cooled to about 12°C. in a large cold-
storage room, brought outdoors, and as they warmed up to 15.4° the
readings were taken. Soil temperatures were determined at each area
studied.
In some areas the use of a solid top on the recovery cages Increased
the temperature of the soil covered by a cage as much as 8°C. over
1Contribution No. 227 of the Bermuda Biological Station. This study was
supported by a National Science Foundation grant-in-aid and a Childs Frick
Fellowship granted by the Bermuda Biological Station for investigations on the
Culicoides of the Bermudas.
2T wish to express my sincere thanks to Dr. Wm. Sutcliffe, Jr., director of the
Biological Station for his kind assistance; to members of the Bermuda Agri-
culture Experiment Station—Gordon R. Groves, director; Idwal Wyn Hughs,
assistant director; J. Hubert Jones, assistant horticulturist; and C. A. Baker,
horticulturist—for their helpful assistance in transporting equipment and identi-
fying plants; and to Dr. W. W. Wirth, entomologist, Entomology Research
Division, U. 8S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C., for his identifiea-
tion of previously described species of heleids and for ascertaining that other
species were new to science.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957
<t9)
6
SS SSS SSO ee
Idle) wwpshur vifiwod1.10 snap a snjoqosody
appnuiag vajayfispg aes poeam odey
(OTLB siupjosndasa *¢O - pwoyypou middvy ~
SISUIPNWLIG Saplwoqxnjng ysnayeyy -
SULBTT[ILM Y YIM DoyUnjyo pizzag snpyoar snd.uay -0°Cs I OST OL
aspos A[YOUIg
SISUBIWWDE SNISLUD JT -
SULBIT[L ysni aytds pojjouyy (Ysivyy atoyg yynog)
Y YL avpnwiaqg vajayhsv( DIIWIYSLIPUs SUDMYIOILY GS I OST 89°L L3-13/9 wing sedurrg
(O0T ‘xoidde)
DISNLIOOIN) “CL SSBLS YSN ILOYSvag
(F3)—StUn]yD ~valaYhsvd snrowMbua snjogosody I (oa)
(8)—wasiihoayn] “|
(OOT ‘xorddr ) ysni poyvod
sijuD)yD Da,ayhsp( ‘ds puodsoyounhyy Ss 8G C96 VL 1G-FL/9 puog [eqytdg
SWRITIIM Y UWI vasiwhoapn) “G
sSyyUD]}o DajaYyhso( DANI URI
SUIBITIIM Sisuapmiuiag Saproaryng apPupw vLoydozyYyY Fs €°OZ Gane 9°9 LIL-01/9 puog 8,}}01],
JIOMSSKIS APOO MA
svuuasad DWULOIYIDY
a49-XO YSIBUL 4[BE
SIPUD]ZD DaLdYyhsvg SUIDSIINAL DLYNLLOT B'S LG GEOG cV9 F1-2/9 Puod 8, WOSUTATIM
JIOMSSBIS APOO A
StUuUaLad DIULOIYDS
aUBISINg IpIsveg
SULBITIEM Y YALA SlLUD)]}D DaJaYhisDGE WHhALSDIDIN} Lod wNLANSIY 8G GHZ Gree OL OL-+/9 ONT 8, 19A0'7T
[LOS LOR MA. (000°T
“Oe aad syred) (SC6L)
PolIAOIIL SoLIdY WOT} BIAS A a1nye.1ed uo Jf, [eS Had o4eq UOL}BIO'T
‘cC6T ‘A[ng-oung ‘spue[s] vpnutdiog — s}ze}IqQey Surpeoiq prlejay WO SuolBAIesqo [BoISoO[ooy “[ aavy,
63
Ss
APRIL, 1
9
at)
PROC. ENT. SOO. WASH., VOL. 59, NO.
YUDLBUL DIFWOAII.L0 TT
DASlOOIIN) “T
pasilb *G
appnuiag “GC
pjouw vajayfisvg
nioyrypou niddrvy
rrr eee
{Oyiq esdeurvid
YSIVPL YOIMIe A
puog Yomi A
ATOM Ysre yy
10
Y—ylq, eseurevig
ysieyy ayO1quieg
yoytq, eseureiq
ysiey, yosed
SLDpnasndasla sapooyng ‘ds vydiz ¢ cg £G 9F'9
suuaduwma viiwodia10y A
pasiboayn) “|
(,aynNbOg) vasiwb *q
DjaUWd “
appmu.1aq vajayhsog [fos Apues—ouon TE Lg £6 88°9 TL-F/L
SUTBTTTC AM,
9 UWIM Nuuadnava vifiuwodio1o 4
DAISVIbOayN) °(T
aDpNULlag “CG ysni aytds mopeayy
sijup)}D vajayhsvg DjoanjvId sv.uvYyv0a)
SUSMIPNULLIG SapiwoaYyNO snrovmipua snjoqgosody Ts FE 0°SS L¥9 IT-#/2
tupipur pifimodiaLo y
sLippnasndala sapwayng sna bua snjoqgoLody G'GZ 9% GT 09°9 $/L-L6/9
vupibur pifiwodia.so yf
DasiIHoaIn) “(T wniysvavjnj.od wmansagy
(J91.Nbog) vjowa *q = sseis pivaq [vIuUdIEg
appnw1ag vajayhisvg syp10j)y wobodhjog
simnosndaia “OQ ysni aytds 0yvq1dey)
SISWAPNWLIG sSaplwozsyNny DIDILAVDI SLLDYIOIIA 8G I 6€ ¥9 ¥/L-L6/9
tmonLbur Difiwmodra.o 4
appnu1ag vajayhsoqg SSBIS JULIO?
suippnasnda1a *O wnyoausip wnjpdsn J
SISUAPNUWLIG sSapwaryng YyurvAy 1078 AA
DIYUD]YD DIZZAg SIAISSDLI DIULOYNA FS I ol TOL
vLoyrvpou viddvT
vupLbur pifiuodia1o 4 SSBIs Udy
SLDnasndata saproayng SYNDINHUO] DUIYJIWWOD FZ I OL L469 L3-18/9
PHC esvurviq
Yysivyy IITYSUOARCT
‘penutju09— J FAV,
57
9
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1
64
‘SHOJUM opt} LO SULpURYS WE JOU PUR [LOS 4stOU UL Podv;d ode SodvD A1OA0I0 ws ido
DISLUDOIIN) DIJIYUSD(T snraiuipbud snjpoqgo.ody G'GZ Wie 6°0L eL9 “pug [peutg
~—-DasrIHoaN) “(
sijup)yo vajaylisvg. srolMibare snjpogosody 9% 86 LOL (2
5 DISNNIVOIIN] °“T
syyUD] yD DajaYyhisog snawMipua snjoqgosod ys
sLpnasndasa saprwooavyng ‘ds nydhT 92 86 LOL OL9 puog eSavry
spuog
[€-G6/L NID FIOH wWeIIQ-prIy
syUuD)yo vajaylisvg
siipjnasndala Saploonjng wnsjspavjnplod WniIANSIG 8G £86 298 eno
(Aep & dM} BoE
aD udus DLOYMOZY sulddviy patdaoo
sipup]yo vajayhsv” LIpuvatoO Sopr} Wekad0 Yda.IT(T )
sLIppnasndasa Sapwoovyngy LIPUDIIO WNIMIN 8B BSS o OF OF'9 G3-8L/L Avg palvip[tq
YUDLIUL DINWOiI.10 yf
IDPNWUW.LIQ “(T
DU vyajaylsvg
SLID asndasa Sapiwoonijng shops snjoqgoLodsy = 8% O€ SP FEU todotgd Ysieyy uy
DISIUBOAIN) *(
appniw.tag Dalayhsvg
siupynosnda1a *O IP} ssvurei(
SISUIPNUWALIG SapvoayNng ‘ds wydfig, 8G oe QF oe'9 Go-ST/L ysieyy woydueyynog
SYUD)]LD Va)AYhsvG wnapspovjnjLod WIMLANSIG CFE I FOE €L°9
DasiiPoa nN] DaaYylisvg] = [LOS Yonu-ouON 9G L FOE 6F'9 ro ies puod SuUvAry
sLipnosndata saprooyngy snoruipae snjoqgosody G LG tl OGL
POD UTINZOn qa. a) nes x
SLLuUD}yD Dajayhsvg YSLUBULG J,
sluppnasndasa saprloayjng DIUjDI UUW TL FE LOL Sie puog touwseg
‘ponulzuojg—'] aTav
a er
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, /
TABLE 2.—EHXTREMES IN SOMBH ECOLOGICAL CONDITIONS IN
APRIL, 1957 65
BREEDING HABITATS
OF CERTAIN HELEIDAR OF THE BERMUDAS.
Number of
Range in
on areas salinity
Species (out of 15) Range in pH (parts per Comments on vegetation
in which 1,000)
collected
Culicoides 6 7.0—7.01 1.2-15 Considerable variation in
bermudensis species of plants.
Bezzia atlantica 2 6.32-7.01 1.2-31.5 Do.
C. crepuscularis 9 6.32—7.50 1.2-36.2 Areas of dense vegetation
to shaded areas with no
small vegetative growth.
Dasyhelea 9 6.45—7.60 10.7-86.5 Do.
atlantis
D. bermudae 7 6.34-7.68 1.2-25 In sandy soil with no
vegetation, to soil with
various types of vegeta-
tion.
D. cincta 3 6.34-6.88 2.4-4.8 Do.
D. grisea if 6.46-6.88 2.4 In sandy soil with no
vegetation to muck soil
with cat-tails and cape
weed.
D. luteogrisea 8 6.32-7.60 2.4-31.5. In sandy soil with no
vegetation to muck soil
with various types of
vegetation.
Forcipomyia 6 6.384-7.0 1.2-15 In soil with various types
ingrami of vegetation.
FEF. variipennis 2 6.47—6.88 2.4-25 Sandy soil with no vege-
tation to loam soil with
various types of vegeta-
tion.
66 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957
that of exposed soil next to the cage, with the result that emergence
may have been considerably stimulated.
The results of these studies are given in Tables 1 and 2.
Three species, Culicoides floridensis Beck, Dasyhelea scisswrae
Macfie, and Forcipomyia raleight Macfie were taken in the light trap
but never in the recovery cages, and Pterobosca fusicorna (Coq.),
which had been collected by Johnson in 1913, was not collected at all.
In the United States Culicoides crepuscularis, a pest of man in some
parts of the country, is associated with fresh water, but in the Ber-
muda Islands it displayed a great tolerance for salt, being found in
areas ranging from 1.2 to 36.2 parts of salt per thousand.
REFERENCES
Dove, W. E., Hall, D. G. and Hull, J. B. 1932. The salt marsh sand fly problem.
Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 25: 505-522.
Johnson, C. W. 1913. The dipteran fauna of Bermuda. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer.
6: 443-452.
Williams, R. W. 1956. The biting midges of the genus Culicoides in the Bermuda
Islands (Diptera, Heleidae). II. A study of their breeding habitats and
geographical distribution. Jour. Parasitol. 42(3): 300-305.
Wirth, W. W., and Williams, R. W. 1956. The biting midges of the Bermuda
Islands, with descriptions of five new species (Diptera, Heleidae). Proe.
Ent. Soc. Wash. 59: 5-14.
PREPUBLICATION NOTICE
BUTTERFLIES OF THH AMERICAN TROPICS. The Genus ANAEA, Lepidoptera Nymph-
alidae. By William Phillips Comstock. American Museum Natural History.,
New York, 1956. Price $20.00.
Because American institutions and publishers of scientific books have fallen
far behind the rest of the world in the publication of high-quality color illustra-
tions, the Museum is sponsoring the publication of this beautifully illustrated
and designed book. The tremendous cost of reproducing the 30 color plates makes
it necessary for the Museum, a non-profit institution, to obtain in advance an
indication of the demand for this book. If the response is sufficient to show
that a reasonable amount of the expense will be subscribed, the book will be
published and you will receive your copy in the immediate future. Should the
response be insufficient, the Museum reserves the right to return all monies
received through this advance appeal. If you wish this work, send your order
to the American Museum of Natural History, Central Park West at 79th Street,
New York 24, N. Y. The book will be published in only a limited quantity.
After publication the price will be $25.00 per copy. Purchasers in countries with
British sterling currency may order direct from W. S. Cowell, Ltd., Butter
Market, Ipswich, Suffolk, England.—Ed.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 67
A COMPARATIVE STUDY OF THE METATHORACIC
WING IN THE FAMILY LYGAEIDAE
(HEMIPTERA: HETEROPTERA )
JAMpS A. SLATER AND HENRY W. HurLBurtT, Department of Zoology and
Entomology, University of Connecticut, Storrs
The present study was undertaken in an attempt to ascertain
whether or not the venation of the hind wing of members of the family
Lygaeidae might possess characters important to a better understand-
ing of the systematic relationships existing within this large and
heterogeneous family.
Although the taxonomic importance of wing venation is well estab-
lished in many orders of insects, the wings have been used only spar-
ingly in the Heteroptera. Recent studies by Leston (19538a and b)
in the Pentatomoidea and Usinger (1943) in the Reduvoidea have
indicated that the wing has considerable taxonomic value in these
eroups. There has, to our knowledge, been no systematic attempt to
utilize these structures within the family Lygaeidae.
We have not attempted to investigate the tracheation nor the hom-
ologies of the wing veins, and have adopted the terminology intro-
duced by Leston (1953a), as modified from Tanaka (1926), as pre-
senting an intelligible system that has the advantage of accounting for
all the structural parts present in the lygaeid wine without doing
violence to the origin of the various veins. Students more familar
with the system of Hoke (1926) may readily compare the two systems
by utilizing the illustrations of the various species discussed in the
following pages.
Technique: For purposes of the present study the majority of the
wings were studied from dried specimens. A small number of species
were studied from living specimens taken in the field. Wing mounts
from dried or fresh material were obtained by the following technique.
With a dissecting microscope and foreeps the wings were removed
and placed on a drop of water. Care was taken at this point to unfold
the jugal lobe. The wing was then drawn onto the top of a drop of
olycerine and a coverslip added for protection. To keep the covershp
from touching the elycerine a drop of fingernail polish was placed
under each corner of the coverslip. Venation is most apparent if no
elycerine is allowed to cover the upper surface of the wing. Addi-
tional glycerine may readily be placed under the wing if the original
olycerine supply dries out. In some cases it was necessary to relax
the insect in ethyl acetate for several hours before removal of the wing.
Where one is not greatly concerned with the nature of the jugal
area, or where comparison only is desired, it is useful to work with
dried specimens. With care one may readily remove the front wing
and carefully pull the hind wing laterally until the venation is clearly
exposed. This method has the advantage of allowing the investigator
to check over many species in a relatively short period of time.
OS PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957
Generalized lygaeid wing: (Text figure )
It may safely be said that the lygaeid wing is never of a completely
primitive nature within the suborder. However, it is in many species
still rather generalized and close to a pentatomoid pattern. The only
important specialization uniformly found in the Lygaeidae as con-
trasted with the Pentatomoidea is the loss of the antevannal vein. The
presence of this vein is apparently characteristic of the latter group.
The generalized lygaeid wing may be summarized as follows: 1, Sub-
costa present and separated from radius in basal wing area; 2, hamus
well developed as a complete vein in the discal cell, the anterior por-
tion bent strongly toward the wing base; 3, radius and media fused
only at a single point distad of the discal cell; 4, vannal fold bifid
for nearly its entire length; 5, antevannal vein absent; 6, intervannals
present, short, and not fused at base; 7, vannals separate for nearly
entire length (Tanaka notes a single trachea, thus the primitive con-
dition may have been a single vein) ; 8, Jugal vein single and extend-
ing throughout most of jugal lobe.
SUBCOSTA
GENERALIZED LYGAEID WING
DIAGRAMMATIC
The principal modifications from this generalized scheme are the
loss of the hamus, subcosta, and intervannals, fusion of the vannal
folds, basal fusion of the vannals, reduction or loss of the second
vannal and the jugal, and fusion of radius and media for some
distance beyond the discal cell.
Of these modifications two appear to be very important at higher
eroup levels within the family. These are the loss of the hamus and
the intervannals. Frequently the reduction of these veins is correlated,
although in the Lygaeini (fig. 7) the hamus is well developed while
the intervannals are entirely lacking. The presence basally of the
subeosta and the reduction of the posterior vannal also are useful
modifications at subfamily and tribal levels.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 69
Other modifications must be interpreted with much caution as they
generally are the result of vein fusion and appear to have arisen
independently in very different groups. This may be illustrated in
the case of the radius and the media, which often are fused for some
distance beyond the discal cell in some genera of such diverse groups
as Cleradini, Blissinae, Cyminae, and Pachygronthinae.
Subfamily LYGAEINAE
The most generalized wing condition within the subfamily is found
in the genera Nysius, Ortholomus, and Rhypodes, where both hamus
and intervannals are present and the intervannals may be either fused
basally or separate (figs. 6 and 8). This very generalized condition
indicates that this group of genera is near the primitive lygaeid line.
Such orsilline genera as Belonochilus and Orsillus show a more
specialized condition in that the intervannals are absent. It seems
probable, upon the basis of this as well as other features, that two
well defined groups are present in what we now eall the Orsillini.
The Lygaeini resemble the Orsillus-Belonochilus group by virtue
of the loss of the intervannals. However, this tribe possesses a short
distinct basal subcostal vein. This feature is unique within the family
ie. 7):
Species examined: LyGArint.—Lygaeus kalinvi Stal, Melanocoryphus
bicrucis (Say),Graptostethus servus (F.), G. argentatus (F.), Caeno-
coris nert Germar, Oncopeltus fasciatus (Dallas). Orstm@uini.—Nysius
ericae (Sehill.), N. californicus Stal, Ortholomus scolopax (Say),
Belonochilus numenius (Say), Orsillus reyi Puton, Rhypodes clavi-
cornis (F.),
Subfamily CYMINAE
It is evident that the present division of this subfamily into two
tribes, the Ischnorhynchini and the Cymini, is untenable. As Mr.
H. G. Barber will treat the systematic groupings in this subfamily
in a forthcoming publication, we will confine ourselves to the observa-
tion that the Ischnorhynehini wing is very generalized, whereas in the
Cymini and in Ninus and its allies the hind wing shows the most
specialized condition in the entire family.
In the Ischnorhynchini! all species examined have a completely
developed hamus and intervannals. Polychisme (fig. 1) is perhaps
the most generalized by virtue of separate intervannals. In Klezdo-
cerys (fig. 3) and Rhiobia the intervannals are fused basally and
these two genera also have in common a distinctive bend midway along
the distal portion of radius. A stridulatory structure is present in
some members of this group.
1The correct usage here is as above, for although the genus Ischnorhynchus
Fieb. is a junior synonym of Kleidocerys Stephens, type genera in synonymy
are valid as the stem for family group names under action of the International
Commission at the 1953 Copenhagen meetings.
70 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH:., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957
In the Cymini and the ‘‘ninines’’ the hind wings show a very much
reduced venation (fig. 4). The hamus and the intervannals are com-
pletely lost. Radius and medius are usually fused together for a dis-
tance beyond the discal cell. The second vannal is always at. least
partially reduced.
The Australian genus Ontiscus (fig. 2) is less reduced in that a
hamus remnant is present on the posterior portion of the discal cell.
Species examined: ISCHNORHYNCHINE.—Kleidocerys resedae
(Panz.), K. franciscanus (Stal), Polychisme hyalinatus (Spinola),
Rhiobia chinai (Esaki), Ninus insignis Stal, Cymoninus flavipes
(Mats.), new genus near Cymoninus.
Cyminit.—Cymus discors Horvath, C. angustatus Stal, Arphnus
coracipennis Stal, Ontiscus australicus Stal.
Subfamily BLISSINAE
The wing venation of members of this subfamily is highly special-
ized. The intervannals are absent, the hamus is either completely
absent (fig. 15) or represented by a vestige on the posterior margin of
the discal cell (fig. 16). Radius and media are sometimes fused for
a distance beyond the discal cell. The Jugal and posterior vannals
are reduced. The radius reaches the anterior wing margin in Blissus
aS In many myodochines and in the Pamphantinae.
The relationships of the subfamily are obscure and other evidence
than the wings is needed to clarify its systematic and phylogenetic
position within the family.
Species examined: Ischnodemus falicus (Say), I. sabuleti (Fall.),
Blissus leucopterus (Say), Dimorphopterus spinolae Sign.
Subfamily OXYCARENINAE
This subfamily is unique in the Lygaeidae in that the species studied
have intervannals present but lack a hamus. Radius and media are
fused for some distance beyond the diseal cell. The intervannals are
separate in Crophius (fig. 13), basally fused in Oxycarenus. The
second vannal and the jugal are somewhat reduced.
It seems likely that the subfamily represents a side branch in its
development and not an intermediate stage in a main line of descent.
However, it is certainly speculative whether the oxycarenines have
arisen from an Artheneinae-like stock or from the Orsillines.
Species examined: Crophius scabrosus (Uhler), Oxycarenus sp.
(S. Africa).
Subfamily GEOCORINAE
The condition of the hind wines in members of this subfamily is
most interesting. The wine venation (fig. 10) shows considerable
specialization by reason of the loss of intervannals and the loss or
reduction of the hamus. However, it is evident that the condition
PROC. ENT. SOO, WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 71
is less specialized than in such a group as the Cymini for the hamus
stub is retained in many species of Geocoris (i.e. pallens and bullatus),
Hypogeocoris, and Ninyas. It is, however, absent in Geocoris uligi-
nosus Say and G. flaviceps Burm. Furthermore, although the inter-
vannals are absent the vannal folds are in most cases separate for
most. of their length.
The genus Germalus has a completely developed hamus and basally
fused intervannals. It seems doubtful whether this genus represents
a true geocorine (note also the fully developed claval commissure),
and the relationship appears to be largely with the henestarine stem.
Species examined: Geocoris pallens Stal, G. bullatus (Say), G.
uliginosus (Say), G. flaviceps Burm., Hypogeocoris piceus (Say),
Ninyas deficiens (Leth.), Germalus samoanus China.
Subfamily HETEROGASTRINAE
This well defined subfamily possesses a unique feature in that the
hamus, as discussed above, has migrated distally so that it reaches
the posterior portion of the discal cell distad of the point where
cubitus diverges from the discal cell as a free vein. This condition
frequently creates a triangular cell in the anterior portion of the
wing formed by the hamus, media, radius, and the point of fusion
of radius and media (figs. 12 and 14).
The intervannals are present and either separate (Heterogaster,
Dinomachus, Hyginus) or basally fused (Tamasanka, Platyplax).
It is evident that in general the wing is generalized with an in-
dependent specialization of the hamus.
The genus Artemidorus (fig. 12) has in the past been the subject
of much debate as to its systematic position. Distant, Bergroth, and
Horvath all have discussed the relationships. The hind wing indicates
that the continental workers are correct in considering the genus as
a heterogastrine. The wing though specialized by the loss of the inter-
vannals nevertheless possesses the hamus in the same characteristic
position as do the other members of the subfamily.
Species examined : Heterogaster urticae (F.), Dinomachus marshalli
Dist., Tamasanka limbata Dist., Platyplax salviae (Sehill.), Hyginus
sp. (S. Africa), Artemidorus pressus Dist.
Subfamily PACHYGRONTHINAE
The hind wing is generalized. Both hamus and intervannals are
present and fully developed.
In all members of the tribe Pachygronthini investigated the inter-
vannals are free throughout, whereas in all Teracrini (fig. 9) they
are fused at the base. It appears that this distinction may well supple-
ment other characters as a tribal character in the subfamily.
As noted above we consider this subfamily to represent the general-
ized condition from which the Heterogastrinae have evolved.
Species examined: PAcHyGRroNTHINI—Oedancala dorsalis (Say),
Pachygrontha bipunctata Stal, P. oedancalodes Stal, P. sailert Slater ;
TERACRINI—Teracrius namaquensis Stal, Phlegyas abbreviatus (Uhl1.),
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH:, VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957
Opistholeptus pallidus (Hesse), Stenophyella macreta Horvy.
| Subfamily HENESTARINAE
The hind wing of this subfamily is rather generalized (fig. 27).
However, there are subtle evidences of reduction present in the re-
duced hamus and jugal and the basal fusion of the intervannals. It
is apparent that this group and Germalus are closely allied; indeed
the latter may well prove to be a henestarine. The highly specialized
gveocorines may have developed from a stock very similar to that
represented by this small subfamily. Species examined: Henestaris
laticeps (Curt.)
Subfamily ARTHENINAE
The wing is somewhat generalized in that hamus and intervannals
are present. However, evidences of specialization are the partial
reduction of the hamus, basal fusion of the intervannals, and reduc-
tion of the posterior vannal (fig. 26).
In some respects this subfamily appears to represent an inter-
mediate stage between the generalized Ischnorhynchini and the highly
modified Cymini. Here again supporting evidence is needed to ascer-
tain whether this is more than a superficial resemblance.
Species examined: Chilacis typhae Perr., Artheneis foveolata Spin.
Subfamily CHAULIOPINAE
The systematic position of this pecular subfamily is not substan-
tially clarified by the condition of the hind wines. A degree of speciali-
zation is evidenced by the loss of the intervannals and the fusion of
the vannal fold (fig. 24). The hamus is present although apparently
not completely developed.
There is some habitus resemblance between this group and the
Malcinae, and the venation of the latter could well represent a spe-
clalization from that of the Chauliopinae. Again supporting evidence
is needed. There is no evidence to support a Heterogastrine relation-
ship as intimated by some authors. Indeed the characteristic nature
of the hamus in that subfamily would seem to rule out the inclusion
of this group as even representing a closely related group.
Species examined: Chauliops fallax Scott.
Subfamily MALCINAE
The hind wing is highly specialized with loss of hamus and inter-
vannals, fusion of the vannal fold, and reduction of the vannal veins
(hone)
The venation is almost exactly as in the Cymini and represents with
this latter group the most strongly reduced situation found in the
entire family. Whether these taxa are closely related or we are dealing
with parallelism must await additional evidence. Our feeling is that
probably parallel development has occurred.
Species examined: Malcus flavidipes Stal.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957,
=i
ive
Subfamily PAMPHANTINAE
The affinities of this peculiar subfamily are obscure. The venation
is specialized (fig. 23) with loss of hamus and intervannals and partial
fusion of the vannal folds. Radius curves forward to reach the lead-
ing edge of the wing in the distal area as in many myodochines. It
may well be that these ant-mimics represent extremely specialized
myodochine forms whose subfamily identity is masked by the fusion
of the basal abdominal sternites. The nature of the wing in Blissus
is also much as in this subfamily.
The relationship of the Pamphantinae to the Mediterranean sub-
family Bledionotinae should be investigated. Unfortunately represen-
tatives of the latter subfamily have not been made available for study.
Species examined: Pamphantus elegantulus Stal.
Subfamily MEGALONOTINAE
The hind wing has proven somewhat disappointine as a diagnostic
character for subgroups within this large and varied subfamily. There
is little to observe in the hind wings that will separate the genera into
the traditional tribal units. This is chiefly due to the generalized
wing venation found in most species. It seems obvious for many
reasons that this subfamily has diverged from the remaining lygaeid
subfamilies at an early period and that such specializations as do
occur in the hind wings are independent variations of the maim
megalonotine line,
Tribe—MyopocHIn!:
In many genera of this tribe radius beyond the discal cell curves
forward to reach the leading edge of the wing (fig. 18). This occurs
so frequently as to be a useful although not infallible diagnostic
feature. Radius reaches the anterior wing margin in the following
genera: Myodocha, Heraeus, Pachybrachius, Ligyrocoris, Paromius,
Zeridoneus and Prosomaeus. In Exptochiomera, Ptochiomera, Kolene-
trus, and Cnemodus, radius curves strongly forward but does not
reach the wing margin.
Many myodochines also have a rather characteristic vannal condi-
tion where the two vannals are completely fused on the basal half
and then curve strongly apart to assume a rather ‘‘wishbone’’ like
appearance (fig. 18). This condition, however, is also found in some
other genera within the subfamily.
In Prosomaeus the intervannals are absent; otherwise they are
present and usually separated.
Species examined: Myodocha serripes (Oliv.), Heraeus plebejus
Stal, Pachybrachius basalis (Dallas), Ligyrocoris diffusus Uhler,
Exptochiomera sp., Paromius longulus (Dallas), Ptochiomera nodosa
Say, Kolenetrus plenus (Dist.), Cnemodus mavortius (Say), Zeri-
doneus costalis (V.D.), Prosomaeus brunneus Scott.
74 PROC. ENT. SOC, WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2) APRIL, 1957
Tribe MEGALONOTINI:
The venation is usually of a generalized ature (fig. 17). However,
in Megalonotus (fig. 21) the radius is vestigial beyond the discal cell.
Ozophora (fig. 25) is highly specialized in lacking both hamus and
intervannals. This is the greatest degree} of vein reduction found in
the entire subfamily.
Species examined: Peritrechus fraterpus Uhl., Megalonotus chira-
grus var. californicus (V.D.), Ozophora picturata Uhl., Lamprodema
maurum (F.), Neocattarus sp.
Tribe BEOSINI:
vannals are separate; in Rhyparoghromus (fig. 28) and Dieuches
(fig. 20) they are fused basally.
Species examined: Sphragts ficus nebulosus ea ), Rhyparo-
chromus umbrosus (Dist. ) , Diguches near placidus (Stal).
Wing venation of generalized ie In Sphragisticus the inter-
Tribe LETHAEINI
The wing venation as in most other Megalonotinae is generalized
in nature. The intervannals are fused in Hremocoris (fig. 22) and
Paragonatus, and separate throughout in the other genera studied.
In Scolopostethus the intervannals appear rather obsolete.
In Eremocoris there are peculiar veinlike stubs present on cubitus
and media midway along their length in the distal portion of the
wing. The vein stub of cubitus may conceivably represent the remnant
of the antevannal vein so characteristic of the Pentatomoidea.
Species examined: Cryphula parallelogramma Stal, Drymus unus
(Say), Eremocoris ferus (Say), Lethaeus cribratissimus Dohrn, Para-
gonatus divergens (Dist.), Scoloposteth us thomson’ Reut., Gastrodes
grossipes (D.G.) Rhaptus qnadinanilte (Spin.).
Tribe GONIANOTINI
The species investigated in this tribe, Hmblethis vicarius Horvath,
shows a completely generalized wine pattern throughout (fig. 19).
Tribe CLERADINI
The venation of this tribe (fig. 11) is rather specialized in lacking
intervannals, having the vannal folds fused for a considerable distance
and in having radius and media fused for a short distance beyond
the discal cell. From this as well as other features it is evident that
the tribe is a rather specialized unit within the subfamily. Species
examined: Clerada apicicornis Sign.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957
~]
O1
Phylogenetic Considerations —The generalized lygaeid wing, as dis-
cussed above, is retained in several tribes and subfamilies. We find a
typical condition in many Megalonotinae, |schnorhynchini, Orsillini,
and Pachygronthinae. The first modification to appear is the basal
fusion of the inter-intervannals, both free and basally fused inter-
vannals being found in all of the above groups and sometimes within
the same genus (i.e. Vysius).
The next important modification after intervannal fusion is loss
of the intervannals. This is frequently concurrent with reduction
and subsequent loss of the hamus. However in the Lygaeini, Chauli-
opinae, Cleradini, and Prosomaeus of the Myodochini, the intervan-
nals are absent whereas the hamus is completely developed. The
Lygaeini are also unique in retaining the basal portion of the sub-
costa. In the Oxycareninae exactly the reverse situation is found,
for here the intervannals are present whereas the hamus is lost. In
all other cases, however, where the intervannals are absent the hamus
is also either absent, or reduced to a short stub on the posterior portion
of the discal cell.
In the otherwise generalized Heterogastrinae the hamus has migrated
toward the apex of the wing so that its posterior connection with the
discal cell hes distad of the separation of cubitus from the diseal cell
(figs. 12 and 14).
The most specialized condition of the wings within the family is
found in the Cymini (together with the genera related to Ninus) and
the Maleinae. Here both intervannals and hamus are lost and the
posterior vannal and jugal veins are reduced or absent.
Our conclusions are that lines of descent within the family cannot
be determined by the venation of the hind wings alone. However, the
following discussion is an attempt to indicate probable trends and we
hope it will be further elaborated in the near future by a study to
integrate the information from various sources into a reconstruction
of the phylogeny of the family.
Using primarily the wing veins, but supplementing at times with
additional characters, we present the following situation.
Five main lines of descent which we will call the Pachygronthine
line, the Orsilline line, the Geocorine line, the Ischnorhynchine line,
and the Megalonotine line.
Pachygronthine line.—The situation here is quite simple. We have
first the completely generalized tribe Pachygronthini. The Teracrini
are obviously closely related, the only basic difference being the basal
fusion of the intervannals. From the generalized form the Hetero-
gastrinae arise through Heterogaster, Dinomachus, and Hyginus to
the shghtly more specialized condition of Tamasanka and Platyplaz.
The most highly specialized condition of this line is in Artemidorus
with the absence of intervannals and the distal shift of the hamus
beyond the cubital origin on the discal cell.
76 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957
Orsilline line-—Generalized venation in this line is shown by such
eenera as Nysius, Ortholomus, and Rhpodes. From this condition
develop the more specialized orsillines where the intervannals are
absent (i.e. Belonochilus, Orsillus). The Lygaeini by virtue of reten-
tion of the subcosta and loss of the intervannals present an anomalous
condition. It is difficult to interpret this condition until more study
has been made of the relationships of the tribal units within the
subfamily.
Geocorine line.—A completely generalized form has not been found
for this group. However the genus Germalus is generalized in all but
the basal fusion of the intervannals and may be considered as repre-
sentative of the generalized type (this is not to state that Germalus
itself is necessarily primitive). From this condition a slight advance
is evident to the Henestarinae where the hamus is reduced; there is
basal fusion of the intervannals and the vannal fold is fused for a
considerable distance. It may well be that the Blissinae are an off-
shoot from a similar ancestor. The main line of descent however is
to the Geocorinae through subsequent stages of reduction and ultimate
loss of the hamus and the loss of the intervannals.
Ischnorhynchine line.—This complex presents an interesting and
complex situation, with the genera Kleidocerys, Rhiobia, and Poly-
chisme illustrating generalized conditions. It seems possible that by
independent loss of the hamus the Oxycareninae have diverged from
this line. The main trend within the group is often indicated by a
tendency toward loss of the posterior vannal. We find in the Arthenei-
nae a partial reduction of the hamus, basal fusion of the intervannals,
and partial posterior vannal reduction. It seems feasible to consider
this as the next evolutionary step from the generalized Ischnorhyn-
chim. It is possible that the line now diverged into two groups, one
to the Chauhopinae and to the Malcinae, the other through such
eymine genera as Ontiscus to the highly specialized Cymini and the
‘““nimine’’ gvenera.
Megalonotine line.—This line has obviously diverged from the re-
mainder of the Lygaeidae at a very early stage in their evolution.
In general the whole group is generalized. The myodochines seem to
show a slight specialization by virtue of the strong anterior curvature
of radius in the distal portion of the wine. The genus Ozophora is
also highly specialized. It is possible that the specialized Pamphanti-
nae may well have arisen from a myodochine ancestry.
Obviously there are a number of highly speculative interpretations
in the above discussion. We propose to analyse interrelations within
the family more fully in a later paper.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
We should like to extend our sincere thanks to Dr. Norman T. Davis
and Mr. P. D. Ashlock, of the Department of Zooloey and Entomology
of the University of Connecticut, for aid given during the course of
this study.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957
Metathoracic wings of Lygaeidae—Fig. 1,—Polychisme hyalinatus (Spinola) ;
fig. 2,Ontiscus australicus Stl; fig. 3, Kleidocerys resedae (Panz.) fig. 4, Cymus
discors Hory.; fig. 5, Maleus flavidipes Stal.; fig. 6, Nysius ericae (Schill.) ;
fig. 7, Lygaeus kalmii Stal; fig. 8, Nysius californicus Stal. fig. 9, Teracrius nama-
quensis Stl; fig. 10, Geocoris uliginosus (Say); fig. 11, Clerada apicicornis Sign. ;
fig. 12, Artemidorus pressus Dist.; fig. 13, Crophius scabrosus (Uhl.); fig. 14,
Heterogaster urticae (F.); fig. 15, Blissus leucopterus (Say); fig
. 16, Ischnodemus
falicus (Say).
78 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957
Metathoracie wings of Lygaeidae.
18, Pachybrachius basalis (Dall.); fig. 19, Emblethis vicarius Horv.; fig. 20,
Dieuches nr. placidus Stal.; fig. 21, Megalonotus chiragraus var. californicus
(V.D.); fig. 22, Hremocoris ferus (Say); fig. 23, Pamphantus elegantulus Stil;
fig. 24, Chauliops fallaa Scott; fig. 25, Ozophora picturata Uhl.; fig. 26, Chilacis
typhae Perr.; fig. 27, Henestaris laticeps (Curt.); fig. 28, Rhyparochromus wm
brosus (Dist.).
Fig. 17, Peritrechus fraternus Uhl.; fig.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 79
REFEREN CES
Hoke, S. 1926. Preliminary paper on the wing-venation of the Hemiptera (Hete-
roptera). Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 19: 13-34.
Leston, D. 1953a. Notes on the Ethiopian Pentatomoidea (Hemiptera): XVI.
An acanthosomid from Angola, with remarks upon the status and morphology
of Acanthosomidae Stal. Publ. Cult. Comp. Diam. Angola No. 16, pp. 121-132.
, 1953b. ‘*Phloeidae’’ Dallas: Systematics and morphology with
remarks on the phylogeny of ‘‘ Pentatomoidea’’ Leach and upon the position
of ‘‘Serbana’’ Distant (Hemiptera). Rev. Brasil Biol. 13 (2) :121-140.
Tanaka, T. 1926. Homologies of the wing veins of the Hemiptera. Annot. Zool.
Jap. 11:33-54.
Usinger, R. L. 1943. A _ revised classification of the Reduvioidea with a new
subfamily from South America (Hemiptera). Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 36:602-
618.
THE SPIDER, CONOPISTHA TRIGONA HENTZ, FAMILY THERIDIIDAE,
AS A COMMENSAL OF ALLEPIERA LEMNISCATA WALCKENAER,
FAMILY ARGIOPIDAE, IN PRINCE GEORGES COUNTY, MARYLAND
In the literature Conopistha trigona is recorded as a commensal
spider. Muma (1945, Md. Agr. Expt. Sta. Bull. A-38) reported that
this species is found most frequently in the webs of Metepeira laby-
rinthea Hentz. Comstock (1948, The Spider Book) stated that it lives
as a commensal, feeding on the smaller insects caught in the web but
neglected by its host.
During the course of regular observations on a basilica spider,
Allepiera lemniscata, at Greenbelt, Md., from May to July 6, and
from August 26 through October 1956, I observed Conopistha trigona
as a frequent commensal of this basilica spider on June 20, 21, and
25; on August 30; and on September 23 and 25. On the last 5 days
the commensal was in the dorsal or ventral labyrinth strands of the
basilica spider’s web. On four occasions, the host was present in the
web with the commensal, and on two other occasions the commensal
was in a deserted web of the basilica spider. On August 30 the com-
mensal was feeding beside its own cocoon, which it had fastened to a
strand of the dorsal labyrinth of the web of its host. The latter was
present in its normal waiting position under the center of the snare.
On June 20 I recorded one specimen of Conopistha trigona under
the center of the snare of a young basilica spider in the position
normally occupied by the host. The basilica spider was above and
near the perimeter of the snare on one of the strands of the dorsal
labyrinth facing the intruding spider, which was the larger of the
two.—Donaup LAmorE, 2C Gardenway, Greenbelt, Md.
80 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957
SYSTEMATICS OF THE SUBORDER TUBULIFERA (THYSANOPTERA)
IN CALIFORNIA, by H. Edwin Cott, Univ. California Pub., Entomology,
13:1-216, plates 1-4. Univ. Calif. Press, Berkeley and Los Angeles, 1956.
$3.50.
At long last here is an analysis of a portion of the thrips fauna of our con-
tinent. Not since Hinds reported on the then known thrips in 1902 has an Ameri-
can treatment of sizeable scope been published, Watson’s annotated list (Synop-
sis) of 1924 notwithstanding.
Cott’s work deals only with the suborder Tubulifera of California and is
presented more as a local faunal survey than as a monograph. The knotty prob-
lem of supergeneric categories and generic limits are mentioned, but no over-all
solution is attempted, principally because the study does not take into consid-
eration many of the critical species and related genera that occur outside California.
In a fresh and candid style, Cott summarizes the morphological and biological
features of the Tubulifera and points out how these characteristics may be used
to best advantage. His classification is conservative in that it follows the system
set up by Priesner in 1927. The genera and species are keyed with a modicum
of the specialists’ jargon. What appear to be complete citations are listed under
each category. Type species of the genera are indicated with mention of the way
they were designated and who was responsible for their designation. Remarks on
the status of the genus and the problems in need of further attention are included
after each generic definition. The species are deseribed in detail. Although
many characteristics of a ‘‘typical’’ specimen, arbitrarily selected by Cott, are
fully measured down to the nearest micron, the range of variation exhibited by
the species is not recorded, thereby minimizing the precise value of such measure-
ments. Type localities, hosts so far as are known, specimens studied, and Cali-
fornian and extralimital distributions are given and documented.
In all, this work covers 29 genera embracing 60 species of which 12 are described
as new. The genus Liothrips is reported to contain the largest number of species
(9) in California. Even though Liothrips and Rhynchothrips are bridged by
intermediates, Cott tentatively separates the two taxa by the characteristic of
the length of the head compared with the length of the pronotum. Similarly,
Haplothrips, the next largest genus treated (7 species) grades into Lepthothrips
in most respects in California, but by the feature of the presence or absence
of a tooth on each tarsi, Cott is able to maintain these 2 genera as units in his
State at least. Acanthothrips and Hoplandrothrips ave regarded as subgenera of
Phlaeothrips, and Stephanothrips and Trachythrips are placed in a separate
family, the Urothripidae, following an old custom. The remaining genera treated
contain 1 to several species each. Two species, Stictothrips maculatus and Neuro-
thrips magnafemoralis, formerly supposed to be strictly eastern in distribution,
are reported as members of the Californian fauna for the first time.
Although limited geographically, Cott’s efforts clear a trail in the jungle of
thrips taxonomy. His viewpoints and presentation will be appreciated by thy-
sanopterists and by other interested entomologists. But most important, his
work will serve as a sound guide to newcomers venturing into the study of one
of the least known groups of insects, the T'ubulifera.—Lewis J. STANNARD, JR.,
Iilinois Natural History Survey, Urbana.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 8]
A NEW RUGITERMES FROM BOLIVIA
(TSOPTERA, KALOTERMIDAB)
THOMAS E. SnypER, Washington, D. C.
Twelve species of Rugitermes have been described, 11 from Middle
and South America and 1 from the Marquesas, an aberrant species
as to its wing venation. Many species are bicolored, the head being
much darker than the pronotum. A new species found in the National
Museum collection is described as follows:
Rugitermes laticollis, n. sp.
Winged female adult—Head dark castaneous-brown, smooth, shining, longer
than broad, sides rounded, with scattered long and short hairs. Post-clypeus
white tinged with yellow. Labrum light yellow-brown, with long hairs. Eye
black, not round, projecting, separated from lateral margin of head by a distance
slightly greater than the long diameter of the eye. Ocellus hyaline, suboval, at
oblique angle to eye from which it is separated by a distance less than the short
diameter of the ocellus.
Antenna light yellow-brown, segments not all present, second segment slightly
longer than third or fourth, which are subequal, with long hairs.
Pronotum same color as head, broader than long, shallowly concave anteriorly
and posteriorly, sides rounded, with scattered long hairs.
Wings yellow-brown, coarsely punctate. In forewing, median vein soon (in
first quarter) unites with radial sector; radial sector close to and parallel to
with 5 branches to costal vein. Cubitus above middle of wing, parallel to radia!
sector, with 16 branches to apex of wing. In hind wing median vein absent,
radial sector with 4 branches to costal vein. Cubitus above middle of wing, with
16 branches to apex.
Legs light yellow-brown, femora darker, with long hairs.
Abdomen with tergites dark castaneous-brown, with dense long and short hairs.
Measurements (in millimeters) :
léenlethy ofsentires winged: temale adult, es Sees es esl Oo 0
Menothwotmentineydealateds temale saduiltisssseene me Bee Tae Oo)
IGernganey Oe Ie Gio). whey Che Ie ohewbany))- cou eyes ee ee 1.80
Menethwota pronokumin(tomanberior i COrnmen) mses es 1.20
Wer ove O fe ORG Wyle tienes te Seeks geet wh abn eel ie) el Se ie ne GC OLOO
VL yevay este) Vico Leta ay MP ayU pp ies yeas Mat Ue es Upsala Se etree Ce eS cen pe 1.10
IDWienaavertene wou. Cavey ((WKoralee oblenea (ewer) nee nD ii Pees 0.35
Wid chinoty heads (ateey.es)) ty: tu See Shere ee ee ee Se 1.50
Var Cine O MeO NO LUT ee eee nan etl a eh ee taste ie ae ee ee 1.80
Wadthisotehore wil ot puss ah twee eee Ls ieee RN eg ee Yess 2.2
Rugitermes laticollis is not bicolored; is smaller than arthwr-muel-
leri (von Rosen) and costaricensis (Snyder) ; is darker colored than
unicolor Snyder and rugosus (Hagen); the median vein unites with
the radial sector sooner in occidentalis (Silvestri) and in rugosus
(Hagen) ; the latter has a shorter wing.
i)
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957
Type locality—tLa Paz, Bolivia. Described from 6 winged adults,
4 males and 2 females, collected at the type locality by R. Pérez
Aleala, 1947.
Types.—Holotype, winged female adult. U.S. National Museum.
No. 63342; paratypes female and male winged adults deposited at
same institution.
A BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTE ON CERATOPOGON YEZOENSIS
MATSUMURA
(DIPTERA: HELEIDAR)
Different years of publication and different orthographies have been
used by various authors to refer to Ceratopogon yezoensis Matsumura
1911. Edwards [1939, In Edwards, Oldroyd, and Smart, British
Blood-sucking Flies, p. 143], Vargas [1949, Rev. Soc. Mexicana Hist.
Nat. 19 (1/4) : 203, 208], and Arnaud [1956, Microentomology 21 (3) :
116, 149] have followed Tokunaga [1937, Tenthredo 1 (3): 235] in
accepting a 1915 paper by Matsumura as containing the original de-
scription. The correct reference to this species given by Takahashi
[1941, Insecta Matsumurana 15 (3): 84], attributing yezoensis
lyesoensis of Edwards 1939, and Vargas 1949] to a publication by
S. Matsumura (p. 60) entitled ‘‘Erster Beitrag zur Insekten-Fauna
von Sachalin,’’ published in 1911 in The Journal of the College of
Agriculture, Tohoku Imperial University, Sapporo, Japan 4:1-145
Plates I and II was overlooked by certain of these authors. The
original description is provided below because of its general non-
availability.
£¢912. Ceratopogon yezoensis n. sp.
““Graulichbraun. Antennen und Palpen blassgelblich. Riickenschild grau, ohne
langsstriemen, nahe Vorderrande jederseits mit einem Griibchen. Kopf
schwarz, Rostrum braéunlich. Fliigel subhyalin, weisslich getriibt, dritte
Langsader durch eine Querader mit der ersten nicht verbunden, Unterrand-
zelle daher einfach, Randmal braunlich, vor und hinter diesem je mit einem
undeutlichen weisslichen Fleckchen, Unterrandzelle die Mitte des Fliigels
erreicht, dritter Liingsnerv weit hinter der Fliigelspitze miindend. Halters
weisslich. Beine weisslichgelb, Schenkel an der Spitze etwas briiunlich. Abdo-
men braunlich, unten etwas heller.
“‘Lange: 1 mm.
‘*Pundort: Korsakoff, gesammelt in 3 Examplaren von Herrn Y. Ikuma
(in der Sammlung von Herrn Y. Nawa).
‘*S. F.: Hokkaido (haufig).
““T., N.: Nukaka.
“‘Der Farbung nach C, bicolor Pz. etwas iihnlich.’’—Paunt H. ARNAUD, JR.,
Entomology Research Division, U. S. Department of Agriculture.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 83
A NEW SPECIES OF MITE, HIRSTIONYSSUS BISETOSUS,
FROM THE NESTS OF THE DESERT WOOD RAT,
NEOTOMA LEPIDA LEPIDA THOMAS!
(ACARINA: DERMANYSSIDAE),
DorALp M. ALLRED, Ecological Research, University of Utah, Dugway.*
During a seasonal study of the parasitic mites associated with the
nests of the desert wood rat Neotoma lepida lepida Thomas in Utah,
Allred and Roscoe (unpublished manuscript) found mites represent-
ing a new species to be very abundant in the nests. These mites are
described in this paper. The dimensions given for the sternal plate
of the female refer to the shortest distances between two margins.
Length and width figures for other plates refer to the greatest distance,
exclusive of the very narrow projections such as the intercoxal pro-
jections on the holoventral plate of the male. All measurements are
given in microns.
Acknowledgment is given to Dr. R. W. Strandtmann, Texas Tech-
nological College, Lubbock, and Dr. E. W. Jameson, Jr., University
of California, Davis, for checking some of the specimens.
HIRSTIONYSSUS BISETOSUS, new species
(FEMALE)
(Figs. 5-10)
Idiosoma.— 494 Jong, 306 wide.
Gnathosoma.—Width near the base 93; length from tip of idiosoma to base
of palpal trochanter 105. Hypostomal setae all nude; basal pair 24 long, middle
internal pair 19 long, middle external pair 9 long, distal pair 9 long. Length of
palps from base of trochanter to tip 91. Chelicerae chelate, both digits of about
equal length and without teeth. Digitus fixus slightly curved, with striated flange-
like tip; a microseta at base of striation. Digitus mobilis slightly sinuous with
a blunt point.
Venter.—Base of tritosternum grooved ventrally; lacinae reaching to base of
palpal trochanter. Presternal area reticulate. Sternal plate faintly reticulate,
two and one-fourth times as wide as long at narrowest points (50 by 112) ;
anterior edge slightly convex; concavity of posterior edge extending to a level
about midway between the second and third sternal setae; anterior edge of plate
more heavily sclerotized than central portion of plate; heavy sclerotization most
evident between the first pair of sternal setae where it extends one-third the
length of the plate; posterior edge of plate also more heavily sclerotized. Three
pairs of sternal setae about equal in size, 38 long; distance between first pair
of sternal setae equal to length of plate. Genitoventral plate broadly rounded
posteriorly; with usual pair of setae opposite posterior edge coxae IV, and a
pair of accessory setae near the tip of the plate; plate widest at point midway
1This work was supported by U. S. Army Chemical Corps contract, No. DA-18-
064-CML-2639, with the University of Utah. |
2Now with Department of Zoology and Entomology, Brigham Young University,
Provo, Utah.
84 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957
between usual setae and accessory setae; usual genitoventral setae 31 long;
accessory setae 28 long. Anal plate long oval, slightly less than twice as long
as wide (100 by 57); reticulate near lateral margins; anus in anterior half
of plate; paired anal setae 24 long, situated slightly behind middle of anus;
postanal seta 26 long, situated behind the anus by a distance equal to the length
of the anus. Anal plate separated from the genitoventral plate by a distance
less than the length of the anus; cribum with 4 rows of teeth. Unsclerotized
portion of venter with approximately 31 pairs subequal setae 24 to 28 long;
those along posterior margin barbed. Stigma at level between coxae III and IV.
Peritreme sinuous, extending to middle of coxa I. Legs I and II thicker than
III and IV; leg I, 304 long; leg IJ, 247 long; leg III, 228 long; leg IV, '299
long. Coxa I with two regular setae. Coxa II with regular dorso-anterior spur
and a small, sharply pointed accessory spur located below the distal edge of the
segment and directed posteriorly. Coxa III with two small, sharply pointed acces-
sory spurs situated near posterior edge of coxa, the internal spur situated directly
internal to the marginal seta and directed posteriorly; the external spur situated
on postero-distal edge of the coxa and directed at almost a right angle to the
internal spur. Coxa IV without an accessory spur. Tarsus IT without clawlike spurs.
Dorsum.—Dorsal plate reticulate, covering most of dorsum, extending almost
to posterior tip of idiosoma; 480 long, 268 wide; widest part just posterior to
coxae IV. Antero-lateral margins of plate sinuous; postero-lateral margins slightly
convex. With 26 pairs nude setae; anterior pair setae smallest, 12 long; second
pair setae largest, 36 long; other setae on anterior half of plate longer (24 to 31)
than posterior setae (19 to 21). Unselerotized portion of dorsum with approxi-
mately 22 pairs nude setae, 21 to 26 long.
MALE
Chigss 34) 1-i3))
387 long, 255 wide.
Idiosoma.
Gnathosoma.—Width 76; length from tip of idiosoma to base of palpal tro-
chanter 43. Hypostomal setae all nude; basal pair 19 long, internal middle pair 14
long, external middle pair 7 long, distal pair 9 long. Palps 76 long from base of
trochanter. Chelicerae chelate, without teeth; digitus fixus fingerlike, straight,
slightly shorter than digitus mobilis, which is thicker, curved toward the trans-
parent tip.
Venter.—Base of tritosternum grooved ventrally; lacinae extending well past
base of palpal trochanter. Presternal area reticulate. Holoventral plate faintly
reticulate, widest anteriorly; 304 long, 117 wide; with usual 5 pairs setae plus
anal setae and 3 pairs accessory setae; anterior 5 pairs setae 26 long; accessory
setae 16 to 24 long; paired anal setae 19 long, situated opposite anterior half
of anus; postanal setae equal in length to paired anal setae. Cribum with 2 rows
teeth. Three pairs sternal pores present, indistinct. Unsclerotized portion venter
with approximately 30 pairs subequal setae, 16 long; posterior marginal setae
barbed. Stigma at level between coxae III and IV. Peritreme sinuous, extend-
ing to middle half or coxa I. Legs I and II thicker than III and IV; leg I,
261 long; leg II, 214 long; leg III, 199 long; leg IV, 261 long. Coxae I, II,
and III as in female; coxa IV with accessory spur on distal margin near pos-
terior edge. Tarsus IT without clawlike spines.
PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 85
Hirstionyssus bisetosus, n. sp. Fig. 1, Dorsal plate and peritremes of deuto
nymph; fig. 2, sternal plate of deutonymph; fig. 3, holoventral plate of male;
fig. 4, dorsal plate and peritreme of male; fig. 5, sternal and genitoventral plates
of female; fig. 6, dorsal plate and peritreme of female.
86 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957
Dorsum.—Dorsal plate reticulate, covering all of dorsum except lateral margins;
378 long, 208 wide; lateral margins almost straight. With 33 pairs nude setae;
anterior pair smallest, 9 long; second pair longest, 28 long; other setae on
anterior half of plate longer (16 to 21) than posterior setae (14 to 16) Wm
sclerotized portion of dorsum with approximately 7 pairs nude setae, 16 to 19 long.
DEUTONYMPH
(Figs. 1, 2, 14-17)
Idiosoma.—295 long, 185 wide.
Gnathosoma.—Width at middle 76; length from tip of idiosoma to base of
palpal trochanter 24. Hypostomal setae all nude; basal pair 19 long, middle
internal pair 12 long, middle external pair 7 long, distal pair 7 long. Palps
69 long from base of trochanter. Chelicerae chelate, both digits almost straight,
fingerlike, about equal in length and lacking teeth.
Venter.—Base of tritosternum grooved ventrally; lacinae extending past base
of palpal trochanter, Sternal plate extending from base of tritosternum to a
point slightly posterior to coxae IV; anterior edge of plate distinctly reticulate,
165 long, 69 wide; widest part opposite coxae II]; with 4 pairs setae; first and
14 16
Hirstionyssus bisetosus, n. sp. Fig. 7, Anal plate of female; fig. 8, left coxa
Il of female; fig. 9, right coxa III of female; fig. 10, right chela of female
(ventral view); fig. 11, left chela of male (ventral view); fig. 12, left coxa
IIL of male; fig. 13, left coxa IV of male; fig. 14, chela of deutonymph; fig. 15,
anal plate of deutonymph; fig. 16, right coxa II of deutonymph; fig. 17, right
coxa III of deutonymph.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 87
second pairs 31 long; third pair 28 long; fourth pair 21 long. Three pairs
sternal pores; first pair situated behind first sternal setae about 12 microns
from lateral edge of plate, second pair on edge of plate directly posterior to
second setae, third pair on edge of plate midway between third and fourth setae.
Anal plate pyriform, with anterior edge rounded; 52 long, 28 wide; anal opening
situated slightly anterior of middle of plate; paired anal setae 19 long, situated
opposite middle of anus; postanal seta equal in size to paired anal setae. Unsclero-
tized portion of venter with approximately 38 pairs nude setae, 21 to 24 long.
Stigma at level of coxae III and IV; Peritreme sinuous, extending to about
middle of coxa II. Legs I and II slightly thicker than III and IV; leg I, 228
long; leg II, 190 long; leg III, 185 long, leg IV, 228 long. Coxa I with 2
regular setae. Coxa II with single accessory spur as in female. Coxa III with
only the internal accessory spur present. Coxa IV without an accessory spur.
Tarsus II without clawlike spines.
Dorsum.—Dorsal plate faintly reticulate, long oval in shape, covering all of
dorsum except lateral margins; 283 long; 139 wide at level of coxae IT and III.
With 26 pairs nude setae; anterior pair setae smallest, 9 long; posterior pair
longest, 33 long; setae on anterior part of plate longer (24 to 28) than setae
on posterior part of plate (16 to 21). Unsclerotized portion of dorsum with
approximately 15 pairs nude setae, 19 to 28 long.
COLLECTION AND DISPOSITION
Holotype—FKFemale, in collection of the U. 8S. National Museum, No.
2227, collected from a nest of desert wood rat, Neotoma lepida. lepida
Thomas, 2 miles southeast of White Rock, south end of Cedar Moun-
tains, Tooele County, Utah, July 22, 1954, by Dorald M. Allred and
Stanley Mulaik.
Allotype.—Male, in collection of U.S. National Museum, collected
from the same kind of nest and same locality as holotype, June 24,
1954, by Ernest J. Roscoe.
Paratypes.—30 females, 17 males, and 13 deutonymphs collected
from same kind of nests in same locality as holotype and allotype,
during various times from April to August and in November, 1954.
An additional 912 females, 257 males, and 319 deutonymphs not desig-
nated as paratypes were collected in the same habitat as the types
between April 1954 and April 1955. Deposited in the collections of
Dorald M. Allred, R. W. Strandtmann, E. W. Jameson, Jr., Harvey
B. Morlan, R. B. Eads, F. da Fonseca, University of Utah Entomo-
logical Museum, U. S. National Museum, British Museum of Natural
History, and National Museum of Natural History of Paris.
DISCUSSION
Fonseca (1948 :263), among other characters, used the number of
setae of the genital plate in females to separate the genera of Macro-
nyssidae Oudemans, 1936 (synonym: Dermanyssidae Kolenati, 1859 ;
Liponissidae Vitzthum, 1931). In his key (p. 273), he used the
characters of one and three pairs of setae on the genital plate to sepa-
88 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957
rate females of the genus Hirstesia from those of Lepronyssoides, and
females of Liponysealla from those of five other genera, including
Hirstionyssus. Hirstionyssus falls in the group possessing only one
pair of genital setae. In his species diagnoses (p. 265-266), Echino-
nyssus was the only genus possessing two pairs of genital setae. In
no case did the numbers of genital setae vary within the genus. With
this as a basis, there seems to be sufficient justification to create a new
genus for Hirstionyssus bisetosus. However, in H. bisetosus the other
generic characters are so similar to other species of the genus Hir-
stionyssus that the author does not deem it wise to erect a new genus
until the genera of this family can be more thoroughly studied. <Ac-
cording to Jameson (correspondence), in many of the Hirstionyssus
there is a second pair of setae just off the genitoventral plate. A slight
expansion of the posterior part of this plate often results in these two
setae beine within its lateral margins. Strandtmann and Morlan
(1953) state that this situation exists in H. breviseta. In H. bisetosus,
the extra pair of setae apparently got too close and was completely
enclosed by the plate.
The presence of the extra pair of setae on the genitoventral plate
separates bisetosus from all other species of the genus Hirstionyssus.
In many respects, Disetosus is similar to four other species (obsoletus,
isabellinus, breviseta, and neotomae), but differs as follows: In Jame-
son’s (1950:163) key to the females of North American Neowchoronys-
sus (synonym, Hirstionyssus Fonseca 1948), bisetosus runs to obso-
letus, but differs from that species by having a smaller dorsal plate
of different shape, spurs on coxae IT and III that are pointed, a shorter
sternal plate, and almost twice as many ventral setae. In the key by
Strandtmann and Morlan (1953:630), bisetosus runs to isabellinus
from which it differs by the absence of a thickened margin on the anal
plate and posterior thickened margin of the genitoventral plate; the
sternal plate of bisetosus is shorter than in isabellinus. However, in
bisetosus the anterior and posterior margins of the sternal plate are
thickened. This species resembles breviseta, but differs from it by
having two spurs on coxa IT, lacking a spur on coxa IV, having almost
twice as many setae on the venter, and possessing a slightly shorter
sternal plate. The new species, bisetosus, differs from neotomae by
lacking a spur on coxa IV, having a slightly shorter sternal plate, and
possessing more setae on the unsclerotized portions of the venter and
dorsum.
Allred and Roscoe (unpublished manuscript) found bisetosus to be
the second most abundant parasitic mite in the nests of the desert wood
rat, in which nests it was found each month of the year (Fig. 18).
The ratio of males to females over a period of a year was 1:3.4.
Gravid females, each with one egg, were found in May, July, and
August. There is little doubt that this species is a nest-dwelling form,
getting onto a host only to feed.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 89
Fig. 18. Average numbers of Hirstionyssus bisetosus found in each of 160
nests of the desert wood rat, Neotoma lepida lepida, from April 15, 1954, to
April 14, 1955.
REFERENCES
Fonseca, F. da. 1948. A monograph of the genera and species of Macronyssidae
Oudemans, 1936 (synon.; Liponissidae Vitzthum, 1931) (Acari). Proce. Zool.
Soe. 118(2) :249-334.
Jameson, E. W., Jr. 1950. Notes on mites of the genus Neoichoronyssus, with
the description of a new subgenus and three new species of the subgenus
Hirstionyssus. Proc. Ent. Soe. Wash. 52 (4) :161-172.
Strandtmann, R. W., and H. B. Morlan. 1953. A new species of Hirstionyssus
and a key to the known species of the world. Texas Rpt. Biol. Med.,
11 (4) :627-637.
Short scientific articles, not illustrated, two double-spaced type-
written pages or less in length, are welcome and will usually receive
prompt publication. References to literature should be included in
the text.
90 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957
THE DATE OF PUBLICATION OF BEZZI’S STUDIES IN PHILIPPINE
DIPTERA, II
Mario Bezzi’s second ‘‘century’’ of Diptera collected by C. F.
Baker in the Philippine Islands, generally cited as published in the
Philippine Journal of Science, (D) 12 (38): 107-161, pl. 1 (May,
1917), seems to have actually been published on November 15, 1916,
in another printing with different pagination. I possess a copy with
the same text as the 1917 publication, with the following information
on page 2: Department of the Interior, Bureau of Science, Manila.
Publication No. 10. Actual date of publication November 15, 1916.
It is paged 1-59 plus Plate 1. The plate is headed ‘‘Bureau of
Science Publication No. 10.’’ The page numbers with the species
numbers, ete., appearing thereupon are as follows:
P. 7: title, ete.; p. 8: nos. 101-104; p. 9: key to Pselliophora, no. 105; p. 10:
nos. 106-107; p. 11: nos. 108-110; p. 12: no. 111, key to Hriocera; p. 13: nos.
IDO T14'- 4p. 14: nos. 115-119); p. 15: no: 120, key to Lubnotes, p.. 16. nosh tet
124+ p. 17: nos. 125-127; p. 18: gen. Schizella nov.; p. 19: no. 1285 p. 20 ssn0s:
129-130)" p. Qils mos) 131-133* p. 22; no. 134; p. 23: mos. 135-137. 2a Moss
138-144; p. 26: nos. 145-147; p. 27: nos. 148-149; p. 28: nos. 150-157; p. 29:
nos. 158-163; p. 30: nos. 164-168; p. 31: no. 169, gen. Tylopterna nov.; p. 32:
no. 170s) p.wsss nose h7l-173)) p. 353 nos. M4755) p. S6% mos. VAG ie amonne
no. 178; p. 88: no. 179; p. 39: nos. 180-183; p. 41: key to Pterogenia, no. 184;
p: 43: no. 185; p. 44: no. 186; p. 45: no. 187: p. 46: no. 188; p. 48: no. 189; p. 49:
key to Euprosopia, no. 190; p. 51: no. 191; p. 52: no. 192; p. 53: no. 193; p. 54:
nos. 194-195; p. 55: nos. 196-197; p. 57: no. 198; p. 59: nos. 199-200.—GEORGE
C. STEYSKAL, Grosse Ile, Michigan.
SOCIETY MEETING
The 658th regular meeting of the Society was called to order by President
R. A. St. George at 8 p.m., December 6, 1956, in room 43 of the U. S. National
Museum. There were 32 members and 10 visitors present. The minutes of the
preceding meeting were read, corrected, and approved.
The following new members were elected: Robert L. Wallis, Truck Crop
and Garden Insects Section, Agricultural Research Center, Beltsville, Md.;
Donald H. Lamore, 2C Gardenway, Greenbelt, Md.; and Dr. Oswaldo Paulo
Forattini, Faculdade de Higiene e Saude Publica, Universidade de Sao Paulo,
Avenida Dr. Arnadlo, 715, Sao Paulo, S. P., Brazil, Caixa Postal 8099.
President St. George gave the summary report on the state of the Society.
He remarked that the Society has three honorary mmbers (see names on
inside front cover—Ed.), and acknowledged the presence of Honorary Presi-
dent R. E. Snodgrass.
In the absence of other nominations, members on the slate presented by the
nominating committee were elected officers for 1957 by acclamation. (Officers
listed on inside front cover—Ed.) President St. George congratulated the
new President, F. L. Campbell.
It was voted to replace Article II, Section 3 of Article TII, and Article VI
of the Constitution with the following:
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 9]
ARTICLE II.
The objects of the Society shall be to promote the study of entomology in all
its bearings; to publish a periodical to be known as the Proceedings of the Ento-
mological Society of Washington, which shall contain the proceedings of the
Society and such papers as are accepted for publication in it; to publish a series
of Memoirs, and a miscellaneous series of handbooks or other special publications ;
and to cultivate mutually advantageous relations among those in any way inter-
ested in entomology. To further these objectives dues shall be collected from the
members.
ARTICLE III, Section 3.
Each member shall be entitled to one copy of each issue of the ‘‘ Proceedings’’
and shall be privileged to vote on all questions. Members shall be given prefer-
ence over non-members in the publication of manuscripts.
ARTICLE VI.
The Society shall maintain a separate fund to be known as the Special Publi-
cation Fund. At the discretion of the Executive Committee, any unrestricted
portion of the Special Publication Fund may be used for publishing memoirs,
handbooks, or other special publications. In any one year, a sum not exceeding
the previous five years’ income from interest on the Special Publication Fund
monies may be taken from this Fund and applied toward the publication of the
Proceedings; such sum to be returned to the Special Publication Fund at the
diseretion of the Executive Committee. The Special Publication Fund will be
derived from bequests and gifts, from the sale of complete sets of the Proceed-
ings of the Entomological Society of Washington, from the sale of memoirs,
handbooks, or other special publications, from the fees of life and sustaining
members, and from the sum of fifty cents from the annual dues of each member.
F. L. Campbell reviewed the ‘‘Handbook of Biological Data,’’ edited by
William S. Spector, and exhibited both this and volume 1, ‘‘ Acute Toxicities,’’
of the 5-volume ‘‘Handbook of Toxicology,’’ a companion book prepared by the
same editor.
Max Day told about the ecology of the adult Bogong moth, Agrotis infusa
(Boisduval), Phalaenidae (Noctuidae of authors), describing recent work by Mr.
I. F. B. Common, of the Division of Entomology, Commonwealth Scientific &
Industrial Research Organization, Canberra, Australia. The moths occur in large
assemblages in granite caves at altitudes above about 4,500 feet in the Australian
Alps, where the Australian Aborigines formerly feasted on them. The fat content
of the moths averages more than 50 percent of their dry weight. They rest on
the walls of the caves, about 1,500 per square foot.
Moths of the spring generation migrate to the mountains and in late summer
they migrate back to the breeding grounds, which are pastures covering wide
areas of New South Wales.
A small proportion of the aestivating moths become intensely active for about
an hour after sunset and before sunrise, when they indulge in random flight
over the mountain tops. During aestivation the moths neither feed nor mate,
although they do ingest moisture from rain or dew.
The migration and aestivation enables part of the adult population to avoid
92 PROC. ENT. SOC..WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1997
the breeding grounds during the summer when pastures are dominated by unpal-
atable perennial grasses. [Author’s abstract. ]
A note on ‘‘Subterranean Termites and Ships’’ was given by T. KE. Snyder.
In 1927 a coal barge was found to be infested by subterranean termites in the
harbor at Honolulu, Hawaii. Much moisture was present and some dirt was
lodged along the bottom. Probably the infestation by this introduced oriental
termite, Coptotermes formosamus Shiraki, was by winged adults. Such a vessel
would be a source of danger at ports of eall.
This same destructive termite has established itself in the woodwork of steam-
ships plyimg between Hawaii and California. So far Federal inspectors have
intercepted and prevented its introduction to the mainland.
In July 1956 another destructive subterranean termite, Coptotermes crassus
Snyder, was found damaging the woodwork of a large floating dry dock at
Houston, Tex. This termite occurs in Spanish Honduras, Guatemala, and West
Mexico (Lower California). It is larger than the native subterranean species of
Reticulitermes, and the soldier has a short tube in the front of the more oval
head from which a white liquid is ejected.
As soon as Dr. Snyder identified the termite, Federal inspectors surveyed along
the waterfront to determine whether this tropical termite had become established in
buildings on shore. (Winged adults from a large colony could fly from the dock
and infest woodwork on shore.) Surveys made in August showed no infestation
in waterfront structures. Evidently the dock became infested from ships from
tropical ports. Owners of the dock have attempted to eradicate the termites.
In August 1956 another dry doek at New Orleans, La., was found to be infested
by the native subterranean termite Reticulitermes flavipes (Kol.). [Author’s
abstract. |
President St. George recalled similar instances, one of an infestation of termites
in a houseboat anchored above Key Bridge and another in the oak beams of a
church steeple four stories above the ground.
Paul Arnaud exhibited a Japanese delicacy, a can of ‘‘child hornets’’—the
larvae, pupae, and océasional adults of Vespula lewisi Smith—which are served
on rice, principally in central Japan. The ean was a product of Nagano Prefecture.
A. B. Gurney discussed the growing trend, especially among entomologists
working in applied fields, toward using the word ‘‘roach’’ instead of ‘‘cock-
roach.’’ In the current Common Name List certain species are called cockroaches,
others roaches, a somewhat distressing lack of uniformity. Dr. Gurney explained
the origin of cockroach from the Spanish cucaracha, and cited support for the
view that the abbreviated ‘‘roach’’ is etymologically incorrect and loose English.
Furthermore, various species of fish, as well as one or more groups of fish, have
the common name of roach. Some confusion has occurred in abstracting journals
because of uncertainty whether ‘‘roach’’ referred to fish or to cockroaches.
Nevertheless, the trend continues and it is desirable that entomologists under-
stand the situation and act to promote uniformity and avoid confusion. [ Author’s
abstract. |
Honorary President Snodgrass commented that he was in favor of doing away
with the name ‘‘roaches’’ for insects, as, in behalf of his son-in-law Roach, he
preferred that the name bring to mind the popular fish rather than the unpopular
insect.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 93
The principal paper of the evening was an illustrated lecture on the ‘‘ Mating
Behavior in Australian Dragonflies,’’ by Mr. A. F. L. O’Farrell.
Field observations, mainly from the New England Tableland area of New
South Wales, suggest that in several species of Australian Odonata the behavior
and pattern of distribution of adult individuals of differmg age and sex tends
to be rather characteristic for a given species and habitat. The diverse phenomena
observed seem to have a similar end-result, ensuring ready discovery of a mate
and of a suitable oviposition site while retaining for the species the ability to
colonize and exploit new habitats arising as the result of flooding, dam con-
struction, stream diversion, and so forth.
Patterns vary from the apparently indiscriminate aggregations of individuals
of all ages and both sexes, seen in the primitive damselfly Synlestes weyersi
weyersi Selys, to the seemingly highly organized male territorial systems of the
rather specialized dragonfly Tramea loewii tillyardi Lieftinck. An adequate study
will be possible only when a satisfactory field marking technique is available
for each species. Disturbance of the normal behavior pattern by any procedure
involving capture and release is a major problem here. [Author’s abstract. ]
Mr. O’Farrell’s slides showed the variety of dragonfly habitats in Australia.
Visitors introduced were Dr. Nicholaus Obraztsov, of the American Museum
of Natural History; Dr. Harvey I. Seudder, of the Public Health Service, and
Dr. C. D. Michener, of the University of Kansas.
The meeting adjourned at 9:50 p.m.—KeLuir O’NeEtLL, Recording Secretary.
Date of publication, Vol. 59, No. 1, was Mareh 15, 1957.
NEW AMMUNITION?
Search for improved insecticides and fumigants
gets high priority at Dramonp’s enlarged
Research Center. Increasing sales of our own
products give evidence of this interest. We
welcome requests for cooperation on research
and development projects.
DIAMOND ALKALI
COMPANY
Cleveland 14, Ohio
94
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957
A Cyanamid Report
Resistance
Resistance to chlorinated hydrocarbon type
insecticides has been proven or suspected in:
cockroaches house flies
mosquitoes flea beetles
Colorado potato beetle cotton boll weevil
dog and cat fleas body lice
bed bugs lygus bugs
codling moth cotton leaf worm
leafhoppers dog ticks
Many researchers have found malathion to be
a capable replacement for the chlorinated
hydrocarbons and have made recommendations
for its use. If you have a “‘resistance’’ problem
in your area, you might well consider malathion
for your 1957 research schedule.
Developers and producers of malathion and parathion
Write for AMERICAN CYANAMID COMPANY
particular Agricultural Chemicals Division
technical Insecticide Research
information 30 Rockefeller Plaza, N. Y: 20, N. Ye
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 95
Cat)
3 GREAT
INSECTICIDES
CONTROL THESE INSECTS
CHLORDANE: Ants, Armyworms, Blister Beetles, Boxelder Bug, Brown Dog Tick,
Cabbage Maggot, Carpet Beetles, Cattle Lice, Chiggers, Cockroaches, Crickets,
Cutworms, Darkling Beetles, Dog Mange, Earwigs, Fleas, Flies, Grasshoppers,
Household Spiders, Japanese Beetle Larvae, Lawn Moths, Lygus Bugs, Mole
Crickets, Mosquitoes, Onion Maggot, Onion Thrips, Plum Curculio, Sarcoptic
Mange, Seed Corn Maggot, Sheep Ked, Silverfish, Sod Webworms, Southern
Corn Rootworm, Strawberry Crown Borer, Strawberry Root Weevils, Sweet
Clover Weevil, Tarnished Plant Bug, Termites, Ticks, Wasps, White Grubs,
Wireworms...and many others.
HEPTACHLOR: Alfalfa Snout Beetle, Alfalfa Weevil, Ants, Argentine Ant, Army-
worms, Asiatic Garden Beetle Larvae, Black Vine Weevil, Root Maggots, Clover
Root Borer, Colorado Potato Beetle, Corn Rootworms, Cotton Boll Weevil,
Cotton Fleahopper, Cotton Thrips, Crickets, Cutworms, Egyptian Alfalfa Weevil,
European Chafer, Eye Gnats, False Wireworms, Flea Beetles, Garden Web-
worm, Grasshoppers, Japanese Beetle, Leaf Miners, Lygus Bugs, Mormon
Cricket, Mosquitoes, Narcissus Bulb Fly, Onion Maggot, Onion Thrips, Rapid
Plant Bug, Rice Leaf Miner, Salt Marsh Sand Fly, Seed Corn Maggot, Spittle-
bug, Strawberry Root Weevils, Strawberry Rootworms, Sugar Beet Root Mag-
got, Sweet Clover Weevil, Tarnished Plant Bug, Tuber Flea Beetle, Western
Harvester Ant, White Fringed. Beetles, White Grubs (June Beetles), Wireworms
...and many others.
ENDRIN: Budworms, Cabbage Worms, Cotton Boll Weevil, Cotton Bollworm, Cot-
ton Fleahopper, Fall Armyworm, Grasshoppers, Hornworms, Leafworms, Rapid
Plant Bug, Spiny Bollworm, Sugar Beet Webworm, Tarnished Plant Bug, Thrips.
WRITE FOR FULL PARTICULARS
VELSICOL CHEMICAL CORPORATION
General Offices and Laboratories Foreign Division
330 East Grand Avenue, Chicago 11, Illinois 350 Fifth Avenue, New York 1, N. Y.
Beer eRe eSsr ENE ie (Al toh VES) 2 PON Pi Ro NI Cr Br vASe Chil oiicl sees
96
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957
l5
Pyrenone’
HELPS TO PRESERVE
PRINCIPLE OF NATURAL CONTROL
Pe one quickly kills destructive, annoy-
ing and disease-carrying insects.
In the absence of sunlight, it remains effective
for long periods of time. In fact, a szvgle application
of Pyrenone protects stored grains from insect at-
tacks for an entire storage season.
On growing crops Pyrenone kills the accessible
stages of insects fast — even between showers of
rain. Yet natural factors of rain and sunlight do not
permit Pyrenone to form long-lasting residues. Be-
cause long-lasting residues are not present, the newly
emerging parasites and predators are free to com-
plete their life cycles and to continue to parasitize
or feed upon destructive insect pests.
This means that Pyrenone is completely com-
patible with the natural control of crop-destroying
insects.
*Reg. U.S. Pat. Off., F.M.C.
FAIRFIELD CHEMICAL DIVISION
Food Machinery and Chemical Corporation
441 Lexington Avenue e New York 17,N. Y.
rt ae iy
White grubs (left) and wireworms (right) magnified 20 times,
WHEN PESTS SEE
eye-to-eye
Creatures from the science-fiction world? No, just an ordinary white grub
and a wireworm magnified twenty times. But they and their equally de-
structive allies, such as rootworms and cutworms, ruin millions of dollars
worth of cotton, corn, tobacco, wheat, cole crops and others—each season.
Constant research is necessary to find the flaws in their armor . . . to
develop newer and better controls . . . to hold their crop-destruction to a
minimum,
That’s why Shell Chemical maintains a staff of researchers who, with the
co-operation of federal, state, and local agencies, are continually searching
and experimenting to develop new and more potent pesticides.
Shell’s contributions to agriculture include aldrin, dieldrin, endrin, Phos-
drin* insecticides; D-D® and Nemagon* soil fumigants; and allyl alcohol
weed seed killer. Others that are now in the laboratory stage will be avail-
able for even more effective controls in the future. With you, we look to
a better tomorrow for agriculture and industry through research in
chemistry today. A
*Shell Chemical Trademark
SHELL CHEMICAL CORPORATION
Agricultural Chemical Sales Division
460 Park Avenue, New York 22, New York
i) QUALITY INSECTICIDES
‘Preferred by Home Owners,
Food Processors and Dairymen
QUICK ACTION. GULFSPRAY (Liquid)
“AS ‘space spray” for quick knockdown and kill of many
= kinds of flying and crawling insects..Contains 0.10% Pyre-
thrifts, 0. 127% Piperony| Butoxide,. and ee 272 Methoxychlor.
GOLFSPRAY “AEROSOL BOMB *
Gulf’s carefully researched formula ganar 2 quick knock-
down “action and high kill. Contains 0.25% Pyrethrins, 1%
Piperony! Butoxide, and 2% Methoxychlor.
aes
GULF MOTH PROOFER (Bomb)
An easy-to-use pressurized spray for protecting woolens
against moth and carpet beetle damage. Contains 3% DDT
and 37 Agee
GULF ANT AND ROACH BOMB
A convenient pressurized spray containing contact and resid-
«x val, insecticides :for killing ants and cockroaches. Contains
- 40. 08% Pauens and 2% Chlordane.
- SPECIAL GULFSPRAY (Liquid)
A superlative-quality insecticide specially formulated for
use where foodstuffs are processed, stored, served, and sold.
Contains 0.25% Pyrethins and 0.20% Piperonyl Butoxide.
GULF LIVESTOCK SPRAY .
+ Long:proven formula with: effective insect-killing power and
repellent properties. Gontains 0.07% Pyrethrins and 0.19%
Piperony! Butoxide.
+GULF OIL CORPORATION
“GULF BUILDING, PITTSBURGH 30, PA.
Men oe
ee ie ore JUNE 1957 No. 3
PROCEEDINGS
of the
ENTOMOLOGICAL SUCIETY
« WASHINGTON
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
WASHINGTON 25, D. C.
PUBLISHED BIMONTHLY
CONTENTS
FULLAWAY, D. T.—A New Reared Opius from Africa (Hymen-
EVORDERD LES EUG 2) ye ae eee oe ee 98
GALINDO, P.—On the Validity of Haemagogus spegazzinii Falco
Kumm et af, 1946 (Diptera: Culicidae)... = 121
SELANDER, R. B.—Descriptions and Records of North American
Meloidae. I. (Coleoptera) _..___---_-_= pee buever eek Ty ON Pe 135
SHENEFELT, R. D., and MUESEBECK, C. F. W.—Ashmead’s
Meteoridea (Hymenoptera: Braconidae) _.______________-_ = 129
SOMMERMAN, K. M.—Three New Species of Liposcelis (= Troctes)
Demeester VT rit PeSsie | i Ee 125
TOWNES, H.—A Review of the Generic Names Proposed for Old
World Ichneumonids, the Types of whose Genotypes are in Japan,
Formosa, or North America (Hymenoptera: Ichneumonidae) 100
WERNER, F. G.—A New Species of Epicauta from the Gulf Coast
GoLexas (Coleoptera, sleloidae), 2 a5 394
CIS US RS TEEN Z2 CF SAY AU SU AE 124
oe) : es i
‘ ‘ae «+ hes et ae
1 : ie \
aa aa j 7) |)
THE bi i
OF WASHINGTON
OrcANizeD Marcu 12, 1884 AG a h
Regular meetings of the Society are held in naa 43 of the Uv. AS
Museum on the first Thursday of each month from October to Nn une,
8 P.M. Minutes of meetings are published regularly in the Proceeding '
MEMBERSHIP Vane
Mambers shall oe persons over ‘18 years of age who have an inte est i
science of entomology. Annual dues for members are $4. One
#1. 00 (U. S. currency).
OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1957
Second Vice President. so 2 Conk DOL al ee Ree i
“Recording Secretary. ee Ee Pe 2 a
Corresponding ‘Secretary pesos es Se a a ee
eS a as ae ree
) Editor i PAs Ook Mr Walco A Sis Ae ene ‘
i j ia al i ;
Custodian se esta SS AUN Me ke a tes EL
i , i
Program Chairman... i es
. _ Executive iConmmittect st 2) wes A. B. GURNEY, T. L, Bisset Ly
oa SEE to represent the petro as Vice President of th Ww
at of (SOWIE,
‘Honorary Members a il Sarin Ls s\ ek at a
; “The Gorcaranine Secretary, Editor, Custodian,
‘dressed as follows: |
Mr. Kelvin Dorward, Corr. Secy.
Plant Pest Control Branch, ARS
U. Ss. Department. of Agriculture
. Washington 25, D. C.
Miss Alice V. Renk, Editor
Wh, : -Stored- Product Insects Section, AMS
1 ee aL S. Department of Agriculture of
. ey ep lant Industry Station
| Beltsville, Ma.
PROCEEDINGS OF THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON
VOL. 59 JUNE 1957 NO.
CO
A NEW SPECIES OF EPICAUTA FROM THE GULF COAST OF TEXAS
(COLEOPTERA, MELOIDAR)
FLoyp G. WERNER, Department of Entomology,) University of Arizona, Tucson.
The first specimen of the new species described here has been in the
Cornell collection for some time and was examined during previous
studies. However, it is a specimen lacking most of the segments of
the antennae and is otherwise in poor condition. There was some
doubt that the color was normal. Three additional specimens, from
nearby localities, show that the Cornell specimen is normal in color
and that it represents an undescribed species.
Epicauta ennsi sp. n.
Black, densely clothed with rufous pubescence, except for yellowish cinereous
pubescence narrowly at the suture and on a median line on each elytron. General
appearance similar to that of a well-marked specimen of EF. strigosa (GyllL.), except
for the very different color of the pubescence.
Holotype male: Length 9 mm. with head deflexed; maximum width of elytra
3.3 mm. Head subtriangular, widest just behind the eyes, 2.01 mm.; the width
across the moderately protuberant eyes is the same. Length to base of clypeus
1.64 mm. Surface densely and finely punctured and densely decumbent-pubescent.
The setae on the back of the head are longer, more erect, and paler than the
rest. Median impressed line fine and indistinct and antennal calluses not evident.
Clypeus separated from the front by a deep suture. It, and the labrum especially,
have sparser and longer pubescence than the front. The eyes are moderately
narrow, 0.93 x 0.61 mm., excavated, and separated across the front by 1.32 mm.
Palpi normal, with sparse black pubescence. Antennae 3.7 mm. long, reaching to
about the basal sixth of the elytra, about 2.2 times as long as an anterior tibia.
They are of almost uniform thickness. Except for a few pale setae on segments I
to III, they are entirely black. Segment I reaches half-way across the eye and is
moderately stout; segments IV to X are truncate at the apex, V to X slightly
obliquely so. Segment XI is almost uniform in width, rounded at apex. Measure-
ments (Length/Width, to a total length of 1,000 units, from base to apex): 151/60,
65/48, 139/55, 79/55, 76/59, 76/60, 76/59, 76/59, 76/55, 69/55, 117/55.
Pronotum subquadrate, 1.98 mm. long, 1.85 mm. wide. Basal impressed line dis-
1Arizona Agricultural Experiment Station Teehnical Paper No, 401.
98 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957
tinct; median impressed line absent. The dise is slightly elevated just behind the
middle and a moderately deep impression extends from the elevation to the basal
impressed line, flanked by distinet but shallow lateral impressions. Anteriorly
from the elevation there extends a feeble median impression. Surface and pu-
bescence as on head. There is some pale pubescence across the very base and apex;
in addition there is a pale suffusion on the sides of the dise before the middle;
the paler markings on the pronotum are not evident without magnification. Scutel-
lum rufous-pubescent. Elytra almost parallel, 7.31 mm. long, 2.6 mm. wide across
the humeri and ea. 3.3 mm. at their widest. Surface and pubescence almost as on
pronotum and head. Suture narrowly elevated and pale-pubescent. A pale-pubes-
cent line about 0.25 mm. wide extends from the humeri to about 0.8 mm. from
the apex of each elytron. A narrow but distinct eostula is present on each elytron
parallel to the suture and midway between suture and pale line. Sides of elytra,
as well as sides of pronotum, obscurely paler pubescent. Ground color of elytra
uniformly dark, not lighter under the stripes. Underside of body with sparser and
longer pubescence than above, the surface clearly visible; pubescence uniformly
rufous except for some black toward the apex of the tarsi. Legs moderately stout,
entirely black in ground color. Anterior tibial spurs two, spiniform, the imner
longer; inner posterior tibial spur slender, tapered-sticklike, the outer about twice
as broad, slightly expanded apically.
The size of the three paratypes is almost exactly the same as in the holotype.
In one mate and the female paratype the pronotum has a pair of small pits in the
postero-lateral impressions. A feeble indication of these pits is present in the other
paratype and in the holotype. The color of the two male paratypes is almost the
same as in the holotype, except that one of them has the elytral vittae slightly
narrower. The female paratype is not so brilliantly colored and the last ventral
abdominal segment appears to have entirely black pubescenee.
Holotype—Male: 10m. N. of Rockport (Aransas Co.), Texas, IV-18-
1952, Michener, Beamers, Wille, and LaBerge collectors. Deposited
in the Snow Entomological Museum, University of Kansas. Para-
types, two males: Riviera (Kleberg Co.), Texas, [V-17-1952, Michener,
Beamers, Wille, and LaBerge collectors; one in the Snow Entomo-
logical Museum, and one in the collection of the author; one female :
Kingsville (Kleberg Co.), Texas, C. T. Reed Coll., in the collections
of Cornell University. All three localities are near Corpus Christi.
This species is named in honor of Dr. Wilbur R. Enns. who recog-
nized that the holotype could not be assigned to any described species.
In my 1945 key to the species of Hpicauta, ennsi runs to couplet 24
but is distinct in having the pubescence mainly rufous over the whole
body. It is unlike any described species from Mexico or Central
America. It belongs to group BB, subgenus Hpicauta, and appears to
be most closely related to H. strigosa.
A NEW REARED OPIUS FROM AFRICA
(HYMENOPTERA: BRACONIDAR)
by D. T. FuLtuAway, Honolulu, Hawaii.
The following new species was included in a enllection of Opies
reared from various fruit flies in Africa by J. M. McGough.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 99
Opius ottotomoanus, new species ‘ we
Female—Length 4 mm.; ovipositor 4 mm. Head and thorax shiniig black;
abdomen bright fulvous; antennae, sheaths of the ovipositor, hind tibiae, and
tarsi black or blackish; palpi and tegulae pale yellow; mandibles except at tips,
front, middle, and hind legs except tibiae and tarsi, bright fulvous, wings hyaline,
stigma and veins black or blackish. Body, including abdomen, with sparse pale
hairs and sparsely punctate, especially on face.
Head broader than thorax and twice as wide as thick, broad behind the eyes;
ocelli disposed in the form of an isosceles triangle in the middle of the fronto-
vertex, a tight group set in a shallow basin, the individual members almost
touching; ocellocular line twice length of base of triangle; vertex in front of
ocelli transversely striate on either side of a smooth, depressed area; eyes short
oval; face convex, wider than high, antennae inserted at upper margin and
rather widely separated, the scrobes as far apart as distance to eyes, a short
median carina below; clypeus somewhat tectiform, the anterior margin angulate;
malar space twice the width of base of mandible; gena even wider and strongly
margined; antennae 39-segmented, scape and pedicel rather short and_ thick,
flagellar segments all longer than wide, the proximal ones four to five times
longer than wide, segmental length decreasing distally; palpi, particularly the
maxillary, slender, elongate.
Pronotum not visible from above, pleurum with a crenulated groove on posterior
margin; mesonotum convex and with foveolated parapsidal grooves extending
diagonally from anterior lateral angles caudally, converging before apical margin,
forming median and lateral lobes, the former rather prominent, the latter with
foveolated lateral margins; mesopleurum crossed by vertical and _ horizontal
crenulated sulci; scutellum convex; preseutellar sulcus divided by costae into
four pits; metanotum with a narrow costate groove between anterior and posterior
carinated margins on either side of a median longitudinal carina; propodeum
convex, coarsely rugose (reticulate areolate), especially at sides, and with a short
median longitudinal carina anteriorly, spiracle minute, circular.
Abdomen elongate oval; first tergite ligulate, considerably wider apically than
basally, the median plate aciculate; succeeding segments weakly separated.
Legs fairly stout. Wings long and rather narrow, three to four times as long
as wide, faintly cloudy; stigma lanceolate, three to four times as long as wide,
radius emitted from its middle; first abscissa of radius more than half stigma
width; second abscissa twice length of first but shorter than first cubital cross-
vein, which is interstitial with recurrent vein; second cubital cell wider than
high but hardly twice as wide; nervulus postfureal; nervus parallelus joining
medial below the middle; postnervellus present.
Male.—Similar to female except for sexual differences and the apical segments
of the abdomen black or blackish.
Described from eight female and two male specimens (type, allotype, and para-
types) reared from a species of Dacus infesting cultivated gourds in the Ottotomo
Forest Reserve in the French Cameroons (West Africa), November 1, 1951, by
J.M. McGough. One specimen labeled as from cucurbits, Cameroons, May 21, 1951,
J. M. McGough, appears to be the same. This species is closest to Bridwell’s
desideratus or Szepligeti’s caudatus, but is readily distinguishable by the black
hind tibiae and tarsi.
100 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957
A REVIEW OF THE GENERIC NAMES PROPOSED FOR OLD WORLD
ICHNEUMONIDS, THE TYPES OF WHOSE GENOTYPES ARE IN JAPAN,
FORMOSA, OR NORTH AMERICA
(HYMENOPTERA, [CHNEUMONIDAEP)
HENRY TOWNES, Museum of Zoology, University of Michigan
It has recently been possible to study the types of the ichneumonid
genotypes that are in various collections in Japan, Formosa, and
North America. In certain papers, particularly in the Hymenoptera
of America North of Mexico, Synoptic Catalog (1951. U. 8. Dept.
Agr., Agr. Monog. 2: 184-409), there has been an opportunity to re-
view the status of the generic names applicable to the Nearctic Fauna,
so far as was possible at those times. The present paper reviews the
generic names proposed for Old World species, the types of whose
genotypes have been studied to date.
Other authors, particularly Uchida, Heinrich, and Cushman, have
already reviewed the status of many of the generic names treated
herein, and many of those proposed by Uchida and Cushman were
adequately described and figured to begin with. There has remained,
however, a large number which are enigmas as far as the literature is
concerned, and it has seemed desirable to try to clarify these and to
bring together all the names in one list for easy reference, with con-
firmations of previous dispositions, further information or corrections
where needed, and bibliographic references to the pertinent literature.
The types of the genotypes concerned are housed in the following
collections: Institutum Entomologicum, Hokkaido University, Sap-
poro, Japan; Taiwan National Agricultural Research Insitute, Taipeh,
Mormosa; U. S. National Museum, Washineton, D. C.; and the post-
war collection of Mr. Gerd Heinrich, at present partly at Dryden,
Maine, and partly at Ann Arbor, Michigan. The types of Uchida’s
genotypes are mostly at Sapporo and a few others are in Shanghai,
Washington, and Berlin-Dahlem. Those in Washington concern ge-
nera erected on Ashmead species. The Uchida types in Shanghai and
Berlin-Dahlem have not been seen, but the generic names involved are
included also in the discussion for the sake of completing the lst of
his genera, even though the remarks concerning them can not be based
on the holotypes. The Sonan types are in Taipeh. The Ashmead,
Cushman, and Viereck types are allin Washington. Ashmead, Uchida,
and Viereck have referred Old World species to a few of Foerster’s
ichneumonid genera that had not previously contained species and
thus made genotypes available for them. The status of these Foers-
terian genera is reviewed also, alphabetically with the rest.
I am deeply indebted to the curators of the various collections for
the privilege of studying the material in their care, and especially to
Dr. Toichi Uchida for the assistance given while I was visiting Sap-
poro. Mr. J. F. Perkins has assisted with information on the names
Ateleute, Talorga, Cremastus, and with some of the Acaenitini.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 101
Some of the tribal and subtribal names employed in the discussion
of genera belonging to the subfamilies Gelinae and Ophioninae will be
unfamiliar. For their elucidation, the reader is referred to another
paper by the author, entitled ‘‘A synopsis of the tribes and subtribes
of Gelinae and Ophioninae (Hymenoptera, Ichneumonidae) ’’ (1957.
Proc. Ent. Soe! Wash.59: 2. )
ALPHABETICAL LIST OF THE GENERA
ACERATASPIS Uchida, 1934. Insecta Matsumurana 9: 23. New name for
Cerataspis Uchida, preoccupied.
Resembles Metopius in most characters but lacks the shield-shaped
area on the face. The face is evenly convex.
AKAJOPPA Uchida, 1932. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 33: 217 New
name for Hrythrojoppa Uchida, preoccupied.
Synonym of Allonotus (new synonymy ).
ALLOTHERONIA Ashmead, 1900. Proce. Linnaean Soc. New South Wales 25:
351. One species.
Type: (Allotheronia 12-guttata Ashmead, 1900) = Cryptus intricatorius Fabri-
cius, 1804.
A synonym of Hchthromorpha, as previously noted (Townes, 1940.
Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 33: 288).
AMAUROMORPHA Ashmead, 1905. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 29: 410. One species.
Type: Amauromorpha metathoracica Ashmead, 1905. Monobasiec.
A monotypic Oriental genus of Mesostenini, subtribe Echthrina.
Its cardinal characters are: First abdominal tereite without a lateral
subbasal triangular projection, propodeum with a basal transverse
carina, first intercubitus a little beyond the second recurrent vein,
body hair very dense, clypeus without a median tooth.
AMEBACHIA Uchida, 1938. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 21: 198. One
species.
Type: Amebachia baibarana Uchida, 1928. Original designation.
Same genus as Netelia, and belongs in or near the subgenus Netelia.
Baibarana differs from known members of the subgenus Netelia in
lacking the occipital carina, but a careful examination of Uchida’s
specimens shows this carina to be sometimes present as a faint trace.
A decision as to whether Amebachia should be synonymized with the
subgenus Netelia or maintained as a distinct subgenus should be de-
ferred until the male genitalia of its genotype can be studied.
ANOMALOCTENUS Cushman, 1934. Indian Forest Ree. 20: 4. One species.
Type: Anomaloctenus melleus Cushman, 1934. Original designation.
I consider this a synonym of Apatagium, which is a subgenus of
Netelia, as previously noted (Townes, 1938. Lloydia 1: 185).
APOCRYPTUS Uchida, 1932. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 33: 170. One
species.
Type: Apocryptus issikii Uchida, 1932. Original designation.
This genus belongs in the Mesostenini and appears to belong to the
subtribe Echthrina, but the only specimen seen was a male. The
female type is in Berlin-Dahlem.
102 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957
APOPHYSIUS Cushman, 1922. Philippine Jour. Sci. 20: 587. One species.
Type: Apophysius bakeri Cushman, 1922. Original designation.
An aberrant genus of Hemigastrini, well characterized in the origi-
nal description. I have seen about six species, all from the Oriental
Region.
ARACHNOLETER Cushman, 1924. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 64: 2. One species.
Type: Arachnoleter swezeyi Cushman, 1924. Original designation.
A genus of Gelini, well illustrated in the original description. A
singular generic character that is not brought out in the original
description is the fact that the spiracles of the second to fourth ab-
dominal segments are on the epipleura rather than on the tergites. I
have a Swedish specimen determined as ‘‘Theroscopus stagnalis
Thomson’’ by Roman which belongs to Arachnoleter, to which genus
Hemiteles stagnalis Thomson, 1884 is hereby transferred. A third
species of the genus (undescribed) occurs in northeastern United
States.
ASTOMASPIS Foerster, 1868. Vehr. naturh. Ver. Rheinlande 25: 175. No species.
Ashmead, 1904. Proce. U. S. Natl. Mus. 28: 140. One species.
Type: Astomaspis metathoracica Ashmead, 1904. Monobasie.
An Oriental genus of the Phobetes group, tribe Gelini, that com-
monly goes under the name of Syrites. The male has a broad short
abdomen with three visible tergites, the third ending in a pair of
spines. Syrites is a Junior synonym. Astomaspis of authors is a dif-
ferent genus, which has been renamed Haplaspis.
BADYORYGMA Uchida, 1936. Insecta Matsumurana 10: 112. One species.
Type: Badyorygma flavoguttatum Uchida, 1936. Original designation.
A synonym of [chnewmon (new synonymy). The genotype is closely
related to (Aglaojoppa) Ichneumon flavomaculata Cameron, 1901
(new combination).
BANCHOGASTRA Ashmead, 1900. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 23: 87. One species.
Type: Banchogastra nigra Ashmead, 1900. Original designation.
I consider this a synonym of Enicospilus, as first noted in 1945 (Mem.
Amer. Ent. Soc. 11: 737). Cushman, however, considers it a distinct
venus and has discussed its characters (1947. Proce. U. S. Natl. Mus.
96 : 460-461).
BRACHYNERVUS Uchida, 1955. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 50: 123.
One species.
Type: Brachynervus tsunekii Uchida, 1955. Original designation.
A genus of Anomalini with one spur on the middle tibia and the
intercubitus obliterated by the approximation of the radial and cubital
veins. I have not seen it.
BRACHYSCLEROMA Cushman, 1936. Proe. U. 8. Natl. Mus. 88: 369. One species.
Type: Brachyscleroma apoderi Cushman, 1936. Original designation.
This anomalous ophionine genus belongs in a separate tribe, the
Brachysecleromatin1.
CAENOCRYPTOIDES Uchida, 1936. Insecta Matsumurana 11: 4. One species.
Type: Ischnojoppa tarsalis Matsumura, 1912. Original designation.
This genus is close to Agrothereutes.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 103
CERATOMANSA Cushman, 1922. Philippine Jour. Sci. 20: 574. One species.
Type: Ceratomansa prima Cushman, 1922. Original designation.
A genus of Mesostenina with considerable superficial resemblance
to the genus Mansa. Mansa belongs in the Hemigastrini.
CERCODINOTOMUS Uchida, 1940. Insecta Matsumurana 15: 9. One species.
Type (Psilomastax pictus Kriechbaumer, 1882) = Psilomastax pyramidalis
Tischbein, 1868. Original designation.
A synonym of Psilomastax, having the same genotype. Psilomastax is
very close to Trogus, but differs in having the prepectal carina pres-
ent only on the mesosternum, and in some additional characters as
tabulated by Uchida in his description of Cercodinotomus.
CERATASPIS Uchida, 1934. Trans. Sapporo Nat. Hist. Soc. 13: 275. One species.
Name preoccupied by Gray, 1828.
Type: Cerataspis clavata Uchida, 1934. Original designation.
Renamed Acerataspis, which see.
CHASMOCRYPTUS Uchida, 1936. Insecta Matsumurana 11: 16. One species.
Type: (Plectocryptus hokkaidensis Uchida, 1930) = Cryptus penetrator Smith,
1874.
A synonym of Polytribax (new synonymy ).
CHRIODES Foerster, 1868. Vehr. naturh. Ver. Rheinlande 25: 178. No species.
Ashmead, 1905. Proc .U. S. Natl. Mus. 28: 966. One species.
Type: (Chriodes (!) oculatus Ashmead, 1905) = Atrometus minutus Ashmead,
1904, Monobasie.
A genus of Ophioninae common in the Old World tropics and many
times named. Synonyms are Nesomesochorus, Mavandia, and Meta-
nomalon (new synonymies). Alutiana is a subgenus differing in the
lack of the subdiscoidella vein (new status). Mavandiella is a synonym
of Klutiana (new synonymy). Chriodes and the Neotropie genus
Nonnus constitute a distinct section of the tribe Porizonini.
COBUNUS Uchida, 1926. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 23: 65. One species.
Type: Ichneumon pallidiolus Matsumura, 1912. Original designation.
Heinrich (1934. Mitteil. Zool. Mus. Berlin 20: 100) discusses the
characters of this genus. He places it near Naenaria.
COCHLIDIONOSTENUS Uehida, 1936. Insecta Matsumurana 10: 115. One spe-
cles.
Type: Cryptaulax coreanus Szépligeti, 1916. Original designation.
This genus is related to Coccygodes, Christolia, and Lamprocryp-
tidea. This group of genera, so far as known, parasitizes Limacodidae.
COELOJOPPA Uchida, 1925. Zool. Mag. Tokyo 37: 453. One species. Name pre-
occupied by Cameron, 1904.
Type: Coelojoppa segmentalia Uchida, 1925. Original designation.
This genus was renamed Uchidia by Heinrich in 1934, but it is a
synonym of Naenaria Cameron, 1903. Uchida has discussed the
synonymy (1942. Insecta Matsumurana 16: 34).
COLPOTROCHIOIDES Uchida, 1930. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Uniy. 25:
263. Two species.
Type: Colpotrochioides orientalis Uchida, 1930. Original designation.
104 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957
Listed as a synonym of Colpotrochia (Townes and Townes, 1951.
U.S. Dept. Agr., Agr. Monog. 2: 355), but a better treatment seems
to be as a synonym of Scallama, with Scallama as a subgenus of Col-
potrochia (new status). Scallama (with Colpotrochioides as a syno-
nym) has the nervellus broken below the middle and the areolet al-
ways present. The subgenus Colpotrochia has the nervellus broken
near the middle and the areolet often lacking.
COREOJOPPA Uchida, 1926. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 18: 23. One
species,
Type: Coreojoppa flavomaculata Uchida, 1926. Original designation.
A synonym of Pterocormus (new synonymy). The genotype is a
large robust form which is close to and may be a subspecies of (Ich-
neumon) Pterocormus sexmaculatus Matsumura, 1912.
CREMASTIDEA Viereck, 1912. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 43: 587. One species.
Type: Cremastus (Cremastidea) chinensis Viereck, 1912. Original designation.
A synonym of Temelucha, and the genotype is a synonym of
(Ophionellus) Temelucha biguttulus Munakata (new combination).
Uchida (1934. Insecta Matsumurana 9: 4) has published the specific
synonymy.
CRYPTAULAXOIDES Uchida, 1940. Insecta Matsumurana 14: 121. Two species.
Type: Cryptus purpuratus Smith, 1852. Original designation.
I consider this a synonym of Cochlidionostenus (new synonymy ).
CTENOCHARIDEA Cushman, 1922. Philippine Jour. Sci. 20: 549. One species.
Type: (Ctenocharidea luzonensis Cushman, 1922) = subspecies of Maraces
flavobalteata Cameron, 1902. Original designation.
A synonym of Maraces. Luzonensis is a Philippine subspecies of
Maraces flavobalteata Cameron, 1902, the genotype of Maraces. Hein-
rich published these facts in 1934 (Mitteil. Zool. Mus. Berlin 20: 184,
136).
CUBOSCOPESIS Heinrich, 1952. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (ser. 12) 5: 1080. One
species.
Type: Cuboscopesis epachthoides Heinrich, 1952. Original designation.
Similar to Scopesis and I see no reason for making the fine generic
distinctions that would be necessary if Cuboscopesis is to be retained
as a genus. Ihave formerly (1951. U. 8S. Dept. Agr., Agr. Monog. 2:
331-334) included Scopesis and many other minor groups in a broadly
defined genus Mesoleius. This may be the best arrangement, but the
matter needs a thorough study.
DAICTES Foerster, 1868. Verh. naturh. Ver. Rheinlande 25: 176. No species.
Viereck, 1911. Proe. U. S. Natl. Mus. 40: 193. One Species.
Type: Phygadeuon (Daictes) fukaii Viereck 1911. Monobasic.
A synonym of Mastrus (new synonymy).
DAISETSUZANIA Uchida, 1930. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 25: 289.
One species.
Type: Daisetsuzania albifrons Uchida, 1930. Original designation.
A synonym of Himerta (new synonymy).
PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 105
DENTIMACHUS Heinrich, 1949. Mitteil. Miinchner Ent. Gesell. 35-39: 86. One
species.
Type: Dentimachus morio Heinrich, 1949. Original designation.
This genus resembles Perispuda and Scopesis, but differs from both
in having the lower tooth of the mandible longer than the upper. I
have compared the type of Dentimachus morio with the series of Try-
phon flavipes Gravenhorst on which Heinrich based the new genus
Nemesoleius. I believe the two species congeneric and hereby synony-
mize Nemesoleius with Dentimachus. Heinrich mentioned propodeal
differences as the generic distinction between Nemesoleius and Denti-
machus. The propodeal carinae of the genotype of Nemesoleius are of
the common NScopesis type. In the genotype of Dentimachus they are
almost obsolete and the apical propodeal carina is more regularly
transverse. This difference does not impress me as being of generic
value.
DIAGLYPTIDEA Viereck, 1913. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 46: 371. One species.
Type: Diaglyptidea roepkei Viereck, 1913. Original designation.
A genus of Gelini related to such genera as Isdromas and Haplaspvis.
DIATORA Foerster, 1868. Ver. naturh. Ver. Rheinlande 25: 180. No species.
Ashmead, 1904. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 28: 141. One species.
Type: Diatora prodeniae Ashmead, 1904. Monobasic.
An Oriental genus of Gelini. Cardinal generic characters are:
Lateral edge of second tergite without a carina or crease setting off
its epipleurum ; notaulus extending beyond the middle of the mesoscu-
tum, of almost uniform strength throughout its length and posteriorly
ending abruptly; dise of mesoscutum without hairs.
DICHELOBOSMINA Uchida, 1932. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 33: 201.
One species.
Type: Dichelobosmina tuberculata Uchida, 1932. Original designation.
A rather robust member of the Hymenobosmina group of genera.
Unusual features are the absence of the glymma except for a trace, the
short face and clypeus, and particularly the propodeal carination.
ECTOPOIDES Heinrich, 1951. Bonner Zool. Beitrage 3-4: 280. One species.
Type: Hetopoides teunisseni Heinrich, 1951. Original designation.
Heinrich related this genus to EHctopius and Apaeleticus. I ex-
amined the type in 1951 but have not seen it recently.
EGURICHNEUMON Uchida, 1929. Trans. Sapporo Nat. Hist. Soc. 10: 116. One
species.
Type: Chasmias agitatus Matsumura and Uchida, 1926. Original designation.
A synonym of Ulesta, as was noted by Heinrich (1934. Mitteil.
Zool. Mus. Berlin 20: 174).
ELASMOGNATHIAS Ashmead, 1906. Proc. Ent. Soe. Wash. 8: 31. New name
for Elasmognathus, preoccupied.
A synonym of Caenojoppa, as noted by Heinrich (1934. Mitteil.
Zool. Mus. Berlin 20: 122).
ELASMOGNATHUS Ashmead, 1905. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 29: 405. One species.
Name preoccupied by Gill, 1865, and by Newton, 1878.
Type: Elasmognathus cephalotes Ashmead, 1905. Monobasice.
Renamed Hlasmognathias. which see.
ie)
oO
“
106 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1
ERIPTERNIMORPHA Viereck, 1913. Proe. U. S. Natl. Mus. 44: 645. One species.
Type: (Hripternimorpha schoenobii Viereck, 1913) = subspecies of Amawro-
morpha metathoracica Ashmead, 1905. Original designation.
A synonym of Amauromorpha (new synonymy), its genotype be-
ing only a subspecies of the genotype of Amauromorpha. The proper
scientific name of the present genotype would therefore be Amauro-
morpha metathoracica schoenobu (new status).
ERYTHROJOPPA Uchida, 1932. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 83: 153. One
species. Name preoccupied by Cameron, 1902.
Type: Acanthojoppa (Erythrojoppa) sauteri Uchida, 1932. Original designation.
Renamed Akajoppa, which see
ERYTHROPIMPLA Ashmead, 1900. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 23: 57. One species.
Type: Hrythropimpla abbottii Ashmead, 19090. Monobasie.
A synonym of Camptotypus, as noted by Cushman (1942. Proe.
U.S. Natl. Mus. 92: 284). Whether Camptotypus should be main-
tained as generically distinct from Hemipimpla, as Cushman contends
(ibidem), is a question requiring study.
TSUCHONEMATOPODIUS Cushman, 1922. Philippine Jour. Sci. 20: 567. One
species.
Type: Hsuchonematopodius luzonensis Cushman, 1922. Original designation.
A synonym of Diapetus. Diapetus and Michrochorus are subgenera
of Nematopodius (new status). The subgenera of Nematopodius may
be distinguished as follows:
1. Epomia ending dorsally in a prominent tooth on upper margin of pronotum;
clasper of male genitalia ending in a slender rod a _., Mierochorus
Epomia not toothed above and not reaching upper margin of pronotum; clasper
OL male senitalia: rounded Vapi ally See ee
2. Occipital carina distinct dorsally; apical carina of propodeum represented
only by lateral vestiges =...) oo ee MeMACODOUUES
Occipital carina absent dorsally; apic: r carina of propodeunt usually distinet,
complete or interrupted medially, or sometimes absent Diapetus
Cushman has referred a number of species to Diapetus, which con-
sidering the subordination of Diapetus to Nematopodius as a subgenus,
should now be included under Nematopodius. The necessary nomen-
clatorial shifts are as follows:
Earrana nigromaculata Cameron, 1907 = Nematopodius (subgenus?) nigro-
maculata.
Ischnoceros? dimidiatus Brullé, 1846 = Nematopodius (Diapetus) dimidiatus.
Diapetus (D.) pallidicornis Cushman, 1932 = Nematopodius (Diapetus) pal-
lidicornis.
Diapetus (D.) unicolor Cushman, 1932 = Ne matopodius (Diapetus) unicolor.
Diapetus (D.) parvus Cushman, 1932 = Nematopodius (Diapetus) parvus.
Earrana lutea Cameron, 1905 = Nematopodius (subgenus?) luteus.
Diapetus (D.) taiwanensis Cushman, 1932 = Nematopodius (Diapetus) tai-
wanensis.
Diapetus (D.) dissipus Cushman, 1932 = Nematopodius (Diapetus) dissipus.
Diapetus (D.) piceatus Cushman, 1982 = Nematopodius (Diapetus) piceatus.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 107
Diapetus (D.) fossulatus Cushman, 1932 = Nematopodius (Diapetus) fossula-
tus.
Esuchonematopodius luzonensis Cushman, 1922 = Nematopodius (Diapetus )
luzonensis.
Earrana philippinensis Cushman, 1922 = Nematopodius (Microchorus) philip-
pinensis.
Microchorus mirabilis Széplgeti, 1916 = Nematopodius (Microchorus) mira-
bilis.
Diapetus (Microchorus) wniformis Cushman, 1932 = Nematopodius (Micro-
chorus) uniformis.
EUCTENOPUS Ashmead, 1900. Proc. Linnaean Soc. New South Wales 25: 351.
One species.
Type: Huctenopus novazealandicus Ashmead, 1900. Monobasie.
A synonym of Phytodictus (new synonymy). The genus Phytodietus
may some day be divided into subgenera, when Huctenopus may be
used for one of them. Cushman (1942. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 92: 286)
has discussed the characters of Huctenopus.
EXERISTESOIDES Uchida, 1928. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 25: 51.
One species.
Type: (Pimpla spectabilis Matsumura, 1926) = subspecies of Pimpla alternans
Gravenhorst, 1829. Original designation.
A synonym of Itoplectis. Spectabilis is a subspecies of Itoplectis
alternans Gravenhorst, 1829, as published by Uchida (1942. Insecta
Matsumurana 16: 122). It differs from typical alternans most con-
spicuously in the coloration of the hind tibia, which is fuscous with a
white submedian band, the submedian band being wider than in
typical alternans and the fuscous areas without the ferruginous
infusion characteristic of typical alternans. Ttoplectis triannulatus
Uchida 1928, Itoplectis epinotiae Uchida 1928, and Itoplectis nigri-
basalis Uchida 1937 are synonyms of spectabilis (new synonymies).
FORMOCRYPTUS Uchida, 1931. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 30: 192.
One species.
Type: Formocryptus tenuicornis Uchida, 1931. Original designation.
This genus belone in the Gelini. Distinctive features are its rela-
tively large size, two strong teeth on the clypeus, and strong propodeal
apophyses.
FORMOSANOMALON Uchida, 1928. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 21: 241.
One species.
Type: (Formosanomalon baibarense Uchida, 1928) = subspecies of Macrostem-
ma elegans Shestakov, 1923, new status. Original designation.
A synonym of Aphanistes (new synonymy). Its genotype is only
a Subspecies of the genotype of Macrostemma, and this name also
should be listed as a synonym of Aphanistes (new synonymy). The
species elegans, genotype of Formosanomalon and of Macrostemma,
although believed to belong in the genus Aphanistes, is atypical in
having the ocelli large, the lateral ocellus separated from the eye by
only about 0.3 its diameter, the median frontal carina reaching the
median ocellus and nowhere strongly elevated, and the tarsal claws
108 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957
somewhat longer than is typical for Aphanistes. Uchida (1953. Trans.
Shikoku Ent. Soc. 3: 129) has published the synonymy of Formosano-
malon with Macrostemma.
FORMOSTENUS Uchida, 1931. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Uniy. 30: 180.
Two species.
Type: Mesostenus (Formostenus) angularis Uchida, 1931. Original designation.
A synonym of Isotima (new synonymy). The genotype of For-
mostenus and certain related species differs from albicineta (the
genotype of Isotima) and its closer relatives in having the brachiella
vein present, and in the somewhat narrower postpetiole. Both groups
of species agree, however, in having a characteristic arcuate carina
above each antennal socket.
FORMOXORIDES Uchida, 1928. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 25: 14.
One species.
Type: Achorocephalus pilosus Szépligeti, 1914. Original designation.
A synonym of Eugalta. The type of the genotype is in Budapest,
but its generic identity is determinable from the original description.
[Its synonymy was recognized by Uchida (1932. Jour. Faculty Aer.
Hokkaido Univ. 33: 221) and by Cushman (1933. Insecta Matsu-
murana 8:1).
GLYPTOGASTRA Ashmead, 1900. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 23: 57. One species.
Type: Glyptogastra hawaiiensis Ashmead. Monobasie.
A synonym of Echthromorpha, as previously noted (Townes, 1940.
Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 33: 288).
HABROCRYPTOIDES Uchida, 1952. Insecta Matsumurana 18: 19. Two species.
Type: Habrocryptus shikokuensis Uchida, 1936. Original designation.
A synonym of Trachysphyrus (new synonymy).
HEMIEPHIALTES Ashmead, 1906. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 3
Type: Hemiephialtes glyptus Ashmead, 1906. Monobasie.
A synonym of Glypta, as was first noted by Uchida (1928. Jour.
Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 25: 71).
HYMENOMACROPYGA Uehida, 1941. Insecta Matsumurana 15: 116. One species.
Type: Hymenomacropyga latifrontalis Uchida, 1941. Original designation.
A synonym of Clistopyga (new synonymy). The species latifrontalis
lias the temples narrower and the abdominal tergites more heavily
punctate than is usual for species of Clistopyga, but does not deserve
veneric distinction.
HYPOPHELTES Cushman, 1924. Proc. U. 8. Natl. Mus. 64 (20): 11. One species.
Type: Hypopheltes pergae Cushman, 1924. Original designation.
): 177. One species.
A genus of Mesoleiini as indicated in the original description. I have
seen only the genotype, from Australia.
IDIOGNATHUS Cushman, 1922. Philippine Jour. Sei. 20: 558. One species.
Type: Idtognathus balteatus Cushman, 1922. Original designation.
A synonym of Aulojoppa, as first noted by Heinrich (1934. Mitteil.
Zool. Mus. Berlin 20: 127). Balteatus is a Philippine subspecies of
Aulojoppa spilocephala Cameron, 1907, the genotype of Aulojoppa
(new status).
PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 195 109
ISHIGAKIA Uchida, 1928. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Uniy. 25: 32. One species.
Type: Ishigakia exetasea Uchida, 1928. Original designation.
An Oriental genus of Acaenitini with long erect hairs on HBe first
sternite, hind tarsal claws simple, apical half of elypeus rather flat and
without a subapical transverse ridge, and intercubitus well beyond
the second recurrent.
ISOTIMA Foerster, 1868. Ver. naturh. Ver. Rheimlande 25: 182. No species.
Ashmead, 1905. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 29: 407. Four species.
Type: Isotima albicineta Ashmead, 1905. By present designation.
A mesostenine genus of the Goryphus-Gambrus group of genera. It
is distinctive in having, in the female, a semicircular area above each
antennal socket bordered dorsally by a carina. The male has either a
similar structure or in some species a grotesque specialization of it.
Many of the species, including the genotype, lack the brachiella vein.
isotima cincticornis Ashmead, 1905 is a synonym of JI. albicineta
(new synonymy). Formostenus, Fotsiforia, and Mavia are synonyms
of Isotima (new synonymies).
ITAMUS Foerster, 1868. Verh. naturh. Ver. Rheimlande 25: 179. No species.
Name preoccupied by Goebel, 1846 and by Loew, 1849.
Uchida, 1936. Insecta Matsumurana 11: 13. One species.
Type: (Hemiteles (Itamus) okamotoi Uchida, 1936) = Leptocryptus marginatus
Uchida, 1930. Monobasie.
This genus has a general resemblance to Bathythrix, but the notau-
lus is shorter and not quite so sharp, and the clypeus is larger and
with an evenly convex margin. The genotype was described “first as
Leptocryptus marginatus by Uchida in 1930, with which it is hereby
synonymized. Besides the genotype from Japan, I have a second
species of the genus from the Philippines.
Since the generic name is preoccupied and the genus is a distinct
one, I hereby rename it Uchidella, as a token of respect for Dr. Toichi
Uchida and his work on the Oriental Ichneumonidae.
JEZAROTES Uchida, 1928. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 25: 30. Two
species.
Type: Jezarotes tamanukii Uchida, 1928. Original designation.
A genus easily distinguished by the strongly forward projecting
median lobe of the mesoscutum. The blunt ventral tooth on the hind
femur and subobsolete upper tooth of the mandible are additional
features of note.
KARAECHTHRUS Uchida, 1929. Insecta Matsumurana 3: 176. One species.
Type: Karaechthrus tuberculatus Uchida, 1929. Original designation.
Closely related to Echthrus, from which it differs in having the apex
of the clypeus truncate, without a median tooth, and in a few addi-
tional minor characters.
KOSHUNIA Uehida, 1932. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 33: 185. One
species.
Type: Hemiteles (Koshunia) taiwanellus Uchida, 1932. Original designation.
The type of the genotype is in Berlin-Dahlem and has not been seen.
110 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957
The original description indicates that Koshunia belongs probably in
the Phobetes group of genera, tribe Gelini.
KRIEGERIA Ashmead, 1905. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 29: 116. One species.
Type: Kriegeria heptazonata Ashmead, 1905. Monobasie.
An Oriental genus of the Mesostenini, subtribe Echthrina. Its car-
dinal characters are: First abdominal tergite with a lateral subbasal
triangular projection, acute or subacute in females, blunt and often
indistinct in males; pleural carina of propodeum present behind the
basal carina; apical carina of propodeum absent; epomia reaching the
upper edge of the pronotum and curved strongly forward at its upper
end; nervulus varying from interstitial with basal vein to beyond it
by 0.3 of its length.
KUNIOCRYPTUS Sonan, 1937. Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Formosa 27: 172. One
species.
Type: Orientocryptus flavofasciatus Uchida, 1931. Original designation.
A synonym of Latibulus (new synonymy ).
LEPTOBATOPSIS Ashmead, 1900. Proce. Linnaean Soe. New South Wales 20:
349. One species.
Type: (Leptobatopsis australiensis Ashmead, 1900) = Cryptus indicus Cameron,
1897. Monobasie.
A well-known Lissonotine genus of the Oriental Region. Tanera and
Sauterellus ave synonyms, as discussed by Cushman in 1922, 1924,
1933, and 1940, Tanera having the same type species (through synony-
my) as Leptobatopsis.
LONGICHAROPS Uchida, 1940. Insecta Matsumurana 14: 131. New name for
Nothanomaloides Uchida, preoccupied.
A synonym of Casinaria (new synonymy).
MEGALOMYA Uchida, 1940. Trans. Nat.. Hist. Soc. Formosa 30: 223. One species.
Type: Megalomya longiabdominalis Uchida, 1940. Original designation.
This genus is close to Alomya.
MATSUMURAIUS Ashmead, 1906. Proce. U. S. Natl. Mus. 30: 169. One species.
Type: Matsumuraius grandis Ashmead, 1906. Monobasie.
A synonym of Pterocormus, as was first recognized by Matsumura
(1912. Thousand Insects of Japan, Supplement 4: 102).
MELALOPHACHAROPS Uchida, 1928. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 21:
280. One species.
Type: Melalophacharops tamanukii Uchida, 1928. Original designation.
Very close to Charopsimorpha.
METACHORISCHIZUS Uchida, 1928. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 25: 35.
One species.
Type: Metachorischizus unicolor Uchida, 1928. Original designation.
Related to Siphimedia.
METARHYSSA Ashmead, 1900. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 23: 40. One species.
Type: Metarhyssa bifasciata Ashmead, 1900. Monobasie.
A synonym of Gabunia (new synonymy). Cushman (1942. Proe.
U.S. Natl. Mus. 92: 279-280) has redescribed the genotype. The genus
belones in the Mesostenini, subtribe Echthrina.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 111
METOPHELTES Uchida, 1932. Insecta Matsumurana 6: 162. One species.
Type: Metopheltes petiolaris Uchida, 1932. Original designation.
This genus is close to Perilissus.
METOPICHNEUMON Uchida, 1935. Insecta Matsumurana 10: 13. One species.
Type: Protichnewmon (Metopichneumon) swperomediae Uchida, 1935. Original
designation.
Proposed first as a subgenus of Protichneumon and later (1937.
Insecta Matsumurana 11: 85) elevated to generic rank. It is very
close to Protichneumon, but the genotype is unusual in having a com-
pressed tubercle in the middle of the frons, a relatively narrow cly-
peus, and relatively elongate areola with distinct bounding carinae.
MICROTORIDEA Viereck, 1912. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 42: 150. One species.
Type: Microtoridea lissonota Viereck, 1912. Original designation.
A synonym of Diatora (new synonymy ).
MICROTORUS Foerster, 1868. Verh. naturh. Ver. Rheinlande 25: 175. No species.
Uchida, 1940. Insecta Matsumurana 14: 64-66. Two species.
Type: Microtorus kichijoi Uchida, 1940. By present designation.
A synonym of Otacustes (new synonymy). Uchida placed a second
species, Microtus tenuibasalis Uchida, 1940, in Microtus. It should
be referred to Mastrus (new combination).
MONOMACRODON Cushman, 1934. Indian Forest Ree. 20: 2. One species.
Type: Monomacrodon bicolor Cushman, 1934. Original designation.
A subgenus of Netelia, as noted in 1938 (Townes. Lloydia 1: 186).
MONONTOS Uchida, 1926. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 18: 165. One
species.
Type: Monontos niphonicus Uchida, 1926. Original designation.
Near Heresiarches, but a distinct genus, not a synonym as stated by
Uchida (1932. Insecta Matsumurana 7: 32). In Monontos the second
lateral area of the propodeum extends to the apical 0.6 of the propo-
deum and is separated from the third lateral area by a sharp carina.
In Heresiarches the second lateral area extends to the apical 0.8 of
the propodeum and the carina between it and the third lateral area is
obsolescent.
MONOPLECTROCHUS Heinrich, 1949. Mitteil. Miinchner Ent. Gesell. 35-39: 109.
One species.
Type: Monoplectrochus hoerhammeri Heinrich, 1949. Original designation.
A synonym of Periope (new synonymy). Its genotype is related
more closely to the Nearctic Periope aethiops Cresson than to the
Kuropean Periope auscultator Curtis.
MYRMELEONOSTENUS Uchida, 1936. Insecta Matsumurana 10: 116. One
species.
Type: Myrmeleonostenus babai Uchida, 1936. Original designation.
Close to Trychosis, differing from Trychosis in the interstitial nervu-
lus, smaller areolet, narrower first abdominal segment, and longer
Gvipositor.
NAWATA Ashmead, 1906. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 30: 184. One species.
Type: Nawaia japonica Ashmead, 1906. Monobasic.
A synonym of Banchus, as was first noted by Uchida (1931. Insecta
112 PROC. ENT. SOC.’*WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957
Matsumurana 6:51). Its genotype (Banchus japonicus) is siunilar to
the Nearctic Banchus canadensis in the elongate female abdomen and
in the relatively small fourth segment of the maxillary palpus of the
male. These two species seem to constitute a distinct group.
NEISCHNUS Heinrich, 1952. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (ser. 12) 5: 1066. One species.
Type: Neischnus oxypygus Heinrich, 1952. Original designation.
Heinrich placed this genus in the ‘‘ chneumonini,’’ at the same time
stating its relation to the Phaeogenini. The type is in Dryden, Maine.
NEODONTOCRYPTUS Uchida, 1940. Insecta Matsumurana 14: 122. New name
for Odontocryptus Uchida, preoccupied.
The type of the genotype was returned to Berlin-Dahlem, but I have
a specimen which appears to belong to the genotype species. It repre-
sents an aberrant genus of Mesostenina related possibly to Trachy-
sphyrus. Its dark metallic blue coloration and the structural charac-
ters described by Uchida should make it easy to recognize.
NEOHERESIARCHES Uchida, 1937. Insecta Matsumurana 11: 87. One species.
Type: Neoheresiarches albipilosus Uchida, 1937. Original designation.
This is an unusual genus of which I have seen only the type of the
genotype. It is somewhat reminiscent of Tricholabus but probably not
closely related to it.
NEOPIMPLA Ashmead, 1900. Proce. U. S. Natl. Mus. 23: 56. One species.
Type: Neopimpla abbottii Ashmead, 1900. Original designation.
The type of the genotype, stated to be from Africa, has never been
found since Ashmead published the name, and the original description
is insufficient for even a subfamily placement. Neopimpla remains a
nomen dubium until further evidence is available.
NEOPIMPLOIDES Viereck, 1912. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 42: 151. One species.
Type: (Neopimploides syleptae Viereck, 1912) = Ichneumon punctatus Fabri-
cius, 1787. Original designation.
This is a Synonym of Yanthopimpla, and its genotype is a synonym
of Yanthopimpla punctata Fabricius, 1787. The generic synonymy
was first published by Krieger (1914. Arch. Naturg. 80 (A), 6: 3)
and the specific synonymy first by Cushman (1922. Proe. U. 8. Natl.
Mus. 60: 10).
NEOTORBDA Uchida, 1932. Insecta Matsumurana 6: 153. One species.
Type: Torbda (Neotorbda) sakaguchii Uchida, 1932. Original designation.
A mesostenine genus of the subtribe Echthrina, related to Micro-
stenus. The first tergite has a lateral subbasal triangular projection,
the pleural carina of the propodeum is absent beyond the basal carina,
both transverse carinae of the propodeum are strong, and the hy-
postomal carina is obsolete apically and does not meet the occipital
carina. I have seen several Oriental and one Madagascan species of
the genus. Didiaspis is a synonym of Neotorbda (new synonymy ).
NEPHOPHELTES Cushman, 1924. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 64 (20): 16. One
species.
Type: Nephopheltes japonicus Cushman, 1924. Original designation.
A synonym of Opheltes, as previously noted (Townes, 1945. Mem.
Amer. Ent. Soc. 11: 495).
PROU. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 13
NESOMESOCHORUS Ashmead, 1905. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 28: 967. One species.
Type: (Nesomesochorus oculatus Ashmead, 1905) = Atrometus minutus Ash-
mead, 1904. Monobasie.
A synonym of Chriodes. Its genotype is a synonym of Atrometus
minutus Ashmead, 1904, and of Chriodes oculatus Ashmead, 1905,
the genotype of Chriodes.
NESOPIMPLA Ashmead, 1906. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 30: 180. One species.
Type: Nesopimpla naranyae Ashmead, 1906. Monobasie.
A synonym of Jtoplectis, as previously noted. (Townes, 1940. Ann.
Ent. Soe. Amer. 33: 314).
NESOSTENODONTUS Cushman, 1922. Philippine Jour. Sci. 20: 555. One species.
Type: Nesostenodontus bakeri Cushman, 1922. Original designation.
This genus belongs in the Alomyini as defined by the subcircular
spiracles and the usually lenticular clypeus. Cushman relates it to
Stenodontus, emphasizing the sickle-shaped mandible. If the lack of
gastrocoeli were emphasized it would be placed near Centeterus. Its
true relations are problematic. The genus is adequately described and
figured in the original publication.
NEUCHORUS Uchida, 1931. Insecta Matsumurana 5: 148. One species.
Type: Neuwchorus longicauda Uchida, 1931. Original designation.
A synonym of Phytodietus (new synonymy). The species longi-
cauda is closely related to the Nearectic Phytodietus pulcherrimus
Cresson.
NIPPOCRYPTUS Uchida, 1936. Insecta Matsumurana 11: 3. One species.
Type: Hemiteles suzukii Matsumura, 1912.
A synonym of Trachysphyrus (new synonymy ).
NIPPONAETES Uchida, 1933. Insecta Matsumurana 7: 160. One species.
Type: Hemiteles (Nipponaétes) haeussleri Uchida, 19838. Original designation.
This genus is similar to Acrolyta in most characters. Further study
of generic limits in this area is needed before a more definite state-
ment can be made as to its relationships and distinctness.
NIPPONOPHION Uchida, 1928. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 21: 201.
One species.
Type: (Nipponophion variegatus Uchida, 1928) = variety of Ophion bombyci-
vorus Gravenhorst, 1829.
This genus is a synonym of Stauropoctomus, a synonymy already
published by Cushman (1947. Proe. U.S. Natl. Mus. 96: 456). Uchida
(1951. Insecta Matsumurana 17: 127) has reduced the name varie-
gatus to varietal status under bombycivorus.
NIPPORICNUS Uchida, 1931. Insecta Matsumurana 5: 147. One species.
Type: Acroricnus tarsalis Matsumura, 1912. Original designation.
A synonym of Picardellia (new synonymy). The genus belongs in
the Mesostenini, subtribe Osprynchotina, and is close to Messatoporus,
differing from that genus most conspicuously in the somewhat larger
areolet.
NOTHANOMALOIDES Uchida, 1928. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 21:
273. One species. Name preoccupied by Viereck, 1925.
Type: Nothanomaloides matsuyamensis Uchida, 1928. Original designation.
114 PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957
Renamed Longicharops, which see.
ODONTOCRYPTUS Uchida, 1932. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 33: 187.
One species. Name preoccupied by Saussure, 1890, by Cameron, 1903, and by
Szépligeti, 1916.
Type: Odontocryptus brillantus Uchida, 1932. Original designation.
Renamed Neodontocryptus, which see.
ODONTOTYLOCOMNUS Uchida, 1940. Trans. Sapporo Nat. Hist. Soc. 16: 179.
One species.
Type: Odontotylocomnus pilosus Uchida, 1940. Original designation.
A synonym of Pseudometopius (new synonymy). Pilosus is an ex-
traordinary species with the face sharply produced beneath the an-
tennal sockets, the apex of the front tibia with a rounded prolonga-
tion, and with other specializations as mentioned in the original de-
scription. It does not seem, however, to be more than an aberrant
member of the genus Pseudometopius.
OPISTHOSTENUS Foerster, 1868. Verh. naturh. Ver. Rheinlande 25: 175. No
species.
Uchida, 1936. Insecta Matsumurana 11: 43. One species.
Type: Hemiteles (Opisthostenus) etorofuensis Uchida. Monobasic.
A synonym of Gnypetomorpha (new synonymy ).
ORIENTOCRYPTUS Uchida, 1931. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 30: 174.
Two species.
Aype: Orientocryptus formosanus Uchida, 1931. Original designation.
A synonym of Arthula, as noted by Uchida in 1940 (Insecta Matsu-
murana 14: 125).
ORIENTOHEMITELES Uchida, 1932. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 33:
186. One species.
Type: Orientohemiteles ovatus Uchida, 1932. Original designation.
This genus belones to Phobetes group. It differs from all others of
that group in having the petiolar area of the propodeum very long
(0.7 as long as the propodeum) and the areola very short (about 3.8
as wide as long).
ORIENTOSTENARAEUS Uchida, 1930. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 25:
321. One species.
Type: Orientostenaraeus chinensis Uchida, 1930. Original designation.
This is a singular mesostenine genus with coarse apical teeth on both
upper and lower ovipositor valves, the ovipositor about 1.3 to 1.5 as
long as the head and body, the clypeus broad, and the areolet as im
Mesostenus. The genotype occurs in China, Taiwan, and the Philip-
pines and I have a second species from Queensland. The European
Mesostenus gladiator Scopol, 1763 is closely related to these two spe-
cies but differs in having the apical propodeal carina present. Parasil-
sila is a Synonym (new synonymy ).
OTOHIMEA Uchida, 1926. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 18: 146. Two
species.
Type: (Otohimea nigra Uchida, 1926) == Ichnewmon incanescens Smith, 1874.
Original designation.
A synonym of Tricholabus, as has been noted by Uchida (1932.
PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 115
Insecta Matsumurana 7: 31).
PARACRYPTUS Uchida, 1932. Insecta Matsumurana 6: 149. One species.
Type: Paracryptus orientalis Uchida, 1932. Original designation.
Close to Trachysphyrus and further study may prove it to be a
synonym.
PARAGAMBRUS Uchida, 1936. Insecta Matsumurana 11: 7. One species.
Type: Gambrus sapporonis Uchida, 1930. Original designation.
The genus is superficially similar to Agrothereutes and Gambrus.
The apical margin of the clypeus is without a median angulation, the
apical carina of the propodeum indicated only laterally, and the
dorsal valve of the ovipositor has distinct apical teeth.
PARAGRYPON Uchida, 1941. Insecta Matsumurana 15: 159.
Type: Gongropelma kikuchii Uchida, 1928. Original designation.
A synonym of Phaenolabrorychus (new synonymy ).
PARAPHYLAX Foerster, 1868. Verh. naturh. Ver. Rheinlande 25: 176. No
species.
Ashmead, 1904. Proce. U. S. Natl. Mus. 28: 141. One species.
Type: Paraphylax fasciatipennis Ashmead, 1904. Monobasie.
This is an Oriental and Australian genus of the Phobetes group,
tribe Gelini, containing many species. Its generic characters are: Dise
of scutellum and upper part of temple smooth or with weak punctures,
the scutellum with a weak median longitudinal elevation and the up-
per part of temple flat or almost so; notaulus extending more than 0.6
the length of the mesoscutum; nervulus approximately opposite the
basal vein, or beyond it by less than 0.35 its length; sternaulus ex-
tending distinctly to near the middle coxa; propodeum with its first
and second pleural areas separated by a carina just beyond the spiracle
and its median apical area occupying 0.4 to 0.6 of the propodeal
length; spiracle of first tergite at 0.65 to 0.7 the distance from the
base of the tergite ; first sternite without a preapical transverse carina;
ovipositor sheath about as lone as the width of the second tergite;
ovipositor point not unusually slender.
PERILISSOIDES Uchida, 1932. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 33: 213.
One species.
Type: Perilissoides cubitalis Uchida, 1932. Original designation.
This genus is not in Uchida’s collection. The type of the genotype
is in Berlin-Dahlem. The genus is said to be near Perilissus and is
distingtwished by a peculiar venation.
PHOTOPTERA Viereck, 1913. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 46: 380. One species.
Type: Photoptera erythronota Viereck, 1913. Original designation.
A synonym of Paraphylax (new synonymy ).
PIELIA Uchida, 1937. Insecta Matsumurana 11: 91. One species.
Type: Pielia concava Uchida, 1937. Original designation.
The type of the genotype is in Musée Heude, Shanghai. Uchida
compares the genus with Bureschias, Eupalamus, and Gyrodonta,
The face and elypeus are concave, the face has a strong transverse
carina just below the antennal sockets, and the gastrocoeli are indis-
tinct.
116 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957
’ b} 3
PLANOCRYPTUS Heinrich, 1949. Mitteil. Miinchner Ent. Gessell. 35-39: 56.
One species.
Type: Planoecryptus mirabilis Heinrich, 1949, Original designation.
A synonym of Cubocephalus (new synonymy).
PLATYJOPPA Uchida, 1932. Insecta Matsumurana 6: 146. One species.
Type: Platyjoppa naxae Uchida, 1932. Original designation.
This genus is somewhat intermediate in its characters between
Aoplus and Stenichnewmon, but different from both in the sharply
elevated, laterally margined scutellum. The costula is strong.
PLECTOCHORUS Uchida, 1933. Insecta Matsumurana 7: 163. One species.
Type: Mesochorus iwatensis Uchida, 1928. Original designation.
Near Stictopisthus. The transverse carina beneath the antennal
sockets is continuous, without a median dip, and the prepectal carina
reaches the front edge of the mesopleurum. These are characters
shared with Stictopisthus. Females differ from those of Stictopisthus
in having the propodeum extending to or beyond the middle of the
hind coxa, abdomen greatly elongate, and the ovipositor sheath only
about four times as long as wide. Males seem indistinguishable from
those of Stictopisthus.
PLEURONEUROPHION Ashmead, 1900. Proe. U. S. Natl. Mus. 23: 86. One
species.
Type: Pleuroneurophion hawaiensis Ashmead, 1900. Original designation.
A synonym of EHnicospilus, as previously noted (Townes, 1945.
Mem. Amer. Ent. Soc. 11: 787).
POTOPHION Cushman, 1947. Proc. U. 8S. Natl. Mus. 96: 442. One species.
Type: Potophion caudatus Cushman, 1947. Original designation.
Near Ophion, from which it differs in the longer ovipositor and
somewhat elongate trophi, as described and figured in the original
publication.
PROSOPOSTENUS Uchida, 1932. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 33: 184.
One species.
Type: Hemiteles (Prosopostenus) koshunensis Uchida, 1932. Original designation.
The type of the genotype is in Berlin-Dahlem and has not been seen.
PROTEROCRYPTUS Ashmead, 1906. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 30: 174. One species.
Type: Proterocryptus nawati Ashmead, 1906. Monobasic.
A synonym of Brachycyrtus, as was first noted by Roman (1915.
Ark. for. Zool. 9 (9): 5).
PSEUDAROTES Uchida, 1929. Insecta Matsumurana 3: 179. One species.
Type: Pseudarotes chishimensis Uchida, 1929. Original designation.
This genus is a synonym of Yamatarotes (new synonymy). Its
venotype has the propodeum, first sternite, first tergite, and scutellum
with specialized swellings, but these may be regarded as specific
rather than generic characters.
PSEUDASTHENARA Uchida, 1930. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 25: 276.
One species.
Type: Asthenara rufocincta Ashmead, 1906. Original designation.
A synonym of Huceros, as previously noted (Townes and ‘Townes,
1951. U.S. Dept. Agr., Agr. Monog. 2: 321). The type of the genotype
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 nae
is in Washington.
PSEUDEUGALTA Ashmead, 1900. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 23: 55. One species.
Type: Eugalta spinosa Cameron, 1899. Original designation.
A synonym of Eugalta. Cushman (1933. Insecta Matsumurana 8:
1) has discussed the synonymy.
PSEUDOCHASMIAS Uchida, 1926. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 18: 113.
One species.
Type: Pseudochasmias major Uchida, 1926, Original designation.
Resembles Chasmias in most of its characters. The propodeum is a
little more elongate than in Chasmias and the areola bounded pos-
-teriorly in both sexes by a strong carina. The apex of the female
antenna is a little more tapered than in Chasmias. The apical edge
of the clypeus is truncate with a weak median angular projection.
The upper edge of the face is unique in having a median, short, broad,
angular, upward-projectine flange in place of the usual subantennal
tubercle.
PSEUDODINOTOMUS Uchida, 1925. Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Formosa 15: 239.
One species.
Type: Pseudodinotomus tricolor Uchida, 1925. Original designation.
A synonym of Charitojoppa, as noted by Uchida (1952. Insecta
Matsumurana 7: 25).
PSEUDOTORBDA Uchida, 1932. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 33: 195.
One species.
Type: Pseudotorbda geniculata Uchida, 1932. Original designation.
A mesostenine genus of the subtribe Echthrina. The first tergite
has a basal lateral triangular projection, the pleural carina of the
propodeum is absent beyond the basal carina, the apical transverse
carina of the propodeum absent, and the clypeus without a median
apical tooth but with a subapical transverse ridge. Besides the geno-
type from Taiwan, I have seen one species from Japan and two from
the Philippines.
PSYCHOSTENUS Uchida, 1955. Insecta Matsumurana 19: 32. Three species.
Type: Psychostenus minusculae Uchida, 1955. Original designation.
A synonym of Ateleute. Talorga and Tsirirella are also synonyms
(all new synonymies ).
PYCNOPHION Ashmead, 1900. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 23: 87. One species.
Type: Pycnophion molokaiensis Ashmead, 1900. Original designation.
Related to Enicospilus. Cushman (1947. Proce. U. S. Natl Mus. 96:
461-462) has discussed its characters.
PYCNOPYGE Cushman, 1922. Philippine Jour. Sci. 20: 552. One species.
Type: Pycnopyge bella Cushman, 1922. Original designation.
A distinctive Oriental genus placed in the Oedicephalini by Hein-
rich. It is adequately described and figured by Cushman in the
original description.
RHEXIDERMUS Foerster, 1868. Verh. naturh. Ver. Rheinlande 25: 192. No
species.
Ashmead, 1906. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 30: 171. One species.
Type: Rheridermus japonicus Ashmead, 1906. Monobasiec.
118 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957
This is the proper name for Jschnus of authors. The genotype of
Ischnus (porrectorius) is a species of Habrocryptus, so Ischnus must
be used in the Mesostenini, with Habrocryptus as a synonym, and
Tschnus of authors, in the Alomyini, must be called by the name
Rhexridermus. Rhexidermus as interpreted by Uchida (1926. Jour.
Fac. Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 18: 166), however, is Pseudoplatylabus,
and his species Rheridermus apicalis must be called Pseudoplatylabus
apicalis (new combination).
SCENOCHAROPS Uchida, 1932. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 33: 202.
One species.
Type: Scenocharops longipetiolaris Uchida, 1932. Original designation.
This genus is close to Charops but differs in having the areolet pres-
ent but small (or occasionally absent) and the outer lower angele of
the second discoidal cell shehtly less than a right angle. It contains a
number of Oriental species.
In 1946 I (Bol. Ent. Venezol. 5: 61) included Schenocharops in the
genus Charops as an aberrant Oriental species group. I now agree
with Uchida as to its generic distinctness.
STENARAEOIDES Uchida, 1932. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 33: 181.
Three species.
Type: Mesostenus octocinctus Ashmead, 1906. Original designation.
A synonym of Gotra. Uchida has published the synonymy (1940.
Insecta Matsumurana 14: 121).
STENICHNEUMONOIDES Uehida, 1930. Insecta Matsumurana 5: 95. Three
species.
Type: Stenichneumon posticalis Matsumura, 1912. Original designation.
This genus is intermediate between Stenichneumon and Chiaglas,
having the clypeal and propodeal characters of the former and the
post petiole without a distinctly raised median area as in the latter.
Uchida (1937. Insecta Matsumurana 11: 93-94) has discussed the
generic characters.
STREPSIMALLUS Foerster, 1868. Verh. naturh. Ver. Rheinlande 25: 176. No
species.
Ashmead, 1905. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 29: 115. One species.
Type: Strepsimallus bicinetus Ashmead, 1905. Monobasic.
This is an Oriental genus of the Phobetes group, tribe Gelini. I
know only three species. Its generic characters are mostly the same
as those of Paraphylax but the upper part of the temple is strongly
convex, mat or rugosopunctate; and the scutellum is rather flat, mat
or rugoso-punctate.
STRIATOSTENUS Uchida, 1931. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 30: 177.
One species.
Type: Striatostenus areolatus Uchida, 1931. Original designation.
A synonym of Coesula (new synonymy ).
TAIWATHERONTA Sonan, 1936. Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Formosa 26: 256. One
species.
Type: (Taiwatheronia mahasenae Sonan, 1936) = Apechthis taiwana Uehida,
1928. Original designation.
PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 119
A synonym of Ephialtes Schrank, 1802 (new synonymy). <A para-
type of T. mahasenae in Uchida’s collection was compared with the
type of Apechthis taiwana Uchida, 1928, and found to be conspecific
(new synonymy).
TAKANOMA Uchida, 1926. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 18: 163. One
species.
Type: Takanoma ishiyamana Uchida, 1926. Original designation.
Close to Phaeogenes but probably merits generic distinction. The
Nearctic Ichnewmnon vineibilis Cresson, 1867 should be referred to
Takanoma (new combination).
TAKASTENUS Uchida, 1931. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 30: 188. One
species.
Type: Takastenus longidentatus Uchida, 1931. Original designation.
This is a genus of the Mesostenina, close to Buodias, with a large
number of Oriental species. Chromocryptus albomaculatus Ashmead,
1905, should be referred to it (new combination).
TEMELUCHA Foerster, 1868. Verh. naturh. Ver. Rheinlande 25: 148. No species.
Ashmead, 1904. Canad. Ent. 36: 101. One species.
Type: Temelucha philippinensis Ashmead, 1904. Monobasie.
This genus is Cremastus as understood by American authors, but
according to recent information from J. F. Perkins in England the
species commonly determined as Cremastus spectator Gravenhorst,
the genotype of Cremastus, belongs in the group ealled Zaleptopygus
in America. Mr. Perkins also reports that the genotype of Tarytia is
congeneric with that of Temelucha. In view of this information Tary-
tia is hereby synonymized with Temelucha, which is the same as
Cremastus of American authors, and true Cremastus is considered
either the same as Zaleptopygus, or of uncertain identity until Gra-
venhorst’s type of C. spectator can be examined.
TOGEA Uchida, 1926. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 18: 109. Four species.
Type: Togea albofasciata Uchida, 1926. Original designation.
Close to Neocratichneumon, from which it differs most conspicu-
ously, at least in the genotype, in lacking the lateral carina on the
scutellum. Uchida (1937. Insecta Matsumurana 11: 93) states that
Barichneumonites is a synonym, but this is a distinct genus.
TOSQUINETIA Ashmead, 1900. Canad. Ent. 32: 368. New name for Obba
Tosquinet, preoccupied by Beck, 1837, and by Walker, 1869.
I have not studied material of this genus, but Heinrich (1938.
Mém. Acad. Malagache 25: 36-37) has discussed its taxonomy, placing
it near Compsophorus and Pyramidellus in the Listrodromini.
TYLOCOMNOIDES Uchida, 1940. Trans. Sapporo Nat. Hist. Soc. 16: 178. One
species.
Type: Tylocomnoides egawai Uchida, 1940. Original designation.
A synonym for Pseudometopius (new synonymy ).
UCHIDELIA, new name for /Jtamus Foerster, which see.
YAMATAROTES Uchida, 1929. Insecta Matsumurana 3: 180. Two species.
Type: Yamatarotes bicolor Uchida, 1929. Original designation.
120 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957
This genus resembles Arotes, particularly in having an accessory
tooth on the hind tarsal claws, but is distinct from Arotes in having
the elypeus thin apically, not inflexed or impressed, and the inter-
cubitus a little basad of the second recurrent.
YEZOCERYX Uchida, 1928. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 25: 36. One
species.
Type: Yezoceryx scutellaris Uchida, 1928. Original designation.
This is a genus of Acaenitini which includes many species from the
eastern Palaearctic Region and the Indo-Australian area, and Acae-
nitus rupinsulensis from the United States (new combination).
ZAMESOCHORUS Viereck, 1912. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 42: 152. One species.
Type: Zamesochorus orientalis Viereck, 1912. Original designation.
This is a synonym of Hdrisa (new synonymy).
ZAPARAPHYLAX Viereck, 1913. Proe. U. S. Natl. Mus. 44: 647. One species.
Type: (Zaparaphylax perinae Viereck, 1913) = Microtoridea lissonota Viereck,
1912. Original designation.
A synonym of Diatora (new synonymy ).
ZONOCRYPTUS Ashmead, 1900. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 23: 40. One species.
Type: Cryptus sphingis Ashmead, 1900. Monobasie.
Cushman (1942. Proc. U.S. Natl. Mus. 92: 277-279) has redesecribed
the genotype and’ discussed the status of the genus. Zonocryptus
comes within Waterston’s definition of Oneilella (1927. Bull. Ent. Res.
18: 191-204), but Waterson’s Onevlella is polyphyletic, as he was
deceived by the common color pattern into thinking that at least two
unrelated groups of species were congeneric. The color pattern in-
volved occurs in a number of unrelated African Hymenoptera. It is
evidently a mimicry pattern and as such should not be used as evi-
dence for phyletic relationship. The genotype of Onedlella (formosa
Brullé) is a species with which I am not familiar so it would not be
profitable to speculate on the disposition of this generic name. Zono-
cryptus sphingis Ashmead is very close to nigiriensis Waterston.
I have the species Oneilella latifascia Waterston, 1927, and O. n-
geriensis Waterston, 1927, which should be referred to Zonocryptus
and also the species O. subquadrata Waterston, 1927, and O. brevi-
spicula Waterston, 1927, which should be referred to Weniadar Ss genus
Cochlidionostenus (new combinations). Since Waterston states that
Cryptus corpulentus Tosquinet, 1896, is closely related to subquadrata
and brevispicula, this species also is referred to Cochlidionostenus
(new combination).
ZONOPIMPLA Ashmead, 1900. Proce. U. S. Natl. Mus. 23: 55. One species.
Type: Zonopimpla albicincta Ashmead, 1900. Original designation.
Though Ashmead stated that the genotype was from “‘ Africa’’ it is
actually from Peru. The genus is related to Scambus (= Epiurus)
and restricted to the Neotropic region. Cushman (1942. Proc. U.S.
Natl. Mus. 92: 283) has discussed the genus. He synonymized it with
‘KH piurus,’’ but it is distinct from ‘‘ Epiurus’’ in lacking the occipital
carina and in lacking sculpture on the the abdominal tergites.
bo
—_
PROC. ENT. SOC, WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 Uy
ON THE VALIDITY OF HAEMAGOGUS SPEGAZZINII FALCO KUMM
ET AL, 1946
(Diptera, Culicidae )
PEDRO GALINDO
Gorgas Memorial Laboratory, Apartado 1252, Panama, Rk. de P.
Kumm et al. (1946) described a new Haemagogus from Colombia
with hairy larva and male with short palps and bushy antennae, which
could be clearly differentiated from H. capricorni Lutz, but appeared
very close to H. spegazzinu Brethes, being separable from the latter
species only by details of the mesosome of the male when viewed from
the side. The new form was named falco, but the describers considered
it doubtful whether the characters defining it were of sufficient im-
portance to justify the creation of a new species and placed it as a
subspecies of spegazzini. In the same publication the name H. jan-
thinomys Dyar, 1921, based on a species from the island of Trinidad,
was relegated to the synonymy of H. spegazzini spegazzinn.
Levi Castillo (1956), after examining the male terminalia of the
hololectotype of H. janthinomys, concluded that this specimen shows
the mesosome tip as in falco, and consequently sank H. spegazzinu
falco Kumm et al., 1946, in the synonymy of H. janthinomys Dyar,
1921.
The author is not in agreement with Levi Castillo’s conclusions for
the following reasons:
1) Cerqueira (1943) published a photomicrograph of the male
terminalia of the hololectotype (then cotype) of H. janthinomys.
As ean be observed in this excellent reproduction, the terminalia is
only partly dissected and the mesosome is in ventral view, thus not
well oriented to judge the shape of its tip, which, as pointed out by
Kumm eft al. (loc. cit.),ean best be studied in lateral view.
2) The author, on a visit to the U. S. National Museum, personally
examined the hololectotype slide of the terminalia of janthinomys.
Although the mesosome in this preparation is not in a good position
to permit a conclusive judgment, it appears to belong to an inter-
grading form between spegazzinii and falco, close to the so-called
‘“ntermediate’’ type illustrated by Kumm and Cerqueira (1951)
from areas of intergradation in Brazil.
3) Kumm ef al. (loc. cit.) in the same paper in which they de-
scribed H. spegazzinii falco from Colombia stated: ‘‘the name jan-
thinomys becomes a synonym of H. spegazzinii, as material obtained
from the type area of spegazzinii, near Ledesma, Argentina, is the
same as that from the island of Trinidad, B.W.I., the type locality of
janthinomys.’’ This statement shows rather convincingly that these
authors had material from Trinidad, as well as from Argentina, in
front of them at the time they described falco, and found that speci-
mens from Trinidad (janthinomys) were closer to type material of
spegazzinui than to their new form.
4) The terminalia of 10 specimens of ‘‘janthinomys’’ from Trini-
122 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957
dad in the collection of the Gorgas Memorial Laboratory have been
dissected by the author and the mesosome mounted in lateral view.
These specimens all show some degree of intergradation between
spegazzinu and falco, but appear to be much closer to the former than
to the latter (see photomicrographs).
5) More than a hundred mesosomes of males from Honduras,
Nicaragua, Costa Rica and Panama examined by the author appear
identical with material from Colombia (falco) and differ from the
mesosomes of males from Trinidad (janthinomys. )
6) In mapping out the distribution of spegazzinu and falco, Kamm
and Cerqueira (loc. cit.) show that while spegazzinu is quite abundant
alone the northeastern coast of Brazil, being found all the way up
into the State of Amapa along the border with French Guiana, falco
is not coastal at all but ranges throughout the northwestern corner
of Brazil. Specimens from the island of Trinidad would be logically
expected to fall closer to spegazzinu, the common form along the
Atlantic littoral of northern Brazil, rather than to falco which is more
Andean in distribution.
From these observations the author concludes that typical falco
extends from northwestern Brazil and adjoining territories in Ecua-
dor and Pern, through Western Venezuela and Colombia as far north
as the north coast of Honduras. True spegazziniw occurs from north-
ern Argentina and Bolivia, across eastern Brazil to French Guiana.
The area of north-central Brazil, most of the Guianas, part of Vene-
zuela, and the island of Trinidad (type locality of janthinomys) form
a large intergrading zone where mesosomes of intermediate type are
found, which neither correspond to typical spegazzimiw nor to typical
falco. Since the form janthinomys falls in this category, but appears
closer to the former than to the latter, the author feels that there is
no justification for sinking H. spegazzinu falco Kumm et al., 1946,
in the synonymy of H. janthinomys Dyar, 1921, and suggests that the
latter be maintained in the synonymy of H. spegazziniw spegazzinu
Brethes, 1912, as proposed by Kumm et al. (loc. cit.), and that falco
be considered a valid name to designate a northern and western
geographical race of spegazzini.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE
Fig. A, H. spegazzinii spegazzinii. Mesosome of a male from ‘‘Rio de Janeiro,
Brazil (without date) J. Lane’’; fig. B, H. janthinomys. Mesosome of a male
from ‘‘St.. Pat’s; Arima, Trinidad, (8-1'5)-112-54. “D. ie iG.) 2Antkensa2 es eNiote
similarity with mesosome shown in figure A); fig. C, H. janthinomys. Mesosome
of a male from Tabaquite, Trinidad, (8-13)-1-55. UT. HM. G. Aitken’? fics:
H. spegazzinii falco. Mesosome of a male from ‘‘Choreha, Chiriqui, Panama,
5-6-50. P. Galindo.’’ (Note differences with figures B and C); fig. E, H. spegaz-
zinii falco. Mesosome of a male from ‘‘Rio Mesapa, El Negrito, Department of
Yoro, Honduras, 4-9-54. P. Orjuela. (Northernmost specimen of the species thus
far collected).
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957
124 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957
REFERENCES
Cerqueira, N. L., 1943. Algumas espécies novas da Bolivia, e referencia a tres
espécies de Haemagogus. Mem. Inst. Oswaldo Cruz 39: 1-14.
Kumm, H. W., and Cerqueira, N. L. 1951. The Haemagogus mosquitoes of Brazil.
Bul. Ent. Res. 42: 169-181.
Kumm, H. W., Osorno-Mesa, E., and Boshell-Manrique, J. 1946. Studies on
mosquitoes of the genus Haemagogus in Colombia. Amer. Jour. Hyg. 43:
13-28.
Levi-Castillo, R. 1956. A systematic note on Haemagogus spegazzinii Brethes,
1912. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 58: 345-347.
INSECTS OF MICRONESIA, HOMOPTERA: FULGOROIDEA
by R. G. Fennah. Paper. Bernice P. Bishop Museum, Insects of Micronesia
6(3):[39]-211, 64 figs. Price $3.00.
This work will be an indispensable tool for specialists working in Fulgoroidea
of the included Pacific area for many years to come. The introduction includes
a resume of the distribution of the 54 genera and 135 species known from
Micronesia, a reasonable discussion of the probable sources of the Micronesian
fauna in the groups studied by the author, and a charmingly frank account of
the interpretation placed on degrees of morphological differences in the case of
groups below the genus category. The last appeared quite reasonable to the
reviewer and undoubtedly it will appear so to others engaged in taxonomy in
the seclusion of a laboratory where, like Fennah’s, their evaluation of categories
must rest on an appraisal of degrees of morphological differences, although ‘‘it
is fully realized how poor an alternative such assessment must be for actual
experimental investigation. ’’
Although the work lacks keys in some groups (e.g., Myndus with 18 forms),
the included keys offer bonuses in several instances, in that they include more
than the area under treatment: the key to families is for the world, the generic
key of Cixiidae ineludes the Philippine Islands and Australasia, and the latter
area is included also in the generie keys of Delphacidae and Derbidae.
A minor weakness, but one worthy of comment because it occurs so commonly
in works in Homoptera, is associated with Fennah’s treatment of the subgenus
Sogatella which in this and one previous work he has discussed clearly enough
to make it obvious that several Western Hemisphere taxa should be included in
the concept. One cannot doubt that the author was well aware of this, yet he
failed to mention the forms by name. If other specialists, in making identifica-
tions (for field workers, for example) of the Western Hemisphere taxa place
them in Sogatella, the publication of the new combination may, as a result,
occur in some obscure organ not readily available to those who catalogue tax-
onomic¢ literature. If the identifier purposely avoids this pitfall, and uses the
older combination, he is placed in the position of delaying taxonomic progress.
The reviewer subscribes to the opinion that it would have been preferable for
Fennah to list by name all of the taxa he felt should be placed in his category
Sogatella.
The descriptions are well written and the illustrations excellent and well
arranged.—Davip A. Youne, JR., Entomology Research Branch, U. S. Depart-
ment of Agriculture.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 125
THREE NEW SPECIES OF LIPOSCELIS (=TROCTES) (PSOCOPTERA)
FROM TEXAS
KATHRYN M. SOMMERMAN, Arctic Health Research Center, Public Health Service,
Department of Health, Education, and Wetlfare, Anchorage, Alaska
These descriptions have been withdrawn from a comprehensive
paper in preparation, which treats of the Liposcelidae, so that pub-
lished records of the psocids taken in Texas by Dr. A. B. Gurney in
the fall of 1951 may be complete. The terminology used here, for
the most part, follows that proposed by Mr. J. V. Pearman in his
1946 and 1951 papers. I am also greatly indebted to Mr. Pearman
for numerous sketches and personal correspondence that were of tre-
mendous help to me in getting acquainted with the book-lhce. Dr. E.
Broadhead contributed specimens of many of the species he has reared,
and Dr. Gurney kindly lent his Texas collections for study. It is a
pleasure to express my gratitude for the kind and generous assistance
received from these three fellow-workers.
When standard ‘‘permanent’’ mounting media, such as balsam,
Euparal, and Hoyer’s, are used for book-lice there is a considerable
decrease in visibility of the sculpturing on the integument, which
often results in a complete loss of detail, especially after a lapse of
time. Therefore these specimens were cleared in warm NaOH or
KOH solution, then rinsed in water, and studied in temporary water-
mounts containing a tiny bit of detergent to facilitate handling.
Slight underclearing is recommended. Normal clearing, as for per-
manent mounts or overclearing, makes the specimens more difficult
to find and to handle. After study the specimens were returned to
alcohol. Upon contact with alcohol the partially dissolved contents
of these undercleared specimens coagulate, so it may be necessary to
transfer the specimen momentarily to KOH upon future examination
to make it translucent again.
The measurements apply to cleared specimens in water-mounts,
which are neither swollen nor shrunken because the gut ruptures when
the specimen is rinsed and in so doing the psocid relaxes to normal
size. The color descriptions refer to uncleared alcoholic specimens. In
general there is a slight but progressive change in the sculpturing
on the abdominal terga from ITI-IX. In an attempt to standardize
comparisons the sculpturing on terga II and III is described for each
species. It might be well to stress that ‘‘tergum I,’’ as used here,
is composed of what appear to be two terga (I and II of Broadhead),
each of which is further subdivided into an anterior and a posterior
strip. This composite tergum I contains only two rows of setae, the
same as each following tergum, when the setae are arranged in rows.
M: d(orsal) on tergum VII refers to the seta behind the spiracle.
Liposcelis lacinia n. sp.
(Figs. 1 and 2)
On the basis of color this species superficially resembles the species in the
126 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957
bostrychophilus complex, but differs from them and all other known species in
the shape of the lacinia and in the combination of setation and sculpturing of
the head, thorax, and abdomen, as well as abdominal infuscation.
Female.—Length 1.0 mm. Color dorsally agaist black background, almost
uniformly light brown, exclusive of eyes.
Head: Proportions, length and width equal. Dorsally—Setae not dense, distance
between them 1 to 2 times their length or 2 to 4 times width of areoles. Sculptur-
ing areolate, imbricate; areoles ridge-marginate, 2 to 4 times longer than wide
(the narrow ones toward mesal part of head) with 1 to 3 distinct nodules across
width. Epicranial suture and arms indistinet. Eyes with 7 facets. Third antennal
segment with approximately 16 rings. Ventrally—Prongs of lacinae incised and
widely divergent (Fig. 1).
FIGS. 1-7 VENTRAL VIEW
2 STEM OF LEFT
| LACINIAE
GONAPOPHYSES
LIPOSCELIS LACINIA N. SP
3 LACINIAE 4 STEM OF LEFT 5° T=SCUERITE
GONAPOPHYSES
LIPOSCELIS DELTA-CHI N.SP
K
cl
7 STEM OF LEFT
6 LACINIAE
GONAPOPHYSES
LIPOSCELIS NASUS N.SP
2
Thorax: Each lateral lobe of prothorax with long humeral seta plus 2 to 3
short setae usually posteriorly. Mesothorax with interrupted median internal
thickening, lacking arched lateral thickenings, only 2 setae along each indistinct
arch where lateral thickenings would be if present. Seculpturing on metathorax
areolate, imbricate; areoles ridge-marginate, a few containing distinet modules.
On anterior half of prothoracie sternum 3 long setae (median one slightly
shorter), none posteriorly. On mesosternum 8 long setae in row anteriorly.
Abdomen: Infuseation of terga II and III diffuse, sculpturing behind each
posterior row of setae similar to that anteriorly, and with very narrow but distinct
linear intersegmental membrane between terga. Terga IV-VI with slightly paler
band of sculpturing behind posterior row of setae. Pale median lineation on
anterior margin of terga III-VII. Seulpturing of terga IJ and III areolate, not
interrupted medianly; areoles long and narrow, about 5 to 7 times longer than
wide, with margins ridged; areoles containing distinct modules, usually only 1
nodule across width of areole. Setae tending toward arrangement in 2 rows
PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 127
across each of terga II-V, thereafter scattered; on tergum VIII density of un-
named setae similar to head. On terga VII, M: d,v both short; VIII, M: d
short, v long, L short (not identifiable), stem of gonapophyses long, slender,
bifid (Fig. 2), T-sclerite normal; IX, M: d,v subequal, D present, 8 setae in
apical row between marginals; epiproct, 2 longest setae in second row.
Male.—Unknown.
Holotype, cleared female in alcohol, Kerrville, Tex., Sept. 20, 1951,
under sycamore bark on tree trunks beside river, A. B. Gurney. De-
posited in U. S. National Museum.
Liposcelis delta-chi n. sp.
(Figs. 3 to 5)
This species is most closely related to entomophilus (Endl. 1907)
but can be distinguished readily from it by the darker color and
different color pattern, and by the shape and conspicuous brown color
of the T-sclerite and stem of the gonapophyses.
Female: length 1.4 mm. Color dorsally against black background—head,
femora and anterior three-fourths of abdomen light yellow-brown, thorax light
brown, tip of abdomen brown; indefinite lateral fuscous patches on abdominal
terga becoming progressively larger posteriorly. Ventrally—part of paraprocts,
stem of gonapophyses, and T-sclerite conspicuous brown.
Head: Proportions, length to width at 25 to 24. Dorsally—Setae dense, dis-
tance between them 1% to 1 times their length or 1 to 4 times width of areoles.
Sculpturing areolate, imbricate; areoles delicately ridge-marginate and narrow,
especially toward middle of head, those near eyes more boldly ridge-marginate
and wider; areoles for most part with extremely fine pin-point nodules, too fine to
count, but a few toward middle of head and near eyes with large, distinct nodules;
areoles 2 to 5 times longer than wide. Epicranial suture and arms distinct, suture
with internal thickening posteriorly. Eyes with 8 facets. Third antennal seg-
ment with approximately 20 rings. Ventrally—Prongs of laciniae stubby (Fig. 3).
Thorax: Each lateral lobe of prothorax with long humeral seta plus 2 to 3
slightly shorter setae on anterior margin, and 3 to 5 shorter setae posteriorly.
Mesothorax with distinet median internal thickening with adjoiming arched lateral
thickenings having 5 setae, including 1 mesally, along each lateral arch. Sculp-
turing on metathorax areolate, areoles nodule-marginate and containing distinct
nodules. On anterior half of prothoracie sternum, 6 to 7 long setae in arched
row, the posterior ones longest, none isolated on posterior half. On mesosternum,
8 to 9 setae in row anteriorly.
Abdomen: Infuscation of terga II and III diffuse, with very narrow but dis-
tinct linear intersegmental membrane between terga; terga V-VI with paler band
of sculpturing posteriorly. Bold median lineations on anterior margin of terga
TI-VIJ. Sculpturing on terga II and III non-areolate but distinctly nodulate,
suggestive of patterned stippling. Unnamed setae on tergum VIII truneate,
numerous and scattered, as dense as setation on head. On terga VII, M: d, v
long, subequal, but not so long as VIII M: VIII, M: 4, v long, subequal, L
present, stem of gonapophyses extremely short and stout, wider than long, bifid,
128 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957
(Fig. 4), T-selerite (Fig. 5); IX, M: d, v subequal, D present; epiproct, 2
longest setae in second row.
Male.—Unknown.
Holotype, uncleared female in alcohol, Garner State Park, Texas,
Sept. 22, 1951, beating mesquite with air plants on twigs, A. B.
Gurney. Paratype, cleared female in alcohol, same data. Both speei-
mens deposited in USNM.
The name refers to the conspicuous brown T-sclerite and stem of
the gonapophyses, the first being somewhat deltoid in shape and the
latter suggestive of the Greek letter “X”’.
Liposcelis nasus n. sp.
(Figs. 6 and 7)
This species is perhaps most closely (but rather remotely) related
to hirsutus Badonnel 1948 from which it differs in many ways, the
most conspicuous being color and color pattern, and seulpturine of
the head.
Female.—Length 1.4 mm. Color dorsally against black background yellow-
buff; indefinite fusecous patch (pigment granules) antero-mesad of each eye
and at tip of second antennal segment; labrum and anterior part of clypeus
brown gradually fading to yellow-buff at vertex of head; terminal part of abdo-
men pale.
Head: Proportions, length to width as 22 to 20. Dorsally—Setae not dense,
distance between them equal to their length. Seulpturing areolate, imbricate;
areoles ridge-marginate (some fused nodule-marginate), areoles containing 1 to 2
small nodules across width; areoles 3 to 8 times longer than wide, narrow ones
toward middle of head. Epicranial suture indistinet. Eyes with 8 facets. Third
antennal segment with approximately 14 rings. Ventrally—Prongs of laciniae
normal (Fig. 6).
Thorax: Each lateral lobe of prothorax with long humeral seta plus 2 shorter
setae on anterior margin and 3 to 4 posteriorly. Mesothorax with short median
internal thickening, lacking arched lateral thickenings. Sculpturing on meta-
thorax nonareolate but distinetly nodulate, suggestive of patterned stippling.
On anterior half of prothoracic sternum 4 to 5 long setae, none on posterior half.
On mesosternum 8 to 9 long setae in row anteriorly, lateral ones longest.
Abdomen: Infuscation on terga IJ and IIT diffuse, with very narrow but dis-
tinet linear intersegmental membrane between terga. Terga IV-VI lacking obvious
pale band of sculpturing posteriorly. Seulpturing on terga II and III nonareolate
but distinctly nodulate, suggestive of patterned stippling, not interrupted medianly.
No median lineations or heavy infuscation on anterior margin of terga II-VII.
Two longer setae near mid-line on terga VII, VIII and IX. Unnamed setae on
tergum VIII not so dense as on head. On terga VII, M: d short, v long, but
not so long as VIII M; VIII, M: d, v long, subequal, L short (not identifiable),
stem of gonapophyses very wide, delicate, bifid (Fig. 7), T-sclerite normal; IX,
M: d, v subequal, D present; epiproct, 2 longest setae in second row.
PROC. ENT. SOC, WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 129
Male.—Length 0.8 mm. Differs from female as follows: Fuscous markings
much less conspicuous.
Head: Proportions, length to width as 16 to 15. Eyes with 5 facets. Lacinia
similar to female but more delicate.
Thorax: Each lateral lobe of prothorax with long humeral seta plus 1 slightly
shorter seta on anterior margin and 2 shorter ones posteriorly. On anterior half
of prothoracic sternum 4 long setae, none posteriorly. On mesosternum 6 long
setae in row anteriorly.
Holotype, uncleared female in alcohol, Mission, Tex., Sept. 30,
1951, beating Fan palm leaves, A. B. Gurney. Allotype, same data.
Paratypes, 21 females (3 cleared) same data. All deposited in U. 8.
National Museum excepting 1 uncleared and 2 cleared paratypes,
which are in my collection. Additional Texas records taken by A. B.
Gurney in 1951 include: 2 mutilated females, same data as holotype ;
Mission, Bentson State Park, Sept. 28, beating mesquite, ?° ; Mission,
Sept. 30, beating ebony bushes on pasture land, @ ; Weslaco, Oct. 1,
beating dead leaves on palm trees, 3, 8 2; 5S. of Brownsville, Rabb
Palm Grove, Oct. 3, beating dead palm leaves, 3, 2 9; 9 mi. N. of
Brownsville, Olmita Resaca, Oct. 4, beating palms and palmettos ¢,
75 he
REFERENCES
Broadhead, E. 1950. A revision of the genus Liposcelis Motschulsky with notes
on the position of this genus in the order Corrodentia and on the variability
of ten Liposcelis species. Trans. Roy. Ent. Soc. Lond. 101(10): 335-388.
Pearman, J. V. 1946. A_ specific characterization of Liposcelis divinatorius
(Mueller) and mendaxz sp. n. (Psocoptera). Entomologist 79: 235-244.
, 1951. Additional species of British Psocoptera. Ent. Monthly Mag.
87: 84-89.
ASHMEAD’S METEORIDEA
(HYMENOPTERA: BRACONIDAE)
R. D. SHENEFELT, University of Wisconsin, Madison, and C. F. W. MUESEBECK,
United States National Museum, Washington, D. C.
In 1900 Ashmead (Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 23: 128, 129) briefly
characterized the genus Meteoridea in his key to the Microdini. The
description as extracted from the key is as follows:
“¢First cubital and first discoidal cells separated; areolet wider than long,
trapezoidal; first abscissa of the radius thrice as long as the second; marginal
cell very wide; maxillary palpi 5-jointed; abdomen narrow, subcompressed and
acute at apex, the first segment long, petioliform, coarsely rugulose, the sides
parallel.
Meteoridea Ashmead, new genus
(Type, Meteoridea longiventris Ashmead, manuscript.) ’’
Szepligeti (1904, Genera Insectorum, fase. 22:100) repeated Ash-
mead’s description and placed the genus in the Agathidinae. Muese-
130 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957
beck and Walkley (1951, 7n Muesebeck et al, U. S. Dept. Agr., Agr.
Monog. No. 2, p. 109) transferred Meteoridea to the Diospilini. Mean-
while, Nixon (1941, Bull. Ent. Res. 32 :98-101) described from Ceylon
a monobasic diospiline genus which he named Benama (type, B.
hutson Nixon). In this paper Nixon described in some detail the
unusual modification of the female abdomen. In 1949 Granger (Mém.
Inst. Sci. Madagascar, A 2 :361-363) described two additional species
in Benama from Madagascar.
Since, in our opinion, Benama is clearly the same as Meteoridea, and
since two new species have been discovered, one from the United States
and one from Japan, it seems desirable that Meteoridea be redeseribed
and that the type species be described in more detail. The two new
species will also be described.
METEORIDEA Ashmead
Meteoridea Ashmead, 1900. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 23: 129.
Type: M. longiventris Ashmead, by monotypy and original designation.
Benama Nixon, 1941. Bull. Ent. Res. 32: 98. New synonymy.
Type: B. hutsoni Nixon, by monotypy and original designation.
Nixon’s excellent description of the type of Benama leaves no doubt
that this species belones in Meteoridea, a genus he did not know since
it had been inadequately described and had been incorrectly placed by
its author in the Agathidinae. Following is a summary of what seem
to be the significant distinguishing characters of Meteoridea:
Head carinately margined behind; eyes bare; clypeus separated from face by a
distinct groove; maxillary palpi 6-segmented; labial palpi 4-segmented; an-
tennae slender, filiform. Notaulices complete, well impressed, not meeting be-
hind; prepectus strongly carinately margined; legs slender, calearia of hind
tibia very short and inconspicuous, tarsal claws simple; anterior wing with three
cubital cells, the second subquadrate or subtrapezoidal, the first cubital and
first discoidal cells separated. Abdomen narrowly sessile, strongly compressed
apically in the female; spiracles of second and third segments situated on the
sides, far below the acute lateral margins of the tergites; ovipositor sheath
subexserted.
Meteorus longiventris Ashmead
Meteoridea longiventris Ashmead, 1900. Proc. U. 8S. Nat. Mus. 23: 129; Szepligeti,
1904. Genera Insectorum, fase. 22: 100; Muesebeck and Walkley, 1951. In
Muesebeck et al., U. S. Dept. Agr., Agr. Monog. No. 2, p. 109.
The following redescription is based on Ashmead’s type and one
additional female specimen that was collected at light by R. A. Morse,
April 19, 1955, in Alachua County, Florida.
Female.—Length about 4.2 mm. Head and thorax honey-yellow; antennae yel-
low basally, darkened apically; wings clear hyaline, stigma hyaline, veins in
middle of anterior wing yellowish brown; legs entirely pale yellow; abdomen red-
dish yellow, with first and second tergites more or less piceous.
Head a little wider than thorax, smooth and polished; temple narrow, receding,
not more than one third as wide as eye; eyes very large; malar space exceedingly
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 13]
short, almost absent; clypeus with anterior margin sinuate and somewhat elevated ;
antennae broken in type, nearly as long as the body and 26-segmented in the other
specimen.
Notaulices sharply, deeply impressed, foveolate; mesonotal lobes and dise of
scutellum perfectly smooth and polished; mesopleuron with a broad, rugulose
longitudinal impression below; propodeum rugose reticulate; radius arising from
slightly behind middle of stigma; first discoidal cell sessile or subsessile; first
abscissa of radius twice as long as second and subequal with first intereubitus;
recurrent vein entering first cubital cell; nervellus nearly perpendicular to anterior
margin of hind wing and weakly angled or curved near middle.
Abdomen much narrower than thorax; first tergite finely, longitudinally rugu-
lose, more than three times as long as broad at base and one and one-half times
as broad at apex as at base, and with a large, deep fossa at base on each side;
suturiform articulation very fine but distinct; second and following tergites
smooth and polished.
Meteoridea compressiventris, new species
@hicssie 2; 3,4)
Differs from the genotype and only other North American species
in numerous details but especially in its piceous head, largely dark
stigma, strongly petiolate first discoidal cell, and outwardly directed
nervellus.
Female.
Length 4.7 to 5.4 mm. Head piceous; basal half of mandible tan;
palpi yellowish tan; antenna fuscous, with scape and pedicel testaceous; thorax
largely light fuscous, propodeum a little darker than remainder; tegulae yellow;
legs testaceous; abdomen with first tergite and lateral margins of conjoined sec-
ond and third tergites brownish, otherwise testaceous, becoming paler ventrally
and apically; wings hyaline, veins brownish, stigma brown with basal third pale.
Head about twice as wide as long, broader than thorax, smooth and shining;
eyes large; malar space less than half as long as elypeus; face 1.5 times as wide
at lower edges of antennal sockets as deep from this line to clypeal suture, a little
swollen below antennae; clypeus three times as wide as deep, its apical margin
nearly straight but with a weak projection centrally; ocelli large, greatest diame-
ter of a lateral ocellus equal to length of pedicel and nearly as long as ocell-ocular
line; antennae nearly as long as body, with 30 segments in type and 28 in one
paratype; pedicel two-thirds as long as scape; first flagellar segment slightly
longer than scape and pedicel combined; genae, temples, basal two-thirds of man-
dibles; apex of labrum, clypeus, vertex, and face with scattered yellowish hairs,
which are absent on a shining depressed area above antennae.
Pronotum coarsely crenulate in depressed area on side; mesonotum shining, with
minute punctures which are numerous on middle lobe and scattered on lateral
lobes; notaulices deep, complete but not meeting posteriorly, foveolate, a rugu-
lose area between their posterior ends; prescutullar fovea two-thirds as long as
dise of scutellum, divided into two parts by a median carina; disc of scutellum
convex, virtually smooth; propodeum largely covered with irregular reticulations
but with two large, nearly semicircular, basal areas smooth and polished; pro-
podeal spiracles small, circular in outline; mesopleuron largely smooth, a little
roughened next to prepectal carina and metapleuron; mesopleural furrow foveolate
132 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957
Meteoridea compressiventris, female: Fig. 1, Dorsal aspect; fig. 2, lateral as-
pect; fig. 3, anterior view of head; fig. 4, wings. Meteoridea japonensis, female:
fig. 5, outline of clypeus.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 13:
posteriorly, rugulose anteriorly; legs moderately slender; radius arising from a
little beyond middle of stigma; first abscissa of radius 0.8 the length of second;
second cubital cell much narrower above than below; first discoidal cell strongly
petiolate, the petiole one-third the length of the free portion of first abscissa of
cubitus; recurrent vein entering first cubital cell; hairs on submedian and second
discoidal cells a little Jonger and denser than elsewhere; nervellus strongly
directed outward, angled far below the middle; lower abscissa of basella about
half as long as mediella.
Abdomen long and narrow, five or more times as long as its greatest width,
greatiy compressed apically and with six exposed tergites; first tergite strongly
arched, longitudinally rugulose punctate although with some small transverse rugae
near basal impression, its spiracles small and situated very slightly before the
iniddle; remainder of abdomen smooth and polished, the suturiform articulation
nearly effaced; first tergite about half as wide at apex as long; second one and
”
one-half times as long as wide at base, an oval ‘‘lunula’’ on the side above and
behind the spiracle; terminal segments retractile.
Male.—Unknown.
Type.—u. S. National Museum No. 63094.
Described from three females, all taken by R. D. Shenefelt from
a light trap at Gordon Nursery, Douglas Co., Wis., in 1951. The
holotype was collected June 30; one of the paratypes, collected
June 21, is deposited in the collection of the University of Wisconsin,
the other, taken July 4, is in the collection of R. D. Shenefelt.
Meteoridea japonensis, new species
(Fie. 5)
Meteoridea sp. Haeussler, 1940. U. S. Dept. Agr. Tech. Bull. 728:30.
Superficially very similar to longiventris, but differs in having the
temples broader and more convex, in the first and second abscissae of
radius being subequal, and in the first tergite being parallel-sided
behind the spiracles.
Female.—Length 4 mm. Head yellow; apieal third of mandible piceous; an-
tennae basally unicolorous with face, becoming fuscous beyond basal third;
thorax concolorous with head, the propodeum sometimes slightly darker; legs yel-
low; first tergite brownish yellow and parts of the second and third tergites
also a little darkened, remainder of abdomen concolorous with head and thorax;
wings hyaline, stigma yellowish hyaline edged with brownish.
Head smooth and polished, transverse, broader than thorax; eyes large; malar
space almost absent; face not or only very slightly wider than deep, moderately
swollen below antennae; clypeus about half as deep as broad, the anterior por-
tion reflexed laterally, the anterior margin somewhat sinuate but with a blunt
projection centrally (fig. 5); greatest diameter of a lateral ocellus equal to length
of pedicel but distinctly shorter than ocellocular line; antennae 29-segmented
in the type; first flagellar segment as long as scape and pedicel combined and a
little longer than the second; occipital carina incomplete, narrowly interrupted at
the middle; genae and face with seattered pale hairs that are longest on the
lower portions; basal two-thirds of mandibles, elypeus, and tower part of labrum
with long yellowish hairs.
134 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957
Mesonotum shining, smooth except for small, scattered hair pits; notaulices
deep, foveolate, well separated at posterior ends; prescutellar furrow nearly half
as long as scutellum and divided into two parts by a median longitudinal carina ;
seutellum weakly convex; propodeum with strong carinae separating irregular,
small, more or less roughened areas, a pair of strong carinae diverging slightly
from the center of base of propodeum to posterior face and then diverging
sharply to form a border between the dorsal and posterior faces; propodeal
spiracles small, broadly ovate; mesopleuron shining, with scattered punctures;
mesopleural furrow foveolate, about half as long as mesopleuron; legs slender;
spurs of hind tibia so small as to be barely distinguishable from the hairs; an-
terior wing with radius emerging slightly beyond middle of stigma; first abscissa
of radius as long as the second and shorter than first intercubitus; second
cubital cell subtrapezoidal, its anterior side about two-thirds as long as posterior
side which is subequal to first intereubitus; first discoidal cell sessile; recurrent
vein entering first cubital cell; nervulus postfureal by about its length; nervellus
slightly curved, not distinctly angled; lower abscissa of basella less than one-third
as long as mediella.
Abdomen very narrow, about eight times as long as broad across second tergite,
strongly compressed apically; first tergite in lateral view strongly arched on
basal third, nearly three times as long as broad at apex, the sides nearly parallel
except at base, the surface irregularly longitudinally rugulose, the spiracles at end
of basal third; second tergite twice as long as broad at apex, irregularly and very
weakly longitudinally aciculate, separated from third by a very fine grooved line;
remainder of abdomen smooth and polished.
Male.—lLike the female except in the secondary sexual characters and in the
following additional respects: propodeum and first tergite not darkened; anten-
nae 35-segmented in the allotype; temples somewhat broader; abdomen not com-
pressed; second tergite about as long as broad at apex; third and following ter-
gites combined about as long as first tergite.
Type.—vU. 8S. National Museum No. 63252.
Described from three specimens: the holotype, reared from Grapho-
litha molesta (Busek), August 1, 1933, Mitsuoka, Nagano, Japan; the
allotype, reared from Anacampsis metagramma Meyr., July 22, 1937,
Tsunashima, Kanagawa-kon, Japan, and a female paratype reared
from G. molesta August 16, 1933, Heitaku, Keikido, Chosen. The
paratype has the second tergite smooth and shining.
OTHER SPECIES OF METEORIDEA
The other known species of Meteoridea are the following:
Meteoridea hutsoni (Nixon), new combination.
Benama hutsoni Nixon, 1941. Bull. Ent. Research 82: 98.
Meteoridea infuscata (Granger), new combination.
Benama infuscata Granger, 1949. Mém. Inst. Sci. Madagascar A2: 363.
Meteoridea testacea (Granger), new combination.
Benama testacea Granger, 1949. Mém. Inst. Sci. Madagascar A2Q: 362.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 BY
DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORDS OF NORTH AMERICAN MELOIDAE. I.
(COLEOPTERA )
RicHARD B. SELANDER, Illinois Natural History Survey
The Meloidae described in this paper are additions to the fauna of
the southwestern United States and northern Mexico. I am indebted
to H. B. Leech, A. T. McClay, J. W. MacSwain, F. H. Parker,
P. Vaurie, and F. G. Werner for supplying most of the material upon
which the paper is based.
Pyrota bicurvata, new species
Pyrota virgata |error for divirgata|, Schaeffer, 1905, Mus. Brooklyn Inst. Arts
and Sci., Sei. Bull. 1:177. Misidentification.
Pyrota tenwicostatis, Dillon, 1952, Amer. Midland Nat. 48:360. Misidentifica-
tion, in part.
Yellow-orange, the elytra paler. First two segments of antennae and first three
segments of maxillary palpi orange, the other segments black. Labrum largely or
completely black. Head with one or three black spots on neck, occasionally with
some black on gula, always with a pair of black spots on frontal area between
eyes. Pronotum with a pair of large, black discal spots just behind middle and a
pair of smaller spots on each side, one just anterior to discal spots and the other
on the anterior angle of the pronotum, not quite attaiming the margin; occa-
sionally there are one or more black spots on each of the posterior angles of the
pronotum. Elytra each with a large, oval black scutellar spot and a moderately
broad black discal vitta which, except where it is narrowed to avoid the scutellar
spot, is about one-third the width of the elytron. Fore and middle coxae orange;
hind coxae varying from black tipped with orange to largely orange. Femora
and tibiae cleanly tipped with black. Under surface black with orange markings
of variable extent; in the darkest specimens the margins of the thoracic sclerites,
a broad marginal area of the fifth visible abdominal sternite, and the sixth visible
sternite are orange; in the lightest the thorax is largely orange, the first four
visible sternites are broadly bordered with orange, and both the fifth and sixth
visible sternites are orange. Upper surface subglabrous; under surface sparsely
clothed with short, pale pubescence. Length: 7-17 mm.
Head and pronotum smooth, shiny, with seattered larger punctures and fine,
sparse micropunectures. Pronotum depressed anteriorly, one-fifth to one-fourth
longer than broad. Elytra finely, densely punctate; surface finely granulose, not
at all rugulose, less shiny than head and pronotum, not swollen between costulae.
First segment of middle and hind tarsi with pad (pale pubescence) limited to
apex or absent. Hind tibial spurs thickened and obliquely truncate, the outer
spur heavier; truneature of outer spur usually broadly oval but varying ocea-
sionally to a more elongate and pointed form.
Male.—Antennae with segment II curved in the same direction as I; III
strongly compressed and curved in the opposite direction (fig. 9). Last segment
of maxillary palpi (fig. 1) modified but not greatly enlarged; length equal to
about two-thirds distance between eyes on frontal area; beneath with sensory
surface limited to basal half or less of segment, hardly or not at all concave. Fore
tarsi somewhat expanded but not asymmetrically produced. Sixth visible abdominal
136 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957
sternite with a relatively shallow, broadly triangular emargination;!} membranous
zone large, with much shorter setae along emargination and at center than along
anterior and lateral margins. Genitalia as in figure 5; gonostyli nearly straight;
dorsal hook of aedeagus sharply bent at apex.
Female.—Antennae with segments II and III at least slightly curved but IIT
not compressed. Maxillary palpi and fore tarsi not modified. Sixth visible ab-
cdominal sternite obtusely emarginate, as in figure 7.
Distribution.— Gulf Coast from Texas to eastern San Luis Potosi.
Type Material.—Holotype male and allotype female from [Ciudad |
Victoria, Tamaulipas, May 22, 1952, M. Cazier, W. Gertsch, and
R. Schrammel, in the collection of the American Museum of Natural
History. Paratypes: Nuevo LEON: 1 female, Linares, Sept. 11, 1947,
F. Johnson donor, collectors C. and P. Vaurie; 1 female, Monterrey,
June 15, 1941, H. S. Dybas; 2 females, Vallecillo, June 2-5, 1951, P. D.
Hurd. San Luis Porosi: 1 female, 11 km. E Ciudad de Valles, May
29, 1948, tropical jungle pass, F. Werner and W. Nutting. TAMAULI-
PAS: 6 males, 7 females, eutopotypical; 1 male, Ciudad Victoria,
Sept. 11, 1947, F. Johnson donor, collectors C. and P. Vaurie; 1 male,
Ciudad Victoria, Aug. 19, 1941, H. 8. Dybas; 1 male, 1 female, Aba-
solo, May 17, 1952, M. Cazier, W. Gertsch, and R. Schrammel. TEXAs:
1 male, 3 females, state label only, Aug., 1904; 2 males, 11 females,
Brownsville, May 30 and June 5, 1932, J. O. Martin; 1 male, Edin-
bure, S. Mulaik; 1 female, Edinburg, Hidaleo County, April, 1939,
S. and D. Mulaik; 1 female, Harlingen; 1 female, Hearne, June 7,
1937, K. Maehler ; 1 male, Naval Air Station, Corpus Christi, July 21,
1942, W. M. Gordon; 1 male, 1 female, Weslaco, Sept. 15, 1931,
S. W. Clark. Paratypes in the collections of W. R. Enns, R. B. Se-
lander, F. G. Werner, the American Museum of Natural History, the
California Academy of Sciences, the Illinois Natural History Survey,
and the University of California at Berkeley.
This species appears to be most closely related to divirgata, with
which it has been confused. Although I have not seen the specimens
from Brownsville, Tex., identified as divirgata by Schaeffer, his de-
scription leaves little doubt that they represent bicurvata. Schaeffer’s
record seems to have been the basis for the inclusion of divirgata in
the Leng catalogue. True divirgata is not known to occur north of
Veracruz.
In Dillon’s report on the Meloidae of Texas at least one specimen
of bicurvata (7.e., a male from Edinburg) was recorded under the
name tenwicostatrs. A number of additional specimens studied have
been similarly misidentified by others. The species tenuicostatis ap-
parently occupies the entire range of bicurvata but is known to extend
farther south. I have seen specimens of tenwicostatis from Texas,
Tamaulipas, and Veracruz. The species has been recorded also from
Tabasco.
1Jn dealing with either sex of species of Pyrota it is usually necessary to relax
specimens to determine the true form of this sternite.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 137
Pyrota bicurvata might be confused also with trochanterica, a far-
western species treated below. Pending a much-needed revision of the
genus Pyrota the following key will serve to distinguish bicurvata,
divirgata, tenwicostatis, and trochanterica from one another.
leBasalstwovor three antennal sepments pale eer ee 2
Antennae entirely black...
Y
2. Antennal segment III curved in both sexes, strongly Gouipreaded in male (fig.
9); pronotum with two spots on each side before middle; male with last seg-
ment of maxillary palpi not greatly enlarged, beneath with sensory surface
covering basal half or less (fig. 1); female with sixth visible abdominal
sternite obtusely emarginate (fig. 7) (Texas to San Luis Potosi)
Sy 2 Be Nie EU ba ete 0 1 ee SE Oy Bh oe ee ae oe ee bicurvata Selander
Antennal segment III not modified ; peondtum with at most one spot on each
side before middle; male with last segment of maxillary palpi greatly en-
larged, beneath with sensory surface covering all but apex (fig. 2); female
with sixth visible abdominal sternite triangularly emarginate (Guerrero and
Oaxaca: tomVierackz)) a. ames = sss ot divirgata (Villada and Pefafiel)
Dark orange; elytra weakly costate; male with last segment of maxillary palpi
extremely elongate, scaphiform (fig. 4), first three segments of fore tarsi
strongly produced anteriorly at apex; female with sixth visible abdominal
sternite weakly notched at apex (Texas to Tabasco). tenuicostatis (Duges)
Yellow-orange; elytra not costate; male with last segment of maxillary palpi
pyriform (fig. 3), fore tarsi expanded but not asymmetrically produced; female
with sixth visible abdominal sternite triangularly emarginate (fig. 8) (Baja
California, Sonora, and Arizona) sss SCSstC—ts—‘sSSSCtochannterrica Horn
se)
~~
Pyrota trochanterica Horn
This species has been recorded previously only from the type
locality in Baja California. It is now known from a second locality
in Baja California and has been found also in southern Arizona and
Sonora, where it is represented by a distinct race.
Yellow-orange. Head and pronotum marked with black. Antennae and mavxil-
lary palpi black. Labrum largely or entirely black or brownish. Elytra each with
a large, oval black scutellar spot and a very broad back vitta, which, except where
it is narrowed to avoid the seutellar spot, is at least three-fifths the width of the
elytron. Tarsi black. Under surface black, with at most the margins of the
thoracic sclerites and the hind margin of the abdominal sternites orange; sixth
visible abdominal sternite of female almost always orange at tip. Upper surface
subglabrous; under surface sparsely clothed with short, pale pubescence.
Head and pronotum smooth, shiny, with scattered larger punctures and_ fine
micropunectures. Pronotum depressed anteriorly, one-fifth to nearly one-third
longer than broad. Elytra rather coarsely, very densely punctate; surface finely
granulose, distinctly rugulose, uneven, less shiny than head and pronotum, not
swollen between costulae.
First segment of hind tarsi with pad (pale pubescence) limited to apex. Hind
tibial spurs thickened, obliquely truncate, the outer spur heavier; truncature of
both spurs elongate, pointed.
Male.—Antennae unmodified; segment III as long as or longer than IV, simi-
138 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957
lar to it in shape, not at all expanded or curved. Last segment of maxillary palpi
(fig. 3) modified, greatly enlarged; length nearly or fully equal to distance be-
tween eyes on frontal area; beneath with sensory surface deeply concave, covering
all but apex of segment. Fore tarsi somewhat expanded but not asymmetrically
produced. Fifth visible abdominal sternite noticeably emarginate. Sixth deeply
and acutely emarginate; membranous zone large, with setae of nearly uniform
length. Genitalia as in figure 6, with a fairly wide range of individual variation ;
gonostyli divergent apically, strongly curved dorsad; dorsal hook of aedeagus
slightly hooked at apex.
Female.—Maxillary palpi and fore tarsi not modified. Sixth visible abdominal
sternite triangularly emarginate, as in figure 8.
This species, like bicurvata, seems to be most closely related to
divirgata. Two subspecies of trochanterica may be recognized, as
follows.
Pyrota trochanterica trochanterica Horn
Pyrota trochanterica Horn, 1894, Proce. Calif. Acad. Sei. (2)4:439.
More heavily marked with black than t. werneri. Neck, occiput, and gula black;
vertex usually with black markings at sides, these often fusing with occipital
marking; frontal area with a heavy spot, usually touching eyes and extending to
lower margin of frontal area. Pronotum with a basie pattern of a pair of discal
spots and a spot on each side anterior to the discal spots, but the pattern is
masked to a greater or lesser extent by fusion of the spots; black markings reach-
ing basal margin of pronotum. Seutellar spot and vitta of each elytron narrowly
separated or fused. Femora black. Tibiae black for apical third (oceasionally
entirely black). Abdomen, except, usually, tip of sixth visible sternite of female,
black. Length: 8-19 mm.
Male.—Fore tarsi more strongly expanded than in ft. werneri.
Distribution. Cape region of Baja California.
Records.—Baja California Sur: 10 mi. NW La Paz, Oct. 6, 1941,
Ross and Bohart, 17; Sierra El Chinehe, 2 (Horn type material).
Type Locality.—Sierra El] Chinche, Baja California Sur. The type
locality is a small mountain range about 10 miles north of San Lueas,
Baja California Sur, at approximately 23°N-110°W (see Michel-
bacher and Ross, 1942, Proce. Calif. Acad. Sei., (4)24(1), pl. 3).
The frontal black mark is reduced in 6 of the 19 specimens studied
to the small spot or pair of spots found in some ¢t. wernert. The pro-
notal spots are fused on each side in all but 3 specimens and in these
the lateral spots extend to the basal margin of the pronotum. In the
EXPLANATION OF FIGURES
Species of Pyrota as labeled.—Figs. 1 to 4, Right maxillary palpus of males,
dorsal view (broken line indicates extent of ventral sensory surface); figs. 5 and
6, male genitalia, ventral and lateral views of gonoforceps, and lateral view of
aedeagus; figs. 7 and 8, sixth visible abdominal sternite of females; fig. 9, basal
antennal segments of male, lateral and dorsal views. Localities for specimens
figured: P. bicurvata, Ciudad Victoria, Tamaulipas; divirgata, Mexeala, Guerrero;
tenuicostatis, Laredo, Tex.; trochanterica, Tueson, Ariz., (figs. 3 and 8) and 10 mi.
NW La Paz, Baja California Sur (fig. 6).
23 Nh OA 7 20
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 139
BICURVATA
TROCHANTERICA TENUICOSTATIS
TROCHANTERICA
5 BICURVATA
=
TROCHANTERICA BICURVATA
140 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957
most heavily marked specimens all but the midline of the pronotum
is black. The seutellar spots are fused to the elytral vittae in 6 speci-
mens.
The original description of trochanterica was based on specimens
from the collection of the California Academy of Sciences. Material
returned to the Academy by Horn consists of 2 female syntypes. From
this material I hereby designate as the lectotype of trochanterica the
specimen labeled as follows: Sierra El Chinche, Horn type, No. 164B,
10.744, Lectotype trochanterica |Van Duzee’s unpublished designa-
tion (Leech, in litt.) ], Type No. 158.
Pyrota trochanterica werneri, new subspecies
Less heavily marked with black than f¢. trochanterica. Dorsal black marking
of head reduced, confined largely or entirely to neck, usually divided to form
three spots; sides of vertex unmarked; frontal area immaculate or with a small
spot or pair of spots between eyes. Pronotum with a pair of discal spots behind
middle and usually a smaller spot on each side just anterior to discal spots; spots
well separated, not approaching basal margin of pronotum. Scutellar spot and
vitta of each elytron well separated. Femora and tibiae orange tipped with black.
Hind margin of abdominal sternites occasionally orange. Length: 7-17 mm.
Male.—Fore tarsi less strongly expanded than in ¢. trochanterica.
Distribution.—Southern Arizona to Guaymas, Sonora. In all prob-
ability the range of ¢. werner is continuous through northern Sonora.
The existence of a contact with the range of ¢. trochanterica seems 1m-
probable.
Type Material.—Holotype male and allotype female from Guaymas,
Sonora, Aug. 5, 1940, R. P. Allen, in the collection of the California
Academy of Sciences, Paratypes: Sonora: 1 female, Empalme, Aug.
6, 1940, R. P. Allen; 4 males, eutopotypical; 1 male, 1 female, Guay-
mas, Aug. 28, 1955, Z. B. Noon, Jr. [taken at light (Werner, on lit.) |.
Additional Material—ARrizona: Organ Pipe Cactus National Monu-
ment, Pima County, Aug. 6, 1955, F. G. Werner and G. D. Butler, 1;
Thatcher, Aug. 13 and 16, 1950, E. J. Taylor, 2; Thatcher, Aug. 18,
1951, W. Taylor, 1; Tucson, Aug. 1, 1937, F. H. Parkers itweson:
Oct. 1, 19382, F. H. Parker, 1; Tucson, Sept., 1948, V. G. Cochran,
1; Tucson Mountains (Desert Museum), Aug. 12, 1955, light trap,
G. Butler and F. Werner, 7. Paratypes and other material in the
collections of F. H. Parker, R. B. Selander, F. G. Werner, the Cali-
fornia Academy of Sciences, the University of Arizona, and the Uni-
versity of California at Davis.
All specimens from Sonora are typical, as described above. Speci-
mens from Arizona differ consistently in that the black femoral mark-
ing is more extensive, especially on the posterior surface and dorsal
edge, covering as much as half the surface area of the segment. This
condition presumably reflects the influence of ¢t. trochanterica on the
population in Arizona, but if such is the case, it is unusual that sam-
ples of the population are, on the average, no more heavily marked
with black on the head and body than material from Sonora. AI-
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 141
though perhaps entitled to subspecific status separately, the popula-
tion in Arizona is for the present assigned to ¢. werneri.
Lytta arizonica, new species
Closely related to mirifica Werner, from which it differs as follows:
Head black, suffused with dark orange or piceous on frontal area. Pronotum
yellow-orange, transversely oval in shape, proportionately broader (except in 1
specimen), averaging (13 specimens) 0.15 (0.11-0.22) broader than long; sides
more evenly rounded, especially from middle to apex. Apex of scutellum broader,
pale in color. Elytra strongly, rather finely reticulate, all or nearly all cells less
than 0.5 mm. in diameter. In arizonica the elytral reticulations are nearly as fine
as in deserticola Horn; in mirifica they are as coarse as in reticulata Say. Imme-
diate base of elytra sometimes washed with orange. Wings uniformly dark brown.
Length: 13-20 mm.
Male.—Genitalia with fused gonocoxites (basal piece) generally slightly shorter
and more truneate.
Type Material—Holotype male and allotype female from Littlefield,
Arizona, April 20, 1930, W. J. Gertsch, in the collection of the Ameri-
can Museum of Natural History. Paratypes: 11 (male and female),
eutopotypical. Paratypes in the collections of R. B. Selander, F. G.
Werner, and the American Museum of Natural History.
The type locality of arizonica is in the Valley of the Virgin River
in the northwestern corner of Arizona; mirifica is known only from its
type locality at Anthony, New Mexico. Both species appear to be ex-
tremely rare.
(Date of publication, Vol. 59, No. 2, was May 8, 1957.)
NEW AMMUNITION ?
Search for improved insecticides and fumigants
gets high priority at DiaMonp’s enlarged
Research Center. Increasing sales of our own
products give evidence of this interest. We
welcome requests for cooperation on research
and development projects.
DIAMOND ALKALI
$ COMPANY
Cleveland 14, Ohio
142 PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957
A Cyanamid Report
Resistance
Resistance to chlorinated hydrocarbon type
insecticides has been proven or suspected in:
cockroaches house flies
mosquitoes flea beetles
Colorado potato beetle cotton boll weevil
dog and cat fleas body lice
bed bugs lygus bugs
codling moth cotton leaf worm
leafhoppers dog ticks
Many researchers have found malathion to be
a capable replacement for the chlorinated
hydrocarbons and have made recommendations
for its use. If you have a ‘‘resistance’’ problem
in your area, you might well consider malathion
for your 1957 research schedule.
Developers and producers of malathion and parathion
Write for AMERICAN CYANAMID COMPANY
particular Agricultural Chemicals Division
technical Insecticide Research
information 30 Rockefeller Plaza, N. Y. 20, N. Y.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 143
3 GREAT
INSECTICIDES
CONTROL THESE INSECTS
CHLORDANE: Ants, Armyworms, Blister Beetles, Boxelder Bug, Brown Dog Tick,
Cabbage Maggot, Carpet Beetles, Cattle Lice, Chiggers, Cockroaches, Crickets,
Cutworms, Darkling Beetles, Dog Mange, Earwigs, Fleas, Flies, Grasshoppers,
Household Spiders, Japanese Beetle Larvae, Lawn Moths, Lygus Bugs, Mole
Crickets, Mosquitoes, Onion Maggot, Onion Thrips, Plum Curculio, Sarcoptic
Mange, Seed Corn Maggot, Sheep Ked, Silverfish, Sod Webworms, Southern
Corn Rootworm, Strawberry Crown Borer, Strawberry Root Weevils, Sweet
Clover Weevil, Tarnished Plant Bug, Termites, Ticks, Wasps, White Grubs,
Wireworms...and many others.
HEPTACHLOR: Alfalfa Snout Beetle, Alfalfa Weevil, Ants, Argentine Ant, Army-
worms, Asiatic Garden Beetle Larvae, Black Vine Weevil, Root Maggots, Clover
Root Borer, Colorado Potato Beetle, Corn Rootworms, Cotton Boll Weevil,
Cotton Fleahopper, Cotton Thrips, Crickets, Cutworms, Egyptian Alfalfa Weevil,
European Chafer, Eye Gnats, False Wireworms, Flea Beetles, Garden Web-
worm, Grasshoppers, Japanese Beetle, Leaf Miners, Lygus Bugs, Mormon
Cricket, Mosquitoes, Narcissus Bulb Fly, Onion Maggot, Onion Thrips, Rapid
Plant Bug, Rice Leaf Miner, Salt Marsh Sand Fly, Seed Corn Maggot, Spittle-
bug, Strawberry Root Weevils, Strawberry Rootworms, Sugar Beet Root Mag-
got, Sweet Clover Weevil, Tarnished Plant Bug, Tuber Flea Beetle, Western
Harvester Ant, White Fringed Beetles, White Grubs (June Beetles), Wireworms
...and many others.
ENDRIN: Budworms, Cabbage Worms, Cotton Boll Weevil, Cotton Bollworm, Cot-
ton Fleahopper, Fall Armyworm, Grasshoppers, Hornworms, Leafworms, Rapid
Plant Bug, Spiny Bollworm, Sugar Beet Webworm, Tarnished Plant Bug, Thrips.
WRITE FOR FULL PARTICULARS
VELSICOL CHEMICAL CORPORATION .
General Offices and Laboratories Foreign Division
330 East Grand Avenue, Chicago 11, Illinois 350 Fifth Avenue, New York 1, N. Y.
Re Ee PreRie oie CaN AW ay mem Ven ES) sek anN PUR ING Gaal BEAL Te Gel Tees S:
144
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957
Pyrenone
HELPS TO PRESERVE
PRINCIPLE OF NATURAL CONTROL
| cae quickly kills destructive, annoy-
ing and disease-carrying insects.
In the absence of sunlight, it remains effective
for long periods of time. In fact, a stzgle application
of Pyrenone protects stored grains from insect at-
tacks for an entire storage season.
On growing crops Pyrenone kills the accessible
stages of insects fast —even between showers of
rain. Yet natural factors of rain and sunlight do not
permit Pyrenone to form long-lasting residues. Be-
cause long-lasting residues are not present, the newly
emerging parasites and predators are free to com-
plete their life cycles and to continue to parasitize
or feed upon destructive insect pests.
This means that Pyrenone is completely com-
patible with the natural control of crop-destroying
insects.
*Reg. U.S. Pat. Off., F.M.C.
FAIRFIELD CHEMICAL DIVISION
Food Machinery and Chemical Corporation
441 Lexington Avenue e New York 17,N. Y.
BRANCHES IN PRINCIPAL CITIES
In Canada: Natural Products Corporation, Toronto and Montreal
White grubs (left) and wireworms (right) magnified 20 times.
WHEN PESTS SEE
eye-to-eye
Creatures from the science-fiction world? No, just an ordinary white grub
and a wireworm magnified twenty times. But they and their equally de-
structive allies, such as rootworms and cutworms, ruin millions of dollars
worth of cotton, corn, tobacco, wheat, cole crops and others—each season.
Constant research is necessary to find the flaws in their armor . .. to
develop newer and better controls . . . to hold their crop-destruction to a
minimum,
That’s why Shell Chemical maintains a staff of researchers who, with the
co-operation of federal, state, and local agencies, are continually searching
and experimenting to develop new and more potent pesticides.
Shell’s contributions to agriculture include aldrin, dieldrin, endrin, Phos-
drin* insecticides; -‘D-D® and Nemagon* soil fumigants; and allyl alcohol
weed seed killer. Others that are now in the laboratory stage will be avail-
able for even more effective controls in the future. With you, we look to
a better tomorrow for agriculture and industry through research in
chemistry today.
*Shell Chemical Trademark
SHELL CHEMICAL CORPORATION
Agricultural Chemical Sales Division
460 Park Avenue, New York 22, New York
QUALITY INSECTICIDES
Preferred by Home Owners,
Food Processors and Dairymen
QUICK ACTION GULFSPRAY (Liquid)
A “space spray” for quick knockdown and kill of many
kinds of flying and crawling insects. Contains 0.10% Pyre-
thrins, 0.12% Piperony! Butoxide, and 0.75% Methoxychlor.
GULFSPRAY AEROSOL BOMB
Gulf’s carefully researched formula provides quick knock-
down action and high kill. Contains 0.25% Pyrethrins, 1%
Piperonyl Butoxide, and 2% Methoxychlor.
GULF MOTH PROOFER (Bomb)
An easy-to-use pressurized spray for protecting woolens
against moth and carpet beetle damage. Contains 3% DDT
and 3% Perthane.
GULF ANT AND ROACH BOMB
A convenient pressurized spray containing contact and resid-
val insecticides for killing ants and cockroaches. Contains
0.08% Pyrethrins and 2% Chlordane.
SPECIAL GULFSPRAY (Liquid)
A superlative-quality insecticide specially formulated for
use where foodstuffs are processed, stored, served, and sold.
Contains 0.25% Pyrethins and 0.20% Piperony! Butoxide.
GULF LIVESTOCK SPRAY
Long proven formula with effective insect-killing power and
repellent properties. Contains 0.07% Pyrethrins and 0.19%
Piperonyl Butoxide.
GULF OIL CORPORATION
GULF BUILDING, PITTSBURGH 30, PA.
* jie
VOL. 59 AUGUST 1957 NO. 4
PROCEEDINGS
of the
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
« WASHINGTON
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
WASHINGTON 25, D. C.
PUBLISHED BIMONTHLY
CONTENTS
BALDUF, W. V.—The Spread of Catorhintha mendica Stal (Coreidae,
Hemiptera) een eet ie Fe ae eee Man tee AY Vue es Ra oy 176
BARR, A. RALPH.—A New Species of Culiseta echinters: or anaeay from
North America a x 163
BERNER, L.—A Mayfly Gynandromorph - 1 Fc a a et Nal a) Es Ea emer 167
CUNLIFFE, F.—Notes on the Anystidae with a 1 Description of a New
Genus and Species, Adamystis donnae, and a New Subfamily, cuit
RNa RCAC ATATI Cl) mere eee Soles 2k ee ne bgt ea 172
DRAKE, C. J—An Undescribed Apterous Aradid from the Philippines _ 169
EMERSON, K. C.—New Species of Rallicola (Philopteridae: Mallophaga) 185
FROESCHNER, R. C.—Perillus lunatus Knight (Hemiptera: Pentatomidae)
SRIIVEOIUC HAIL) ee arnnn Soeremen lee wen Sy A ee 162
HOOD, J. D.—A Note on Thilakothrips babuli Ramakrishna _________ 194
HUSSEY, R. E.—A New Gargarphia from Florida (Hemiptera: Tingidae) 175
NELSON, G. H.—A New Species of Dendrocoris and a New Combination
Gt auzes (Hominters: Pentatomidac) _.... = 197
SABROSKY, C. W.—Two Overlooked Sources of Type Designations for
EXEC). eat sa Be SUC Ee a 171
TODD, EH. L.—Five New Species of Gelasticoridae with Comments on
Other SHECIEAMURE MID LOI A) ae tube : 145
WALLIS, R. C.—Host Feeding of Culiseta morsitans_._______ 199
WHEELER, G.C., and WHEELER, JEANETTE—tThe Larva of Simopelta
(Hymenoptera: SEOUTAL CIC Ae) pee eee es tee Pe 191
WINKLER, J. R.—Notes on Bionomics and Ecology of Moss Mites
(Acari: Oribatei) ih Set I ey Rie eee Ms ae 190
TEL SS OWSS! C0 fy id Ot 3) Ae RE eu es Oe ERAS AMON at el Beet Os eat TD doth GZ
CACTUS PAV] 514 SAE ea Wh Gala TG SI ae A aU ae Le 208
SUMMARY REPORTS: SOCIETY OFFICERS ssi
THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON
ORGANIZED MARCH 12, 1884
Regular meetings of the Society are held in Room 43 of the U. S. National
Museum on the first Thursday of each month from October to June, inclusive, at
8 P.M. Minutes of meetings are published regularly in the Proceedings.
MEMBERSHIP
Members shall be persons over 18 years of age who have an interest in the
seience of entomology. Annual dues for members are $4.00; initiation fee is
$1.00 (U. 8. eurrency).
OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1957
Honorary wPresident: 2222 0 ie ea ee ee ee R. E. SNODGRASS
Presidentit2 22 Basie ores Tk EE ee ede te ee F. L. CAMPBELL
Mirst*Vace President’)... een te a eee _R. I. SAILER
Second VicesPresidente 2 eter a EN 2 es ee re ee R. H. Newson
Recordin se) Secretarya se ee ae ee ee ee ee KELuIE O’NEILL
Corresponding Secretary 2 eae ee ee eee KELVIN DoRWARD
Tregeurer ee! set to ie ee 8 ee eee F. P. HARRISON
TORU G C0) alee dee et ee Fe Le Pls OER we ER eee NSE NE Sem Alics V. RENE
Custodian soe 20 nie Te OE ea a A ee ee eee H. J. CONKLE
Program Chairman___. 22 LL DS SOAR ak ee Pe ee ee J. F. G. CLARKE
Executive Committee —__________. A. B. Gurniy, T. L. Bissett, R. A. St. GEORGE
Nominated to represent the Society as Vice President of the Washington Academy
ofsSciences! <9. ot ea es ae ee eee es C. F. W. MUESEBECK
Honorary» Members. ee ee C. F. W. MursEBEcK, H. G. BARBER
The Corresponding Secretary, Editor, Custodian, and Treasurer should be ad-
dressed as follows:
Mr. Kelvin Dorward, Corr. Secy. Mr. Herbert J. Conkle, Custodian
Plant Pest Control Branch, ARS Plant Quarantine Branch, ARS
U. 8. Department of Agriculture U. S. Department of Agriculture
Washington 25, D. C. Washington 25, D. C.
Miss Alice V. Renk, Editor Dr. Floyd P. Harrison, Treas.
Stored-Product Insects Section, AMS Department of Entomology
U.S. Department of Agriculture University of Maryland
Plant Industry Station College Park, Md.
Beltsville, Md.
Entered as second-class matter at the Post Office at Washington, D. C.
PROCEEDINGS OF THE
ENTOMOL OGICAL, SOCLET Y. OF ‘WASHINGTON
VOL. 59 AUGUST 1957 NO. 4
FIVE NEW SPECIES OF GELASTOCORIDAE WITH COMMENTS
ON OTHER SPECIES
(HEMIPTERA )
E. L. Topp, Falls Church, Virginia
This paper constitutes the results of an examination of more than
3,000 specimens of Gelastocoridae! that were not included in the re-
vision of the family (Univ. Kansas Sci. Bul. V. 37 (Pt. 1, No. 11):
277-475, 1955). The number of specimens examined and the disposi-
tion of those specimens are presented for each species so that future
workers might locate desired material more easily. Records of distri-
bution are presented for all the poorly known species, but for those
species that are abundantly represented in collections, the records are
given only when they extend the known ranges of the species.
1China and Miller (Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 12) 8: 267, 1955, suggest
that the Family-Group names should be Galgulidae Billberg, 1820; Galgulinae Bill-
berg, 1820, and Mononychinae, Fieber, 1851. The first two names are based on
Galgulus Latreille, 1802 (Hist. Crust. Ins. V. 3, p. 253), which is a homonym of
Galgulus Brisson, 1760 (Ornithologia 1:30, 2:63). The Brisson genera were ac-
cepted by Opinion 37 of the International Commission on Zoological Nomenela-
ture and specifically excepted in the Paris action on the invalidation of binary
works (See: Bull. Zool. Nomenclature 4: 65-66, 1950). Kirkaldy’s action
(Entomologist 30:258, 1897) in renaming the genus as Gelastocoris and changing
the family name to Gelastocoridae was therefore correct. Thus Gelastocorimae
Champion (Biol. Centr. Amer., Hemiptera Heteroptera V. 2, p. 437, 1901), is the
proper name for the typical subfamily. Technically, Mononychinae Fieber, 1851,
is the correct name for the other subfamily, but in fact, the stem based on Mono-
nychus Schiippel (in Germar, Ins. Spee. nov., p. 241, 1824), has been used in the
formation of Family-Group names in Coleoptera. When Family-Group names are
homonyms of each other, the recommendation of the Copenhagen Colloqium is
that the case be submitted to the International Commission, which body will cause
one of the two names to be changed slightly. In this instance, however, it seems
to me that a more satisfactory adjustment may be accomplished through the use
of Nethrinae Kirkaldy, (Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 32: 149, 1906). I have used that
name in my previous papers and accordingly continue its usage in this paper.
In connection with the preoccupation of Galgulus Latreille by Galgulus Brisson,
a question has been raised corcerning my use (Univ. Kansas Sei. Bul. 37 (Pt. 1,
No. 11): 288, line 18, 1955,) of Pliny as author of Galgulus [Aves]. The sentence
is poorly worded and should be modified to read as follows: Dumeril (Mem. Acad.
Sci. 1’Inst. Imp. France, 1860, 31 (2): 1040) considered Galgulus |Insecta] to
be preoccupied by Galgulus [Aves]. but he eredited the names to Fabricius and
Pliny rather than to Latreille and Brisson.
146 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957
I am extremely grateful to the following individuals and institu-
tions for the privilege of studying specimens from their personal col-
lections or collections in their charge. For the sake of brevity, insti-
tutional names and private collections are referred to in the body of
this paper by the letters, names of cities, or names of individuals
placed in parentheses in the following list. R. I. Sailer, United States
National Museum, (USNM); M. A. Cazier, American Museum of
Natural History, (AMNH); W. E. China, British Museum (Natural
History), (BMNH); E. 8. Ross, California Academy of Sciences at
San ‘Franéisco, (CAS); F. S. Truxal, Los Angeles County Museum,
(LACM): E. Handsehin, Naturhistorisches Museum, Basel, Switzer-
land, (Basel); M. Beier, Naturhistorisches Museum, Wien, Austria,
(Wien) ; H. C. Blote, Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie, Leiden,
Netherlands, (Leiden) ; Eva Halaszfy, Musee d’Historie Naturelle de
la Hongrie, Budapest, Hungary, (Budapest); J. C. M. Carvalho,
Museu Nacional, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, (NMB); R. L. Usinger,
Berkeley, Calif. (Usinger Coll.) ; C. J. Drake, U.S.N.M., Washington,
D. C., (Drake Coll.) ; J. C. Lutz, Philadelphia, Pa. (uutz Coll.) Geek"
Knowlton, Utah State Agricultural College, Logan, Utah, (Utah St.) ;
H. P. Chandler, Red Bluff, Calif. (Chandler Coll.), and G. Kruzeman,
Zoologisch Museum, Amsterdam, Netherlands, (Amsterdam). My spe-
cial thanks go to H. B. Hungerford who permitted me to examine all
recent accessions of Gelastocoridae of the Francis Huntington Snow
Entomological Collection, University of Kansas, (IU), and who ob-
tained through other sources much of the other material on which
this study is based.
GELASTOCORINAE Champion, 1901
Gelastocoris rotundatus Champion
Biol. Centr.-Amer., Rhynchota Heteroptera, V. 2, p. 347, 1901.
Number of specimens examined.—44 (USNM 15, AMNH 11, KU 6,
Usinger Coll. 8, and Drake Coll. 4).
Distributional data.—The eight specimens in the Usinger collection
are from San Bernardino Co., Calif. These are the only specimens
that I have seen from that State, but there are reports in the hterature
of its occurrence there.
Gelastocoris bufo (Herrich-Schiffer)
Die Wanzenartigen Insecten V. 5, p. 88, 1839 (1840).
Number of specimens examined.—39 (USNM 30, AMNH 3, KU 1,
Leiden 1, and Drake Coll. 4).
Gelastocoris fuscus Martin
Univ. of Kansas Sci. Bul. 18 (4): 364, 1929.
Number of specimens examined.—24 (USNM 7, AMNH 2, KU 1,
Leiden 2, Usinger Coll. 1, and Drake Coll. 11).
Distributional data.—Specimens from Bueno Vista, Ichilo (KU) ;
Rurrenabaque, Rio Beni (USNM); and Huachi, Beni (USNM), are
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 147
the first I have seen from Bolivia although the species was reported
from that country by De Carlo through the description of the syno-
nym G. martinezi (Mision de Estud. de Patol. Region. Argentina,
24 (83-84) :97).
Gelastocoris vicinus Champion
Biol. Central-Amer., Rhynchota Heteroptera, V. 2, p. 349, 1901.
Number of specimens examined.—20 (USNM 16, AMNH 1, and
Leiden 3).
Gelastocoris viridis Todd
Univ. Kansas Sci. Bul. 37 (Pt. 1, No. 11): 338, 1955.
Number of specimens examined.—3 (USNM 1, AMNH 1, and Drake
Coll. 1).
Distributional data.—The two specimens in the collections of the
United States National Museum and the American Museum of Natural
History are from La Victoria, Montozintla, Chiapas, Mexico. The
other specimen is from Union Juarez, Chiapas, Mexico.
Gelastocoris angulatus (Melin).
Zool. Bidrag Fran Uppsala 12: 169, 1929.
Number of specimens examined.—13 (USNM 5, Basel 2, Wien 2,
Drake Coll. 3, and BMNH 1).
Distributional data.—These specimens nearly double the number of
specimens of this species that I have examined. They are from the
following localities. PARAGUAY: Paso-Yobay (Basel), Molinascue
(Basel), and S. Bernardino (Wien). Braziu: Near Para (USNM),
Bahia (USNM), Manaos (USNM), and Santarem (Drake Coll.).
Bouivia: Ixiamas (USNM), Rurrenabaque, Beni (USNM). BritisH
GuIANA: Kutari Sources (BMNH).
Gelastocoris major Montandon
Ann. de Mus. della R. Univ. di Napoli (m. s.) 3 (10): 2, 1910.
Number of specimens examined.—30 (USNM 23, Leiden J, and
Drake Coll. 6).
Distributional data—Specimens previously examined were from
Panama, Colombia, and Ecuador. The six specimens from the Drake
Collection are from Barinitas, Venezuela. The specimen from the
collection in Leiden is labeled ‘* Chile.’’
Gelastocoris hungerfordi Melin.
Zool. Bidrag Fran Uppsala 12: 168, 1929.
Number of specimens examined—109 (USNM 34, AMNH 10, KU
44 Leiden 2, Wien 1, LACM 1, and Drake Coll. 17).
Distributional data.—This common species, which is widely dis-
tributed from Mexico to Colombia, is now recorded from Barinitas,
Venezuela (4 specimens in the Drake Collection).
148 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957
Gelastocoris nebulosus (Guérin-Méneville)
Teonographie du Régne Animal de B.'Cuvier, Pt. 7, p. 351, 1844.
Number of specimens examined.—476 (USNM 69, AMNH 8, KU
332, Leiden 28, NMB 11, Wien 1, and Drake Coll. 27).
Distributional data.—Specimens from Kabelstation, Dutch Guiana
(Leiden), and Paso de Arriera River, Uruguay (USNM) are the first
specimens I have seen from those two countries. Specimens from
Argentina (six localities in the KU, Wien, and Drake collections)
confirm the reports in the literature of the occurrence of this species
in that country.
Gelastocoris peruensis Melin
Zool. Bidrag Fran Uppsala:12: 160, 1929.
Number of specimens examined.—5 (USNM 1 and Drake Coll. 4).
Distributional data.—All the specimens from Peru.
Gelastocoris amazonensis Melin
Zool. Bidrag Fran Uppsala 12: 158, 1929.
Number of specimens examined—1( Wien).
Distributional data.—This specimen is labeled ‘‘Rio Branco, Hase-
man.’’ It is presumed that the locality refers to the Rio Branco in
Amazonas, Brazil, but it could refer to other rivers of that name in
other states of Brazil or even of other countries.
Gelastocoris oculatus oculatus (Fabricius)
Supp. Ent. Syst., p. 525, 1798.
Number of specimens examined.—Approximately 1,000 (USNM,
approx. 600, AMNH 127, KU 62, Leiden 13, Utah St. 5, Budapest 10,
LACM 16, and Drake Coll. 149).
Distributional data—Specimens from the following localities ex-
tend the known range of the typical subspecies to the north and to
the south. CaNApA: Vancouver, British Columbia (USNM). Mexico:
‘“*T,. Cal.’’ (USNM), Truinbo, Baja California (Drake Coll.), Hermo-
sillo, Sonora (AMNH), 6 mi. NE. Meoqui, Chihuahua (AMNH),
‘*Chihuahua’’ (USNM and Drake Coll.), and Oaxaca (Drake Coll.).
Gelastocoris oculatus variegatus (Guerin-Meneville)
Teonographie due Regne Animal de B. Cuvier, Pt. 7, p. 352, 1844.
Number of specimens examined.—96 (USNM 43, AMNH 7, KU 16,
Usinger Coll. 1, and Drake Coll. 29).
NERTHRINAE Kirkaldy, 1906
Nerthra stygica Say
Heteropterous Hemiptera of North America, New Harmony, Indiana, p. 37, 1832.
Number of specimens examined.—l10 (USNM 9, and Drake Coll. 1).
Distributional data.—All specimens from Florida.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 149
Nerthra mexicana (Melin)
Zool. Bidrag Fran Uppsala 12: 187, 1929.
Number of specimens examined.—2 (KU and Drake Coll.).
Distributional data—Both specimens are from Mexico. The locali-
ties are El Salto, San Luis Potosi (KU), and ‘‘C. Valles’’ (Drake
Coll.).
Nerthra martini Todd
Pan-Pacific Ent. 30: 113, 1954.
Number of specimens examined.—13 (LACM).
Nerthra parvula (Signoret )
Ann. de la Soc. des Ent. de France. 33: 588, 1864.
Number of specimens examined.—32 (USNM 4, KU 11, BMNH 2,
and Drake Coll. 15).
Distributional data.—Cume: Las Brisas, El Canelo, Toulemo, El
Manzano, Guayacan (all KU), Valparaiso, and Valparaiso Prov.
(USNM and Drake Coll.). The two specimens from the British Mu-
seum and two specimens from the Drake Collection are labeled
Chile’
Nerthra raptoria (Fabricius)
Systema Eleutheratorum V. 3 (Systema Rhyngotarum) p. 111, 1803.
Number of specimens eramined—12 (Leiden 3, Wien 3, and Drake
Coll. 6).
Distributional data.—GuaTEMALA: Los Amates (Drake Coll). PAN-
AMA: Gatun (Leiden) and Canal Zone (Leiden). Couometa: ‘* Colom-
bia’’ (Leiden). DurcH GutaNA: Kabelstation (Leiden). BRaAzin:
Monte Alegre, Para (Drake Coll.) and Rio Grande do Sul (Wien).
Country UNKNown: ‘‘Rio Branco’’ (Wien) and ‘‘Barinas’’ (Drake
Coll.).
Nerthra ranina (Herrich-Schiaffer)
Die Wanzenartigen Insecten V. 9, p. 896, 1853.
Number of specimens examined.—555 (KU 480, BMNH 2, Leiden 9,
Basel 1, NMB 7, Wien 19, and Drake Coll. 37).
Nerthra nepaeformis (Fabricius)
Systema Entomologiae V. 2, p. 698, 1775.
Number of specimens eramined.—7 (Leiden 4, BMNH 2, and Drake
Collet):
Distributional data.—One of the specimens from the collection in
Leiden is labeled ‘‘ Valpariso.’’ If this label refers to Valpariso, Chile,
the specimen confirms the reports in the literature of the occurrence
of this species in that country.
Nerthra terrestris (Kevan)
Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (ser. 11) 14 (119): 813, 1948.
150 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957
Number of specimens examined.—l4 (KU 1, Leiden 10, Basel 2, and
Drake Coll. 1).
Distributional data.—One of the specimens from the collection in
Leiden is from Jarugui, Ecuador, and it is the only specimen I have
seen from that country. A few other specimens, from the British
Museum, have also been examined, but as I failed to record the num-
ber at the time of examination, they have not been included above.
Nerthra borealis (Melin)
Zool. Bidrag Fran Uppsala. 12: 179, 1929.
Number of specimens examined.—Approximately 30 (BMNH).
Distributional data.—The specimens are labeled ‘‘Surinam, In
coffee field’’ and ‘‘Surinam, Around roots of coffee.”’
Nerthra tenebrosa Todd
Univ. Kansas Sci. Bul. 37 (Pt. 1): 376, 1955.
(
Number of specimens examined.—6 (BMNH 5, and Amsterdam 1).
Nerthra unicornis (Melin)
Zool. Bidrag Fran Uppsala. 12: 179, 1929.
Number of specimens examined.
3 (Wien).
Nerthra peruviana (Montandon)
Ann. Mus. Nat. Hungarici. 3: 403, 1905.
Number of specimens examined.—7 (KU 6, and Drake Coll. 1).
Nerthra montandoni (Melin)
Zool. Bidrag Fran Uppsala. 12: 195, 1929.
Number of specimens eramined.—5 (BMNH 1, and Drake Coll. 4).
Distributional data.—The four specimens in the Drake Collection
are from ‘‘Los Canales, Naiguata.’’? This locality is presumed to be
in the Federal District of Venezuela. The other specimen is from the
mountains north of Petare, Venezuela.
Nerthra amplicollis (Stl)
Ofvers. Kongl. Vetensk. Akad. Forhindl. 11: (3): 239, 1854.
Number of specimens examined. (KU 1, BMNH 1, Wien 1, and
Drake Coll. 2).
Nerthra ecuadorensis (Melin)
Zool. Bidrag Fran Uppsala. 12: 185, 1929.
Number of specimens examined.—4 (BMNH).
Nerthra rudis (Melin)
Zool. Bidrag Fran Uppsala. 12: 182, 1929.
Number of specimens examined.—2 (BMNH).
Distributional data.—One specimen is from Cachabé, Ecuador. The
other is labeled ‘‘Mexico.”’
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 151
Nerthra fuscipes (Guérin-Méneville)
Rev. Zool. Trav. Ined. p. 114, 1848.
Number of specimens examined.
Coll. 4, and Usinger Coll. 2).
Nerthra hungerfordi Todd
Univ. Kansas Sci. Bul. 37 (Pt. 1): 398, 1955.
Number of specimens examined.—11 (Leiden 10, and BMNH 1).
Nerthra manni Todd
Univ. Kansas Sci. Bul. 37 (Pt. 1): 396, 1955.
Number of specimens examined.—7 (AMNH).
15 (Leiden 2, BMNH 7, Drake
Nerthra praecipua n. sp.
(Fig. 9)
There is a unique female specimen in the Drake Collection, via the
Reed Collection, which has been badly damaged by dermestids. The
damage consists of loss of the legs, lobes of the ovipositor, parts of the
venter of the thorax, part of the head, and most of the internal organs.
Even so, the specimen is so distinct from the known species of the New
World that it is described as follows.
Size-—Female: Length 8.2 mm., width of pronotum 5.3 mm., width of abdomen
6.0 mm.
Color.—General color reddish-brown. Because of the condition of the specimen
cleaning was not attempted. There are some irregular spots of a lighter brown
color on the hemelytra, but it is believed that they are the result of the dermestid
damage.
Structural characteristics—Apex of the head excavate; superapical and lateral
tubercles present, but very weak and irregular; ocelli absent. Pronotum distine-
tive, nearly rectangular, short, about one-third width, widest at level of transverse
furrow; anterior portion of lateral margin nearly transverse, median portion
slightly coneave; posterior margin nearly straight, slightly sinuous before bases
of hemelytra. Seutellum with lateral and apical elevations. Hemelytra entirely
coriaceous, fused together, not extending to end of abdomen, covered with network
of indistinct longitudinal and transverse carinae. Connexivum very prominent,
strongly serrate. Abdominal sternites symmetrical, last visible sternite projecting
posteriorly in median area about as far as the lateral lobes of that sternite.
Distributional data.—Holotype, female, labeled ‘* Chile, Reed Coll.’’
Location of type—lIn the Drake Collection, U.S.N.M., Washington,
WESC:
Remarks.—This species will not run in my key to the species of
Nerthra, as it does not agree with either choice of couplet 4. In the
New World two species, N. williamsi Todd and N. americana (Montan-
don), resemble it superficially, but differ in that the last visible ab-
dominal sternites of the females are emarginate. The projecting
median portion of the last abdominal sternite and general appearance
would seem to indicate that this species is most closely related to the
species of the alaticollis group found in Australia. The fused heme-
lytra and absence of ocelli will, however, separate it from those species.
—
On
bo
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957
Nerthra grandicollis (Germar).
Silbermann’s Revue Entomologique V. 5, p. 122, 1837.
Number of specimens eramined.—149 (KU 1, Leiden 46, BMNH 79,
Basel 2, CAS 1, Wien 8, and Budapest 12).
Nerthra indica (Atkinson).
Jour. Asiatic Soc. Bengal. 57 (Pt. 2), 345, 1888.
Number of specimens examined.—33 (
KU 2).
Distributional data.—The specimens from the British Museum are
from various localities in Sikkim and Assam, India. The other speci-
mens are labeled ‘‘Tonkin, E. le Moult.’’
Remarks.—The specimens from Tonkin differ slightly in the shape
of the lateral margin of the pronotum which appears more lke the
margin of the pronotum of NV. lobata (Montandon), but the absence
of lateral tumescences on the last visible abdominal sternite of the
female and shape of the clasper of the male reveal their relation to
N. indica (Atkinson).
BMNH 29, Leiden 2, and
b]
Nerthra serrata (Montandon).
Ann. Mus. Civique di Storia Nat. Genova 1:365, 1897.
Remarks.—I have yet to see specimens that agree with Montandon’s
detailed description. The type localities, ‘‘Carin Ghecew’’ and ‘‘Carin
Cheba,’’ are now known to be in that section of Burma between the
Salwin and Sittang rivers, east and northeast of Toungoo.
Nerthra unguistyla n. sp.
(Gorges Gy)
Size——Male: Length 9.5 mm., width of pronotum 6.8, width of abdomen 7.0
mm. Female: Length 10.5 mm, width of pronotum 7.5 mm., width of abdomen
8.2 mm.
Color.—Yellowish-brown above, basal halves of abdominal segments of con-
nexivum darker. Abdominal sternites dark brown medially and at the basal one-
half laterally. Mesosternal and metasternal processes of thorax dark, nearly
black. Legs yellowish-brown, femora faintly ringed with darker brown.
Structural characteristics.—Apex of head with a weak tubercle, not visible from
above; frons with a pair of superapical tubercles and a median elevation. none
strongly developed; ocelli present. Pronotum widest at level of transverse furrow,
not so wide as abdomen; dise very strongly elevated, provided with clumps of
black clavate bristles. Lateral margins of pronotum with anterior portions con-
verging toward the eyes; median portions straight, parallel; posterior portions
only about one-half as long as median and anterior portions, converging obliquely
toward bases of the hemelytra. Posterior margin of pronotum sinuous, concave
before scutellum, crossed by five longitudinal carinae in the male and by seven
in the female. Scutellum large with small rounded depressions medially and with a
strong apical and slight latero-basal elevations, the latter densely covered with
black clavate bristles. Hemelytra coriaceous, without membranes; reaching end of
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 15
Ol
eo
soe
od
Figs. 1 to 3, Lateral margin of pronotum and embolium of left side; fig. 3A,
lateral margin of pronotum of right side; figs. 4 to 8, ventral view of clasper of
male; fig. 9, dorsal view of female. Fig. 1, Nerthra niewwenhuisi n. sp. from
Borneo; fig. 2, N. lobata (Montandon); figs. 3 and 3A, N. eximia n. sp. from
Sumatra; fig. 4, N. annulipes (Horvath); fig. 5, N. wnguistyla n. sp. from India;
fig. 6, N. stali (Montandon); fig. 7, N. hamata n. sp. from New Guinea; fig. 8,
N. sinuosa Todd; fig. 9, N. praecipua n. sp. from Chile.
154 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957
abdomen in the male, but not in the female; basal expansion of embolium broadly
triangular. Connexivum prominent in both sexes, but more so in the female.
Terminal abdominal sternites of male asymmetrical, rather large; ninth sternite
ovate, nearly twice as wide as long; eighth sternite longer than ninth sternite,
nearly twice the length of the seventh sternite. Abdominal sternites of female
nearly symmetrical; posterior margin of last visible sternite broadly and shallowly
emarginate. Lobes of ovipositor produced posteriorly as in lobata but shorter
and more rounded apically than in that species. Clasper of male nearly straight,
tapering apically and terminating in a slightly curved, claw-like process at apex.
Distributional data.—Holotype, male, Mayavaram, South India,
October 8, 1945, P. S. Nathan, and allotype, female, Coimbatore, South
India, December 18, 1945, P. S. Nathan.
Location of type.—Holotype and allotype in the J. C. Lutz Collee-
tion at Philadelphia, Pa.
Remarks.—Beecause this species lacks membranes of the hemelytra,
it will run to couplet 11 in my key to the species of Nerthra, but it
does not agree with either choice of that couplet. The species clearly
belongs to the grandicollis group of species, but the absence of mem-
branes of the hemelytra, distinctive clasper of the male, and the shape
of the pronotum will separate this species from any of those species
that I have assigned to that group.
Nerthra lobata (Montandon).
(Fig. 2)
Bul. Soe. des Sei. de Buearest-Roumanie 8 (4/5) : 397, 1899.
Number of specimens examined.—21 (Leiden 19, and BMNH 2)
Distributional data.—Previously known from Sumatra and Java,
the specimens in the collection of the British Museum extend the
known range of this species to the mainland of Asia. These specimens
are from Sungai Taban and Kuala Tekis, both located in Pahang,
Federated Malay States.
Nerthra asiatica (Horvath).
Termész. Fuzetek 15(3) :136, 1892.
Number of specimens examined.—1 (Stockholm).
Remarks.—This specimen, a female, is from the same locality (Mou-
Pin, Thibet, 1869-70, A. David) as the specimen previously examined
by me. It is shghtly larger, length 12.2 mm., width of pronotum
8.1 mm., and width of abdomen 8.5 mm.
Nerthra nieuwenhuisi n. sp.
(Fig. 1)
Size.—Female: Length 12.5 mm., width of pronotum 8.5, width of abdomen
8.3 mm.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 155
Color.—-Orange-brown above except bristles and scutellum which are black,
membranes of hemelytra darker than rest of hemelytra. Abdominal sternites
orangish-brown laterally, brown medially. Legs with tibiae and tarsi brown,
trochanters and femora yellowish-brown, except apices of femora which are black.
Structural characteristics —Apex of head rounded, without an apical tubercle;
a pair of moderate superapical tubercles present; median tumescence of frons
scarcely developed; ocelli present. Pronotum slightly wider than abdomen, widest
at level of transverse furrow; dise strongly elevated, posterior portion with sever
weak to moderate longitudinal carinae; lateral margin of pronotum distinctive,
median and posterior portions nearly straight, converging medially from lateral
angle, anterior portion with a dentation at middle; posterior margin of pronotum
sinuous, concave before scutellum. Seutellum large, strongly elevated, tumescent
laterally and at apex. Hemelytra reaching end of abdomen, but not covering lobes
of ovipositor; membrane well-developed; lateral margin of embolum straight
at basal one-fourth then expanded to middle, apical one-half of lateral margin
nearly straight. Connexivum prominent, broadly expanded, six segments of ab-
domen visible. Intermediate and hind legs long and slender, the combined length
of femur, tibia, and tarsus of hind leg exceeding body length. Abdominal sternites
nearly symmetrical; posterior margin of last visible sternite broadly emarginate,
caudo-lateral angle of left size of sternite slightly decumbent, lateral tumescences
absent. Clumps of short, clavate bristles present on hemelytra and elevations of
scutellum.
Distributional data.—Holotvpe, female, Boven (upper) Mahakkam
River, Borneo, 1894, Borneo Exped. Dr. Nieuwenhuis.
Location of type—In the Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie,
Leiden, Netherlands.
Remarks.—This species will not run in my key to the species of the
genus Nerthra as it does not agree with either choice of couplet 17.
The dilation of the lateral margin of embolium and the posteriorly
projecting ovipositor lobes of this large species reveal that it belongs
to the grandicollis group of species. It is slightly larger than N.
asiatica (Horvath), from which it may be easily separated by the
dilated margin of the embolium, distinctive lateral margin of the
pronotum, and proportionally longer hind legs. The size, shape of the
lateral dilation of the embolium, and the shape of the lateral margin
of the pronotum will separate this species from the other species of
the grandicollis group.
Nerthra eximia n. sp.
(Fig. 3 and 3A.)
Size—Female: Length 11.2 mm., width of pronotum 8.0 mm., width of abdomen
7.9 mm.
Color.—Y ellowish-brown above except scutellum, basal one-third of each segment
of the connexivum, and clumps of bristles, which are dark brown. Abdominal
sternites mostly dark brown, but with a contrasting marginal area of orangish-
brown. Head, pronotum, and basal segments of legs (trochanters and femora)
156 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957
yellowish-brown, Tibiae and tarsi of middle and hind legs and tibio-tarsi of front
legs dark brown.
Structural characteristics.—Apex of head with a small tubercle, not visible from
above; a pair of moderately large tooth-like superapical tubercles present; medial
elevation of frons smaller than superapical tubercles; ocelli present. Pronotum
widest at level of transverse furrow, only very slightly wider than abdomen; dise
strongly elevated, posterior portion crossed by seven weak to moderate longitudinal
carinae; lateral margin of pronotum irregularly dentate, the dentations rounded;
posterior margin of pronotum sinuous, concave before scutellum. Scutellum large,
strongly elevated, tumescent laterally and apically. Hemelytra reaching end of
abdomen, but not covering lobes of ovipositor; membrane well-developed; lateral
margin of embolium straight at basal one-fourth then roundly expanded about to
middle, apical one-half very slightly convex. Connexivum prominent. Clumps of
clavate bristles on hemelytra and elevations of the scutellum. Abdominal sternites
nearly symmetrical; posterior margin of last visible sternite broadly, triangularly
emarginate, slightly decumbent on the left side of sternite at the caudo-lateral
angle.
Distributional data——Holotype, female, ‘‘Tananetaloo, Ophir-Sum.,
1915, A. de Kock.’’ This locality is presumably near Mt. Ophir,
Sumatra.
Location of type.—In the Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie,
Leiden, Netherlands.
Remarks.—This species, hike N. niewwenhusi n. sp., runs to couplet
17 in my key to the species of Nerthra, but does not agree with either
choice of that couplet. It is very closely related to the preceding
species and may subsequently prove to be but a form of that species,
but for the present I prefer to describe it as a separate species.
This species agrees with N. nieuwenhuist n. sp. and differs from
N. lobata (Montandon), the only species previously reported from
Sumatra, by the absence of lateral tumescences of the last visible
abdominal sternite, by the strongly elevated scutellum, and by the
greatest width of the pronotum being at the level of the transverse
furrow. It differs from N. niewwenhuisi n. sp. by its smaller size,
differently shaped lateral margins of the pronotum, and differently
shaped lateral margin of the embolium. It should be pointed-out,
however, that the two sides of the pronotum of this specimen are not
alike, and therefore differences of the shapes of the lateral mareins
of the pronota of the two species may not be significant in this in-
stance. The facts that these are insular species and from different
islands was another factor in my decision to treat this specimen as a
separate species.
Nerthra rugosa (Desjardins)
Ann. Soe. Ent. de France 6:239, 1837.
Number of specimens exramined.—1 (BMNH).
Distributional data.—The specimen is labeled ‘‘N. G., Hat. Ver., N.
Holl.’’ I have been unable to determine the meaning of the label, but
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 15
“
I presume that the ‘‘N. Holl.’’ portion probably refers to Australia.
Nerthra macrothorax (Montrouzier)
Ann. des Sciences Phys. et Nat. d’Agr. et d’Indus. [Lyon], 2:110, 1855.
Number of specimens examined.—l4 (CAS 2, Leiden 9, BMNH 2,
and Wien 1).
Distributional data——Specimens from the following localities have
been examined. New GuInea: Maffin Bay, Dutch New Guinea (CAS) ;
Liki I., near Maffin Bay, Dutch New Guinea (CAS), and ‘‘N. O.
Kuste’’ (Wien). CELEBES:: Gorontalo (Leiden). PHILIPPINE ISLANDS:
‘*Philippines’’ (BMNH). Sotomon IsuAnps: Rendova (BMNH).
Maratua (or Maratoea) IsuANp: ‘‘Maratoea’’ (Leiden). TONGA
IsLANDs: ‘‘Tonga Ins.’’ (Leiden). Postmion (or Postiljon) ISLANDs:
Sapoeka besar Postiljon Eil. (Leiden). Comoro ISLANDs: *‘ Mayotte’’
(Leiden). The record from the latter locality, while remote from the
others, is not surprising when the distribution of the closely related
N. rugosa (Desjardins) is considered.
Remarks.—A number of articles relating to the distribution of this
species were missed in my previous treatment (Univ. Kansas Sei. Bul.
37(Pt. 1) :-414, 1955. The articles are as follows: Esaki, Insects of
Samoa, pt. II, Hemiptera, fase. 2, p. 75, 1928; Esaki, Mushi 9:43,
1936; Sonan, Trans. Nat. Hist. Soe. Formosa 24(No. 130.) :21, 1934;
Ohshima, Japanese Zool. and Bot. 1:410, 1933; Miyamoto, Nymph
(Rep. Biol. Club 2nd Branch Kyushu University) 2:35, 1953; Miya-
moto, Shin Konehu 7(1/2) :28, 29, 1954. Localities recorded in the
above papers are as follows: SAmoa IsuaANpDS: Leone Road, Tutuila.
Ke (Kei or Key) Isuanps: Ke Dulan. Carouine IsuANps: Truk.
KasHo To IsuAND. Koto SHo ISLAND. Ryukyu IsuANpDs: Yaeyama
Group; Kikai Jima Island, Amami Group; Takajimi Island, Tokara
Group. JAPAN: Satano Misaki, Osumi, Kyushu.
Nerthra mixta (Montandon)
Bul. Soc. des Sciences de Buecarest-Roumanie 8(4/5):406, 1899.
Number of specimens examined.—26 (Usinger Coll. 1, Leiden 7,
BMNH 6, and Amsterdam 12).
Distributional data.—All the specimens are from localities in New
Guinea. DutcH New Guinea: Hollandia (Usinger Coll. and BMNH) ;
Sabron, Cyclops Mts. 930’ (BMNH); Humbolt Bay (BMNH), and
“*N. New Guinea’’ (Leiden). NorruH-East NEw Guinea: Mt. Nomo,
S. of Mt. Bougainville (BMNH). Terrrrrory or Papua: Ishurava
3000' (BMNH). The specimens from the Zoologisch Museum in
Amsterdam are labeled ‘‘Timmena’’ and ‘‘Tamarus.’’ I have been
unable to find these localities in the sources available to me.
Nerthra omani Todd
Univ. Kansas Sci. Bul 37(Pt. 1) :422, 1955.
Number of specimens examined—9 (Leiden 2, Wien 1, and BMNH
6).
Distributional data.—This species was previously known only from
158 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957
Guadalcanal Island in the Solomons. Specimens examined are from
the following localities. SoLtomon IsLANDS: Bougainville (Wien) ;
Guadaleanal 5000’ (BMNH), and ‘‘British Solomons’? (BMNH).
New Guinea: ‘‘N. Guinea’’ (Leiden) and ‘‘N. New Guinea’’ (Lei-
den).
Nerthra macrostyla Todd
Univ. Kansas Sci. Bul. 37(Pt. 1) 428, 1955.
Number of specimens examined.—l (BMNH).
Distributional data——The specimen is labeled as follows: ‘‘Jack
Harbour, Lady Leever Est., Kolombangara, Solomon Islands, April 11,
1934 EL 2. Pacden:.2*
Remarks —This male is larger than the holotype. The measurements
are: Length 12.0 mm, width of pronotum 8.0 mm., and width of
abdomen 8.0 mm.
Nerthra robusta Todd
Univ. Kansas Sei. Bul. 37(Pt. 1):429, 1955.
Number of specimens examined.—1 (Chandler Coll).
Distributional data—This specimen is from the type locality,
Nadzab, Markham River Valley, New Guinea.
Nerthra hamata n. sp.
(Dies 7/9)
Size—Male: Length 12.7 mm., width of pronotum 8.7 mm., width of abdomen
8.9 mm.
Color.—Uniformly dark reddish-brown both above and below.
Structural characteristics—Head with five large, pointed tubercles, four on
anterior margin and one at apex, the latter ventrad and slightly caudad of the
other tubercles; ocelli present, on rounded elevations. Pronotum moderately ex-
panded, widest at the level of the transverse furrow, but only very slightly wider
than at the antero-lateral angle, not so wide as abdomen; anterior and posterior
portions of lateral margin converging toward the eye and base of embolium
respectively ; median portion of lateral margin nearly straight, slightly convergent
anteriorly, the two sides subparallel; dise strongly elevated and rugose; posterior
third of pronotum crossed by three strong and two weak longitudinal carinae;
posterior margin of pronotum concave before scutellum. Seutellum strongly
elevated laterally, shightly elevated apically. Hemelytra reaching end of abdomen;
membrane well-developed; embolium narrow at base, lateral margin slightly eon-
cave basally, broadly convex for apical three-fourths. Connexivum not visible
from above. Body covered with short, black, clavate setae, some of which are
in clumps on elevations of the seutellum and pronotum, near the antero-lateral
angle of pronotum, on the hemelytra at medial angle of embolial suture and
another between that and the claval suture. Abdominal sternites asymmetrical,
ninth sternite wider than long, moderately large, slightly shorter than eighth
sternite, twice as long as seventh sternite, the latter only slightly wider than the
ninth sternite, posterior margin of sixth sternite less than one-half width of pos-
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 159
terior margin of fourth sternite. Clasper distinctive, very similar to that of N.
robusta Todd except for the large median thornlike projection of the swollen apical
portion of the clasper.
Distributional data.—Holotype, male, Milne Bay, New Guinea,
December, 1943, O. H. Graham.
Location of type.—In the collections of the United States National
Museum, Washineton, D. C.
Remarks.—tThis species will key to NV. robusta Todd, but may easily
be separated by the presence of the thorn-like projection of the median
margin of the clasper.
Nerthra grandis (Montandon)
Bul. Soe. des Sci. de Bucharest-Roumanie 8(6):6, 1900.
Number of specimens examined.—2 (Wien).
Distributional data.—The specimens are labeled ‘‘Plason, Aus-
tralien.’’ I have not been able to find this locality in the sources avail-
able to me.
Remarks.—These specimens appear to have a vestige of a membrane
and therefore agree with the statement in the original description that
the membrane is reduced. The two specimens I had previously exam-
ined appeared to have the hemelytra entirely coriaceous.
Nerthra femoralis (Montandon)
Bul. Soc. des Sci. de Buearest-Roumanie 8(4/5) :407, 1899.
Number of specimens examined.—12 (BMNH).
Distributional data.—The specimens are all from Western Australha.
The localities are: Yanchep, 32 mi. N. of Perth; Mundaring Weir;
and Banbury.
Nerthra luteovaria (Distant)
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (ser. 7) 14:63, 1904.
Number of specimens examined.—1 (BMNH).
Distributional data.—The specimen is from Redlynch, N. Queens-
land, Australia.
Nerthra sinuosa Todd
(Fig. 8)
Univ. Kansas Sei. Bul. 37(Pt. 1) :440, 1955.
Number of specimens examined.—1 (Stockholm ).
Distributional data.—This specimen, a male, is from Tolga, Queens-
land, Australia.
Remarks.—I am tentatively identifying this specimen as N. sinwosa
Todd, to which it will run in my key to the species of Nerthra. It
agrees with the females previously described in the nature of the
tubercles of the head, the reduction of the membranes of the hemelytra,
and the shape of the lateral margin of the embolium, which is straight
160 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957
or slightly concave basally, the width of the embolium reduced basally.
The median portion of the lateral margin of the pronotum is not so
stronely concave as in the females. The measurements of the specimen
are as follows: Length 7.6 mm.; width of pronotum 5.0 mm., width of
abdomen 5.2 mm. The abdominal sternites are asymmetrical, the
ninth sternite rather large, wider than long, but nearly as long as the
seventh and eighth sternites combined, width distinctly greater than
one-half the width of the posterior margin of the right side of the
fourth sternite. The clasper is simple, sickle-shaped, the apex some-
what produced, curving mesad.
Nerthra annulipes (Horvath).
(Fig. 4)
Termész. Fuzetek 25:611, 1902.
Number of specimens examined.—2 (Budapest and Drake Coll.).
Distributional data.—The specimen from the Musee d’Historie
Naturelle de la Hongrie, Budapest, Hungary, is the type. It is a
female from Clarence River, New South Wales, Austraha. The other
specimen, a male, is from Stanthorpe, Queensland, a locality near the
headwaters of the Clarence River.
Remarks.—Through the cooperation of Doctor Eva Halaszfy, I have
been permitted to examine the type of this species. Unfortunately,
the head and pronotum are missing, but the size and the characters of
those parts remaining, especially the embolia, the greatly reduced
membranes of the hemelytra, and the dark annulations of the inter-
mediate and hind lees are sufficient to identify the species. The male
from Stanthorpe, Queensland, which I now place as this species, agrees
with the type in the characters mentioned above. It is smaller than
the type, the measurements being as follows. Length 6.9 mm., width
of pronotum 4.7 mm., width of abdomen 4.7 mm. The abdominal
sternites are asymmetrical, the ninth sternite oval, wider than long,
shehtly longer than eighth sternite, not so long as length of seventh
and eighth combined, width about equal to one-half the width of the
posterior margin of the right side of the fourth sternite. The clasper
is simple, apex not produced as in NV. sinuosa Todd. This species will
key to N. sinuosa Todd, but may be separated by the embolium which
is broader basally, the lateral margin being convex. And if I have
correctly identified the males of the two species also by the wider
pronotum (as wide as abdomen), simple clasper of male (apex not
produced mesad) and by the smaller ninth sternite of the male.
Nerthra nudata Todd
Univ. Kansas Sci. Bul. 37 (Pt. 1) 425, 1955.
Number of specimens examined.— (Drake Coll.)
Distributional data.—The specimens are from Brisbane, North Pine
River, and Ashgrove, all of which are in Queensland, Australia.
Remarks.—The figure number under this name in the original
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 161
description has been reversed with that under VN. omani Todd (oe.
cit., p. 422); however, the correct names are assigned to the figure
numbers on the ‘‘Explanation of Plate XI.’’ The claspers of the
specimens now before me (two of the specimens are males) do not
agree with my statement in the original description to the effect that
a portion of the aedeagal furrow is visible (ventral view) near the
apex of the clasper. These specimens do not show any indication of
the aedeagal furrow in that area; however, there is a difference in the
pigmentation and selerotization which under low magnification resem-
bles a furrow. Since I do not now have any of the males of the type
series available for restudy, I cannot state whether the apparent
difference is real or whether I was originally in error. This species
is obviously related to NV. annulipes (Horvath) and N. sinuosa Todd,
but it may be readily distinguished from those species by its larger
size, the almost complete absence of tubercles of the front of the head,
and by the well-developed membranes of the hemelytra.
Nerthra tuberculata (Montandon).
Bul. Soc. des Sci. de Bucarest-Roumanie 8(4/5):403, 1899.
Number of specimens examined.—9 (BMNH).
Distributional data—From Flinders Bay, Western Australia.
Nerthra alaticollis (Stal).
Ofversi. Kongl. Vetensk.-Akad. Forhandl. Arg. 11: 239, 1954.
Number of specimens eramined—13 (BMNH, 4, Leiden 1, and
Drake Coll. 8).
Distributional data.—The specimens in the Drake Collection are
from Mt. Mee, Brisbane, Stanthorpe, and Caloundra, all in Queens-
land, Australia. The other specimens are just labeled ‘‘ Australia.”’
Remarks.—Some of the specimens have the postero-lateral angle of
the pronotum less rounded than others and in this respect resemble
N. stali (Montandon), but the presence of posterior projections at the
caudo-lateral angle of the last visible abdominal sternite of the female
and the acuminate clasper of the male will permit its separation from
the latter species.
Nerthra stali (Montandon).
(Fig. 6)
Bul. Soc. des Sei. de Bucarest-Roumanie 8(6):5, 1900.
Number of specimens examined.—2 (BMNH).
Distributional data——The specimens are from Yanchep, 32 miles
north of Perth, Western Australia, and ‘“‘N. H. Swan River.’’
Remarks —The specimens, both males, resemble the females but
are more elongate. The measurements are as follows: Leneth 8.4 mm,
width of pronotum 6.2 mm.. width of abdomen 6.5 mm. The abdominal
sternites are asymmetrical. The terminal sternites are small, the ninth
sternite subequal to the eighth sternite in length, longer than the
162 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 195%
seventh sternite. The clasper, stout basally, recurved, and bluntly
knobbed apically.
Nerthra adspersa (Stal).
3erliner Ent. Ztschr. 7:407, 1863.
Number of specimens examined.—2 (BMNH).
Distributional data—From Quindilup and Yanchep, 32 miles north
of Perth, in Western Australia.
Remarks.—These specimens differ considerably in color from the
specimen previously studied. One is mostly white with small black
maculations, dise of pronotum yellowish-brown; below much darker.
The other specimen is more yellowish and with larger maculations.
This species will probably prove to be as variable in color as N. alat-
collis (Stal). The specimens, both females, are also slightly larger
than the one previously studied. The measurements are as follows:
Length, 6.8 mm, width of pronotum, 5.4 mm, width of abdomen,
o.2 mm.
PERILLUS LUNATUS KNIGHT (HEMIPTERA: PENTATOMIDAE) IN
MONTANA
RicHarp C. FROESCHNER, Montana State College
The discovery of three Montana specimens of Perillus lunatus while
organizing the insect collection at Montana State College marks a sig-
nificant northward extension of range for this species. Although P.
lunatus was first named from Colorado by Knight in 1952 (Ann. Ent.
Soe. Amer. 45 :230-231), it was first described by Van Duzee in 1904
(Trans. Amer. Ent. Soe. 30:65-66) as ‘‘var. b’’ of Perillus exaptus
(Say). Van Duzee there reported this ‘‘gaudily marked’’ form from
Colorado and Wyoming. These localities, coupled with the western
Montana records listed below and Knight’s note ‘‘near 7,000 ft.,’’ im-
dicate that this is a mountain form of the northwestern states.
Montana records: Bridger Mts., Gallatin County, July 10, 1926,
G. M. Kohls; Bridger Mts., Sacajawea Peak, 7,200 feet, Gallatin
County, July 2, 1954, C. V. Davis; Lakeview, Beaverhead County,
May 13, 1931.
BOOK NOTICE
Bohart, R. M., and R. C. Bechtel. The Social Wasps of California. Bull. Calif.
Insect Survey 4(3):73-102, 1957. Univ. Calif. Press, Berkeley, 75c.
This latest contribution to our knowledge of the California insect fauna
treats the 17 species and subspecies of social wasps (Vespinae and Polistinae)
known from that state. As is customary in this useful series, there are keys
to the genera and species, numerous figures and maps, and an abundance of
distributional records.——Karu V. KroMBEIN, Entomology Research Division, U. S.
Department of Agriculture.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 163
A NEW SPECIES OF CULISETA (DIPTERA: CULICIDAE) FROM
NORTH AMERICA!
A. RALPH BARR
Department of Entomology, University of Kansas
In identifying mosquitoes in Minnesota the author became aware
that Culiseta Corsitans (Theobald) was being taken abundantly in
light traps in the early spring. Since only overwintered mosquitoes
were being taken at this time the appearance of morsitans seemed
odd; this species is reported to overwinter in the larval and not in
the adult stage. When these female mosquitoes were compared with
specimens of morsitans, it was apparent that the females were of a
different species. The author’s wife Sylvia first separated the males
of the two species. A description of the female follows :
Culiseta minnesotae new species
Adult female. Head.—Antenna with about 15 segments including torus and
ringlike proximal segment; somewhat longer than proboscis; torus light reddish
brown with small dorso-medial patch of elongate, dark scales; flagellum dark with
light pubescence and a whorl of a half dozen or so dark bristles at base of each
segment; basal segment of flagellum with the whorl at middle and with an extra
group of bristles proximally. Palps about a quarter the length of the proboscis,
clothed with darkish brown scales, appearing somewhat paler at the tip. Proboscis
about as long as tibia of fore leg, with dark scaling (about the color of that of
the palps) but with a sprinkling of pale ones medially and particularly ventrally
so that the proboscis is definitely lighter in the middle but lacks a distinct pale
band. Vertex with dark, erect scales and narrow, silvery, appressed ones, the
latter becoming more abundant on the sides of the head; there is a group of dark
bristles bordering the eyes from one side of the head to the other, the bristles being
more numerous dorsally between the eyes.
Thorax.—Mesonotum. Integument dark brown with a pair of lighter, reddish-
brown stripes in the middle, the two stripes rather narrowly separated by a darker
brown stripe. Vestiture of tiny, narrow, recumbent, coppery brown seales, and
with lines of dark bristles anteriorly, laterally, and medially, which become much
larger posteriorly. Somewhat posterior of the middle of the mesonotum and lying
lateral of the two mesonotal lines are a pair of patches of silvery scales; posterior
of each of these is a line of silvery scales extending to the antescutellar space.
There are additional silvery scales in a patch between these two lines and on the
sides of the posterior third of the mesonotum. Secutellum with many large, dark
bristles, and a few narrow, pale scales. Anterior pronotal lobe with dark bristles
and a few long, narrow, pale seales. Posterior pronotum with small, narrow,
recumbent, dark scales, a few pale ones on the ventral margin and a row of dark
bristles posteriorly. Propleuron with many bristles and clothed with pale scales.
The sclerite ventral of the post-pronotum is bare exeept for a patch of pale
1Contribution No. 931 from the Department of Entomology, University of
Kansas.
164 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957
scales posteriorly. Spiracular bristles present. Dorsal part of sternopleuron well
bristled dorsally (pre-alars) and with a patch of bristles (upper sternopleurals )
and pale seales ventrally. Ventral portion of sternopleuron with a patch of nar-
row, elongate, pale scales and a line of bristles (lower sternopleurals) posteriorly.
Mesepimeron with a patch of pale scales medially and a patch of bristles in its
upper part (upper mesepimerals), as well as a line of about three larger bristles
(lower mesepimerals) anteriorly in the lower portion.
Wing.—Wing scales brownish for the most part; a few lighter ones on the basal
half of the costa. The apical half or third of the costa has a fringe of distinctly
pale or yellowish seales. There is a slight concentration of scales at the base of
the third longitudinal vein (Ri,;). Halteres brownish; knobs somewhat darker
than the stems and densely clothed with pale scales.
Legs.—Coxa of fore leg well bristled and scaled, the scales bemg dark but
becoming pale dorso-posteriorly. Coxae of mid and hind legs also with bristles
and pale scales. Femora dark sealed above (or anteriorly) and pale scaled below
(or posteriorly), with definite white knee spots; dark portions with a light sprin-
kling of pate scales. Tibiae with dark and pale scales, more in lines than being
intermingled; in general with pale scales posteriorly and dark ones anteriorly but
with a line of pale seales down the middle of the dark anterior portion. Tarsi in
general dark-scaled but with lines of pale ones particularly on the posterior surface
of the basitarsi, and with rings of pale seales basally on the segments as well as
at the tips of the immediately preceding segments. These rings occur principally
between the first and second, and the second and third segments of the tarsi, but
one or two smaller ones may also be evident on the hind tarsi.
Abdomen.—Medial portions of the tergites with brown scales, basal and apical
margins largely pale scaled. The pale seales are not white but are of a dingy
yellowish or light brownish color. First tergite with apical medial patch of pale
scales. Tergite of second segment with apical band of pale scales interrupted
medially, and with scattered pale scales on the rest of the sclerite. Tergites of
segments 5 to 7 with broad bands of pale scales basally and apically, tending to
be interrupted on the median line, particularly on the apical band. The pale bands
do not have distinct edges but rather grade into the darker, median, transverse
portions of the tergites. Tergites of eighth segment extensively pale scaled.
Venter of abdomen largely but unevenly pale sealed.
Holotype. Female taken May 4, 1953, by the author in a light trap
near the greenhouse at Olcott Park, City of Virginia, St. Louis
County, Minnesota (U. S. Natl. Mus. Type No. 62409).
The author has designated a series of 62 females as paratypes, 11
of which have been deposited in the U. S. National Museum under
the same number as the holotype. The remainder are in the collection
of the University of Minnesota and in the personal collection of the
author. The paratypes are from Vireinia, St. Louis Co., Minn. : Itasea
State Park, Clearwater Co.. Minn.. and Hennepin Co. (Crystal Bay
area), Minn. The dates on thece specimens are April 19 and 28; May
4 to 7, 9, 10, 23 to 26, and 28; June 29: Sept. 13. 15, 17, 18 eand
October 1. Most, if not all, appear to have been taken in light traps
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 165
and appear to be females which were either entering or leaving
hibernation,
The female of minnesotae appears to be unique among North Amer-
ican Culisetas by virtue of the pecuhar banding of the abdomen, the
bands covering the apical portion of one segment and the basal portion
of the next. Other interesting characters are the pale scales of the
proboscis which are occasionally so conspicuous that the proboscis
appears to be ringed; the pale markings of the mesonotum; the pale
scaling on the anterior edge of the costa which is sometimes seen only
on the outer part of the wing but often is found on the entire costa;
the rather indefinite concentration of scales at the base of Ry.5; and
the pale tarsal bands which cover the apex of one segment and the
base of the next. The clump of scales at the base of Ry.; 1s sometimes
distinct but often not so. There occasionally appear to be similar
ageregations at the base of the radial sector, at the branching of
Rois, and at the branching of the medial vein, but these spots are even
less distinct than the one at the base of Ry.;5. These concentrations of
scales should be further studied in perfect specimens. The two reddish
brown mesonotal stripes of the holotype are usually evident only when
the specimen is shehtly rubbed.
All of the females of ‘‘Culiseta morsitans’’ from Minnesota in the
University of Minnesota collection pertain to minnesotae, including a
series identified by Owen (1937); there are no females of imorsitans
from Minnesota in the collection. It would appear that most previous
records of morsitans from Minnesota pertain to minnesotae.
Thompson (1953) mentions a form resembling morsitans that he
took in Nebraska (and has been taken in Boston). This form has
apical but not basal bands on the tergites. In a letter to the author
(June 1953) Thompson stated that it is not the same as the presently
described species.
The description of morsitans females by Stage ef al. (1952) pertains
at least in part to minnesotae (‘*...Abdomen brown-sealed with scat-
tered yellowish-white scales, most heavily concentrated along the
apices and bases of segments, or these may occasionally form basal
pale bands only ...’’). These authors illustrate the male genitalia of
minnesotae under the name morsitans.
Male.—Males of both minnesotae and morsitans are commonly taken
in light traps in Minnesota. The author can separate them only by
the male terminaha. The terminalia of worsitans (illustrated on next
page) are as figured from eastern specimens by many authors (e.g.,
Carpenter and LaCasse 1955). The terminalia of minnesotae (illus-
trated on next page) have been figured by Stage ef al. (1952) from
western specimens. It appears likely that minnesotae is a western re-
placement of morsitans.
The appearance of the adult male is as follows: Antenna plumose on basal two
thirds, apical third with short hairs. Palps dark brown with about 4 pale or
definitely white rings, the penultimate and antepenultimate segments with many
166 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957
long hairs; about one-third again as long as the proboscis. Proboscis dark but
with a sprinkling of pale scales. Abdominal tergites with definite, basal, white
bands covering the anterior third to half of the tergite. Eighth segment with
dorsal selerite (sternite) extensively covered with white scales. Sternites for the
most part pale scaled basally and dark scaled apically but with posterior sternites
(ineluding tergite of eighth segment) largely pale-scaled. Wings with little or
no pale scaling on costal margin; concentration of scales at base of Ras? usually
not evident. Legs with fewer pale scales than in the female.
Terminalia.—The terminalia of minnesota are similar to those of
morsitans but differ in the shape of the aedeagus, as can be seen in
the illustrations below.
SYSTEMATIC POSITION
It would appear that minnesotae is closely related to morsitans but
the species cannot be assigned to a subgenus with certainty until
larvae have been examined. The author has not yet collected immature
stages” of this species.
Left: Culiseta minnesotae. Right: C. morsitans.
BIOLOGY
The larvae would be expected to oceur in semi-permanent marshes.
Females, but no males, were taken in a light trap at Virginia, Minn.,
from May 2 to 7, 1953, along with females of Anopheles earlet, Culiseta
mornata, and Culex territans (=apicalis auct.). All appeared to be
“Currently being described by Dr. Roger Price at the University of Minnesota.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 167
old, overwintered females. This would suggest that minnesotae hiber-
nates as an adult female and not as a larva, as has been suggested for
morsitans. In these light-trap collections, Aedes adults first appeared
on May 9, which was consistent with the larval survey. No males of
Anopheles, Culex, or Culiseta were taken until June 10, when an
mornata male was captured. Adults have not been taken in hand
catches.
Distribution.—In Minnesota females have been tentatively identi-
fied from Lake, St. Louis, Beltrami, Clearwater, Polk, and Hennepin
Counties. Males have thus far been identified from Blue Earth (Man-
kato) as well as Beltrami (Bemidji), Clearwater, and Hennepin Coun-
ties. The species appears to be present also in the Pacific northwest.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The author would like to express his thanks to Dr. Alan Stone, of
the U. 8. National Museum, for comparing females of minnesotae with
those of morsitans and parodites and for his many helpful suggestions,
and to Sylvia Barr for preparing the illustrations and for her advice
and criticism.
REFERENCES
Carpenter, S. J., and LaCasse, W. 1955. Mosquitoes of North America. Univ.
Calif. Press. Berkeley and Los Angeles. vi + 360 + 127 pl.
Owen, W. B. 1937. The mosquitoes of Minnesota, with special reference to their
biologies. Minn Uniy., Agr. Expt. Sta., Tech. Bull. 126, 75 pp.
Stage, H. H., Gjullin, C. M., and Yates, W. W. 1952. Mosquitoes of the North-
western States. U. S. Dept. Agr. Hndbk. 146, 95 pp.
Thompson, G. A. 1953. Cherchez 1’homme. Mosq. News, 13:3.
A MAYFLY GYNANDROMORPH
LEWIS BERNER, Department of Biology, University of Florida, Gainesville.
While working through a large series of Hexagenia adults collected
at the Pearl River, Lawrence County, Miss., on August 16, 1954, I
was attracted to one with a most unusual color pattern. Closer ex-
amination revealed that the specimen was a gynandromorph. As
there are only two species, Hexagenia bilineata (Say) and H. munda
elegans Traver, present in the collection, I am referring the gynan-
dromorph to elegans. This reference is justified on the basis of the
wing pattern and the structure of the genitalia.
This odd individual represents the first gynandromorph reported in
the family Ephemeridae. As there are relatively few mayfly abbera-
tions known, I felt that this additional find should be brought to the
attention of entomologists.
The specimen (Figs. 1-4) is predominantly female. The wings have
the typical maculation of this sex, lacking the dark coloration of the
168 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., voL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957
Hexagenia munda elegans gynandromorph.—Fig. 1, Right side; fig. 2, left
side; fig. 3, dorsal aspect; fig. 4, ventral aspect.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 169
coastal border found in the male. The eyes are small and widely
separated, as is true of females of this genus, and the fore legs are
relatively short as in a normal female. The color pattern of the legs
and the abdomen is a mixture of the male and female patterns, with
the right side beine predominantly male and the left mostly female,
although on neither side is the coloration typical. The distribution of
pigment on the legs and on the abdomen is shown in the figures. In
a normal male the color of the thoracic venter is uniform and on both
dorsum and venter of the abdomen it is much darker and more heavily
emphasized than in the female. Here there is a mixture.
The genitalia are incomplete. There is a perfectly formed penis
and clasper on the right side, whereas on the left side the male organs
are completely lacking. Tails are malelike. No study of the internal
anatomy has been made, although the specimen is still virtually in-
tact. It is hoped that a histological examination can be made in the
future.
AN UNDESCRIBED APTEROUS ARADID FROM THE PHILIPPINES
(HEMIPTERA.)
Cart J. Drakn, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D. C.
This paper characterizes a new species of apterous aradid from the
Philippine Islands. Sineularly enough, the specimens were found in
the mouth and stomach of a preserved frog (Rana m. leyensis)
collected on Julo Island in the Sulu Islands. As the specimens (1 male
and 2 females) are in almost perfect state of preservation, it seems
fairly certain that the aradids must have been snapped up by the
frog shortly before the frog@ itself was caught, killed, and preserved.
Apterous aradids, both adults and nymphs, have been collected on
several occasions in the ground litter of natural forest growth by
means of a Berlese funnel. Although these insects generally live
beneath the loose bark of trunks and branches of dead and decaying
trees, biotic conditions oftentimes are quite favorable for them to
breed and multiply in the deeayine surface litter on the forest floor.
As the new species of aradid falls into the Genus Acaricoris Harris
& Drake, our present conception of the zoogeography of the range
and distribution of genera is thus disrupted and will need to be modi-
fied as more forms are discovered. Up to the present writing, the
genus Acaricoris has been represented solely by the genotype from
the Gulf States, though I have another undescribed species from the
West Indies.
In addition to the above material from the Philippines, Dr. H. 8.
Dybas, of the Chicago Natural History Museum, has also kindly per-
mitted me to study several specimens of an undescribed species
170 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957
which he had recently sorted out of ground litter from the palm and
oak forest of Highlands Hammond State Park, Fla. April 15, 1955,
with the aid of a Berlese funnel. The species was breeding in the
eround litter, as nymphs (four different instars) outnumbered the
Imagoes. Specimens of A. ignotus have been taken in the states of
Louisiana, Mississippi, and Georgia.
In all the measurements given in the following description, 80 units
equals 1 millimeter.
Acaricoris dybasi, n. sp.
Body obovate, reddish fuscous, widest near middle of abdomen, narrowed
anteriorly, often coated with an incrustation, without lateral lobes or other modifi-
cations. Head with median longitudinal length nearly equal to width across eyes
(50:56), strongly narrowed posteriorly behind eyes, with a prominent granulose
swelling just behind each eye, each granule of which bears a short, recumbent,
setalike, white hair; juga extending a little in front of tylus, there divergent;
eyes small, pale, granular; labium short, not reaching to base of channel; channel
wide, not reaching to base of head; antenniferous tubercles sharply conical,
divergent anteriorly. Antennae dark brown, with segment I swollen and terminal
segment pubescent on apical third; segment I, 35; II, 18; III, 30; IV, 25. Legs
short, dark brown.
Thorax slowly widened posteriorly, with broad median logitudinal part behind
pronotum depressed, flattened, smooth, shining, and raised behind, with outer
third of all thoracic divisions longitudinally roughened and ridged; lateral margins
a little granulate; mesonotum and metanotum fused, without any sign of trans-
verse suture'on smooth median part; first two abdominal tergites also fused with
metanotum, the transverse ridge behind metanotum interrupted at middle. Abdo-
men above with tergites III, IV, and V fused and ridged on median longitudinal
line, with the usual impressions and ridges; tergite VI separated from V by a
transverse suture; connexival segments distinct, separated from abdominal tergites
and each other by sutures, except the first three segments fused. Body beneath
with meso- and metasternum and first two ventrites fused, ventrites III, IV,
and WV distinguishable and sutured off from each other. Spiracles lateral, all
plainly visible from dorsal aspeet, II to VI (inclusive) situated on top of tiny
lateral swellings, VIT on a larger lateral swelling, VIII on the apical end of a
short, posterior, fingerlike projection of genital segment.
Type (male) and allotype (female): Jola Island, Sulu Islands,
Philippine Islands, both removed from the mouth and stomach of a
preserved frog (Rana m. leytensis), in the collection of the Chicago
Museum of Natural History. Paratype: one specimen, found in the
stomach of the same frog as the type. The aradids were found during
the process of studying the contents of the stomach after the frogs
were shipped to Chicago. The allotype and paratype both have the
last two antennal segments missing.
This apterous aradid is similar in form, size, and general aspect
to the American Acaricoris ignotus, but can be easily separated from
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 171
it by the longer antennae, grandular swelling just back of each eye,
feebly elevated lateral spiracles, and the smooth, depressed, median,
longitudinal part of the fused mesometanotum, which is without any
trace of a transverse suture. In ignotus the fused part of the meso-
metanotum bears several low, narrow, longitudinal ridges.
TWO OVERLOOKED SOURCES OF TYPE DESIGNATIONS FOR GENERA
Curtis W. Sasrosky, Entomology Research Division, U. S. Department of
Agriculture, Washington, D. C.
Two recently noted sources of type-species designations are called
to the attention of taxonomists. The designations appear to have been
generally overlooked, although possibly known to some workers but
antedated by other designations and hence left unrecorded. At least
the books have not been mentioned in a sample that I have examined
of comprehensive papers dealing with type species of a large number
of genera, including Blackwelder (1952) on the beetle family Staphy-
linidae, Hemming (1934) on the Holaretic butterflies, Muesebeck and
Walkley (1956) on the hymenopterous superfamily Proctotrupoidea,
Sandhouse (1943) on the bees, and Stone (1941) on the dipterous
genera of Meigen (1800 and 1803).
(1) Blanchard, Emile. 1845. Histoire des Insectes, traitant de leurs
moeurs et de leurs métamorphoses en général, et comprenant une
nouvelle classification fondée sur leurs rapports naturels. 2 vols. Paris,
Didot, 398 and 524 pp. The two volumes, bound as 1 and 2 on insects,
form numbers 8 and 9 of Comte’s ‘*‘Traité complet d’histoire natur-
elle’’ (13 vols.). The first volume on insects contains Hymenoptera
and Coleoptera (part), the second the remainder of the Coleoptera
plus ten other orders. In point of time, this work comes between two
other publications by Blanchard, in 1840 and 1849, which are often
cited as original sources for type designations.
(2) Chenu, J. C., and collaborators. 1851-61. Encyclopédie d’his-
toire naturelle. Paris, Marescq et Co. Insects are treated in 3 volumes
on Coleoptera (1851-60, with E. Desmarest), 2 on Lepidoptera (1853-
57, with H. Lueas), and 1 on ‘‘ Annelés’’ (annulate animals) (1859,
with E. Desmarest). The last volume (312 pp.) contains 12 orders
of insects, as well as myriapods, arachnids, and some non-arthropods.
IT am not sure that the volumes on Lepidoptera contain any type
designations, but many were quickly noticed in the 3 volumes on
Coleoptera and that on ‘‘ Annelés.’’ The wording of the introductions
signed by Desmarest leads me to believe that the authorship of these
4 volumes should be credited to Desmarest, rather than to Chenu, or
to Chenu and Desmarest. For each of the insect volumes there is a
‘“Table alphabétique’’ prepared by Desmarest, giving all vernacular
names used and their equivalent scientific names.
The designations, although often buried in the text, are clear and
unequivocal, in such expressions as ‘‘le type du genre,’ “‘ayant pour
type le... .’’ ‘‘le type est... ,’’ and ‘‘comme type, nous nommerons
172 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957
le... .’’? Types are not cited for all included generic names, but a
considerable number are involved. For example, in the order Diptera,
type species are cited for 22 genera by Blanchard (1845) and for 27
genera by Desmarest (1859).
In the dipterous genera, there is fortunately little to disturb
existing nomenclature, and it is to be hoped that this will also be
true for other groups. Because many of the genera were common
and well known, their types had usually been designated earler
by Latreille, Curtis, or Westwood, and almost always the same species
was cited by Blanchard or Desmarest, or else the genera were mono-
basic. In two cases in Desmarest, the designations lone antedate
those presently accepted, but they are invalid because the species were
not originally included. In two other instances, however, valid type
designations in Desmarest antedate by fifty years those now recog-
nized. The most prominent genus involved is Cuterebra, whose type
was designated by Desmarest as ‘‘C. cuniculi Fabr.’’ (=Oestrus
cuniculi Clark), luckily the same species designated by Coquillett in
1910, a half century later. A possibly troublesome problem in another
family is being studied further.
NOTES ON THE ANYSTIDAE WITH A DESCRIPTION OF A NEW GENUS
AND SPECIES, ADAMYSTIS DONNAE, AND A NEW SUBFAMILY,
ADAMYSTINAE (ACARINA)!
By FREDERICK CUNLIFFE, Kansas Wesleyan University, Salina, Kansas
The family Anystidae has been characterized as having a palpal
thumb-claw complex, chelicerae hinged posteriorly so that they are
free to move laterally, and movable chelae hooked, distal, and not
opposed to the fixed che'ace. The long, prominent palpal thumb or
tarsus and the hooklike distal movable chela have been used as key
characters to distinguish the Anystidae from the other members of the
Anystoidea (Teneriffiidae, “—Pseudocheylidae, and Pterygosomidae).
Also, such characters as the setation of the lees and the body, the coxal
arrangements, and the structure of the tarsi and tarsal claws and
pulvilli, the peritremes, and genitalia differentiate the Anystidae from
the others. Baker and Wharton (1952) state that no genital dises
are present, but examination by the phase microscope revealed two
pairs of dises in both sexes.
Two undescribed species of mites have been found which apparently
belong to the Anystidae. They constitute a new genus, the Adamystis.
This genus is differentiated from all others in having a simple palpus
without the thumb-claw complex. The body and lee setal patterns are
also more simplified. Perhaps the genus may eventually form the
basis for another family, but until more groups are found and studied
it is thought best to leave it in the Anystidae, but in a separate sub-
family. Oudemans (1936) divided the Anystidae into two subfamilies,
1A contribution of the Pinellas Biological Laboratory, Ine.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 te
es)
the Anystinae with the coxae contiguous and the legs radiating, and
the Erythracarinae with coxae I-IT and III-IV in separate groups and
with the first two pairs of legs pointing anteriorly and the last two
pairs pointing posteriorly. The palps of both subfamilies have a thumb-
claw complex. This new genus is here considered to constitute a new
subfamily, the Adamystinae, distinguished from the others in having
simple palpi without the thumb-claw complex and in having contigu-
ous coxae and an elongate body. The simplified palpal arrangement
(fig. 3) is not a sudden transition from a strong thumb-claw complex
as found in the genus Bechsteimia (fig. 9), as a weak but definite one
is to be found in the genera Anystis and Walzia (fig. 8). It might be
appropriate here to mention that much work remains to be done at the
generic and specific levels in the Anystidae. Descriptions are vague
and synonyms appear to be inevitable.
ADAMYSTINAE, new subfamily
With the tarsal claws, empodia, chelicerae, peritremes, and genitalia of the
Anystidae. With simple palpi, contiguous coxae and radiating legs, and elongate
body. Dorsum of body entirely covered by smooth shield; striae found only later-
ally and ventrally.
ADAMYSTIS, new genus
Palpus without thumb-claw complex, the tarsus terminal to tibia, thus differ-
ing from all other genera in the family. Chelicerae with single dorsal seta, mov-
able chela distal, hook-like. Peritreme external, but lying under anterior fold
of body. Dorsum of body with two pairs of eyes; entire dorsum covered by a
smooth shield, with short setae. Genital opening posterior, lying in a genital plate
or non-striated area, surrounded by striae. Coxae contiguous, legs radiating, body
elongate.
Adamystis donnae, new species
Palpus 4-segmented, the basal segment without setae, the others as figured
(fig. 3). Chelicerae typical for the family (fig. 7). Peritremes and anterior lobe
lying beneath fold of body. Dorsum of body entirely covered by smooth shield
with short stout setae (fig. 1); with 2 pairs of eyes present anteriorly and dor-
sally. Ventrally, the genital opening les in a smooth plate surrounded by fine
striations; the number of genital setae appears to vary between 12 and 14 pairs
between individuals and sexes; the para-anals vary between 7 and 8 pairs. The
ventral body and leg setae are arranged as figured (fig. 2). The coxae are con-
tiguous; tarsal claws are rayed and the empodium claw-like; leg setae are fewer
and weaker than in the known genera, and rodlike sensory setae are numerous
on both tarsus I and II (figs. 4 and 6). The male holotype (figured) is 5744 long
and 319 wide. The female is 700u long and 434 wide. Both sexes are similar.
The holotype, U. S. National Museum No. 2326, and 13 paratypes
(3 males and 10 females) are deposited in the U. 8S. National Museum.
They were collected from lodgepole pine cones, Tahoe City, California,
July 23, 1948, by E. Cott and S. F. Bailey, of the University of Cali-
fornia at Davis.
174 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, aucuST, 1957
SES
SALA,
Adamystis donnae, new species.—Fig. 1, dorsum of male; fig. 2, venter of male;
fig. 3, palpus; fig. 4, tarsus and tibia 1; Adamystis sp.—Fig. 5, palpus; fig. 6,
tarsus and tibia I; detail of tarsus I; fig. 7, chelicera ; Walzia sp.—Fig. 8, palpus;
Bechsteinia sp.—Fig. 9, palpus.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 We
ou
A single specimen of a related mite was collected at Duke Univer-
sity from pine needle duff June 22, 1953, by Andrew Spielman, now
with the U. 8S. Navy. The condition of the mount is such that detailed
description and figures are difficult to give. The mite is similar to
the California species, differing principally in having a seta on the
basal segment of the palpus (fig. 5) and in possessing lens-like organs
on the lateral and posterior margins of the body—6 pairs surround
the anal opening. No name is given to this species but it is mentioned
here to strenethen the erection of the new genus.
REFERENCES
Baker, E. W., and G. W. Wharton. 1952. An introduction to acarology. Mae-
millan, New York.
Cunliffe, F. 1955. A proposed classification of the trombidiforme mites (Acarina).
Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 57: 209-218.
Oudemans, A. C. 1936. Neues iiber Anystidae (Acari). Archiv. f. Naturgesch.
(n. s.) 5: 364-446.
A NEW GARGAPHIA FROM FLORIDA
(HEMIPTERA: TINGIDAE )
RoLanp F. Hussey, Biology Department, University of Florida, Gainesville
Through the courtesy of Mr. Harold A. Denmark, of the Department
of Entomology, State Plant Board of Florida, I have been privileged
to examine some collections of Hemiptera from various parts of the
state. Among these were two specimens of the new species described
here. The locality from which they come is in northwestern Florida,
less than a mile from the southwestern corner of the State of Georeia.
Gargaphia sororia, new species
Length 4.05 mm., maximum width across hemelytra 1.76 mm., across discoidal
area 1.66 mm., across paranota 1.17 mm.
Cephalic spines nearly as in G. amorphae (Walsh), basal spines more nearly
horizontal and very slightly longer than the median one, median spine oblique,
not surpassing tips of the rather short frontal spines which are contiguous at tips
and do not reach middle of first antennal segment. Lengths of antennal segments
I-IV = 31:14:163:45, first two segments heavily infuseated, nearly black, third
segment brown, fourth segment black, first segment one-fourth longer than verti-
cal height of an eye (31:25),1 third segment much longer than transverse width
of pronotum across paranota (163:117). Hood about as long as its height above
dorsal margin of eye (31:33).
Paranota more nearly vertical than in G. amorphae but formed much as in that
species, rather evenly rounded at sides, with four rows of cells at widest part, the
veinlets mostly brown or brownish piceous, cells hyaline. Median carina of pro-
notum seareely higher than lateral carinae, these not extending forward quite
as far as posterior end of hood.
1All comparative measurements are expressed in hundredths of a millimeter.
176 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957
Costal area of hemelytra with four rows of fairly large cells at its widest
part, and with four rows of smaller cells opposite discoidal area; veinlets piceous
to black opposite apical half of discoidal area and enclosing lightly embrowned
cells, so as to form a fairly distinct transverse fascia which attains costal mar-
gin; veinlets of apical third or more of hemelytra less heavily embrowned, their
cells entirely hyaline; veinlets on short basal part of costal area and on its
middle portion largely pale. Subcostal area biseriate from base to middle of
hemelytron, uniseriate beyond that point, but with an occasional extra interpo-
‘ated cell in region of transverse fascia. Discoidal area two fifths as long as
hemelytra (112:280), its apical angle strongly displaced outwardly, as in G.
amorphae, its widest part with four rows of cells about equal in size to those
of adjacent subcostal area. Pronotum (except apical part of posterior process),
subcostal area in part, discoidal area (except middle portion), and body be-
neath, black or piceous. Legs brown, apical segment of tarsi black.
Apparently nearest allhed to G. amorphae (Walsh, 1864), but of
somewhat more slender form and distinctly darker coloration, with
the first two antennal segments brownish black to blac k, and with the
transverse fascia on the costal area more distinct. In G. amorphae the
more oblique position of the paranota makes the transverse width
across then nearly equal to the leneth of the third antennal segment
(140:159), the subcostal area is triseriate over that portion which is
biseriate in the present species, and the discoidal area is nearly half as
lone as the hemelytra (127:271).
The black first antennal segment causes this new species to run to
G. solani Heid. in the keys of Drake (1917, Ent. News 28: 227) and
Blatchley (1926, Heter. E. N. Amer. 473). It is very distinct from
that species, which has the paranota much more widely expanded,
with subaneularly rounded lateral margins, so that the transverse
width across them is distinctly greater than the leneth of the third
antennal seement (174: 152)
In Gibson’s key (1919, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 45: 190) G. sororia,
n. sp. runs to couplet 6, but does not fit either alternative there since
the discoidal area is plainly less than half as lone as the hemelytra
but is much wider than the subcostal area.
Holotype ¢: Gadsden County, Florida, 1 August 1956 (F. W.
Mead), in University of Florida collections. Paratype ¢ : Same data
as type, in collection of State Plant Board of Florida. Mr. Mead
informs me that these two specimens were collected by sweeping mis-
cellaneous vegetation on the narrow flood plain of the Apalachicola
River at Chattahoochee, Florida. The host plant was not identified.
TEE £PREAD OF CATORHINTHA MENDICA STAL
(COREIDAR, HEMIPTERA )
W. V. BALbuF, University of Illinois, Urbana. ‘
Catorhintha mendica Stal (1870) is of interest here first for the
manner in which it has extended its range within its native North
America, and second because the study of its spread indicates the
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH.; VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUS. 1937
kinds of evidences that may be applicable in investigations of intra-
continental distribution of other insects also.
Evidences are given below which show that C. mendica was indi-
genous to the Great Plains of North America but has now spread
eastward almost, or possibly quite, to the Atlantic Coast.
This bug is more than ordinarily favorable for a consideration of the
time, direction, and means of spread than some others, because it
appears to be monophagous, at least from Illinois eastward, where
most of my observations were made. Therefore, information about
the source and subsequent spread of its food plant affords data that
apply to the dispersal of the bug itself. The indicated food plant is
a species of Nyctaginaceae,—Mirabilis nyctaginea (Michx.) (Syn-
onyms: Oxybaphus n., Allionia n.).
The basic questions involved in this investigation of the intra-
continental spread of Catorhintha mendica are: (1) What were the
borderlines of its original or native geographical range, (2) the
agencies that implemented its dispersal, and (3) the period of time
of the dispersal?
Mirabilis nyctaginea
Center of Distribution. Whereas M. nyctaginea now occurs more
or less generally from the Rocky Mountains to the Atlantic Coast, it
was confined to much narrower limits until white settlers occupied
the western part of the Mississippi drainage basin. The data from
correspondence and the literature leave lttle doubt that the plant
was originally restricted to the Great Plains. Typical of evidences
on this point are the following instances. The Major S. H. Long
expedition up the Missouri found it in Nebraska in the first decade
of the 19th century (James, 1825). Nuttall (1818) reported it as
common ‘‘on the Alluvions of the Missouri,’’ and it was discovered
by botanists associated with Lewis and Clark in 1806 on their explora-
tions up the Missouri river into and beyond the Dakotas (Pursh,
1807 : Thwaites, 1904).
Researches by Gilmore (1911, 1913), Densmore, (1918) and other
ethnologists provided the information that M. nyctaginea was well
known and widely used for medicinal and other purposes by the
Indians of Teton Dakota, Oglala Dakota, and the Omaha, Ponca, and
Pawnee of Nebraska. This fact indicates that this plant lived for
centuries in the areas of these tribes, and also constitutes a type of
evidence that it was native in the Great Plains.
Not only have contemporary botanists of the Plains declared
M. nyctaginea to be native there, but also the nature of the habitats
described in the literature of that area stronely indicate it is indi-
genous: such as ‘‘rocky riverbank,’’ ‘‘waste hillsides,’’ ‘‘erassy
slopes,’’ ‘‘virgin prairie,’’ ‘‘grassy butte,’’ ‘‘banks of sloughs,’’ and
‘“wooded bluffs.’’
There is evidence that M. nyctaginea. was native also in the western
178 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957
parts of Illinois, or even so far eastward as the Ilhnois River valley.
Mead (1846) found it along the banks of the Mississippi River, and
Patterson (1876) had it from the sandy river banks and barrens at
Oquawka, in adjacent Henderson county. Gleason (1910) reported
its occurrence in sandy areas at Havana, Quincy, and Dixon. The
Missouri Botanical Gardens has specimens taken before 1843 by
Charles Geyer at Beardstown on the Illinois, and Brendel (1887)
found it on banks and in fence rows at Peoria.
In addition to the above positive indications that M. nyctaginea is
native from western Illinois westward, there is even more convincing
evidence of a negative sort that shows it originated in the Great
Plains. The earliest botanical surveys made in America show the food
plant of Catorhintha mendica was lacking in eastern [lhnois and the
states to the east. This is clear from the publications of Pursh (1807),
Nuttall (1818), Barton (1818), Brace (1822), Torrey (1824, 1943)
and Bigelow (1824). Kellerman (1900) and Schaffner (1914) reported
the plant as infrequent in Ohio and introduced from the west.
In a personal communication, Dr. C. C. Deam, veteran botanist of
indiana, informed me that none of the local floras of his state listed
M. ngctaginea before 1900. Likewise, the botanical reports of Short
(1845), Lapham (1857), Bebb (1858, 1860), and Babcock (1872)
concerning eastern Illinois do not include it.
From the above positive and negative indications, it 1s more than
probable that MW. nyctaginea was indigenous to the vast territory
bounded on the south by Texas, the west by the Rocky Mountains,
the north by Manitoba, and the east by the Mississippi, or perhaps
the Illinois River.
Agencies of Dispersal. However, M. nyctaginea now occurs widely
in eastern Illinois, in Indiana and Ohio, and in states east of Ohio.
What then were the means whereby it was enabled to spread beyond
its original borders? Annotated herbarial specimens, published floral
lists, and personal field notes combine to show that this species occurs
predominantly on the rights-of-way of railroads, in freight yards, and
about feeding stations. This fact identifies freight cars loaded with
surplus agricultural products from the west as the obvious and
principal vehicles of dispersal. Moreover, I have observed that it is
very largely the east-west roads that link the agricultural midwest
and the large populational centers of the east, which have transported
the plant eastward.
The nature of the evidence that involves railroads as the agencies
of dispersal is illustrated herewith. Pepoon (1927) reported MW. nycta-
ginea as then being very common about Chicago in the sand and gravel
ballast of railroads, and added that it ‘‘does not seem to grow in other
habitats.’’. For Indiana, Deam (1940) described it as ‘‘infrequent
to frequent in railroad ballast throughout the state—more frequent
before the right-of-ways were kept clean.’’ Also correspondence with
curators of herbaria in eastern universities showed that their samples
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 179
of nyctaginea originated chiefly along railroads. In eastern Illinois,
Dr. A. G. Vestal, University of Ilhnois, found it only along railroads
in 25 years of field work. In 1945 it was present on all northern
tlhnois railroads where I searched for it, and in 1942 I discovered it
in several widely separated counties in Indiana and Ohio.
Dates of Introduction. Two prerequisites were necessary to the
outward movement of J. nyctaginea from the Great Plains to the
older, more densely populated centers east of Ohio—the prairies had
to be subjected to the plow for the production of crops, and man-
made means of transportine the agricultural surpluses had to be
developed. These two conditions began to coexist in the decade of
1850-1860 when, according to Petersen (1937), the ferries over the
Mississippi River from Illinois to Iowa were busy day and night
transporting farmers from the east. Likewise, steamers on the river
were jammed between 1850 and 1871 with future settlers for
Minnesota.
The Illinois-Michigan canal opened in 1848 and was the first
artificial means of east-west transportation in the I]limnois-lowa area.
It linked the Great Plains with the Great Lakes, and thereby estab-
lished a continuous waterway to the Erie canal, the Hudson, and the
Atlantic. The volume of goods carried on the canal increased until
1882 (Coard, 1941). Before that year, some excess farm produce was
being moved eastward from Iowa and adjacent areas, hence the canal
may have performed an early minor role in the spread of M. nycta-
ginea.
But railroads were the main means of spread. The Michigan
Southern, later a component of the New York Central from New York
to Chicago, entered the breezy city in 1850. At the same time the
Chicago and Rock Island line pushed west parallel to the I-M canal,
and was the first railroad to bridge the Mississippi River, an event
of 1855. However, railroads permeated the new agricultural region
of the Mississippi basin largely after 1860. The decade following
1880 was the era of great railroad construction in America (Conger,
1932). This, with the fact that seven-eighths of the agricultural
surpluses produced in 1879 north of Arkansas crossed the river on
rails between St. Louis and St. Paul (Dixon, 1909), indicates that
the dispersal of M. nyctaginea was then approaching its peak rate.
The Great Plains were being rapidly transformed from a vast prairie
to an enormous farm.
Since large parts of the surplus agricultural products from Iowa,
Minnesota, and the Dakotas were carried eastward by freight trains
through Chicago, the early records of occurrence of M. nyctaginea for
this city give additional indication of the time the plant moved out of
the Plains. In their flora of Cook County, Ill, and adjacent Lake
County, Ind., Higley and Raddin (1902) reported their discovery of
a few specimens of this species in 1885 and 1887. Its scarcity at that
time compared with its present abundance in the vicinity of Chicago
180 PROC.. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957
indicates its introduction had just begun. Also the report from Deam
(personal correspondence) that none of the local floras of Indiana
contained the species before 1900, and the information given by the
Kellermans (1900) and Schaffner (1914) that it was then infrequent
and ‘‘non-indigenous’’ in Ohio, supplement the records of Higley
and Raddin to show that the spread of nyctaginea eastward from the
Plains was in progress about 1880 to 1900. However, its earliest
escape can have been effected as early as 1870. Moreover, the early
establishments alone the tracks are doubtlessly being intensified at
the present time. Obviously, also, the plant has been aided to spread
eastward by many other railroads than those passing through Chicago.
How Railroads Transport the Plant. It is easy to determine how
M. nyctaginea came to be included in the farm surpluses shipped
from its native area. There the plant grew spontaneously among the
wild and cultivated forage crops. The forage was either placed as
food in cars loaded with cattle and sheep destined for eastern markets,
or shipped in large quantities to feeding stations or markets along
the railroads. Such feeding stations, numerous alone the main
railroads, were established in response to a Federal law, which requires
that live stock be unloaded at intervals for rest and food. Some stations
also house stock to fatten it for later sale in the east. I have informa-
tion from some managers of feeding stations in northern Illinois that
bulk wild hay has been, and is still being, imported from Nebraska
for such purposes. In harvesting the hay, some M. nyctaginea bearing
more or less ripened seeds is included.
In a similar manner, the seeds may gain entrance into grains in
the threshing process where the plant grows in or bordering: fields
of wheat or similar crops. Reports from State and Federal seed-testing
laboratories show that seeds of M. nyctaginea sometimes are present
in samples of grain originating in the Plains.
Whether in erain or hay, the seeds obviously have fallen from
railroad cars as the trains bearing farm crops or lve stock roll and
jolt alone hundreds of miles of trackway, or as the materials are
unloaded at their destinations, or even as the stock cars he temporarily
on side tracks. Falling here and there, through the years, upon the
shoulders and slopes of the roadbeds, some seeds drop to favorable
soil to develop and establish the species. The present degree of
continuity of its distribution alone the tracks depends on the char-
acter of the soil medium, the age of the railroad, and the kind of
treatment the roadbeds have received since their construction. The
stands of the plant are found to be more dense and continuous where
vegetation has been allowed to grow somewhat spontaneously, on the
right-of-way, but patchy and infrequent where the roadbeds have been
modified from time to time by the addition of sundry ballast that
tends to suppress the plant, or eradicate it locally. Sprays, fires, and
mowing also are common means of retarding the local establishment
and intensification of M. nyctaginea.
PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 181
Catorhintha mendica Stil
Its Native Area. The strongest support for my belief that Cator-
hintha mendica was originally indigenous to the Great Plains comes
from the fact, established above, that its food plant, Mirabilis nycta-
ginea, 1s native to that area. Certainly it is now monophagous in
IIinois and in Wisconsin, Indiana, and Ohio for, in all cases, I
obtained it by sweeping only this four o’clock. Three other species
of Nyctaginaceae are listed by Pepoon (1927) for the Chicago area,
and by Deam (1940) for Indiana, but they are rarely seen and not to
be regarded as established species of the flora, hence are not likely
to serve as food plants of the bug.
Also the character of its present distribution in the Plains States
eives confirmation to its native occurrence there. Not only does
C. mendica appear to be more frequent there than eastward, but it
inhabits the area generally, including the spacious landscapes lying
between railways. This may be deduced from the wide and relatively
intensive appearance of its food plant. Also the records of the
collections of the bug in those states show it is more plentiful and
uniformly distributed than in Ilhnois and eastward. I am indebted
largely to the entomologists of the Plains States, who sent me records
on which my view is based. These records indicate that C. mendica
was native at least in Texas, Kansas, Missouri, Nebraska, Iowa, South
Dakota, and Minnesota. To illustrate how such records bear positively
on the question of nativity, I cite, in general terms, the facts for
lowa. Through the cooperation of Professor H. E. Jaques, Iowa
Wesleyan College, Mt. Pleasant, who conducted the ‘‘Iowa Insect
Survey’’ in recent years, I have data that show C. mendica was taken
in 25 counties that represent all sections of the state from north to
south and west to east. Additional records supplied by Doctors C. J.
Drake and H. M. Harris from the collections of the lowa State College,
Ames, show the bue occurs in still other counties of Iowa. Accord-
ingly it may be presumed to occur all over Iowa, where MW. nyctaginea
also is indigenous and generally distributed.
My visit of June 1945 to Oquawka, IIl., along the Mississippi River,
disclosed that C. mendica is present on M. nyctaginea growing among
native prairie plants in the sandy areas remote from railroads. In
the same month, I obtained the bue from this plant at woodland roads
through the sandy areas at Havana. Hart (1907) recorded it from
the same type of habitat at Havana, and at Camp Point, near Quincy,
in Adams County, and at Dixon, Lee County, Ill. In these areas of
Tllinois, C. mendica therefore has, ike MW. nyctaginea, the appearance
of being native.
However, the presence of both MW. nyctaginea and C. mendica only
alone railroads at Savanna, Hanover, Fulton, and Cordova, in western
Tlinois, and their absence in sandy areas adjacent to the trackways
indicate the bug was not native to these places, but migrated down
the right-of-ways from the west after Mirabilis had established itself
182 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957
here. Moreover, they were not found in parts of sand tracts remote
from railroads at Atkinson and Wichert, Ill. Were they native, they
would certainly have occurred here where the extensive acreage of
undisturbed sandy soil is favorable to the food plant.
Other explorations of June 1945 produced data which show that
the bug and its food plant were adventive in the more easterly parts
of northern Illinois. In all the following instances, the insect was
netted from WM. nyctaginea growing only along railroads. The localities
are given in the order of their position in the state, from north to
south; Huntley, Des Plaines, Bristol, Wenona, Sparland, LaSalle,
Peoria, Minonk, Crescent City, Hudson, Carthage, Quincy, Mt. Ster-
ling, Harris, Oakwood, and many stations alone railroads in Cham-
paign Co. Records from W. J. Gerhard, Chicago Museum of Natural
History, others from the [Illinois State Natural History Survey, and
some from individuals, show that C. mendica was present also in Rock
island, Mercer, Fulton, Morgan, and Union Counties. The latter is
the only county in the southern half of the state.
My records for Wisconsin also were obtained by sweeping the
insect from M. nyctaginea, along or near railroads. In the 1940’s, I
took it west of Madison; at Millston, in Jackson County, and at Fall
Creek, Kau Claire County. It occurred also on nyctaginea growing
on the berm alone U.S. route 53 near Solon Sprines in Douglas
County. Here the plant probably originated on a nearby railroad
property.
Since, as Deam (1940) states, M. nyctaginea probably occurs in
every county of Indiana, and is confined almost entirely to railroads,
it is logical to assume that this monophagous bug, C. mendica, is
equally limited to railroads, although it may not yet have pervaded
to all possible locations. KEntomologists have found C. mendica im
Indiana as follows: Miller, Lake Co.; Monticello, White Co., on
M. nyctaginea, at rairoad; Roanoke, Huntineton Co., on M. nycta-
ginea, at railroad; Lafayette, Tippecanoe Co.; Marion Co. and
Knox Co.
For Ohio, I have the following records: Cedar Point, Erie Co.
(H. M. Parshley), and Columbus, Franklin Co. (C. J. Drake). In
June 1942 I swept C. mendica from M. nyctaginea growing along
east-west railroads at Antwerp, Paulding Co.; Oak Harbor, Ottawa
Co.; Fitchville, Huron Co.; and West Lafayette, Coshocton Co.
Through the cooperation of Dr. T. L. Guyton, State Department of
Agriculture, Harrisburg, I received specimens of C. mendica taken
by him along a railway at Lickdale, Lebanon Co., Pa. This is the
easternmost point of its occurrence known to me, but it probably has
radiated north, east, and south in Pennsylvania and neighboring
states. However, considering its innate mode of dispersal as compared
with the human lifts given the plant, it may not even today have
spread to the extent it may eventually attain.
Mode of Dispersal. 1 regard C. mendica as dependent on M. nycta-
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 183
ginea for food and habitat from Illinois eastward. Therefore, its
spread in this direction depends on the previous establishment of the
plant. Again, since the plant rarely occurs there anywhere but on
railroads, and the bug has been found only along railways, these
man-made means of transport constituted the main avenues down
which the insect made its way.
Whereas VW. nyctaginea was carried by fast-moving freight trains
and therefore became spread and established along the entire courses
from the midwest to New York, probably in a few years, the bue,
C. mendica, probably migrated eastward very largely on its own
locomotor powers.
C. mendica is quick on foot and also flies well. When the food plant
is growing and succulent in May to June and again in August to
October, there would appear to be no inducement to migrate. How-
ever, In midsummer, and again in late October and November, most
plants have become woody, hard, and leafless, and the bug population
either reaches a very low level, or appears so owing to migration from
the trackway (Balduf, 1942). These migrations are more or less
random, hence involve some deeree of hazard, for there is little reason
to suppose that the bue flies strictly alone the railroad, keeping
between the line fences. When stands of the plant are as much as a
half mile, and often more, apart, as I have observed them, the bug
may be imagined sometimes taking off across the adjacent farmland
and perishing for lack of the one essential food plant that occurs only
on railways.
The rate of spread was probably slow in the early years after 1880.
The food plant was at first scarce, spotty, and occurred at long spatial
intervals. As trains dropped more and more seeds year after year, and
more intense stands developed locally also from seeds of the original
clumps, the growths of M. nyctaginea approached greater degrees
of continuity, which facilitated the successive hops of the insect down
the narrow rail paths that stretched long miles eastward.
Although this favorable condition of the plant was sometimes
attained, as is evidenced by its common and somewhat continuous
occurrence along some roads I have visited since 1940, the establish-
ment of the plant and its bu@ was, in many eases, hindered by
modifications of the roadways since the railroads were first con-
structed. The roadbeds needed to be strengthened as larger locomotives
and heavier car loads came into yogue, single track lines were en-
larged to two-way tracks, the banks were reinforced with ballast, and
the vegetation often destroyed by section crews.
SUMMARY
Inasmuch as it is monophagous on Mirabilis nyctaginea, Cator-
hintha mendica can have established itself east of the Great Plains
only when and to the extent that the food plant had previously
invaded that eastern area. Records at hand show that C. mendica
184 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957
has now moved eastward down the nyctaginea trails on railroads so
far as about three-fourths across the state of Pennsylvania.
REFERENCES
Babeock, H. H. 1872, 1873. The flora of Chicago and vicinity. The Lens, v. 1
IcHeS e D, TSe
3
Balduf, W. V. 1942. Bionomies of Catorhintha mendica Stal (Coreidae, Hemip-
tera). Bul. Brooklyn Ent. Soc. 37: 158-166.
3arton, W. P. C. 1818. Compendium florae Philadelphicae, v. 1, 251 pp.; v. 2,
234 pp.
Bebb, M. 8. 1858. List of plants occurring in the northern counties of the state
of Illinois, in addition to the catalogue given by Dr. I. A. Lapham. Ill. State
Agr. Soc. v. 3 (1857-1858), pp. 586-587.
. 1860. The flora of Ogle and Winnebago counties. Prairie Farmer, 22:
182-183.
3igelow, J. 1824. Florula Bostoniensis, a collection of plants of Boston and its
vicinity, 422 pp.
Blatchley, W. S. 1926. Heteroptera or true bugs of eastern North America, pp.
246-247.
Brace, J. P. 1822. List of plants growing spontaneously in Litchfield (Conn.) and
in its vicinity. Amer. Jour. Sei. and Arts 4:69-87.
Brendel, F. 1887. Flora Peoriana, the vegetation in the climate of middle Illinois,
Peoria, 89 pp.
Coard, Helen C. 1941. The Illinois and Michigan canal as an influence on westward
migration. Urbana, Ill.
Conger, J. L. 1932. History of the Illinois River Valley, v. 1, 496 pp. Chicago.
Deam, C. C. 1940. Flora of Indiana, 1236 pp., Indianapolis.
Densmore, Frances. 1918. Teton Sioux Music, Bur. Amer. Ethnology, Bul. 61, 561
pp.
Dixon, F. H. 1909. A traffic history of the Mississippi River system, Document
No. 11, National Waterways Commission, pp. 1-110. Washington, D. C.
Gilmore, M. R. 1911. Uses of plants of the Indians of the Missouri River region,
33rd. Ann. Rpt. Bur. Amer. Ethnology, 1911-1912 (1919), p. 78.
—.1913a. A study in the ethnobotany of the Omaha Indians. Nebr. State
Hist. Soc. Colls. 17:314-347.
—,. 1913b. Some native Nebraska plants with their uses by the Dakota.
Nebr. State Hist. Soc. Colls. 17:358-370.
Gleason, H. A. 1910. The vegetation of the inland sand deposits of Illinois, Bul.
Tll. State Lab. Nat. Hist. Surv. v. 9 (art. IIT), 174 pp.
Hart, C. A. 1907. Zoological studies in the sand regions of the Illinois and Mis-
sissippi River valleys. Bul. Ill. State Lab. Nat. Hist. 7:195-272.
Higley, W. K., and Raddin, C. S. 1902. The flora of Cook County, Illinois and a
part of Lake County, Indiana. Bul. Chicago Acad. Sci. 2(1), xiii and 166 pp.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 185
James, E. 1825. Catalogue of plants collected during a journey to and from the
Rocky Mountains during the summer of 1820. (James was botanist on the
Major S. H. Long expedition of the U. S. Engimeers). Trans. Amer. Phil.
Soc. (n.s.) 2:172-190.
Kellerman, W. A., and Mrs. 1900. The non-indigenous flora of Ohio. Ohio State
Univ. Bul. (ser. 4), No. 27, pp. 1-28. Reprinted from Jour. Columbus Hort.
Soc., Mareh 1900.
Lapham, I. A. 1857. Catalogue of the plants of the state of [llinois.
Mead, S. B. 1846. Catalogue of plants growing spontaneously in the state of
Illinois, the principal part near Augusta, Hancock County. Prairie Farmer 6:
30-36, 60, 93, 119-122.
Nuttall, T. 1818. The genera of North American plants, and a catalogue of the
species to the year 1817. Philadelphia.
Patterson, H. N. 1876. Catalogue of the phaenogamous and vascular cryptogamous
plants of Illinois, native and introduced. Oquawka, Ill., pp. 1-54.
Pepoon, H. S. 1927. An annotated flora of the Chicago area. Chicago Acad. Sci.
Bul. Nat. Hist. Surv. 8, 554 pp. (p. 294).
Petersen, W. J. 1937. Steamboating on the Upper Mississippi, the waterway to
Towa. 575 pp. Iowa City.
Pursh, F. 1807. Journal of a botanical expedition in the northeastern parts of the
states of Pennsylvania and New York during the year 1807. (Reprinted,
1823).
Schaffner, J. 1914. Catalog of Ohio vascular plants.
Short, C. W. 1845. Observations on the botany of [llinois, more especially in ref-
erence to the autumnal flora of the prairies. Western Jour. Med. and Surgery,
Mar., pp. 185-198.
Stal, C. 1870. Enumeratio Hemipterorum. Svenska Vetensk. Akad. Handl., p. 187.
Thwaites, A. G. 1904. Early Western Travels, 1748-1846. 8 vols.
Torrey, J. 1824. A flora of the northern and middle sections of the United States,
v. 1, 518 pp. Albany.
. 1843. A flora of the state of New York. 2 vols., 1056 pp. Albany.
NEW SPECIES OF RALLICOLA (Philopteridae: Mallophaga)
By K. C. Emerson, Stillwater, Oklahoma
Since reviewing the genus Rallicola (Kmerson 1955), additional
material has been examined. The status of two subspecies can now be
clarified, and two new forms are described.
186 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957
Rallicola ortygometrae californicus (Kellogg and Chapman)
The original description was based on material collected from Rallus
obsoletus=Rallus longirostris obsoletus Ridgway, and Rallus vir-
gimanus=Rallus limicola limicola Vieillot. For my review, specimens
from Rallus limicola limicola Vieillot were not available. From mate-
rial now available, it is established that the two hosts harbor different
forms of the genus Rallicola. I designate Rallus longirostris obsoletus
Ridgway as the type host of Rallicola ortygometrae californicus (Kel-
logg and Chapman, 1899). This host is the first one listed by the
authors in their original description. The redescription and figures
given in my review are based on material from Rallus longirostris
subspecies. The specimens found on Rallus elegans elegans Audubon
also appear to be this subspecies.
Rallicola ortygometrae guami Carriker
Through the courtesy of Dr. Ronald Ward, material from the type
host of this species has been examined. The series consisted of: Six
females and four males from Rallus owstoni (Rothschild), collected
August 22, 1931, on Guam by W. F. Coultas. The form is properly
a subspecies of Rallicola ortygometrae. In my key, it can be separated
from Rallicola ortygometrae affinis (Piaget) by tergite III in the
male; which in guami is continuous, and in affinis is interrupted.
These specimens differ slightly from the description given by Carriker
(1949), so the following notes prepared by Dr. Ward and the author
are presented.
In the male, abdominal tergite IIT interrupted medianly, III interrupted medi-
anly for about one-third of the segment length, and the remainder are entire.
Male genitalia as shown in figure 1. In the female, abdominal tergites II-VI in-
terrupted medianly, VII-VIII transversely continuous. Sternites III-VI, in both
sexes, with four long setae on posterior margins.
Measurements: Male Female
Length of head 0.47mm 0.49mm
Width of head .36 08
Width of prothorax 23 24
Width of pterothorax 30 B33)
Width of abdomen ibs) 30
Total length 1.55 1.66
Rallicola ortygometrae subporzanae n. sp.
All abdominal tergites, in both sexes, transversely continuous. Abdominal ter-
gites II-III with large anterior median indentation; but posterior one-third of
these two tergites continuous. Abdominal tergites and sternites, in both sexes,
each with four long setae. Male genitalia as shown in figure 2.
Measurements: Male Female
Length of head 0.48mm 0.44mm
Width of head 38 36
Width of prothorax 22 21
Width of pterothorax 02 32
Width of abdomen 48 21
Total length 1.43 1.51
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 187
Type host.—Porzana carolina (linnaeus), Sora rail.
Type material: Holotype male, allotype female, and paratype
female collected in Douglas County, Kansas, during May 1909, are
in the Snow Entomological Collection, University of Kansas. Para-
type female collected at Mattituck, Long Island, New York, on Sep-
tember 10, 1936, by R. Latham, is in the collection of Cornell Univer-
sity.
This subspecies is closest to Rallicola ortygometrae ortygometrae ;
but can be separated from it in that tergite IV is continuous in the
new form, and interrupted medianly in Rallicola ortygometrae orty-
gometrae (Schrank).
Rallicola mystax (Giebel)
The type host of this species is Porzana porzana (Linnaeus), which
is found in Europe. Two collections have been examined that indicate
Caltnay in
)
|
a
1 2 é
Male genitalia of Rallicola sp., drawn to the same seale:—Fig. 1, R. ortygomet-
rae guami Carriker ; fig. 2, R. ortygometrae subporzanae n. spp.; fig. 3, R. kelloggi
n. sp.
188 PROC. ENT. SOC, WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957
the species is also found on Porzana carolina (linnaeus) in North
America. Two males collected at Moscow, Idaho; on May 2, 1952
by T. D. Burleigh, and one male collected at Tlacotalpam, Vera Cruz,
Mexico, on February 19, 1940, by M. A. Carriker, apparently agree in
all details with specimens from the type host. These records tend to
confuse the situation, as heretofore it has been thought that each
species of host was parasitized by only one species of Rallicola.
Further collections will be necessary to determine if this exists for
other hosts.
Rallicola kelloggi n. sp.
Male: Head slender, with a wide hyaline margin. First segments of antennae
enlarged and elongated, each with an appendage. Third segments of antennae
prolonged distally beyond the junction with segment IV. Posterior margin of
pterothorax with four pairs of long setae. Second abdominal tergife interrupted
medianly, the remainder transversely continuous; each tergite with a pair of
setae located medianly on posterior margin. Abdominal sternites ITI-VI with
four setae on posterior margins; and sternites VII-VIII with two setae on pos-
terior margins. Male genitalia as shown in figure 3.
Female: Antennae filiform. Abdominal tergites II-III interrupted medianly,
IV indented medianly, and the remainder transversely continuous. Chaetotaxy,
except for the terminal abdominal segments, as in the male. Lateral margins of
abdominal sternite IX, each with a fringe of ten medium length setae.
Measurements: Male Female
Length of head 0.42 0.45mm
Width of head Hi) 36
Width of prothorax 22 23
Width of pterothorax 28 30
Width of abdomen 38 45
Total length 1.26 1.42
Type host.—Rallus limicola limicola Vieillot, Virginia Rail.
Type material— Holotype male, paratype male, and five paratype
females in the U.S. National Museum, were collected at Vienna, Mary-
land, March 6, 1951. Allotype female, two paratype females, and one
paratype male in the collection of Ohio State University were col-
lected at Buckeye Lake, Ohio, on May, 15, 1925. Two paratype males
in the collection of Dr. G, J. Spencer were collected at Haney, British
Columbia, on June 14, 1951, by A. Peake. Three paratype males are
in the collection of Cornell University; these specimens are without
data except for the host. A paratype male and female in the U. 8.
National Museum were collected at Leonia, New Jersey, on September
6, 1929, by J. A. Weber.
This form is near R. sarothurae Clay, R. hoogstraali Emerson, and
R. cuspidatus (Scopoli). The mesosome of the male genitalia is not
elongated and pointed as in R. sarothurae, or broadly rounded as in
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 189
R. hoogstraali. Tergite V of the female is interrupted medianly in
R. cuspidatus, and transversely continuous in Rf. kelloggi n. sp.
Host List
The following list includes all species of the genus Rallicola found
im the United States, Canada, and Alaska, together with their normal
hosts.
Rallicola advenus (Kellogg), 1896. Fulica americana americana Gmelin, Ameri
can coot.
Rallicola elliotti Emerson, 1955. Porphyrula martinica (Linnaeus), Purple gal
linule.
Rallicola fulicae (Denny), 1842. Fulica atra atra Linnaeus, European coot.
Rallicola funebris (Nitzsch), 1866, Aramus scolopaceus pictus (Meyer), Florida
limpkin.
Rallicola kelloggi n. sp. Rallus limicola linicola Vieillot, Virginia rail.
Rallicola minutus (Nitzsch), 1866. Gallinula chloropus cachinnans Bangs, Flor-
ida gallinula.
Rallicola mystax (Giebel), 1874. Porzana carolina (Linnaeus), Sora rail.
Rallicola ortygometrae californicus (Kellogg and Chapman), 1899. Rallus
longirostris suspecies, Clapper rails, and Rallus elegans elegans Audubon, King
rail.
Rallicola ortygometrae ortygometrae (Schrank), 1781. Crex crex (Linnaeus),
Corncrake.
Rallicola ortygometrae subporzanae n. ssp. Porzana carolina (Linnaeus), Sora
rail.
Rallicola porzanae (Piaget), 1880. Coturnicops noveboracensis noveboracensis
(Gmelin), Yellow rail.
The black rails, Latterallus jamaicensis subspecies, are the only
hosts from this area likely to harbor a form of Rallicola that have
not been examined to date.
REFERENCES
Carriker, M. A. 1949. On a collection of Mallophaga from Guam, Marianas
Islands. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 100 (3254): 1-24.
Emerson, K. C. 1955. A review of the genus Rallicola (Philopteridae, Mallo-
phaga) found on Aramidae, Psophiidae, and Rallidae. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer.
48: 284-299.
Kellogg, V. L. and Chapman, B. L. 1899. Mallophaga from birds of California.
Oceas. Papers. Calif. Acad. Sci. 6: 53-143.
NOTICE
Memoir No. 5, A Classification of the Siphonaptera of South America, by
Phyllis Truth Johnson, is now available. Price $10.00. Send orders to Mr.
Herbert J. Conkle, Custodian, Entomological Society of Washington, Plant
Quarantine Branch, ARS, U.S. Department of Agriculture, Washington 25, D.C.
190 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957
NOTES ON BIONOMICS AND ECOLOGY OF MOSS-MITES I.
(ACARI: ORIBATET)
JOSEF R. WINKLER, Museum SLUKO Olomouc, Czechoslovakia
(Communicated to Tyler A. Woolley, Colorado A & M College)
Migration on Large Plants
Studies of microcavernicolous hfe histories demonstrate the oceur-
rence of certain oribatid mites in soil layers, decaying leaves, under
stones, beneath the bark of trees, and in similar biotopes. The mites
are often very abundant also on small plants growing in the immedi-
ate neighborhood of the earth (mosses, lichens, ete.), but their pres-
ence on larger plants is rather exceptional and only a small number
of migrant species 1s known. Some oribatid species, for instance Cym-
baeremaeus cymba (Nic.), Neoliodes theleproctus (Herm.), and N.
farinosus (WKoeh) are often mentioned in the literature as arboricolous
mites. Collections on forest-steppes in the Karlstejn area (Central
Bohemia) help to revise these data. On oaklets of this locality Neo-
liodes farinosus was procured in great numbers together with Phaulop-
pia lucorum in sweepings of the area. Both of these also occurred in
Sweepings from the serpentine-steppes of Mohelno (SW Moravia)
made by the writer in May 1955.
On localities in the lower parts of the Sumava Mts., (Bohmerwald),
Phauloppia lucorum and Cymbaeremaecus cymba were collected to-
gether. The former was distributed rather individually; the latter
occurred in great abundance in overgrowths of Cladonia and on the
trunks of firs. P. lucorwm was not found in any of the samples of
litter from beneath these trees. Specimens of C. cymba were rather
rare in the litter and those found were usually dead and defective.
(Schwarzbach in Boéhmenwalde, 18.9.1953, J. R. Winkler)
The writer also studied the migration of Camisia lapponica (Tragh. )
on leaves of bilberry (Vaccinium vitis) in the locality of Pestrice
(Stogenwald) not far from Boéhmenwalde. Clusters of Vaccinium
were infested by the scale Chionaspis salicis and the aleurodid Aleuro-
tuberculatus similis Takahashi (Det. Dr. J. Zahradnik). In this in-
stance the author observed slow, distinct migrations of C. lapponica
in spite of low temperatures of —1° to —20° C. These observations
are unique, for data concerninig migrations of this species on plants
are not found in the literature.
The occurrence of Trichoribates incisellus (Krammer) on eculti-
vated lucerne (Medicago sativa) was observed July 7, 1955, near
Karlstejn (Central Bohemia). No data concerning migration of this
species on plants of a greater size are known.
Occurrence of cerotegument on Nenillus tegeocranus (Herm.)
For some species of mites the presence of cerotegument covering
the body is characteristic. In certain instances it may be a valid and
prominent taxonomic feature. The carabodid species (Yenillus tegeo-
cranus (Herm.) usually has no cerotegument and there are no cases
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 191
described in the literature. The writer obtained this rather common
species in a number of Bohemian localities. All collected specimens
were of normal appearance. In one Bohemian (Lichkoy, 3.9.1954)
and three Moravian localities (Vlaske 29.8.1954 and Hanusovice,
15.8.1954), however, the author found specimens covered by a thick,
dirty amorphous, yellowish-brown cerotegument. The layer covered
both propodosoma and hysterosoma and made generic and specific
identification impossible. The lamellae were of fantastic form and
size. The cerotegument layer was suppressed by boiling specimens in
ehloralphenol and washing them in carboxylol. They were then
mounted in Canada balsam and all characters became visible. The
cerotegument, if present, is very adhesive, which necessitates a drastic
method of removal. Although the writer boiled specimens in lactic
acid and cleared them mechanically, he had better success with the
former technique. Factors influencing the production and adhesion
of cerotegument are unknown to the writer; he is also at a loss to
explain the lack of cerotegument in some mites of the same species,
as described above.
THE LARVA OF SIMOPELTA (HYMENOPTERA: FORMICIDABE)
GEORGE C. WHEELER AND JEANETTE WHEELER
Department of Biology, University of North Dakota
The larva of Simopelta deserves to be ranked with those of Lepta-
nilla and Proceratium as the most aberrant and bizarre among the
ants. In fact, when we first looked at Borgmeier’s (1950) sketch, we
doubted that it could be a formicid larva. It had a somewhat dipter-
ous habitus and there are myrmecophilous larvae among the Diptera.
So we asked Dr. Borgmeier if he would send us some material for
study. His response was most generous—70 larvae.
A detailed study of this material revealed the presence of most for-
micid larval characters, but since we still had doubts, we sent some
to Dr. Willis W. Wirth at the United States National Museum. Dr.
Wirth! has written us that ‘‘the complete series of abdominal spiracles
indicate that they are not dipterous. I know of no Diptera higher
than the Fungivoridae-Itonididae series which have a complete series
of abdominal spiracles. Traces of the usual pair of apical spiracles
and the lack of a posterior differentiated pair of spiracles are practi-
cally always to be found in the higher Diptera.’’!
Genus SIMOPELTA Mann
Body rather stout and nearly straight. Diameter greatest at abdominal somite
IV, decreasing to the anterior end of the abdomen, then increasing to the meso-
thorax. Prothorax conoidal and capable of being retracted to a limited extent
into the mesothorax; basal diameter (in preserved material) abruptly offset from
1Obiter dictum: Dr. Wirth showed the larvae to a colleague, who said that if
they were ant larvae, he was ready to believe anything.
192 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957
the anterior end of the mesothorax. Terminal abdominal segment forming a
small knob directed postero-ventrally. Tubereles sparse (72); fungiform, door-
knob-shaped or irregu’ar. Body and head hairs lacking. Antennae very small and
situated high on the head, each with two sensilla. Mandibles faleate; base not
dilated; without spinules or medial teeth; apex directed posteriorly, simulating
the mouthhooks of maggots. Labial palps lateral.
Simopelta belones to the section Euponerinae of the subfamily
Ponerinae; the larvae of this section are characterized by havine body
tubercles. The tubercles of Simopelta appear somewhat similar to the
olutinous dorsal tubercles of Ponera and Huponera, but otherwise
there is little resemblance to other members of the tribe Ponerini.
Head shape, high antennae, and the lack of hairs on the head suggest
Leptogenys in the tribe Leptogenyini. On the other hand, Simopelta
Is unique amone known ant larvae in (1) the general shape of the
body and the shape of the thorax in particular; (2) the partial re-
tractability of the prothorax; (3) complete absence of hairs; and (4)
the shape and position of the mandibles. The lateral position of the
labial palps is unusual but not unique.
Simopelta pergandei (Forel)
Young larva—Straight length 1.6 mm; length through spiracles 1.7 mm. Body
rather stout and nearly straight. Diameter greatest at abdominal somite IV, de-
creasing gradually to the posterior end, which would be broadly rounded were
it not for the terminal somite that forms a small knob directed posteroventrally ;
decreasing anteriorly to the anterior end of the abdomen, then increasing to the
mesothorax. Prothorax conoidal and capable of being retracted to a limited ex-
tent into the mesothorax; basal diameter (in preserved material) abruptly re-
duced from the diameter of the anterior end of the mesothorax, giving an offset
appearance. Head on the anterior end. Anus posteroventral. Leg and gonopod
vestiges present. Segmentation indistinct. Body beset with 72 tubercles which
are fungiform, doorknob-shaped, or irregular (in preserved material). Tubereles
arranged in 8 longitudinal rows; the mesothoracic through the seventh abdomi-
nal somite each bearing 8 tubercles. Segmentation indistinct. Integument thickly
beset with minute papillae (about 0.0012 mm in diameter). No body hairs. Cra-
nium longer than broad; widest at the bases of the mandibles; dorsal outline
rounded. Head with 10 small sensilla but no hairs. Antennae very small and
high on the cranium; each with 2 sensilla, each of which bears a minute spinule.
Labrum narrow, slightly longer than broad, thick; the blunt ventral surface with
8 sensilla; each lateral surface with 1 sensillum; posterior surface spinulose, the
spinules rather long (about 0.009 mm) and arranged in subtransverse rows, the
rows so close together that their spinules overlap. Mandibles heavily sclerotized ;
faleate; base not dilated; without medial teeth; surfaces smooth; apex directed
posterior'y. Maxillae not distinctly marked off from the head; the apex bearing
a few long slender spinules; palp a low knob with 1 lateral (bearing a spinule)
and 3 terminal (2 small with a spinule each and 1 large and encapsulated) sen-
silla; galea a tall frustum bearing 2 apical sensilla. Anterior surface of labium
spinulose, the spinules long and in subtransverse rows, the rows so close together
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 193
Fic. 1.—Simopelta pergandei (Forel), A, head in anterior view, X205; B, larva
in side view, X44; C, larva in ventral view, X44; D, surface view of cuticular
spines, X635; EH, left mandible in lateral view, X282; F, mouth parts in sagittal
section, X625; G, tubercle and adjacent bulb in section, X635. Bu, bulb; Cu,
cuticle; Hd, hypodermis; Hp, hypopharynx; Li, labium; Lr, labrum; 8S, duct of
sericteries; Tu. tubercle.
194 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO, 4, AUGUST, 1957
that their spinules overlap; palps lateral, each a low knob with 1 lateral (bearing
a spinule) and 3 terminal (2 small with a spinule each and 1 large and encapsu-
lated) sensilla; opening of sericteries a long transverse slit on the ventral surface
of the labium. Hypopharynx densely spinulose, the spinules long and in numerous
transverse rows, the rows so close together that their spinules overlap. (Material
studied: numerous larvae from San José, Costa Riea, collected by H. Schmidt.)
3orgmeier 1950 (p. 376) states (translation from Portuguese): ‘‘I was able
to examine more than 70 larvae of this species. None of them appears to have
attained complete development, but at most scarcely 2 mm. in total length (the
worker is 3 mm.). Some specimens were treated with lactic acid, and the form
and structure were perfectly visible under high magnification. The color is cream.
The thoracic segments are sharply marked off from the abdominal segments. There
is a slight constriction in the height of abdominal segments 2-3 and they are
enlarged in the posterior half of the abdomen. In specimens preserved in alcohol
the form is more flattened and more enlarged posteriorly, and thoracic segments
2-3 are usually retracted. Abdominal segments 1-9 bear on the dorsal and ven-
tral surface transverse rows of 4 circular papillae. The integument is naked,
Ty A
without hairs.’’ (Fig. 12 on p. 375, larva in dorsal view.)
REFERENCE
Borgmeier, T. 1950. A fémea dichthadiiforme e os estadios evolutivos de Simopelta
pergandei (Forel), e a deserigao de S. bicolor, n. sp. Rev. de Ent. 21: 369-
380, illus.
A NOTE ON THILAKOTHRIPS BABULI RAMAKRISHNA
J. DouGLaAs Hoop
The description of Thilakothrips babuli Ramakrishna (Mem. Dept.
Agr. India, 10(7) :276-277, 1928) was evidently based in large part
upon material crushed in the process of mounting and examined with
no great care. To the species were attributed several nonexistent char-
acters. I have a paratype which was collected with the holotype; 1.e.,
it was taken at the same place, on the same day, in the same kind of
galls, on the same plant, and labeled by the original describer in his
own handwriting. This specimen, after treatment with potassium
hydroxide, was manipulated into what appears to be a close approxi-
mation of its original form, and then remounted. It is the basis for
the notes and drawines given below.
Little resemblance is to be seen between the present illustrations
(Figs. 1-3) and those accompanying the text of the original deserip-
tion; and several statements made in the description itself need also
to be corrected.
Thus, the head is not ‘‘dome shaped, converging toward the eyes
and widening toward base, where there is a slight lateral expansion
like a lappet on each side.’’ Rather, it is nearly parallel-sided, nar-
rowed basally, and not at all out of the ordinary in general form.
Nor do the cheeks have ‘‘distinet ecrenulations, which appear more or
less like warts, but have no spines or tubereles’’; instead, they are
?
PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957
Q, paratype; right
Head and prothorax,
Thilakothrips babuli Ramakrishna.
fore leg omitted.
196 PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957
Thilakothrips babuli: Metanotum, 9, paratype (upper); tergum of abdomen,
2, paratype (lower).
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH:/eVOL. 59, NO:'4,°AUGUST, 1957 197
well covered with distinct, though not large, tubercles, and each tuber-
cle, with few exceptions, bears a large, curved, and somewhat finger-
like seta. The prothorax is nearly smooth on the dise and without
reticulation of any sort. It is set with numerous, heavy, tapering setae
—fashioned much like the cephalic ones—and has the conventional six
pairs of major setae, in their usual positions: four on the pronotum,
one on the epimera, and one on the fore coxae. All of these last have
conspicuously dilated tips. In the original description, this part of the
body is said to be ‘‘not so distinctly reticulate’’ as the head, and
‘‘fringed with numerous curved hyaline bristles which are dilated
at the tip, the postero-lateral bristle long, curved ... other bristles
comparatively small.”’
Following are measurements, in microns except as otherwise noted, of the
single specimen, a de-alated macropterous female: Length about 1.6 mm, (dis-
tended, 1.86 mm). Head, total length 245, width across eyes 148, least width
just behind eyes 129, greatest width across cheeks 151, least width near base 123,
width across basal collar 129, greatest width in front of eyes 938, width of frontal
costa 19. Eyes, dorsal length 64, dorsal width 40, dorsal interval 68. Median
ocellus, diameter 15. Postocular setae, length 63, interval 107, distance from eyes
20. Mouth-cone, length beyond posterior dorsal margin of head 146. Prothorax,
median length of pronotum 160, width across coxae 290, length of antero-marginal
setae 50, antero-angulars 54, mid'aterals 55, epimerals 82, postero-marginals 67,
coxals 50. Mesothorax, width across anterior angles 302. Metathorax, greatest
width posteriorly 315. Abdomen, greatest width (at segment III) 3438; tube
(segment X, only), length 163, width across basal collar 62, greatest subbasal
width 57, least apical width 29, terminal setae 94; segment IX, seta I 92, IT 80.
Lengths of antennal segments: I 50 (dorsal, exposed length only 29), II 60,
TIT 60; 1V 56; V 54, VI 53, VIL 53, VIII 27; total length of antennae 413.
A NEW SPECIES OF DENDROCORIS AND A NEW COMBINATION OF
ATIZIES
(HEMIPTERA, PENTATOMIDAE )
G. H. Netson, College of Medical Evangelists, Loma Linda, California.
Since the author’s recent revision of the genus Dendrocoris (Proc.
Ent. Soe. Wash. 57: 49-67, 1955), a new species of Dendrocoris, herein
described, and a new combination of Atizies have been recognized. In
the revision Atizies was placed as a synonym of Dendrocoris on the
basis of A. suffultus Distant. Another species of Atizies, called to the
author’s attention by Mr. D. Leston, of London, England, was de-
scribed by L. Ancona N. in ‘‘Los jumiles de Taxco (Gro.) Atizies
taxcoensis spec. nov.’’ (An. del Inst. de Biol. 3:149-162, 19 _) As
the reference was not available to the author, Dr. R. I. Sailer, of the
U.S. National Museum, kindly checked the original description and
drawings. He states that the drawing of the underside shows the
bifurcate metasternal plate or metaxyphus that is so characteristic of
the Edessini and that A. taxrcoensis belongs to the genus Edessa and is
possibly a synonym of FE. conspersa Stal.
198 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957
Dendrocoris parapini, new species
This species resembles D. pini Montandon closely but has a relatively narrower
head (especially noticeable in that part anterior to the eyes) and coneave antero-
lateral pronotal margins, which are straight or slightly convex in pini (see figs.
laranid 2)
Color.—Pale yellow ochraceous above and beneath, with ferruginous tints on
head above. Punctures concolorous with body except for dark brown to black
punetures along lateral margins of juga, antero-lateral margins of pronotum, und
a few along lateral margins of hemelytra. Antennae rufo-ferruginous, paler to-
ward base. Rostrum colored as body with dark markings typical of this genus.
Legs colored as body, tarsi rufo-ferruginous. Abdominal segments with dark
antero- and postero-lateral angles as seen from a lateral view. Spiracles colored
as body.
Structure.—General form oval. Head width to length a ratio of 1.05 to 1,
obliquely narrowed to rounded front; vertex and base of tylus convex; juga con-
tiguous in front. Disk of pronotum with a few irregular raised smooth areas
laterally and anteriorly; humeri not prominent, lateral margins before humeri
slightly coneave. Scutellum with impunctate areas along lateral margins and on
disk. Hemelytra with impunetate areas located irregularly on their surface.
Length: 2, 6-7 mm. Width: 9, 3.4-3.8 mm.
Female genitalia.—Essentially as in pini except that the genital plates are
largely or completely hidden by sixth abdominal segment.
Variation.—Dark punctures occur on the posterior margin of pronotum in one
specimen. Coloration and structure quite constant in the specimens available.
Type Material—Described from seven females.
Holotype: NEw Mexico: Las Vegas, August 12, H. S. Barber and
Schwarz. U.S. National Museum Type Cat. No. 63453.
Paratypes: New Mexico: 1 Las Vegas, August 16, Barber and
Schwarz; 1 Santa Fe, July 21, 1926, E. C. Van Dyke; 1 Jemez
Fig. 1, Dendrocoris parapini Nelson, outline of head and pronotum; fig. 2, D. pini
Montandon, outline of head and pronotum.
Springs, July 1, 1916, J. Woodgate; Texas: 3 Jeff Davis Co., June
20, 1952, July 4, 1953, and July 6, 1953, D. J. and J. N. Knull. These
paratypes are distributed in the following collections: 2, U. S. Na-
tional Museum; 3, Ohio State University Collection; 1, California
Academy of Sciences.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 199
It is possible that additional specimens of parapini are present in
some collections under the name pint Montandon: Specimens identi-
fied as pint are especially suspect if they were collected in New Mexico
or Texas.
HOST FEEDING OF CULISETA MORSITANS
Ropert C. WALLIS, Connecticut Agricultural Experiment Station, New Haven
The ecology and bionomics of mosquitoes feeding on avian hosts have
recently become important, as epidemiological studies involve wild
birds and domestic pheasants as hosts of eastern equine encephalitis.
However, knowledge of many mosquito species, particularly of the
host-feedine preference, is not available. This article reports observa-
tions on the biology of one of these lttle known species, Culiseta
morsitans.
The biology of the larvae of this species was published by Horsfall
in 1955, but little has been reported on the feeding habits of the adult.
Carpenter and LaCasse (1955) say the females of the species rarely,
if ever, feed on man. They indicate that C. morsitans probably feeds
on birds and cite an account of a female feeding upon the blood of a
breenfinch (Natvig 1948). However, there is little evidence concern-
ing the source of the blood meal of this species. There is no indica-
tion that this mosquito even requires blood, since engorged specimens
have not been reported. Wesenbere-Lund (1921) examined thousands
of wild females and found none with blood in the alimentary tract.
Experimental.—Biweekly collections of morsitans adults were ob-
tained from diurnal resting places in the vicinity of a domestic pheas-
ant pen at Shade Swamp, Connecticut, throughout the early summer
of 1956. During two 4-week periods, prior to and after 6-week-old
pheasants were placed in the pen, the number of female C. morsitans
containing fresh blood were counted and recorded. Blood smears from
specimens containing fresh blood meals were prepared for microscopic
examination.
Results —Within a 4-week period, from June 16 to July 14, 1956,
pheasants were placed in the pen, the number of female C. morsitans
contained fresh blood meals out of a total of 115 females of this spe-
cies collected. However, the collection taken during the first week
after the pheasants were in the pen, July 14 to July 21, contained 18
blooded specimens out of 27. The incidence of blooded specimens in
collections during the next 2 weeks remained high and then dropped
in the fourth week. In the second week, July 21 to July 28, 6 were
blooded out of 14 collected. In the third week, July 28 to August 4,
6 were blooded out of 23 specimens. During the fourth week, August
4 to August 11, 1 out of 14 had engorged with blood. In this 4-week
period after the young pheasants were placed in the pen, a total of
31 blooded specimens out of 88 C. morsitans were collected. The per-
centage incidence of blooded specimens for this 4-week period was
35.2 percent as compared with 2.6 percent for the previous 4-week
200 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., vol. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957
period. Blood smears prepared for microscopic examination revealed
that 6 out of 6 blood-engorged specimens contained nucleated red
blood cells.
Discussion—During the past 3 years this laboratory has been con-
cerned with the ecology of mosquitoes feeding on pheasants, because
of the repeated occurrence in Connecticut of eastern equine encepha-
lomyelitis in domestic pheasants. Particular observations have been
made of Culiseta (Wallis 1953) since Chamberlain et al. (1951) re-
ported isolation of the virus from C. melanura and Holden et al.
(1954) reported isolation of three strains of virus from pools of the
same species collected near a pheasant pen in New Jersey.
During the early summer months, adult C. morsitans were routinely
collected in diurnal resting places in past years, but it was not until
1956 that careful observation of blood-engorged specimens could be
correlated with the stocking of the pheasant pen. The sharp increase
in the number of specimens containing blood was startling, and could
not be connected with any other change in the environment. Wild bird
and other potential host populations within the area were apparently
constant during the two periods. It may be postulated that since a
smaller total number of adults was in the cave collections in the lat-
ter 4-week period, the percentage of fed specimens would naturally
increase. Also, the females in the population may not have been ready
to feed earlier in the season. However, the proportion of blood-en-
gorged specimens during the first week the pheasants were available
was considerably higher than for subsequent weeks. From this, it ap-
pears that a backlog of females ready to feed was built up in the popu-
lation and the young pheasants provided a suitable host population.
REFERENCES
Carpenter, S. J., and LaCasse, W. J. 1955. Mosquitoes of North America, Berke-
ley, Calif. Univ. Calif. Press. 6, 386 pp.
Chamberlain, R. W., Rubin, H., Kissling, R. E., and Edison, M. E. 1951. Recovery
of virus of Eastern equine encephalitis from a mosquito, Culiseta melanura
(Coquillett). Proce. Soe. Expt. Biol. and Med. 77: 396-397.
Holden, P., Miller, J. B., and Tobbins, D. M. 1954. Isolations of eastern equine
encephalomyelitis virus from mosquitoes (Culiseta melanura) collected in
New Jersey 1953. Proce. Soc. Expt. Biol. and Med. 87: 457-459.
Horsfall, W. R. 1955. Mosquitoes. Their Bionomies and Relations to Disease.
Ronald Press Co., New York. 723 pp.
Natvig, L. R. 1948. Contributions to the knowledge of the Danish and Fennosean-
dian Mosquitoes: Culeini. Norsk. Ent. Tidsskr., Sup. 1, 567 pp.
Wallis, R. C. 1953. Notes on the Biology of Culiseta melanura (Coquillett)-
Mosquito News. 14: 33-34.
Wesenberg-Lund, C. 1920-1921. Contributions to the biology of the Danish Culi-
cidae. Host and Son, Copenhagen. 210 pp.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 201
SUMMARY REPORTS OF SOCIETY OFFICERS FOR 1956
CORRESPONDING SECRETARY
Membership as of January 1, 1956 (adjusted figure)... 506
Reductions:
Lawersseanieyo | Ae it
Dropped: —ye ses. oe ee 21
Deceasedi=s— & sew oe 1
AO te, Seeecetere ee ee ee ee eee Be Es 23
Elected to membership —- sorts EELS RSS eee 26
INGfes ain eine me mn'b ershiiy) sess eueaweeines seer ea sat eee 3
oOtaleniembershipsnonsD)ecaroilanl Os Geen: eee ou ee Se 509
Classes of Membership
PAG LaR USGI TOR Anes Wir eae ae ae eee ee ee =. 486
AN rll @ yeaa aA ee ee ee Se dete oe eA se Se 5
TRYST Ly | ee SF pee an ae A ee ye ee PD, EM dps dawns BE eh SER RAD 14
TE ROWM ON ae) cee ee nee eee ee 1 ee ce ge es ee eae 4
509
The membership is distributed among 41 States, the District of Columbia, and
21 foreign countries.
Circulation of the Proceedings (October 1956 issue) :
Unstamped, poundage rate
Sitiattest. = eee 396
District of Columbia _. 34
lUEISs2ossessions? 15 445
Stamped asrOLeleneCOUlbT CS ate ean ne ee ewe ee eee eee 153
Henini all eee ace ee eee De Ok SA ON RL Jee ae ta ae ot eee Ee. 118
IDO Gea ls ples Ol rect eas! ames ee SSL i cone eS 716
Distribution:
ROBIN ETN CL Seas 4 eer Bs eR i ee oe SET ERY 473
MOESUDSGRIDETS a eee ee ac SATE Se Dede oe ee ie 243
ly ray 2 ie ae a es Dei Gio ee ed 716
The Proceedings go to members and subscribers in 47 States, the District of
Columbia, 4 Territories, and 46 foreign countries.
Respectfully submitted, KELvIN Dorwarp, Corresponding Secretary,
202 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957
TREASURER
General Fund
Cash on hand—January 1, 1956 ____.--....- Se ee ects Pee Seep) Oso
Recerpts durin ogo y Oe eee ee Eee es anit, eee 3,599.75
Cash on hand— Dorcnben 31, 495 NG el a A 268.20
Expenditures dunine 1956) 22a Hie AVS eee 3,866.72
NO Gall eee = eee ere AE NE ha a eal A RS I a $4,134.92
Publication Fund
Cash and securities on h Mevontennye aby Ito) a $6,044.28
Receipts and Earnings during 1956 — woe. 2 See eee OOS)
RO tell ee ie eee ete ae Tee ee : LEN SE $7,340.38
Cash daa Securities on hand— mee Oaee 31, 19! 56 Mee 6,724.98
Expenditures during 1956 __..._____. Se Pee ieee INA Fo 615.40
LLC a) SPE) Lae ALS ae kOe oe etek ee Cee i ote ee ae ee $7,340.38
Copies of the Treasurer’s report, Soprowed by the Auditing Committee, are
on file with the Corresponding Secretary and the Treasurer.
Respectfully submitted, P. X. PELTIER, Treasurer
CUSTODIAN
During the calendar year 1956 the office of the Custodian sold 53 Memoirs for
#288.10; Proceedings, including one complete set, for $384.40; and reprints and
miscellaneous papers amounting to $15.10. The total value of sales amounted to
$684.60.
Memoirs on hand December 31, 1956 were as follows: No. 1, 108; No. 2, 47;
No. 38, 253; and No. 4, 984. Orders have been indicated or actually received for
about 20 of the new Memoir No. 5.
It might be interesting to note that in 1953 items sold amounted to $1,918;
1954, $544; 1955, $554; 1956, $690.
We have already received one order for a complete set of the Proceedings this
year [1957]. This brings up again the problem of providing complete sets after
the present supply of about 15 complete sets is exhausted. A few numbers are
in very short supply and one number is completely exhausted. The Executive
Committee is giving consideration to this matter.
Respectfully submitted, H. J. CoNKLE, Custodian.
EDITOR
Six numbers of Volume 58 of the Proceedings, a total of 368 pages, have been
published in 1956. Eighteen pages were devoted to advertising (exclusive of
back covers) and 350 pages to scientific papers, notes, book reviews, obituaries,
and minutes of meetings. This is in contrast to 304 pages published in 1955,
294 of which were devoted to scientific papers and notes, obituaries, book reviews,
PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 203
and minutes of meetings. During 1956, 8 published pages were paid for by their
authors; in 1955, 8% were so paid. Volume 58 contains 55 original contributions
averaging 6% pages in length. Volume 57 contained 50 original contributions
averaging 5% pages in length.
Memoir No. 5, entitled ‘‘A Classification of the Siphonaptera of South Amer-
ica,’? by Dr. Phyllis Johnson, is in preparation, The manuscript has been
edited, set in galley, and proofread by the author, and the dummy has been
prepared.
Respectfully submitted, RicHarpD H. Footer, Hditor.
SOCIETY MEETING
The 659th regular meeting of the Society was held in room 43 of the U. 8.
National Museum, Thursday, January 3, 1957. President Frank L. Campbell
called the meeting to order at 8 p.m., and there were 35 members and 20 visitors
present. The minutes of the previous meeting were read, corrected, and approved.
President Campbell announced the following committees for 1957. Advertising:
Price G. Piquett, chairman, A. H. Bender, John H. Fales, and George S. Langford;
Auditing: Harold Morrison, chairman, and L. B. Reed; Membership: William E,
Bickley, chairman, Engel L. R. Gilbert, Jack C. Jones, M. P. Jones, Robert T.
Mitchell, Edgar A. Taylor, and Rose E. Warner; Memoirs: Reece I. Sailer,
chairman, Richard H. Foote, Alice V. Renk (ex officio), Jerome G. Rozen, Jr.,
and G. W. Wharton; Notes and Exhibition of Specimens: R. H. Nelson, chairman,
Louis G. Davis, Elizabeth E. Haviland, and W. N. Sullivan, Jr.; Program: J. F.
Gates Clarke, chairman (elected), Theodore R. Gardner, Karl V. Krombein, How-
ard B. Owens; Reserve Stock: H. J. Conkle, chairman (elected), Paul X. Peltier,
and Helen Sollers.
H. M. Armitage, President of the Entomological Society of America, brought
greetings from the Pacific Coast Entomological Society and the Entomological
Societies of Northern and Southern California. In a few lively remarks in be-
half of the Entomological Society of America, he said that he would not remind
Society members they should join the E. 8. A., as he was sure they already be-
longed. President Campbell observed that the E. S. A. was also represented at the
meeting by its immediate past president, B. A. Porter, but gave Dr. Porter a well-
earned rest by calling on R. H. Nelson for a report on the recent meetings. The
E. S. A. has about 3,700 members and hopes that the number may grow to 4,000
in 1957.
R. I. Sailer exhibited third and fourth instars of the wheel bug, Arilus cristatus
(L.). These wheel bug nymphs had hatched in early December from eggs laid in
late September. The nymphs had fed exclusively on nymphs of the stink bug
Euschistus servus Say. Specimens of adult wheel bugs mounted with various spe-
cies of prey were also shown. The prey included a honey bee, wasp, mantispid,
scarab, mantid, and a walking stick. T. J. Spilman asked how the bug managed
to pierce the armorlike exoskeleton of an insect such as a searab. Dr. Sailer re-
plied that in the case of stink bugs he had seen the wheel bug insert its stylets
through the intersegmental membranes of the abdomen and legs. In one instance a
stink bug was killed by a thrust through the basal articulation of its rostrum.
{ Author’s abstract. |
204 PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957
B. A. Porter exhibited a can of ‘‘maguey worms,’’ lepidopterous larvae used
as food in Mexico. The cans are widely offered for sale in Mexican grocery stores.
Dr. Armitage commented that he had sampled the fried grasshoppers, and that
50,000 cans from Tokyo were placed on the U. S. market this year; he did not
recommend them.
The principal paper of the evening was ‘‘The Development of Commercial En-
tomology in the United States,’’ by Mortimer D. Leonard, of the Shell Chemical
Corporation. |The paper as read will be published in the Proceedings of the Tenth
international Congress of Entomology.] ‘‘Commercial Entomology’’ refers to
activities of entomologists, and ‘‘ Official Entomology’’ to their activities in Fed-
eral, State, and other nonprofit agencies. The first commercial entomologist started
in 1904. The growth in numbers of entomologists employed by business and indus-
try was indicated and some of the reasons for the increase were analyzed. The
continually widening field of activities was traced and the present more important
kinds of business which employ graduate entomologists were briefly described.
Although it is estimated that only about 15 percent of all professional en-
tomologists are presently connected with profit-making activities, an increasing
number of trained entomologists will undoubtedly enter the commercial field as
time goes on. The rate of increase will depend to a considerable extent on the
imagination and aggressiveness of entomologists themselves, in pointing out how
business ean profit by a greater use of their specialized knowledge and services.
The development of more adequate curricula in our colleges and universities can
contribute greatly to better enable students to enter the commercial field and
attention should be given toward this end. |Author’s abstract.] The paper was
discussed by President Campbell and by members Porter, Nelson, Bishopp, and
Armitage.
The Shell Chemical Corporation furnished the second part of the scheduled pro-
gram, a new film, ‘‘The Rival World,’’ on the insect menace. The film was
exhibited by Robert E. Hamman, Washington representative of the Agricultural
Chemicals Division of the Corporation. Dr. Bishopp commented on the improve-
ment in the migratory locust problem. He remarked ‘‘ This film is splendid in its
coverage and technical qualities. I feel, however, that it overstresses the migratory
locust problem although that is a spectacular example of the destructiveness of
insects. Unfortunately it conveys the impression that no headway has been made
in conquering the migratory locust. The impression I have gained from contacts
in Egypt and the Middle East is that the systematic scouting and timely use of
insecticides by the various countries has greatly reduced the losses and terror
chargeable to the locusts. In this the good work of Bill Mabee, of the U. S. De-
partment of Agriculture, and his associates have played an important part.’’
The visitors introduced were Mrs. Bishopp; F. D. Butcher, entomologist with
the U. S. Army Forces in the Far East, stationed in Camp Zana, Japan, and his
wife and son Frederick; Dr. Keizo Yasumatsu, who will shortly return to his home
in Japan; and G. W. Dekle, of the Florida State Plant Board. Honorary Member
H. G. Barber was also presented.
The meeting adjourned at 10 p.m.—KeLurr O’NetmL, Recording Secretary.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 205
THE PUBLICATION FUND
Now that Memoir No. 5 has been published, the Executive Commit-
tee of the Entomological Society of Washington wishes to call atten-
tion to the Publication Fund of the Society. Our Constitution, as
amended in December 1956, states,
“«The Society shall maintain a separate fund to be known as the Special
Publication Fund. At the discretion of the Executive Committee, any unrestricted
portion of the Special Publication Fund may be used for publishing memoirs,
handbooks, or other special publications. In any one year, a sum not exceeding
the previous five years’ income from interest on the Special Pubheation Fund
monies may be taken from this Fund and applied toward the publication of the
Proceedings; such sum to be returned to the Special Publication Fund at the
discretion of the Executive Committee. The Special Publication Fund will be
derived from bequests and gifts, from the sale of complete sets of the Proceedings
of the Entomological Society of Washington, froin the sale of Memoirs, Hand-
books, or other special publications, from the fees of life and sustaining members,
and from the sum of fifty cents from the annual dues of each member.’’
The Publication Fund was started by a bequest of $1,400 by the
late Frederick Knab in 1918. In 1927 a donation of $1,000 by the late
E. A. Schwarz was added to it. Since that time no bequests or gifts
have been added to this fund. The Executive Committee wishes to
arouse the interest of members and friends of the Society in obtain-
ing additional funds for the publication of Memoirs by the Society.
Further contributions of any amount will be welcome. At present
the publication of each additional Memoir is mainly dependent upon
funds derived from the sales of those already published.
Contributions to charitable, or educational institutions up to 20
percent of gross income may be deducted in computine Federal in-
come taxes. The form printed below is suggested for the use of those
who desire to leave the Society any personal property, such as money,
stocks, bonds, works of art, or other objects of value.
FORM OF BEQUEST
Know All Men by These Presents, That I Siecin WG nate cea 7
of the city of __ ae NS Eae s PCOUMyanO fae BS, (eile, Md See ote ‘
ATC S CALCIO fetek eee weenie EE ee es , do hereby give, grant, and convey unto
The Entomological Society of Washington, at Washington, in the District of
Columbia, an organization to promote the study of entomology in all of its
Hearing Sather sums Olesen Se a A Te) hi OE eae in: Pie ioillenesy (65 =)
to have and to hold the same unto itself and its suecessors forever for the
promotion of the purposes thereof.
(Place and date)
WITNESSES: SEAL
Date of publication, Vol. 59, No. 3, was June 21, 1957.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957
A Cyanamid Report
Resistance
Resistance to chlorinated hydrocarbon type
insecticides has been proven or suspected in:
cockroaches house flies
mosquitoes flea beetles
Colorado potato beetle cotton boll weevil
dog and cat fleas body lice
bed bugs lygus bugs
codling moth cotton leaf worm
leafhoppers dog ticks
Many researchers have found malathion to be
a capable replacement for the chlorinated
hydrocarbons and have made recommendations
for its use. If you have a ‘‘resistance’’ problem
in your area, you might well consider malathion
for your 1957 research schedule.
Developers and producers of malathion and parathion
Write for AMERICAN CYANAMID COMPANY
particular Agricultural Chemicals Division
technical Insecticide Research
information 30 Rockefeller Plaza, N. Y. 20, N. Y.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 207
3 GREAT
INSECTICIDES ff LORDAN '
CONTROL THESE INSECTS
CHLORDANE: Ants, Armyworms, Blister Beetles, Boxelder Bug, Brown Dog Tick,
Cabbage Maggot, Carpet Beetles, Cattle Lice, Chiggers, Cockroaches, Crickets,
Cutworms, Darkling Beetles, Dog Mange, Earwigs, Fleas, Flies, Grasshoppers,
Household Spiders, Japanese Beetle Larvae, Lawn Moths, Lygus Bugs, Mole
Crickets, Mosquitoes, Onion Maggot, Onion Thrips, Plum Curculio, Sarcoptic
Mange, Seed Corn Maggot, Sheep Ked, Silverfish, Sod Webworms, Southern
Corn Rootworm, Strawberry Crown Borer, Strawberry Root Weevils, Sweet
Clover Weevil, Tarnished Plant Bug, Termites, Ticks, Wasps, White Grubs,
Wireworms...and many others.
HEPTACHLOR: Alfalfa Snout Beetle, Alfalfa Weevil, Ants, Argentine Ant, Army-
worms, Asiatic Garden Beetle Larvae, Black Vine Weevil, Root Maggots, Clover
Root Borer, Colorado Potato Beetle, Corn Rootworms, Cotton Boll Weevil,
Cotton Fleahopper, Cotton Thrips, Crickets, Cutworms, Egyptian Alfalfa Weevil,
European Chafer, Eye Gnats, False Wireworms, Flea Beetles, Garden Web-
worm, Grasshoppers, Japanese Beetle, Leaf Miners, Lygus Bugs, Mormon
Cricket, Mosquitoes, Narcissus Bulb Fly, Onion Maggot, Onion Thrips, Rapid
Plant Bug, Rice Leaf Miner, Salt Marsh Sand Fly, Seed Corn Maggot, Spittle-
bug, Strawberry Root Weevils, Strawberry Rootworms, Sugar Beet Root Mag-
got, Sweet Clover Weevil, Tarnished Plant Bug, Tuber Flea Beetle, Western
Harvester Ant, White Fringed Beetles, White Grubs (June Beetles), Wireworms
...and many others.
ENDRIN: Budworms, Cabbage Worms, Cotton Boll Weevil, Cotton Bollworm, Cot-
ton Fleahopper, Fall Armyworm, Grasshoppers, Hornworms, Leafworms, Rapid
Plant Bug, Spiny Bollworm, Sugar Beet Webworm, Tarnished Plant Bug, Thrips.
WRITE FOR FULL PARTICULARS
VELSICOL CHEMICAL CORPORATION
General Offices and Laboratories Foreign Division
330 East Grand Avenue, Chicago 11, Illinois 350 Fifth Avenue, New York 1, N. Y.
Ree PORE SF iEMIN a alAyade DarVi cE © Som VBiaiN POR VEN Gee PALE Col. Trees s
208 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957
Pyrenone
HELPS TO PRESERVE
PRINCIPLE OF NATURAL CONTROL
| EAs quickly kills destructive, annoy-
ing and disease-carrying insects.
In the absence of sunlight, it remains effective
for long periods of time. In fact, a single application
of Pyrenone protects stored grains from insect at-
tacks for an entire storage season.
On growing crops Pyrenone kills the accessible
stages of insects fast — even between showers of
rain. Yet natural factors of rain and sunlight do not
permit Pyrenone to form long-lasting residues. Be-
cause long-lasting residues are not present, the newly
emerging parasites and predators are free to com-
plete their life cycles and to continue to parasitize
or feed upon destructive insect pests.
This means that Pyrenone is completely com-
patible with the natural control of crop-destroying
insects.
*Reg. U.S. Pat. Off., F.M.C.
FAIRFIELD CHEMICAL DIVISION
Food Machinery and Chemical Corporation
44] Lexington Avenue e New York 17,N. Y.
White grubs (left) and wireworms (right) magnified 20 times.
WHEN PESTS SEE
eye-to-eye
Creatures from the science-fiction world? No, just an ordinary white grub
and a wireworm magnified twenty times. But they and their equally de-
structive allies, such as rootworms and cutworms, ruin millions of dollars
worth of cotton, corn, tobacco, wheat, cole crops and others—each season.
Constant research is necessary to find the flaws in their armor... to
develop newer and better controls . .. to hold their crop-destruction to 2
minimum,
That’s why Shell Chemical maintains a staff of researchers who, with the
co-operation of federal, state, and local agencies, are continually searching
and experimenting to develop new and more potent pesticides.
Shell’s contributions to agriculture include aldrin, dieldrin, endrin, Phos-
drin* insecticides; D-D® and Nemagon* soil fumigants; and allyl alcohol
weed seed killer. Others that are now in the laboratory stage will be avail-
able for even more effective controls in the future. With you, we look to
a better tomorrow for agriculture and industry through ee in
chemistry today. i
*Shell Chemical Trademark
SHELL CHEMICAL CORPORATION
Agricultural Chemical Sales Division
460 Park Avenue, New York 22, New York
GuuE QUALITY INSECTICIDES
Preferred by Home Owners,
Food Processors and Dairymen
QUICK ACTION GULFSPRAY (Liquid)
A “space spray” for quick knockdown and kill of many
kinds of flying and crawling insects. Contains 0.10% Pyre-
thrins, 0.12% Piperony! Butoxide, and 0.75% Methoxychlor.
GULFSPRAY AEROSOL BOMB
Gulf's carefully researched formula provides quick knock-
down action and high kill. Contains 0.25% Pyrethrins, 1%
Piperony! Butoxide, and 2% Methoxychlor.
GULF MOTH PROOFER (Bomb)
An easy-to-use pressurized spray for protecting woolens
against moth and carpet beetle damage. Contains 3% DDT
and 3% Perthane.
GULF ANT AND ROACH BOMB
A convenient pressurized spray containing contact and resid-
ual insecticides for killing ants and cockroaches, Contains
0.08% Pyrethrins and 2% Chlordane.
SPECIAL GULFSPRAY (Liquid)
A superlative-quality insecticide specially formulated for
use where foodstuffs are processed, stored, served, and sold.
Contains 0.25% Pyrethins and 0.20% Piperony! Butoxide.
GULF LIVESTOCK SPRAY
Long proven formula with effective insect-killing power and
repellent properties. Contains 0.07% Pyrethrins and 0.19%
Piperonyl Butoxide.
GULF OIL CORPORATION
GULF BUILDING, PITTSBURGH 30, PA.
Vol. 59 OCTOBER 1957 No. 5
PROCEEDINGS
of the
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
« WASHINGTON
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
WASHINGTON 25, D. C.
PUBLISHED BIMONTHLY
CONTENTS
BELL, R. T.—Carabus auratus L. (Coleoptera: Carabidae) in North
ASTROS, a ee rN er 254
DAVIS, H. G., and JAMES, M. T.—Black flies attracted to meat bait
CEinneraee sili ae) ee ee ee ee te ae 243
EDMUNDS, G. F.—The Systematic Relationships of the Paleantarctic
Siphlonuridae (including Isonychidae) (Ephemeroptera) 245
EMERSON, K. C., and ELBEL, R. E.—New Species and Records of Mallo-
phaga trom Gallinaceous Birds. of Thailand =... 232
KROMBEIN, K. V., and SCHUSTER, R. M.—A Review of the Typhoc-
tinae (Hymenoptera: Mutillidae) ERNE iN! oA eB SE Ee 209
LANE, J., and CERQUEIRA, N. L.—The Validity and Change of Name
of Two Species of Wyeomyia. (Diptera: Culicidae) — ~~ —-.-____ 244
TOWNES, H.—A Bibliography of the Scientific Publications of R. A.
OT VO A ed ae pe es 248
OEE (gag BP ee Te ee ee 247
(Date of publication, Vol. 59, No. 4, was Sept. 18, 1957)
THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON
ORGANIZED MarcnH 12, 1884
Regular meetings of the Society are held in Room 43 of the U. S. National
Museum on the first Thursday of each month from October to June, inclusive, at
8 P.M. Minutes of meetings are published regularly in the Proceedings.
MEMBERSHIP
Members shall be persons over 18 years of age who have an interest in the
science of entomology. Annual dues for members are $4.00; initiation fee is
$1.00 (U.S. currency).
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON
Published bimonthly beginning with February by the Society at Washington,
D. C. Members in good standing are entitled to the Proceedings free of charge.
Non-member subscriptions are $5.00 per year, both domestic and foreign (U. 8S.
currency), payable in advance. All remittances should be made payable to The
Entomological Society of Washington.
The Society does not exchange its publications for those of other societies.
All manuscripts intended for publication should be addressed to the Editor.1
Acceptable papers submitted by members will be published in the order received
and will be given precedence over those by non-members. Immediate publica-
tion may be obtained at a cost to the author of about $10.00 per printed page,
plus cost of ail engraving. Titles of papers should be concise but comprehensive
and should indicate the systematic position of the subject insect. By-lines should
indicate present mailing address of the author and his organizational affiliation,
if possible. Citations in the text of papers longer than one printed page should
be by author and date and should refer to a list of concluding references in
which author, year, title name of publication, volume and page are given in
that order. In shorter articles references to literature should be included in
parentheses in the text.
Proportions of full-page illustrations should closely approximate 4-5/16 x 6”
(26 x 36 picas); this usually allows explanatory matter to appear on the same
page. Cost of illustrations in excess of that for one full-page line cut will be
borne by the author.
Reprints of published papers may be obtained at the following costs plus
postage and insurance, provided that a statement of the number desired ac-
companies the returned proofs:
Zpp. 4pp. Spp. 12pp. 16 pp. Covers
50) copies: 2 41 aL ee ee $2.00 $3.00 $5.00 $5.60 $6.25 $4.00
LOO copies) 225s see seein aes ere 2.50 3.80 6.00 7.20 8.25 4.75
Additional copies per 100 __....._ 1.00 1.15 2.00 2.60 3.15 1.50
Purchase of reprints by institutions whose invoices are subject to notarization
or other invoice fees will have the cost of such fees added to the purchase price.
1Miss Alice V. Renk, Stored-Product Insects Section, AMS, U. S. Dept. Agri-
culture, Plant Industry Station, Beltsville, Md.
PROCEEDINGS OF THE
ENEOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON
VOL. 59 OCTOBER 1957 NO. 5
A REVIEW OF THE TYPHOCTINAE
(HYMENOPTERA: MUTILLIDAE )
Kart V. Kromerin! anp Rupotr M. ScHustTER?:?
The genus Typhoctes, since its recognition by Ashmead in 1899,
has been repeatedly transferred, assigned first to one group and then
another, depending on the personal views or concepts of the various
workers on the aculeate Hymenoptera. The genus has been included
in the Myrmosidae by Ashmead and Bradley (1917), in the Chypho-
tinae of the family Mutillidae by André (1903), and in the Brachy-
cistidinae of the family Tiphiidae by Malloch (1926). More recently
it has been set off, by Reid (1941), as a group by itself without com-
mitment as to its taxonomic status. The genus has most commonly
been considered as closely related to Chyphotes Blake. Fox (1899),
for instance, stated that the Typhoctes might well be separated sub-
generically from Chyphotes proper, though he did not do so. When
Ashmead (1899) established the genus Typhoctes for Mutilla peculi-
aris Cresson, he gave characters for the male sex, but without citing
the species on which they were based. The only known species that
could fit his diagnosis of the male sex was Chyphotes attenuatus
(Blake), which correlation was accepted, with more or less reserva-
tion by André (1903) and Bradley (1917). Buzicky (1941) again
removed Typhoctes from near Chyphotes, and returned the male
Chyphotes attenuatus to its correct position within the latter genus.
The junior author (Schuster 1949) has already commented on the
recent return by Pate (1947) to Ashmead’s discredited conception
1Mntomology Research Division, Agricultural Research Service, U. S. Depart-
ment of Agriculture, Washington, D. C.
2Department of Botany, University of Massachusetts, Amherst, Mass.
3Material in the collections of the following individuals and institutions has
been studied: U. S. National. Museum (USNM); R. M. Bohart (RMB); H. E.
Evans, Cornell University (HEE); P. D. Hurd, California Insect Survey (CIS) ;
K. V. Krombein (KVK); C. D. Michener, University of Kansas (KU); W. R. M.
Mason, Canadian Department of Agriculture (CNC); C. E. Mickel, University
of Minnesota (UM); J. A. G. Rehn, Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila-
delphia (ANSP); E. S. Ross, California Academy of Sciences (CAS); R. M.
Sehuster (RMS); and P. H. Timberlake, Citrus Experiment Station (PHT). We
wish to express our appreciation for the valuable material that has been loaned
to us. We are indebted to Dr. I. H. H. Yarrow, British Museum (Natural His-
tory) for some valuable notes on the type of T'yphoctes qguatemalensis Turner.
210 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957
of C. attenuatus as the male sex of Typhoctes. In a brief tentative
arrangement of the nearctic Mutillidae, the junior author, (Schuster
1946), adhering to tradition for want of proof that the genus belonged
elsewhere, placed Typhoctes, questionably, in the Chyphotini, of the
subfamily Apterogyninae.
Later Schuster (1949) recognized that Chyphotes and Typhoctes
were more distantly related, and the latter genus was placed in a
separate subfamily, the Typhoctinae, while Chyphotes was main-.
tained as a distinct tribe in the Apterogyninae. Four essential char-
acters serve to make any close connection between Chyphotes and
Typhoctes highly improbable. They are:
1. The petiole form of the two genera is fundamentally different
—that of Typhoctes is unmodified, with the tergite reaching the pro-
podeum, while in Chyphotes the first tergite is abbreviated anteriorly,
rather or very suddenly, and fails to reach the propodeum.
2. The eye form is fundamentally different—in Typhoctes it is
elongate-ovate, in Chyphotes short ovate to subcireular.
3. The thoracic shape of the females is fundamentally different—
the prothorax is large in Typhoctes, with the alitrunk caudad of the
prothorax differentiated into a distinct mesothoracie region, virtually
obliterated dorsally, but separated by a distinet suture from the
fused metathoracic-propodeal region, while the distinct mesopleuron
is separated by a complete suture from the fused metapleural-pro-
podeal region; in Chyphotes the small prothorax is much narrower,
strongly transverse, and set off from the subglobose, fused meso-
metathoracic-propodeal region that lacks all traces of dorsal or pleural
sutures separating the meso-and metathorax.
4. There are no antennal ‘‘tubercles’’ in Typhoctes, but they are
well developed in Chyphotes.
In the same paper Schuster based his conception of the male of
the Typhoctinae on Anommutilla Mickel and that of the female on
Typhoctes Ashmead. His reasons for considering that Anommutilla
represents the male sex of Typhoctes were so convincing that the
senior author (Krombein, 1951) published this synonymy. The char-
acters validating such an association are:
1. Anommutilla and Typhoctes are the only nearetic genera of
Mutillidae with the vertexal expansions of the upper and inner mar-
eins of the antennal fossae undeveloped; i.e., antennal ‘‘tubercles’’
are absent,
2. They are the only two nearctie genera in which the pronotum is
exceedingly strongly developed—in the male sex of all other known
nearetic genera the pronotum is very short, at most less than half
as long along midline as the mesoscutum, while in the female sex,
as indicated by the position of the spiracles, the pronotum is always
very strongly transverse with a large mesonotum,
3. The tarsal claws are similarly armed among the nearctic genera
only in Chyphotes which is known in both sexes,
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957 211
4. The formula of the tibial calearia is identical, 1-2-2 (not 1-1-2
in the male as stated erroneously by Mickel, 1936),
5. The petiole is unique, consisting of a basal, slender, terete, stalk-
like anterior portion, and a somewhat flattened, transverse, nodose,
posterior portion,
6. The position of the short felt lines of second tergum is sug-
gestively similar,
7. The rather short and stout scape, contrasted to the long, slender
flagellum occurs elsewhere only in Chyphotes among nearctic genera,
8. The similarity in shape of the metasternal process.
In addition to the foregoing, there is the important corroboratory
evidence afforded by the facts that Anommutilla males and Typhoctes
females are now known to have an identical range in America north
of Mexico, and that both sexes of a new species have been taken
together, though not in copula, in the Borego Desert of southern
California.
Subfamily TYPHOCTINAE Schuster, 1949
The North and Central American Typhoctinae apparently has its
closest relative in the South American Eotillinae. The relationships
between the two subfamilies were discussed at leneth by the junior
author (Schuster, 1949). Reexamination of the males of Typhoctinae
shows that some of the alleged characters separating that sex from
males of EKotillinae are based on errors. For example, according to
Mickel (1936) the males we refer to the Typhoctinae were supposed
to have only one calearium on the mid tibia and to have entirely
simple pubescence. Actually, Typhoctes males have most of the erect
vestiture inconspicuously but definitely subplumose, and the mid tibia
has two apical calearia. Therefore, the chief differences between males
of the two subfamilies are that the Typhoctinae have reniform eyes,
marginal cell longer than stigma, third discoidal cell longer than high,
and hind wing lacking anal lobe or preaxillary incision, while the
Eotillinae have ovate-elliptical eyes, marginal cell shorter than stigma,
third discoidal cell higher than long, and hind wing with well-devel-
oped anal lobe and preaxillary incision. The characters of the fore-
wing cited above are quite possibly of less than subfamilial sig-
nificance. Also, the presence of an anal lobe is a primitive character,
and apparently that structure has been independently lost several
times in the Mutillidae, so its presence or absence here also may not be
of cardinal importance by itself. However, we consider that the
difference in eye shape is of fundamental importance, and we are
maintaining the Typhoctinae and Eotillinae as separate subfamilies,
at least until the eventual discovery of females of Hotillinae may
demonstrate that this separation is untenable.
A comparative study of the genitalia of Hotilla and Typhoctes
considerably strengthens the assumption of a close relationship be-
tween the two groups. The digitus and cuspis in the two genera are
strikingly similar (compare Figs. 1 and 3 with Fig. 7). The parameres
202, PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957
also are nearly identical in form. However, in Hotilla the parameres
bear simple, scattered fine hairs both on their outer and inner margins
(Fie. 7), while Typhoctes has similar, scattered, unequally lone hairs
only on the outer faces of the parameres, while the inner faces of the
parameres bear a comb-like line of short, equal, rigid, approximated
bristles (Kies. 1, 2, 3b). The two groups, however, differ considerably
in the form of the aedeagus. In EKotillinae and in the Apteroeyninae
it is essentially tiphioid in form and may be presumed to be primitive,
as has been previously assumed by the junior author (Schuster, 1949).
The two halves of the aedeagus are closely united in an essentially
terete shaft, which does not appear bilobed at the summit. In contrast,
in Typhoctes the aedeagus consists of two obviously discrete plates,
only loosely united, and, 7 sifu, is clearly, distinctly bilobed. In spite
of this latter difference, we still assume as did one of us (Schuster,
1949) that ‘‘the correct position of Typhoctes is undoubtedly close
to the Kotillinae.’
The diagnosis which follows will serve as both a subfamilial and
generic diagnosis, since the subfamily Typhoctinae includes only a
single genus.
Male. Head transverse, with large, elongate, subreniform eyes that are slightly
emarginate on their inner orbits, and that have distinet facets; antennal ‘‘tuber-
cles’? absent, the antennal insertions opening directly frontally, not obliquely
downward and laterad; scape short, bicarinate, equal in length to pedicel and first
flagellar segment combined; mandible edentate at tip and with a small, subapical
inner tooth (thus bidentate), ventrally neither excised nor armed; maxillary
palpi 6-segmented, labial palpi 4-segmented.
Alitrunk with prothorax well developed, dorsally nearly truneate at apex, and
virtually as long medially as laterally; mesoseutum distinetly transverse; endo-
phragmal pit approximated to the meso-metaplural suture, the metapleuron wide
above, narrowed below to the endophragmal pit, where the metapleuron appears
to disappear (the metapleural-propodeal suture distinet above endophragmal pit,
but completely lost below, the propodeum and metapleuron thus indistinguishably
fused below) ; tibial calearia 1-2-24; tarsal claws with a small tooth at middle on
their inner margins.
Petiole of abdomen with a basal, slender, terete portion, and a distal, dilated,
rather transverse portion, which is again strongly constricted at its juncture
with second tergum; the first sternum slightly convex, the distal part nearly flat,
smooth, nitid, impunctate, lacking a median keel; basal, terete portion of petiole
clearly formed by both tergum and sternum; second segment with distinet sub-
lateral felt line on each side of tergum, limited to basal half of tergum, no felt
lines on second sternum; hypopygium simple, unmodified.
Wings with venation relatively well preserved, a distinct, elongate sclerotized
stigma, a large marginal cell, longer on costa than stigma, three submarginal
4Mickel (1936) gave the formula as 1-1-2 for the type of Anommutilla difficilis.
The more easily visible right mid tibia of Mickel’s type has only one calearium,
the second presumably having been broken off, but the less easily visible apex
of the left tibia has two calearia.
PROC. EN'T. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957 913
cells, the third (cell Ri) truncate on its outer edge, with the vein R; not angulate,
not giving rise to a spurious vein; third discodial cell truncate on outer side,
elongate; hind wings lacking all trace of anal lobe and preaxillary excision, the
subbasal hamuli present; cubitus arising on vein M considerably distad of the
transverse median vein, the submedian cell thus much shorter than median cell.
Vestiture moderately coarse, simple except most of erect hairs on head, thorax
and abdomen finely and very inconspicuously subplumose.
Female. Head rather similar to that of male, the eyes separated from base of
mandibles by a distinet malar space; antennae equally elongate, scape not carinate
below; hypostomal carina less strongly developed, not developed outward to
posterior mandibular condyles as distinct ridges; maxillary palpi 5-segmented,
labial palpi 4-segmented; ocelli absent; mandibles as in male; eyes weakly
convex, narrowly ovate, facetted, large; antennal ‘‘tubercles’’ very poorly
developed; c¢lypeus as in male.
Alitrunk highly modified, but distinctly tripartite dorsally; pronotum very
large, truncate behind, the dorsal face subquadrate to obtrapezoidal, separated
by a distinct suture dorsally from mesonotum; mesonotum short, strongly trans-
verse, reduced virtually to a semi-invaginated, transverse sclerite, separated by a
distinet suture from the elongate, fused metathoracic-propodeal part of the
alitrunk; mesopleuron evenly swollen, devoid of an oblique sulcus, and continuous
with the metapleuron from which it is separated by a distinct, quite oblique
suture; metapleuron and propodeum completely fused, endophragmal pit absent;
metasternum well developed, lying between the middle coxae; posterior coxae
armed dorsally with a vestigial tooth; trochanters small, obliquely terminated ;
tibial ealearia 1-2-2; tarsal claws slender and armed, distad of middle, with a
sharp inner tooth.
Gaster with petiole as in male, but distal two-thirds shghtly more strongly
dilated, the basal portion virtually terete, very slender, formed by both tergum
and sternum (though the tergal element, as in the male, appears to be reduced) ;
sternum much as in male; second segment very strongly constricted from the
nodose first segment, both dorsally and ventrally, quite elongate, relatively
slightly convex (the gaster oval, rather than cireular in cross-section), with sub-
lateral felt lines exactly corresponding to those of the male as regards length
and position; pygidium and hypopygium simple, neither defined by lateral carimae.
Vestiture simple throughout.
This subfamily includes only one eenus, Typhoctes Ashmead
=Anommutilla Mickel), which is known from western North America
south to Guatemala. Nothing is known as to the host relationships
of this group.
Genotype: Mutilla peculiaris Cresson. Monotypic and by designa-
tion of Ashmead, 1899.
Key To FEMALES
1. Pronotal dorsum subquadrate, scarcely narrowed behind, the length including
neck subequal to greatest width; integument almost entirely black except
legs, fused metanotum-propodeum and first abdominal tergum red in part;
Guatemala. guatemalensis Turner
214 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957
Pronotal dorsum obviously narrowed behind, obtrapezoidal; integument in
large*spart reddish...2:0-4) 2.0 eer 0 ee ee
Neither pronotum nor vertex with dense, appressed, pale sericeous pubescence ;
thorax highly polished and very sparsely punctate... 8
Pronotum always, and vertex occasionally, with dense, appressed, pale serice-
ous pubescence; thorax not so shining, more densely punctate. (Least trans-
facial distance 1.25-1.3 times the eye height; head width 1.6-1.7 times the
least transfacial distance; pronotum stout, the length including neck 0.9-1.0
times the greatest width; fused metanotum-propodeum stouter, rather abruptly
declivous posteriorly; longer calear of hind tibia 0.55 times as long as hind
basitarsus)))
Legs entirely and venter of thorax in part with seattered, erect black setae;
fused metanotum-propodeum feebly rugose anteriorly and laterally; disk of
first tergum shallowly rugosopunctate; first two terga with somewhat sinuate,
apical bands of appressed silvery hairs, the bands broader at sides and nar-
rowed in middle; Mexico.__.__----------- a AU ort oa ed ee Sr glaber André
Legs and venter of thorax with only pale erect hair; fused metanotum-
propodeum with only fine, seattered punctures; disk of first tergum with fine,
separated punctures; first two terga each with an even, narrow apical band
of appressed silvery vestiture. (Tibial calearia entirely white, the longer one
on hind tibia 0.67 times as long as hind basitarsus, the tibial spines rather
weak; third tergum without appressed pubescence discally or on apical band;
malar space long, 0.43 times the eye-height; least transfacial distance 1.15
times the eye-height; head width 1.7 times the least transfacial distance ;
pronotum slender, rather elongate, the length including neck 1.1 times the
greatest width; fused metanotum-propodeum slender and elongate, gradually
sloping posteriorly; metasternal process weakly suleate along midline, virtually
impunctate, the apical margin emarginate but not bilobate.) Southern Cali-
EO UTNE eenen ees men eae PE ee ee eet ee a williamsi, new species?
Third tergum without appressed discal pubescence or an apical band; tibial
calearia entirely white; lower front and sides of propodeum closely striate,
impunctate or virtually so; metasternal process keeled along midline and
weakly punctate, the apical margin emarginate but not bilobate; malar space
one-third the eye-height. (Tibial spines stronger than im williamsi but less
than in peculiaris; vertex with dense, appressed, pale sericeous pubescence ;
first tergum with an even, narrow, apical band of appressed silvery vestiture. )
Southwest Texas to southern Arizona...._________-________-.._. striolatus, new species
,
Third tergum with moderately abundant, appressed discal pubescence and
with a narrow apical band of appressed setae; tibial calearia white with black
tips; lower front without striae, the propodeal sides punctate and occasionally
apparently striate when punctures are dense and confluent in rows; meta-
sternal process not or only very weakly keeled, the apical margin moderately
5Atypically colored specimens of guatemalensis Turner may run here. See notes
in specific discussion of guatemalensis.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957 215
to strongly emarginate and bilobate; malar space one-fourth the eye-height.
LE IRE cat een eee Mec uiarise: (Cresson) ee ee ep
Vertex without dense, appressed, pale sericeous vestiture; apical band of
appressed silvery vestiture on first tergum greatly broadened at sides; apical
band on third tergum dark; metasternal process nearly smooth or with coarse
punctures posteriorly only; mid and hind tibiae with somewhat fewer spines;
Washington, Idaho, Utah, California and western Arizona._______________--------
peru hg a reat oR Nt Se th ee Bie es peculiaris peculiaris (Cresson )
Vertex with a band of dense, appressed, pale sericeous vestiture; apical band
on first tergum narrow and even; apical band on third tergum silvery at least
in middle; metasternal process coarsely and contiguously punctate; mid and
hind tibiae with more numerous spines; central Arizona and southeastern
Colorado east to western Kansas and Texas. peculiaris mirabilis (Cockerell)
Key to MALES
(Males of p. mirabilis, glaber and guatemalensis are unknown. )
Ocelli smaller, the postocellar line slightly shorter (0.94) than ocellocular lire;
tibial calearia white, narrowly tipped with black; genitalia (Fig. 3) stouter.
(Dorsum of head, thorax and abdomen partly or entirely with erect, black
hairs, those on abdomen relatively slender and barely subplumose, the decum-
bent vestiture sparser; inner eye margins less divergent above, the least
transfacial distance 0.75 times the transfacial distance through anterior
ocellus; first flagellar segment 0.80 times as long as second; legs entirely dark,
longer calearium of hind tibia 0.64 times as long as hind basitarsus; apex of
hypopygium slightly retuse.) ._________________ peculiaris peculiaris (Cresson )
-Ocelli somewhat larger, the diameter half again as large as in p. peculiaris,
the postocellar line 1.1-1.5 times as long as ocellocular line; tibial ecalearia
entirely white; genitalia (Figs. 1, 2) more slender 2
Vestiture sparser, the erect hairs on dorsum of head, thorax and abdomen
partly or entirely dark, those on gaster stouter and more noticeably sub-
plumose; decumbent vestiture sparser; legs black, longer calearium of hind
tibia 0.60 times as long as hind tarsus; inner eye-margins less divergent
above, the least transfacial distance 0.75 times the transfacial distance through
anterior ocellus; first flagellar segment 0.67 times as long as second; post-
ocellar line 1.1 times as long as ocellocular line; apex of hypopygium slightly
HRHIIS <exerenieiiey, KO Nes Bh) yerici saan rely a striolatus, new species
Vestiture denser, the erect hairs entirely glittering white except on last two
terga, those on gaster more slender and barely subplumose; decumbent vesti-
ture denser, obscuring sculptural details on pronotum and mesopleuron; legs
red, longer calcarium of hind tibia 0.67 times as long as hind basitarsus; inner
eye-margins more divergent above, the least transfacial distance 0.67 times
the transfacial distance through anterior ocellus; first flagellar segment 0.75
times as long as second; postocellar line 1.5 times as long as ocellocular line;
apex of hypopygium broadly rounded; genitalia (Fig. 1) as figured
eT RNS SP EES ee OM ge ee Re ne ee ee a ee ee williamsi, new species
216 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957
Typhoctes guatemalensis Turner
Typhoctes guatemalensis Turner, 1909. Ann, Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) 3: 485 (9;
San Geronimo, Guatemala; type in British Museum ).—Reid, 1941. Trans.
Roy. Ent. Soc. London 91: 385, figs. 15, 16.
We have not seen material of this rather distinctive species. It
differs from the other known females by a combination of the almost
quadrate pronotal disk (as figured by Reid) which lacks dense ap-
pressed vestiture, the almost entirely black integument, the more
densely punctate head with punctures tendine to become lonegitudi-
nally confluent, the longitudinally striate pronotum, and the finely,
horizontally striate ‘‘pleurae.’’ Turner’s description is quoted below.
Dr. Yarrow has furnished some notes on Turner’s type. He says
that it agrees with the first half of couplet 1 in the foregone key,
but that the pronotal length including the neck is 1.1 times its e@reat-
est width (the neck is hidden beneath the head on the card mount,
but the ratio is not less than 1.1). Additional material of guate-
malonsis may possibly differ from the type in some details of colora-
tion, In which case specimens would trace to the second half of couplet
3 in our key. Dr. Yarrow indicates the following characters for
guatemalensis as compared with williamsi: Legs and venter of thorax
with pale hair; fused metanotum-propodeum longitudinally rugose
except on sides where the rugosity is more or less diagonally transverse,
the anterolateral areas in front of spiracles smooth as is the basal
declivous dorsal area; disk of first tergum rugosopunetate; first four
terga (and possibly the fifth) with even, apical pale bands becoming
progressively narrower. (Tibial calcaria pale, the loneer one on hind
tibia 0.61 times as long as hind basitarsus; hind tibia with spines only
apically, three ventral and one dorsal, not very stout; third tereum
with apical pale band, appressed hair on all terga reddish brown:
malar space short, 0.29 times the eye-height; ventral characters not
visible. )
O. Head subquadrate, a little broader than long, broader than the pronotum,
punctured closely, the punctures tending to become confluent longitudinally, very
thinly clothed with black pubescence; eyes extending rather nearer to the base of
the mandibles than to the posterior margin of the head, elongate ovate; ocelli
absent. Antennae filiform, nearly as long as the thorax, the second joint of the
flagellum half as long again as the first and a little longer than the third, the
apical joints slender but short. Pronotum a little narrower than the head, as
Fig. 1, Typhoctes williamsi, n. sp., male genitalia, left half ventral view, right
half dorsal view (Borego paratype); fig. la, the same, left paramere, digitus and
cuspis, mesal view (Fish Creek Mts. paratype); fig. 1b, the same, aedeagus,
unflattened, ventral view. Fig. 2, 7. striolatus, n. sp., male genitalia, left half
ventral view, right half dorsal view. Fig. 3, 7. p. peculiaris (Cr.), male genitalia,
left half ventral view, right half dorsal view (Turlock, Calif.) ; fig. 3a, the same,
aedeagus, flattened, ventral view (Mt. Diablo, Calif.); fig. 3b, the same, left
paramere, digitus and cuspis, mesal view. Fig. 4, 7. williamsi, n. sp., lateral
outline view of male (Borego paratype). (Drawings by A. D. Cushman).
1957
OCTOBER,
5,
59, NO.
VOL.
SOC. WASH.,
PROC. ENT.
218 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957
7
Pl3+Ppdm
Fig. 5, Typhoctes peculiaris mirabilis (Ckll.), lateral outline view of female,
Fig. 6, the same, ventral view of alitrunk. Fig. 7, Eotilla mickeli Schus., male
genitalia, ventral view (Chile). (Drawings by junior author, from Ent. Amer.
29) (m.s:)), pl. 14).
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957 219
broad as the metanotum, from which it is separated by a deep transverse suture;
longitudinally striated and sparsely clothed with long, greyish pubescence. Pleurae
finely horizontally striate. Metanotum longer than the pronotum, longer than
broad, obliquely sloped posteriorly, not truncate, longitudinally striated in the
middle and at the base, obscurely punctured at the sides and apex. Abdomen
shining, very finely and closely punctured, very sparsely clothed with long cinere-
ous pubescence on the sides and apex, a transverse band of short whitish pubes-
cence at the apex of each segment; first segment triangular, attached to the
thorax by a short petiole, the second segment large, twice as long as the third,
with a strong constriction between the first and second segments. Intermediate
tibiae with two apical spines.
‘“Black; the two basal joints of the flagellum testaceous; the metathorax
(except a large black spot at the base), the first abdominal segment (exeept a
triangular black spot at the apex), the base of the posterior tibiae, and the
intermediate and posterior trochanters and coxae ferruginous; calearia white.
“‘Tength 7 mm.’’
Male. Unknown.
Typhoctes glaber André
Typhoctes glaber André, 1903. Ann. Soc. Ent. France 72: 448 (9, Mexico; type
in Paris Museum?)
This species is known to us from the original description only.
Apparently it is rather similar to the female of williamsi in having a
shining integument with rather sparse, erect vestiture and no dense,
appressed pubescence on pronotum or head. It is noticeably larger
than williamsi and differs in having black hairs on the legs, apical
bands of silvery appressed hair on first and second terga which are
sinuate and broader at sides than in middle, and in having a more
coarsely punctate first tergum.
A translation of the original description is given below. The char-
acters which we have set in italics separate glaber from williamsi.
Length 11 mm. Entirely deep ferruginous, somewhat shining, apices of antennae
and mandibles blackish; the first two abdominal segments each margined apically
by a border of long, silvery hairs which is somewhat sinuate, wider laterally than
medially where it disappears in part. Pubescence of body somewhat sparse;
dorsum covered with long, pilose, sparse blackish pubescence, which is also evident
ventrally, where it is mixed with white hairs. Legs sparsely covered with blackish
hairs; calearia white; tibial and tarsal spines black.
Head rounded, subquadrangular, as wide as thorax, finely and sparsely pune-
tate; eyes large, elongate oval, slightly convex, nearer to occiput than to articula-
tion of mandibles; frontal ridges indistinct; mandible rather narrow, terminating
in a sharp point; antennae very slender, scape rather short, all the segments of
flagellum elongate, the second segment much longer than the first, scarcely longer
than the third. Thorax visibly contracted between pronotum and mesonotum;
pronotum an inverted trapezoid, narrower behind than in front, somewhat flat-
tened dorsally, finely and very sparsely punctate; the rest of thorax oval, not
divided, rounded in back, feebly rugose in front and on the sides, sparsely pune-
220 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957
tate on the disk. Abdomen eclongate, fusiform; first segment joined to thorax by
a slender, eylindrical petiole which is much shorter than the rest of segment; the
hind part of first segment triangular as seen from above, visibly contracted at
apex, very shallowly rugosopunctate and bearing some widely separated coarse
punctures in addition; second segment very finely and rather densely punctate;
apieal segments almost smooth and more shining.
Male. Unknown.
Typhoctes williamsi,® new species
(Figs. 1 and 4)
Females of this species differ from those of striolatus and peculiaris
ina large number of features, chief among them being the much more
elongate and slender alitrunk with the fused metathorax-propodeum
appearing somewhat obpyriform and constricted anteriorly (in lateral
profile most inflated just anterior to the insertion of mid coxae), the
very reduced sculpture with the integument in general highly pol-
ished, and the virtual absence of elittering appressed pubescence on
head and pronotum.
In the latter feature, williamsi closely approaches glaber André
from Mexico. It differs from that species in the entirely white, elit-
tering hairs on the legs and in the narrow, complete and even bands
of silvery hairs at the apices of the first two abdominal terga. 7.
williams?’ also has the punctation of the first abdominal tergum fine
throughout, while in glaber it is described as coarse distally.
The male of williams: is the most distinctive of the three species
known in that sex, being distinguished at once by the red legs, ex-
tremely dense, almost entirely white, @littering vestiture, and broadly
rounded apical margin of the hypopyeium. Other differences are as
noted in the key.
There is a possibility that williamsi may prove to be only sub-
specifically distinct from glaber, but the original description of that
species fails to mention characters which might enable us to reach a
definite conclusion on this point. Certainly, the two are at least sub-
specifically distinct.
Dr. Williams states (personal communication to senior author)
that most of the males taken by him at Borego were visiting two or
three mats of Euphorbia polycarpa Benth. on the desert sands. The
single female was caught while it was running over the sand in the
late morning. Dr. Bohart states that the single female taken by him
was captured near a nest of Pogonomyrmex and was superficially
very similar to the ants in appearance.
Type.— ¢; Borego Desert, San Diego Co., California; May 12,
1955 (FE. X. Williams; on mat Euphorbia) (California Academy of
Sciences).
‘For Francis X. Williams, collector of most of the type series.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957 221
Male.
entirely light red except most of tarsi which are infuseated, mandible except tip
Length 6.5 mm., forewing including tegula 4.5 mm. Shining, black, legs
darker red, antenna beneath reddish, brown above, tibial calearia entirely white.
Wings very pale hyaline, forewing slightly infumated toward apex; veins basally
testaceous, brown apically. Vestiture long, rather coarse, almost entirely glittering
white, the last two terga with ereet black hair, and mid and hind tibiae externally
with a few seattered, ereet dark hairs; erect hairs on head, thorax and abdomen
slender as in peculiaris, only very slightly subplumose.
Clypeus with very dense, decumbent hair, surface seulpture not visible; front
and temples with similar, but somewhat sparser decumbent vestiture and long,
seattered erect hairs; vertex with much sparser decumbent vestiture and some
erect hairs; occiput with moderately dense, erect hair; first flagellar segment
three-fourths as long as second; least transfacial distance two-thirds the trans-
facial distance through middle of anterior ocellus and three-fourths the eye-
length; ocelli larger than in p. pecularis, the diameter half again as large:
distanee between anterior and posterior ocelli half as great as postocellar distance,
the latter distance half again as great as ocelloeular distance; entire head cor-
respondingly more densely punctate than in typical peculiaris.
Thoracic dorsum with abundant appressed pubescence which is densest on
pronotum, and also with ereet hairs whieh are about as long and as dense as
on occiput; thoracic dorsum with small punetures which are correspondingly
denser than in p. peculiaris, the mesonotum more sparsely punctate on disk than
at sides; lateral surface of pronotum and mesopleuron with appressed pubescence
which is very dense on latter, and also with erect, scattered hairs on latter; upper
part of metapleuron with vestiture similar to that of mesopleuron; propodeum
with most of pubescence appressed, rather dense on dorsum, sparser on sides,
and very sparse posteriorly.
Coxae laterally with dense, coarse subappressed pubescence; femora, tibiae and
tarsi with fine, dense, short appressed pubescence; femora beneath with long,
seattered, erect white hairs; longer calearium of hind tibia 0.67 times as long as
hind basitarsus.
Abdomen with abundant ereet pubescence, that on first tergum longer and
somewhat sparser than on succeeding terga; first and second terga with narrow
apieal bands of appressed hair, the third to fifth terga with similar but muen
narrower bands consisting of a single row of setae; second to sixth sterna each
with a row of appressed simple setae at apex; second to fifth terga with pune-
tures of two distinct sizes, a series of somewhat larger and more seattered ones,
and others which are smaller and more abundant; first sternum smooth; ‘seconc
sternum with discal punctures noticeably larger than elsewhere on abdomen and
sparser than on sueceeding sterna; punctures of third to sixth sterna moderately
dense, uniform in size; hypopygium with apieal margin broadly rounded; genitalia
(of paratype) as figured (Fig. 1).
The male paratypes vary in length from 5.0 to 7.0 mm. The Borego Desert
series agrees very well in all essentials with the type, but the three specimens
from San Bernardino County have the forelegs castaneous rather than light red,
and the punctation of first and second terga of the specimen from Boron is
sparser than normal.
222 PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957
Allotype—® ; same data as type but April 23, 1955 (CAS).
Female.—Length 6.5 mm. Shining, uniformly light orange-red except tarsi
very slightly infuscated, tibial calearia entirely white. Long erect hairs of head
and thoracic dorsum black or dark brown, on venter of head and thorax, legs and
abdomen glittering white; appressed pubescence on thoracic dorsum and disk of
second tergum very sparse, pale golden, the disk of third tergum with a very few,
inconspicuous, similar, appressed hairs; sides of thorax (except absent on pro-
notum), legs and abdomen except disk of second tergum silvery pubescent.
Head lacking appressed pubescence except for a very few hairs between eyes
and on antennae, lower half of front with scattered small punctures; upper half
of front and vertex virtually impunctate except along inner eye margins, highly
polished; occiput with punctures more concentrated; malar space long, 0.43 times
the eye-height; least transfacial distance 1.15 times the eye-height; head width
1.7 times the least interocular distance; first and second flagellar segments sub-
equal in length,
Pronotum obtrapezoidal, more elongate than in peculiaris and striolatus, dor-
sally highly polished and only remotely and finely punctate, the length including
neck 1.1 times greatest width, some sparse decumbent pubescence anteriorly on
disk, the long erect setae denser anteriorly than posteriorly, the virtually im-
punctate, polished lateral surfaces with only a few weak, short setae; dorsal
surface of fused metanotum-propodeum more elongate than in striolatus, polished,
with sparse decumbent pubescence anteriorly, and seattered, erect, long setae;
punctures fine and scattered; posterior slope of propodeum gradual, with sparse,
appressed silvery vestiture; mesopleuron with close punctures and moderately
abundant, appressed silvery pubescence; fused metapleuron-propodeum punctate
anteriorly only, no traces of striae; metasternal process smooth, nitid, virtually
impunctate, ecarinate, slightly suleate along midline, emarginate at apex but not
bilobate.
Coxae laterally with subappressed, dense, short silvery hair; coxae’ beneath,
femora and tibiae with seattered, long, erect silvery setae; mid and hind tibiae
with a preapical row of two short, weak spines on outer surface and a second row
bearing only a single preapieal spine; longer calearium of hind tibia two-thirds
as long as hind basitarsus.
First and second terga each with an even, narrow apical band of appressed
silvery vestiture; first tergum also with seattered, decumbent, silvery sericeous
hairs on rest of disk and moderately abundant, long, ereet white setae; second
tergum with scattered, decumbent pale golden setae on disk and scattered, ereet,
partly fuscous setae which are more concentrated anteriorly; succeeding terga
with only scattered, erect, largely fusecous setae.
The single female paratype is 5.6 mm. long, and is very similar to the type in
coloration, vestiture and punetation.
Paratypes.—13 ¢ 6; Borego Desert, San Diego Co., California ;
April 23 (8 3 ¢), April 29 (4 3 6), May 12 (6 ¢ ¢), all 1955
(KF. X. Williams; mostly on mat Euphorbia) (CAS, USNM, BM,
RMS, HEE, KVK). 1 2 ; Borego Valley, San Diego Co., California;
April 18, 1957 (R. M. Bohart) [USNM]. 1 ¢,; Fish Creek Mis.
Imperial Co., California; April 20, 1955 (W. R. M. Mason) (CNC).
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957 223
1 ¢; 10 mi. s. of Mecca, Riverside Co., California; April 4, 1937
(P. H. Timberlake) (PHT). 1 ¢ ; 14 mi. w. of Boron, San Bernardino
@o=-Calitornia. April 25,1953 (B.D. Hurd)’ (CIS). 1-3. ; Needles,
San Bernardino Co., California; April 3, 1951 (J. W. MacSwain)
(CIS). 1 6 ; Kramer Hills, San Bernardino Co., California; May 1,
1953-(R. Debord) "CUSNM,):.
In addition to the type series, three other individuals have been
seen which are apparently referable to 7. williamsi, but may represent
a separate race: 1 9,6 4 6; Thousand Palms, Riverside Co., Cali-
fOrnmias April (ac 6 ); ta Co). los )5 20 (2 ), 26 Cs), all
1955 (W. R. M. Mason) (CNC). The males are essentially inseparable
from the male described above, but the single female differs in three
features, as follows: the gaster, except for the petiole, is piceous to
black; the third abdominal tereum has a rather conspicuous median
patch of appressed, silvery hairs; the mesopleuron tends to have the
setigerous punctation longitudinally confluent to the point where it
appears obscurely longitudinally striolate, rather than distinctly
punctate. Although the differences in pigmentation and_ vestiture
eive this latter female a wholly deviant aspect, we believe that recog-
nition of it as a separate taxon to be premature. The fact that it
occurred in the same locality with males inseparable from ‘‘normal’’
T. williams: males appears to indicate that it represents an extreme
individual of 7. williams:. The critical cephalic indices of this female
are essentially identical with the allotype of 7. williamsi: least trans-
facial distance 1.17 times the eye-height; head width 1.7 times the
least interocular distance. Until and unless it can be shown that this
female is incorrectly associated with 7. williams: males, it appears
preferable to refer it to this species.
Typhoctes striolatus, new species
(Ghigs 2)
The female of striolatus is most closely similar to that of peculiaris
mirabilis with which it agrees in general aspect, particularly in the
presence, on all but worn individuals, of a elitterine vestiture of
appressed, pale golden hairs on the vertex and pronotum. However,
it differs from this, as well as typical peculiaris, in several noteworthy
structural characters that prohibit considering these forms as specifi-
cally identical, such as: the lateral faces of the propodeum are con-
spicuously striolate; the metasternal process is weakly punctate
throughout, distinctly keeled along midline, and merely weakly emar-
oinate at the apex, with the process on each side of the emargination
not elaborated as a distinct rounded lobe; third abdominal tergum
with only sparse, long, erect hairs, lacking appressed silky vestiture.
The male associated with these females is also certainly specifically
distinct from males of typical peculiaris (males of p. mirabilis are
unknown). It differs at once from males of both peculiaris and wil-
liamsi in the somewhat stouter, more definitely subplumose, erect
D4 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957
hairs on the gaster, and the comparatively sparser punctation and
vestiture. Some noteworthy characters separating it from males of
peculiaris are the somewhat enlarged ocelli, entirely pale tibial cal-
caria, distance between anterior and posterior ocelli three-fourths
the postocellar line, the latter 1.1 times the ocellocular distance, and
the more slender genitalia. It is separated from males of williamsit by
havine the eyes less strongly divergent above, comparatively longer
postocellar line, entirely black lees, the loneer calcarium of hind tibia
relatively shorter, and minor eenitalic differences.
Type. 2 ; Phoenix, Maricopa Co., Arizona; October 15, 1933 (R. H.
Crandall) (U. 8S. National Museum, Type No. 63261, donated by
K. V. Krombein).
Female.—Length 6.0 mm. Shining; head, thorax, legs and first abdominal
tergum red, a shade darker than in williamsi; sides and base of second tergum
red shading into deep castaneous on rest of disk, and terminal segments all black ;
tibial calearia entirely white. Vestiture partly of long, seattered, erect setae
which are mostly black, but pale on head beneath, pronotum in part, legs beneath,
and second and third sterna; head above, temples and pronotum with conspicuous,
very dense, appressed, pale golden sericeous pubescence,
Lower half of front with several weak, oblique striae just above antennal in-
sertions, running outward and slightly upward to lower inner eye margin; vertex
adjacent to inner eye margins similarly striolate with striae parallel to eyes;
lower two-thirds of front with seattered punetures bearing long erect setae; upper
part of front, temples, central portions of vertex and oeeiput with dense, small
punctures bearing the decumbent vestiture; malar space short, one-third the
eye-height; head width 1.7 times the least interoecular distance; front between
eyes 1.25 times the eye-height; first and seeond flagellar segments subequal in
length.
Pronotum obtrapezoidal, shorter and stouter than in williamsi, the length in-
cluding neck 0.9 times the greatest width, the disk and sides closely and delicately
wrinkled to rugulose-striolate, bearing dense, silky decumbent vestiture, disk with
erect setae denser on anterior half; dorsum of fused metanotum-propodeum with
close, fine, irregular, sinuous, transverse wrinkles and seattered, erect, long setae
and fine, sparse, inconspicuous decumbent setae; posterior slope of propodeum
abruptly declivous as compared to williamsi, smooth except for a few, straight,
transverse wrinkles above abdominal insertion; fused metapleuron-propedeum
obliquely and closely striate, with few interspersed punetures, except for a small,
smooth triangular area below propodeal spiracle; metasternal plate strongly shin-
ing, virtually devoid of punctation, with a sharp median keel, the apex merely
emarginate but not bilobate.
Coxae laterally with subappressed, rather dense, short, silvery hair; coxae
beneath, femora and tibiae with scattered, long, erect setae, partly blackish,
partly silvery; mid tibia with two preapical rows of three short, rather stout
black spines, posterior tibia with the two preapieal rows bearing only 1-2 such
spines each; longer ealearium of hind tibia 0.55 times as long as hind basitarsus.
First and seeond terga each with an even, narrow apical band of appressed
silvery vestiture; first tergum also with a few, seattered, decumbent silvery setae
PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957 225
on rest of disk and moderately abundant, long, erect, dark setae; second tergum
with moderately dense, inconspicuous, short, decumbent brown vestiture exeept
narrowly at base and on sides, and with moderately abundant, erect, long blaek
setae; succeedirg terga with only scattered, erect, black setae.
Female paratypes vary in length from 4.8 to 6.8 mm, and the first flagellar
segment is darker on basal half. The specimens from Arizona are extremely
similar to the type. The three from Texas show some variation in that two speci-
mens lack the frontal striae, all three have the irregular wrinkles on dorsal surface
of fused metanotum-propodeum mainly oblique instead of transverse, and in two
specimens the terminal abdominal segments are not castaneous but concolorous
with the first and second terga.
Allotype— 6 ; The Basin, Big Bend National Park, Chisos Mts.,
Brewster Co., Texas, 5400 ft. elev.; July 8-14, 1948 (H. E. Evans;
visiting honeydew on oak) (U.S. National Museum, donated by
H. EK. Evans).
Male.—Length 6.8 mm., forewing including tegula 4.0 mm. Shining, black,
mandible except tip reddish, flagellum and tarsi brown, tibial calearia entirely
white. Wings almost hyaline though slightly darker than in williamsi, the forewing
shightly infumated beyond veins; veins light brown, stigma and costa darker.
Vestiture long, rather coarse, correspondingly much sparser than in williamsi ;
most of vestiture glittering white, but many of erect hairs of head and dorsum
of thorax and abdomen lght brown, those on last two abdominal terga almost
entirely light brown; erect hairs of gaster stouter than in peculiaris and williamsi,
and more plainly subplumose.
Clypeus with moderately large, contiguous punctures, vestiture silvery exeept
for a few fuscous hairs medially, appressed and rather dense; temples and lower
front with equally large but more separated punetures bearing mostly decumbent
vestiture but with some erect hairs; upper front with finer, closer punctures, most
of vestiture denuded but what is left mostly appressed; vertex with quite seat-
tered, larger punctures; occiput with punctation again more dense; first flagellar
segment two-thirds as long as second; least transfacial distance three-fourths the
transfacial distance through anterior ocellus and three-fourths the eye-length;
ocelli enlarged as in williamsi; distance between anterior and posterior ocelli
three-fourths the postoeellar line, the latter distance 1.1 times the ocelloeular line.
Anterior deelivity of pronotum with contiguous punctures and erect vestiture,
disk with sparse punctation and mixed decumbent and erect hairs, lateral surface
contiguously punctate, and with appressed hairs; mesonotum with sparse pubes-
cenee, the disk largely impunetate, laterally and anteriorly with closer punetures ;
scutellum and postseutellum with vestiture denser, mostly decumbent, punctures
subcontiguous; mesopleuron with coarse, subeontiguous punctures, and rather
abundant appressed and erect vestiture; upper part of metapleuron similarly
punctate and hairy, though somewhat more sparsely so; propodeum with large
round punctures and mostly appressed vestiture, punctures on dorsum subcontigu-
ous anteriorly and becoming sparser posteriorly until most intervals are about
half as wide as punctures on posterior surface, the latter surface with several
transverse wrinkles above abdominal insertion; lateral surface of propodeum
about as closely punetate as posterior surface.
226 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957
Coxae laterally with dense, coarse, subappressed pubescence; femora beneath
with long, scattered white hairs; femora, tibiae and tarsi with dense, fine, short
appressed pubescence; longer calearium of hind tibia 0.60 times as long as hind
basitarsus.
Abdominal vestiture sparse as compared to williamsi; first and second terga
with narrow apical bands of appressed hair, the third to fifth with similar but
narrower bands consisting of a single row of setae, the apical decumbent fringes
of setae of first five terga all silvery (in peculiaris those of terga 3-5 fuscous and
much less conspicuous); second to sixth sterna each with a row of appressed
simple setae at apex; second to fifth terga with punctures of two distinet sizes
as in williamsi though comparatively sparser, a series of somewhat larger and
more seattered ones, and others which are smaller and more abundant; first
sternum smooth; second sternum with discal punetures noticeably larger than
elsewhere on abdomen though sparser than in williamsi; punetures of third to
sixth sterna finer, sparser than in williamsi; hypopygium with apical margin very
slightly retuse; genitalia as figured (Fig. 2), noticeably more slender than in
typical peculiaris.
Paratypes. 2 2 9 ; same data as type but April 24 and April 26,
19383 (KVK). 1 9; Presidio, Presidio Co., Texas; June 26, 1930
(H. R. Tinkham) (UM). 2 92 2; northwest Wilson Co., Texas;
March-May 1945 (H. B. Parks) (RMS, USNM).
Typhoctes peculiaris (Cresson )
This polytypic species is represented by two races, the nominate
subspecies which occurs in Washineton, Idaho, Utah, California and
western Arizona, and peculiaris mirabilis from central Arizona and
southeastern Colorado eastward to western Kansas and Texas. The
females are larger than the females of the other two species occurring
in America north of Mexico, but this size distinction is not apparent
in the males, perhaps because of too limited a series in that sex. Both
sexes of peculiaris are distinguished from the other U. S. species by
the dark-tipped tibial calearia.
The females are separated from those of williamsi and striolatus
by the presence of moderately abundant appressed, fuscous, sericeous
vestiture on the third abdominal tergum, the shorter malar space,
and the more strongly spinose mid and hind tibiae. In addition,
females of peculiaris are quite distinct from those of williamst by the
presence of dense, appressed sericeous vestiture on pronotum, the
comparatively dense punctation, and different proportions of head
and thorax. The females of peculiaris, particularly those of p. mira-
bilis, are superficially more similar to those of striolatus, but in addi-
tion to the characters listed at the beginning of this paragraph,
females of peculiaris differ from those of striolatus in the absence
of a median keel on metasternal process, and usually in lacking striae
on the lateral surface of propodeum, any apparent striation on this
area due to the punctures beine confluent in rows, forming rugae,
rather than to a basic grooving of the integument without punctures.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957 997
The males (those of p. mirabilis unknown) differ from the other
known males in the stouter genitalia and the somewhat smaller ocelli.
In addition, they differ from males of williamsi in having entirely
black legs, relatively sparser punctation and vestiture, some erect
black hairs on head and thorax, the inner eye margins less strongly
divergent above, the postocellar distance less than ocellocular distance,
and the slightly retuse apical margin of hypopygium. They differ
from males of striolatus in having the erect hairs on gaster thinner
and barely subplumose, the relatively longer first flagellar segment
and longer calearium of hind tibia.
Typhoctes peculiaris peculiaris (Cresson), new status
GEigS93))
Mutilla peculiaris Cresson, 1875. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 5: 119 (2; California;
type in Aeademy of Natural Seiences, Philadelphia ).—Blake, 1886. Trans.
Amer. Ent. Soe. 13: 203.—Dalla Torre, 1897. Cat. Hym. 8: 71.
Typhoctes peculiaris (Cresson), Ashmead, 1899. Jour. N.Y. Ent. Soe. 7:53.—
Ashmead, 1903. Canad. Ent. 35: 202—André, 1903. Gen. Ins., Fase. 11,
p. 11.—Bradley, 1917. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 43: 288.—Schuster, 1949. Ent.
Amer. 29 (n.s.): 82 et seq—Krombein, 1951. U.S. Dept. Agr., Agr. Monogr.
2: 751 (synonymizes Anommiutilla difficilis Mickel under peculiaris).
Cyphotes peculiaris (Cresson), Fox, 1899. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soe. 25: 278 (syn-
onymizes Chyphotes mirabilis Cockerell under peculiaris).—Melander, 1905.
Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 29: 327.
Anommutilla difficilis Mickel, 1936. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 29: 295 (4; Oakley,
Idaho; type in U. S. National Museum).—Schuster, 1949. Ent. Amer. 29
(nis: 1117 et seq:
The females of typical peculiaris are distinguished at once from
those of p. mirabilis by the lack of dense, appressed, pale sericeous
pubescence on vertex, the somewhat. finer sculpture of fused meta-
notum-propodeum and metasternal process, the much broader apical
silvery band on first abdominal tereum, and the dark apical band
of hairs of the third tergum.
Female.—tLength 6.5-11.8 mm. Rather dull because of dense punctation, the
legs, terminal abdominal terga and all sterna shining; integument red, a darker
shade than in williamsi, the apex of mandible, a narrow annulus at base of first
flagellar segment, the terminal flagellar segments and tarsi darker; tibial calearia
white except extreme tips dark brown or black. Long, ereet black setae on head,
sides of pronotal disk, fused metanotum-propodeum, legs and abdominal terga;
shorter, erect white setae on pronotal disk, sides and venter of thorax, legs, first
and second terga and all sterna except apical three; pronotum entirely covered
(and often occipital area, in part) with dense, appressed, pale, glittering sericeous
vestiture.
Front and vertex with close, moderately large punctures, no striae, rather dense
erect setae and some seattered, decumbent golden to fuscous setae; temples and
adjacent occipital regions less closely punctured and with decumbent silvery
setae; malar space one-fourth as long as eye-height; front between eyes 1.5 times
228 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957
the eye-height; head width 1.6 times the least interocular distance; first and
second flagellar segments subequal in length,
Pronotum shorter than in williamsi, similar to that of striolatus, the length
including neek subequal to greatest width, with dense small punctures bearing
the decumbent vestiture; fused metanotum-propodeum dorsally with rather dense,
decumbent, golden to fulvous pubescence which becomes sparser and silvery on
posterior and lateral surfaces, the dorsal surface with close, small punetures
which are sparser on posterior surface, and lateral surface rugosopunctate or
locally with striolation weak and interrupted by irregular punctation; propodeum
more abruptly declivous and stout as compared to williamsi; metasternal plate
not or only weakly keeled along midline, surface smooth and nearly impunetate,
except sometimes coarsely and contiguously punetate posteriorly, apical margin
deeply emarginate and usually rather strongly bilobate.
Coxae laterally with subappressed, rather dense, silvery, short hair; coxae
beneath, femora and tibiae with seattered, long erect setae; mid and hind tibiae
more strongly spinose than in williamsi or striolatus, but with fewer spines than
in p. mirabilis, the mid tibia usually with one or two preapical rows composed of
one or two spines, and hind tibia with a single posterior row of two or three
and one or occasionally two of the anterior row; longer ealearium of hind tibia
0.55 times as long as hind basitarsus.
First tergum with a broad apieal band of appressed silvery pubescence which
is quite narrow at midline and very much broadened toward sides, the surface
basad of this band with appressed fulvous to fuseous pubescence and compara-
tively abundant erect setae; second tergum also with a broad apieal band of
appressed silvery pubescence (broader than in williams’) which is usually nar-
rower at midline, the rest of disk with rather dense fulvous to fuscous appressed
pubescence, obscuring the sculpture, and seattered, erect setae; third tergum with
sparser, appressed, fulvous to fusecous pubescence and a very narrow, darker,
apical band and scattered erect black setae; succeeding two terga with scattered
erect black setae.
Male.
shining; antennae and tarsi dark brown; mandible red except apex; tibial eal-
Length 6 to 7.5 mm., forewing including tegula 4 to 4.5 mm. Black,
caria white exeept extreme tips dark brown. Wings moderately infumated, the
apices beyond veins darker. Vestiture long, moderately coarse, correspondingly
sparser than in williamsi, glittering white except for some black erect hairs on
the following—head in part, thoracie dorsum in part, second tergum in part, and
succeeding terga except laterally; ereet hairs of gaster slender, less plumose in
appearance than in striolatus.
Clypeus with moderately large, contiguous punetures, vestiture decumbent and
rather dense; temples and front with smaller, slightly sparser punctures, the
temples with appressed pubescence, the front with both erect and appressed hair;
vertex with sparser punctures and both types of vestiture; oeciput more closely
punctate and with denser setae; first flagellar segment four-fifths as long as
second; least transfacial distance three-fourths the transfacial distance through
anterior ocellus and three-fourths the eye-height; ocelli smaller than in williamsi,
the diameter two-thirds as great; distance between anterior and posterior ocelli
slightly more than half the postocellar distance, the latter distance 0.94 times the
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957 229
ocellocular distance; punetation of head correspondingly sparser than in williamsi.
Pronotal punetation and vestiture intermediate in density between that of
williamsi and striolatus, decumbent vestiture all pale, the erect hairs pale on
deelivity and sides of disk, black elsewhere on disk; rest of thoracic dorsum
intermediate between that of williamsi and striolatus in density of punctation
and vestiture, the erect hair mostly black with some white hairs laterally; lateral
surface of pronotum and mesopleuron with rather coarse, contiguous punctures
bearing moderately dense, pale, mostly decumbent and suberect vestiture; upper
part of metapleuron with somewhat finer and more separated punctures; pro-
podeum with large round punctures and mostly appressed, pale vestiture, pune-
tures on dorsum contiguous anteriorly, becoming sparser posteriorly until most
interspaces are at least half as wide as punctures on posterior surface, the latter
surface with several transverse wrinkles above abdominal insertion.
Coxae laterally with dense, coarse, subappressed pubescence; femora beneath
with long, scattered white hairs; femora, tibiae and tarsi with fine, dense, short
appressed vestiture; longer calearium of hind tibia 0.64 times as long as hind
basitarsus,
Abdominal vestiture intermediate in density between that of williamsi and
striolatus, the erect setae slender as compared to striolatus and very slightly sub-
plumose; first and second terga with very narrow apical bands of appressed
vestiture, the third to fifth with similar but narrower bands consisting of a single
row of setae, quite inconspicuous and fuscous except occasionally partly pale in
middle on third; second to sixth sterna each with a row of appressed simple setae
at apex; second to fifth terga usually with punctures of two distinct sizes as
deseribed for williamsi but occasional specimens with sparser punctation and the
minute punetures mostly or entirely lacking; ereet vestiture of first tergum all
pale, of second oceasionally all white but usually black except laterally and at
apex, of succeeding terga mostly black except occasionally along sides; that of
sterna mostly pale with occasional interspersed black setae; hypopygium with
apical margin slightly retuse; genitalia as figured (Fig. 3), stouter than in
striolatus or williamsi.
WASHINGTON: 1 2; Grand Coulee, Steamboat Rock, Grant Co. ;
July 10, 1902 (A. L. Melander) (MCZ).
LD AOR Oe ll vse Oakley. CassiayCo:- July 7; 1927. (dd type of
difficilis) and July 23, 19380 (?) (USNM).
UTAH: 1 ¢@: U. A. C. Farm No. 2; Logan, Cache Co.; August 16,
1925, CA. C. Burnrill) <GXMs)):
ARIZONA: 1 2; Gila Bend, Maricopa Co.; March 26, 1940 (R. H.
Crandall) (KVIK).
CALIFORNIA: 2 ¢ 2°, 2 6 8; Borego Desert, San Diego Co.;
April 23, 1955 (1 4), April 17, 1956 (1 6 on Euphorbia poly-
carpa, 1 2 running on sand nearby), April 30, 1957 (¢@) (F. X.
Williams) (CAS, KVK). 1 @; San Felipe Creek, San Diego
Co.; September 9, 1938 (P. H. Timberlake) (PHT). 1 @ ; Ban-
ning, Riverside Co.; July 16, 1950 (J. W. MacSwain) (CIS).
1 2; Crystal Lake, Los Angeles Co.; June 29, 1950 (J. W.
MacSwain) (CIS). 18 ° 9,1 6; Tanbark Flat, Los Angeles
230 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957
Co.; June 19 (2 9 9, J. W. MacSwain) June 22 (2° 9°09) Fa Xe
W illiams), June 23 (2 92 9, F. X. Williams), June 24 (2 @ Q,
EAWDP Hurd), June 25, (4 99, 124, BF. X) Walliams. eek
Robinson, P. D. Hurd), June 27 (1 9. P..D: Hurd) yJimlya
(1 ¢@, F. X. Williams), July 8 (8 9 9, F. X. Wilhams), July
LOG GES oF hee Xe Williams) ), all 1950 (CIS, RMB). 1 ¢, Kramer
Hills, San Bernardino Co.; May 1, 1953 (P. D. Hurd) (CIS):
1 ¢; Oro Grande Wash, 11 mi. s. of Adelanto, San Bernardino
Co.; May 26, 1941 (P. H. Timberlake) (PHT). 2 2 9 ; Yermo,
San Bernardino Co.; April 28, 1949 (E. G. Linsley, J. W. Mac-
Swain, R. F. Smith) (CIS). 1 ¢ ; Apple Valley, San Bernardino
Co.; May 19, 1955 (W .R. M. Mason) (CNC). 1 9; Victorville:
San Bernardino Co.; September 13, 1936 (J. Hansen) (RMS).
1 oe ee Kern Co.; June 8, 1952 (EK. I. Schlinger) (USNM).
2 ; Big Pine, Inyo Co.; September 4, 1956 (R. M. Bohart)
cane 4 1b ORS. BIB Me one Olenches Inyo Co.; August 6, 1948
(P. D. Hurd, J. W. MacSwain) (CIS). 4 9° 9 ; Bishop Creek,
Inyo Co., 8400 ft. elev.; August 2, 1936 (G. E. Bohart) (CIS).
1 ¢,1 ¢,; Arroyo Seco Camp, Monterey Co.; June 6, 1956 ( 2 )
and June 5, 1957 (¢@) (R. M. Bohart) (RMB). 1 @ : Little
Pinoche Valley, Fresno Co.; May 11, 1920 (E. O. Essig) (CIS).
1 9; Bass Lake, Madera Co.; July, 1946 (CIS). 2 6 6; Tur-
lock, Stanislaus Co.; September 28, 1953 (R. R. Snelling)
(USNM). 1 2,1 6; Tuolumne City, Tuolumne Co.; June 3
Ce); and June 14 (9) .-1953 (J. Gy Rozem) (CLS leon tno:
Creek,, Mono Co.; August 1, 1936 (CIS). 1 @ ; Mokelumne Hill,
Calaveras Co. (USNM). 2 6 2; Mt. Diablo, Contra Costa Co.,
2000 ft. elev.; July 26, 1949 and July 17, 1950 (F.. X. Williams)
(CIS). 3 9 9; Antioch, Contra Costa Co.; July, 1937 (HE. Bb.
Ross) (CIS), August 8, 1952 (W. E. Ferguson) (CIS) and
September 10, 1947 (J. W. MacSwain) (USNM). 1 ¢; 18 mi.
NE of Chico, Butte Co.; May 23, 1956 (R. M. Bohart) (RMB).
1 2; Hat Creek P. O., Shasta Co.; July 12, 1955 (J. W. Mac-
Swain) (CIS). 1 9; Norval Flats, Lassen Co., 5500 ft. elev.:
August 22, 1950" (J. O: Martin)> CUSNIM).. dea erssa@ales
(USNM). 1 9; ‘‘California’’ (ANSP; type of pecularis).
Typhoctes peculiaris mirabilis (Cockerell)
(Figs. 5 and 6)
Cyphotes mirabilis Cockerell, 1896. Canad. Ent. 28: 285 (2; Mesilla Valley,
New Mexico; type in U. S. National Museum).
Typhoctes mirabilis (Cockerell), Malloch, 1926. Proe. U. S. Natl. Mus. 68, Art.
By 105 cy walked ee
Typhoctes peculiaris mirabilis (Cockerell), Schuster, 1949. Ent. Amer. 29 (ns.):
134, figs. 15, 16.
Females of this subspecies are separated from those of typical
peculiaris by the characters cited in the description below. Superficial-
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957 231
ly, females of p. nurabilis are very similar to those of striolatus
because of the dense, appressed, pale pubescence on both vertex and
pronotum, but differ at once as noted in the discussion of peculiaris
sens. lat.
Males of p. mirabilis are unknown. Presumably they will be very
similar to those of typical peculiaris in most details, perhaps differing
most notably only in certain minor details of the vestiture.
Female.—Length 7 to 11 mm. Similar to typical peculiaris except in the fol-
lowing details: vertex with dense, appressed, pale golden sericeous vestiture as on
pronotum; sculpture of fused metanotum-propodeum coarser, punctures of dorsal
and posterior surfaces larger, and lateral surface with larger, subecontiguous
punctures occasionally confluent in rows; metasternal plate entirely coarsely and
contiguously to confluently punctate; mid and hind tibiae with more numerous
spines, usually with two preapical rows of three spines each, occasionally four;
apical silvery band of first tergum much narrower on sides, essentially equally
wide throughout; and third tergum with apical band silvery, at least medially.
ARIZONA: 1 @ ; Heiser OPEINE, Wupatki Natl. Mon., Coconino Co. ;
July 23, 1949 (airs CNY: yinian) (USNM). 1 9; Joseph City,
Navajo Co.; August 6, 1950 (J. W. MacSwain) (CIS). 1 9;
Prescott, Yavapar Co... June 29-1932) ((P., H. Timberlake)
CBr) 2 2oe9 Ou Ticson rime Co. dune, 1933 "CBryant)
(UM) and August 6, 1946 (H. E. Evans) (HEE). 1 9 ; Babo-
quivari Mts., Pima Co.; May 7, 1938 (F. H. Parker) (UM).
1 ¢ ; Patagonia, Santa Cruz Co.; July 20, 1940 (D. J. and J. N.
Knull) (OSU). 1 9; Madera Canyon, Santa Rita Mts., Santa
Cruz) Co. July, 26 1955 (Fo XxX. Walhams':* atv li¢ht) (CAS).
1 9; Santa Rita Mts., Santa Cruz Co.; September 30, 1939
(Bryant) (UM). 1 @ ; Huachuca Mts., Cochise Co. (USNM).
NEW MEXICO: 2 2 2; Jemez Springs, Sandoval Co.; August 1,
1914 (UM) and July 10, 1954 (Cazier and Gertsch) (AMNH).
1 @ ; College Campus, Mesilla Valley, Dona Ana Co.; July 1896
(T. D. A. Cockerell) (USNM, type of mirabilis).
TEXAS: 2 92 @2; 6-10 mi. w. of Fort Davis, Jeff Davis Co., 5000 ft.
elev.; July 15-23, 1948 (H. E. Evans; 1 9? on Sphaeralcea
angustifolia) (HEE). 2 ? 2; Abilene, Taylor Co.; October 10,
1943 (C. L. Remington) (USNM, RMS).
KANSAS: 1 2; Norton Co., 2270 ft. elev.; August 24, 1912 (F. X.
Williams) (KU). 1 9; Graham Co. (KU). 1 2 ; Seward Co.,
2600 ft. elev.; August 18, 1911 (F. X. Williams) (KU). 1 2;
Stanton Co., 3000 ft. elev.; July 30, 1911 (F. X. Wilhams) (KU).
i 9) Stanton Co. 3000 ft. elev. (S.J. Hunter) (KU). 2
2: Morton Co., 2800 ft. elev.; August 5, 1911 (F. X. Wil-
hams) (KU).
COLORADO: 1 ¢: Iamon, Lincoln Co.; August 20, 19387 (G.
Englehardt) (KVK).1 2 ; San Luis, Costilla Co.; July 21, 1929
(H. G. Rodeck) (UM). 1 2; Antonito, Conejos Co.; August 5,
1900 (UM).
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957
MEXICO: CHIHUAHUA: 3 2? 2; Samalayuca; June 24, 1947
(Crazier, Michener and Bradt) (AMNH).
REFERENCES
André, E. 1903. Fam. Mutillidae. Gen. Ins., Fase. 11, 77 pp., 3 pl.
Ashmea, W. H. 1899. Super-families in the Hymenoptera and Generic Synopses
of the Families Thynnidae, Myrmosidae and Mutillidae. Jour. N. Y. Ent.
Soe. 7: 45-60.
Bradley, J. C. 1917. Contributions toward a Monograph of the Mutillidae and
Their Allies of America North of Mexico. IV. A Review of the Myrmosidae.
Trans. Amer. Ent. Soe. 43: 247-290, 6 pl.
Buzicky, A. W. 1941. A Monograph of the Genus Chyphotes of North America
Ent. Amer. 21 (n.s.): 201-243, 4 pl.
Fox, W. J. 1899. The North American Mutillidae. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soe. 25:
219-292.
Krombein, K. V. 1951. Jn Muesebeek, Krombein and Townes. Typhoctes in
Hymenoptera of America North of Mexico—Synoptie Catalog. U. 8. Dept.
Agr., Agr. Monogr. 2: 751.
Malloch, J. R. 1926. Systematie Notes on and Descriptions of North American
Wasps of the Subfamily Brachyeistiinae. Proc. U. 8S. Natl Mus. 68, Art. 3,
28 pp., 4 pl.
Mickel, C. E. 1936. Two New Genera and Five New Species of Mutillidae. Ann.
Ent. Soe. Amer. 29: 289-297, 5 figs.
Pate, V. S. L., 1947. A Conspeetus of the Tiphiidae, with Particular Reference
to the Nearetic Forms. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soe. 55: 115-145, 2 pl.
Reid, J. A., 1941. The Thorax of the Wingless and Short-winged Hymenoptera.
Trans. Roy. Ent. Soe. London 91: 367-446, 81 fig.
Schuster, R. M. 1946. A Revision of the Sphaerophthalmine Mutillidae of
America North of Mexico. Ann. Ent. Soe. Amer. 39: 692-703, 2 fig.
——————, 1949. Contributions Toward a Monograph of the Mutillidae of the
Neotropical Region. IIT. A key to the Subfamiles Represented and Deserip-
tions of Several New Genera. Ent. Amer. 29 (n.s.): 59-140, 5 pl.
NEW SPECIES AND RECORDS OF MALLOPHAGA FROM
GALLINACEOUS BIRDS OF THAILAND!
K. C. Emerson, Stillwater, Oklahoma
and
Ropert EF. Eveen, Department of Zoology,
University of Oklahoma, Norman, Oklahoma
The Mallophaga described and identified in the following notes, ex-
cept for one small series in the British Museum (NH), were collected
in Thailand by R. E. Elbel, H. G. Diegnan, and Boonsong Lekagul
during the period April 1953 to April 1955. Host identifications were
I This investigation was supported by researeh grant E-1722 from the National
Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases of the National Institutes of Health,
Public Health Service.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957 O25
furnished by Mr. Deignan, and are in accordance with the classifica-
tion to be discussed in his forthcoming ‘‘Check-list of the Birds of
Thailand.’’ Skins of the birds from which the lice were collected are
now in the U. 8S. National Museum. Collections were made possible
by assistance from the U. S. National Museum and the United States
Operations Mission to Thailand. The holotype and allotype of the
new species described herein have been deposited in the U. S. National
Museum. Dr. Theresa Clay, British Museum (NH), loaned consider-
able material for comparison, and offered many helpful suggestions.
The authors gratefully acknowledge the assistance given by Dr. Clay,
Dr. Phyllis T. Johnson, and Mr. Deignan during the preparation of
this report.
AMBLYCERA
Amyrsidea monostoecha (Kellogg).
Menopon monostoechum Kellogg, 1896. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sei. (2), 6: 530, pl.
72, fig. 4. Type host: Phasianus nychthemerus=Lophura nycthemera nycthe-
mera (Linnaeus).
Specimens collected.—4 males and 4 females at Ban Na Muang, Na
Haeo, Dan Sai, Loei; off Lophura nycthemera jonesi (Oates). The
species was described from specimens taken off a Silver Pheasant in
San Francisco, Calif. The specimens taken agree with Kelloge’s de-
scriptions and illustrations, but have not been compared with the
types or with material from type host.
Amyrsidea phaeostoma (Nitzsch).
Menopon phaecostomum Nitzsch, 1866. Z. ges. Nat. Wiss. 28: 391. Type host:
Pavo cristatus (Linnaeus).
Specimens collected 4 males and 3 females on Phu Kho Mountain,
Kan Luang, Na Kae, Nakhon Phanom; off Pavo muticus timperator
Delacour. Two species of Amyrsidea are found on Pavo cristatus, this
being the larger of the two forms. The specimens collected appear to
be conspecific with material from the type host. They agree with
specimens which Dr. Clay has compared with the figures in the
Nitzsch Manuscript presently in the British Museum (NH). The
smaller species of Amyrsidea, which is more common on domestic pea
fowls, was not collected. The male genitalia are illustrated in figure 15.
Amyrsidea uniseriata (Piaget).
Menopon uniseriatum Piaget, 1880. Les Pediculines: 464, pl. 37, fig. 4. Type
host: Phasianus praelatus=Lophura diardi (Bonaparte).
Specimens collected.—29 males and 15 females on Phu Lom Lo Moun-
tain, Kok Sathon, Dan Sai, Loei; 1 male and 2 females at Ban Sang
Kho, Khok Phu, Sakon Nakhon; 3 males and 2 females on Phu Phak
Khi Nak Mountain, Kok Sathon, Dan Sai, Loei; 4 males and 2 females
on Khao Sawan Mountain, Sieo, Loei; and 1 male and 4 females at
Ban Muang Khai, Tha Li, Loei; off Lophura diardi (Bonaparte).
This species apparently has not been reported since the original de-
934 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957
seription. Specimens have been compared with the Piaget types in
the British Museum (NH), and they appear to be conspecific. The
male genitalia are illustrated in figure 14.
Colpocephalum echinatum Ewing.
Colpocephalum echinatum Ewing, 1930. Proce. Ent. Soc. Wash., 32: 118. Type
host: Pavo muticus muticus Linnaeus.
Specimens collected.—8 males and 8 females on Phu Kho Mountain,
Kan Luang, Na Kae, Nakhon Phanom; off Pavo muticus imperator
Delacour. Specimens have been compared by Dr. Johnson with Ew-
ing’s types in the U. 8. National Museum, and they appear to be
conspecific.
Menopon gallinae (Linnaeus).
Pediculus gallinae Linnaeus, 1758. Syst. Nat., ed. 10: 613. Type host: Phasi-
anus gallus (‘‘domesticus’’)=Gallus gallus ‘‘domesticus.’’
Specimens collected. 6 males and 3 females at Ban Sang Kho, Khok
Phu, Sakon Nakhon; 2 males and 2 females on Phu Lom Lo Moun-
tain, Kok Sathon, Dan Sai, Loei; 2 males and 3 females at Ban Mu-
ang Khai, Tha Li, Loei; and 11 males and 12 females on Khao Sawan
Mountain, Sieo, Loei; off Lophura diardi (Bonaparte). This species
is rather common on both domestic and wild chickens. We are un-
able to distinguish between the specimens taken off Lophura diardi
and those collected off chickens.
ISOCHNOCERA
Cuclotogaster phayrei n. sp.
Male.—General shape and chaetotaxy as shown in figure 5. Abdominal tergites
on segments II and III, divided medianly. Aceessory dorsal plates, not divided
medianly, on abdominal segments III-VI. Genitalia as shown in figure 16.
Female.—Similar to the male in general shape, but slightly larger; being 1.68
mm in total length. Antennae filiform. Abdominal tergites divided medianly in
segments II-VII. Posterior margin of vulva bilobed; with 16 to 18 short setae
evenly spaced on the margin, and 16 to 18 minute setae seattered on the surface.
This species is closely related to Cuclotogaster gedgii (Clay), 1938,
found on Francolinus clappertoni gedgii Ogilvie-Grant. The male of
C. gedgvi has accessory dorsal plates on abdominal segments II-VI,
and they are divided medianly on segments II, III, VI, and VII. The
male of C. phayrei has accessory dorsal plates on abdominal segments
IfI-VI, none of which are divided. The male genitalia of the two
forms differ greatly. The female of C. phayrei possesses more setae
on the margin of the vulva than does C. gedgu. The undivided ter-
eite on abdominal segment VIII is also distinctive.
Type host——Francolinus pintadeanus phayrei (Blyth).
Type material—Holotype male, allotype female, 2 paratype males
and 1 paratype female were collected at Ban Hua Thanon, Khlong
Khlung, Kamphaeng Phet.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957
Ind
co
On
Cuclotogaster subinsolitus n. sp.
Male.—General shape and chaetotaxy as shown in figure 6. Posterior ptero-
thoracic setae arranged: 1, 2, 2, 1, 1, 2, 2, 1. Abdominal tergite on segment IT
is divided medianly, the remainder being transversly continuous. Accessory dorsal
plates, on abdominal segments IV-VII; none of which are divided medianly.
Genitalia as shown in figure 17.
Female.—Similar to the male in general shape, but larger; being 2.02 mm in
total length. Antennae filiform. Dorsal posterior pterothoracic setae arranged:
1, 2, 2, 2, 2, 1. Abdominal tergites on segments II-VITI, divided medianly. Ex-
cept for terminal segments, abdominal chaetotaxy same as in the male. Chaetotaxy
and structure of genital region same as that given by Clay (19388) for C. inso-
litus.
This species is closely related to Cuclotogaster imsolitus (Clay),
1938, found on Arborophila rufogularis tickelli (Hume). The form
is distinguished from C. insolitus by the more rounded anterior mar-
gin of the head and by being considerably larger. In the male of C.
insolitus, the tergal plates on abdominal segments II-VI are divided
medianly ; in ©. subinsolitus, only the tergal plate on abdominal seg-
ment II is divided medianly. The male genitalha of the two forms
appear to be very similar. The female of C. subinsolitus does not
have the tergal plate on abdominal segment VIII divided medianly.
Type host—Arborophila brunneopectus brunneopectus (Blyth).
Type material.—Holotype male, allotype female, 9 paratype males,
and 10 paratype females collected on Phu Lom Lo Mountain, Kok
Sathon, Dan Sai, Loei.
Goniocotes parviceps (Piaget).
Goniodes parviceps Piaget, 1880. Les Pediculines: 277, pl. 23, fig. 2. Type host:
Pavo cristatus Linnaeus.
Specimens collected—8 males and 6 females on Phu Kho Mountain,
Kan Luang, Na Kae, Nakhon Phanom; off Pavo muticus imperator
Delacour. Goniocotes parviceps (Piaget) and Goniocotes rectangu-
latus Nitzsch are two closely related forms found on Pavo cristatus.
Both are atypical, and are occasionally included in the genus Gonio-
des. The females possess characters typical of those found in other
species of Goniocotes. The sexual dimorphism exhibited in the head
of the male and the male genitalia indicate an affinity to the genus
Goniodes; these are illustrated in figures 9, 10, and 11. We believe
that both species should be retained in Goniocotes until a more com-
plete study ean be made of the genus. Goniocotes yngarejsuf Kichler
1950, was described and illustrated from female specimens taken off
Pavo cristatus. The descriptions and illustrations agree completely
with females of Goniocotes parviceps taken from that host. Speci-
mens collected off Pavo muticus imperator have been compared with
material from the type host and they appear to be conspecific. The
male genitalia are complex and there are minor differences, but these
appear to be no greater than the differences between individuals col-
lected off the same host.
236 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957
Goniodes cervinicornis Giebel
Goniodes cervinicornis Giebel, 1874. Insecta Epizoa: 199. Type host: Phasianus
nycthemerus=Lophura nycthemera nycthemera (Linnaeus ).
Specimens collected.—1 male at Ban Na Muang, Na Haeo, Dan Sai,
Loei; 1 female on Phu Lom Lo Mountain, Kok Sathon, Dan Sai, Loei;
and 10 males and 19 females on Phak Khi Nak Mountain, Kok Sathon,
Dan Sai, Loei; off Lophura nycthemera jonesi (Oates). Clay rede-
scribed and illustrated this species from material taken off museum
skins of the type host. These specimens agree with Clay’s descriptions
and illustrations.
Goniodes chloropus n. sp.
Male.—General shape and chaetotaxy as shown in figure 7. Temples not ex-
panded beyond width of preantennal region of forehead. Membraneous portion
of clavi well developed. First antennal segment enlarged and bearing a thickened
process. Lateral margins of prothorax each with three short setae. Genitalia as
shown in figure 12.
Female.—General shape and chaetotaxy as shown in figure 8. Temples ex-
panded to a width greater than that of the preantennal region of forehead. Clavi
only slightly developed. Antennae filiform. Ventrally, a row of short stout setae
in the lateral lobes of the terminal abdominal segment.
While this species belongs to Clay’s (1940) ‘‘species group I,’’ it
does not particularly resemble any of the known species. The wide
marginal carnia of the forehead, the male genitalia, and the structure
and chaetotaxy of the female genital region distinguish it from all
known species of the genus.
Type host—Arborophila charltoni chloropus (Blyth).
Type material—Holotype male, allotype female, 3 paratype males,
and 2 paratype females collected at Ban Hua Thanon, Khlong Khluneg,
Kamphaene Phet.
Goniodes coronatus (Giebel).
Goniocotes coronatus Giebel, 1874. Insecta Epizoa: 302. Type host: Crypturus
coronatus=Rollulus roulroul (Seopoli).
Specimens collected —12 males and 5 females on Khao Phap Pha
Mountain, Ban Na, Phattalung; off the type host. These specimens
agree with Clay’s (1940) descriptions and illustrations.
Goniodes diardi Clay.
Goniodes diardi Clay, 1940. Proce. Zool. Soe. Lond. (B), 110: 70, figs. 2a and 48e.
Type host: Lophura diardi (Bonaparte).
Specimens collected—1 male and 1 female at Ban Na Muane, Na
ITaeo, Dan Sai, Loei; 4 males and 2 females on Phu Phak Khi Nak
Mountain, Kok Sathon, Dan Sai, Loei; 1 male and 3 females at Ban
Sang Kho, Khok Phu, Sakon Nakhon; 2 males and 5 females on Phu
Lom Lo Mountain, Kok Sathon, Dan Sai, Loei; and 1 male and 2
females at Ban Muang Khai, Tha Li, Loei; off Lophura diardi (Bona-
parte). All specimens agree with Clay’s descriptions and illustrations.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957 937
Goniodes pavonis (Linnaeus).
Pediculus pavonis Linnaeus, 1758. Syst. Nat., ed. 10: 613. Type host: Pavo
cristatus Linnaeus.
Specimens collected.—7 males and 9 females on Phu Kho Mountain,
Kan Luang, Na Kae, Nakhon Phanom off Pavo muticus imperator
Delacour. These specimens agree with Clay’s (1940) deseriptions and
illustrations.
Goniodes processus Kellogg and Paine.
Goniodes processus Kellogg and Paine, 1914. Ree. Indian Mus., 10: 226, pl. 15,
fig. 9. Type host: Arborophila rufogularis rufogularis (Blyth).
Specimens collected.—7 males and 6 females on Phu Lom Lo Moun-
tain, Kok Sathon, Dan Sai, Loei; off Arborophila brunneopictus brun-
neopictus (Blyth). Clay (1940) redescribed and illustrated this spe-
cies from specimens taken off museum skins of Arborophila rufogu-
laris tickelli (Hume), and reported collections from skins of five other
species and subspecies of Arborophila. She also noted (p. 25) : ‘‘Speei-
mens from skins of A. b. brunneopictus (Blyth), A. b. henricr (Ousta-
let), and A. erythrophrys (Sharpe) from Borneo do not appear quite
typical, and may prove to be a new subspecies.’” The specimens col-
lected agree with the illustrations and descriptions given by Clay, but
have not been compared with specimens from the type host.
Lipeurus boonsongi n. sp.
Male.—General shape and chaetotaxy as shown in figure 4. Postantennal con-
striction not pronounced, breadth at temples almost equal to that of the praenten-
nal region. Four dorsal setae on prothorax. Two short and three long setae in
each posterior lateral angle of pterothorax. Abdominal tergal plates narrow and
transversely continuous. Eight medium-length setae on margin of genital open-
ing. Genitalia as shown in figure 18.
Female.—Slightly larger’ than male; total length being 2.13 mm. Head without
postantennal constriction, temples slightly expanded. Antennae filiform. Pro-
thorax with two dorsal setae. Pterothorax as in the male. Abdominal tergal plates
wide and transversely continuous. Eight medium-length and twelve short setae
on margin of genital opening.
This species is closest to Lipeurus fimbriatus Clay, 1938, found on
Melanoperdix nigra nigra (Vigors). It can be separated from that
species by the shape of the head, male genitalia, and the chaetotaxy of
the terminal abdominal segments.
Type host.—Francolinus pintadeanus phayrer (Blyth).
Type material—Holotype male, allotype female, 2 paratype males
and 2 paratype females collected at Ban Hua Thanon, Khlong Khlung,
Kamphaeng Phet. Three male paratypes and six female paratypes
collected in Burma are in the British Museum (NH).
Lipeurus deignani n. sp.
Male.— General shape and chaetotaxy as shown in figure 3. Marked postanten-
nal constriction, breadth at temples almost equal to that of preantennal region.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957
i)
oe)
First antennal segment enlarged and bearing a short blunt appendage. Four
dorsal setae on prothorax. Two short and five long setae in each posterior lateral
angle of pterothorax. Wide abdominal tergal plates. Chaetotaxy of genital re-
gion as in Lipeurus brunneipictus (Giebel). Male genitalia as shown in figure 19.
Female.—Similar to L. brunneipictus, except for the chaetotaxy on the margin
of the vulva. This form has twenty-eight long and medium-length setae on the
margin of the vulva, as compared with twenty setae of the same sizes on the
vulva of L. brunneipictus. Total length is 2.96 mm,
This species is closest to Lipeurus brunneipictus (Giebel), 1877,
found on Lophura iguita rufa (Raffles). It can be separated from
that species by the shape of the first antennal segment of the male,
the wide abdominal tergal plates of the male, the male genitalia, and
the chaetotaxy of the genital region of the female.
Type host.—Lophura diardi (Bonaparte).
Type material.—Holotype male, allotype female, 3 paratype males,
and 5 paratype females collected at Khao Sawan Mountain, Sieo, Loei.
Other paratypes are: 25 males and 26 females collected on Phu Lom
Lo Mountain, Kok Sathon, Dan Sai, Loei; 7 males and 4 females col-
lected at Siracha, Chon Buri; 6 males and 7 females collected at Ban
Sane Kho, Khok Phu, Sakon Nakhon; 11 males and 16 females col-
lected on Phu Phak Khi Nak Mountain, Kok Sathon, Dan Sai, Loei;
2 males and 1 female collected at Ban Na Muang, Na Haeo, Dan Sai,
Loei; and 1 male and 1 female collected at Ban Muang Khai, Tha
lorioer
Lipeurus introductus Kellogg
Lipeurus introductus Kellogg, 1896. Proe, Calif. Aead. Sei. (2), 6: 500, pl. 68,
figs. 1 and 5. Type host: Phasianus nycthemerus=Lophura nycthemera ny-
cthemera (Linnaeus).
Specimens collected.—1 male and 3 females at Ban Na Muang, Na
Haeo, Dan Sai, Loei; 1 female on Phu Lom Lo Mountain, Kok Sathon,
Dan Sai, Loei; and 9 males and 18 females on Phu Phak Khi Nak
Mountain, Kok Sathon, Dan Sai, Loei; off Lophura nycthemera jonesi
(Oates). The species was described from specimens taken off a Silver
Pheasant in San Francisco, California. Clay (1938) redescribed and
illustrated the form as Lipeurus subsellatus Harrison, 1916, a syno-
nym, from specimens taken off museum skins of the type host. The
specimens collected agree with Clay’s descriptions and illustrations.
Oxylipeurus annamensis n. sp.
Male.—General shape and chaetotaxy as shown in figure 2. Posterior margin
of the modified chitin of the forehead with six prominent serrations. First antennal
segment enlarged and elongated, with a circular-shaped elear area. Abdominal ter-
gites, except for terminal segment, divided medianly. Posterior sternal plate
Fig. 1. Oxylipeurus formosanus (Uchida), dorsal-ventral view of male; fig. 2.
Oxylipeurus annamensis n. sp., dorsal-ventral view of male; fig. 3. Lipeurus deig-
nani n. sp., dorsal-ventral view of male; fig. 4. Lipeurus boonsongi n. sp., dorsal-
ventral view of male; fig. 5. Cuclotogaster phayrei n. sp., dorsal-ventral view of
male; fig. 6. Cuclotogaster subinsolitus n. sp., dorsal-ventral view of male.
239
OCTOBER, 1957
59, NO. 5,
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL.
Dunebes
Gig: =
240 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957
prolonged into a short, thickened modified process. On each side of this process,
a row of cight setae. Genitalia as shown in figure 13.
Female.—Slightly larger than the male, being 3.42 mm in total length. Fore-
head as in the male. Antennae filiform. Chaetotaxy of thorax and abdomen
similar to the male, except for terminal segment. Terminal abdominal segment
deeply bieleft. Margin of vulva bicleft, with a row of 24 to 26 setae.
This species is closely related to Oxrylipeurus piagetinus Hopkins,
1950, found on Lophura ignita ignita (Shaw). In O. piagetinus, the
posterior margin of the modified chitin of the forehead is straight ;
whereas in O. annamensis, this margin is prominently serrated.
Type host.—Lophura diardi (Bonaparte).
Type material—Holotype male, allotype female, 4 paratype males
and 4 paratype females were collected at Ban Sane Iho, Khok Phu,
Sakon Nakhon. Other paratypes are: 8 males and 10 females collected
on Phu Lom Lo Mountain, Kok Sathon, Dan Sai, Loei; 5 males and
1 female collected on Phu Phak Khi Nak Mountain, Kok Sathon, Dan
Sai, Loei; 9 males and 10 females collected on Khao Sawan Mountain,
Sieo, Loei; 1 female collected at Ban Na Muane, Na Haeo, Dan Sat,
Loei; and 7 males and 3 females collected at Ban Muane Khai, Tha
Li, Loei.
Oxylipeurus formosanus (Uchida).
Lipeurus formosanus Uehida, 1917. J. Coll. Agric. Tokyo, 3: 179, fig. 1. Type
host: Arborophila crudigularis (Swinhoe).
Specimens collected.—29 males and 15 females on Phu Lom Lo Moun-
tain, Kok Sathon, Dan Sai, Loei; off Arborophila brunneopectus
brunneopectus (Blyth). These specimens have been compared with
material from the type host collected in Formosa. We are unable to
find any significant differences between the two populations. The male
is illustrated in figure 1. The male genitalia are of the same type
as found in O.vrylipeurus annamensis.
Oxylipeurus megalops (Piaget).
Lipeurus megalops Piaget, 1880. Les Pedieulines: 675, pl. 16, fig. 8. Type host:
Cryptonyx coronatus=Rollulus roulroul (Seopoli).
Specimens collected—T males and 11 females on Khao Phap Pha
Mountain, Ban Na, Phattalune; off the type host. These specimens
agree with Clay’s (1938) descriptions and illustrations.
Oxylipeurus unicolor (Piaget).
Lipeurus unicolor Piaget, 1880. Les Pediculines: 354, pl. 28, fig. 6. Type host:
Arborophila brunneopectus javanica (Gmelin).
Specimens collected.—11 males and 10 females on Phu Lom Lo Moun-
tain, Kok Sathon, Dan Sai, Loei; off Arborophila brunneopectus brun-
neopectus (Blyth). Clay (1938) redescribed and illustrated the spe-
cies from material taken off museum skins of the type host, and re-
Fig. 7. Goniodes chloropus un, sp., dorsal-ventral view of male; fig. 8. Goniodes
chloropus i. sp., dorsal-ventral view of female; fig. 9. Goniocotes parviceps (Pia-
get), dorsal-ventral view of male; fig. 10. Goniocotes parviceps (Piaget), male
genitalia; fig. 11. Goniocotes rectangulatus Nitzseh, male genitalia.
10
)
242 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957
16 \7
Fig. 12. Goniodes chloropus n. sp., male genitalia; fig. 13. Oxylipeurus anna-
mensis n. sp., male genitalia; fig. 14. Amyrsidea uniseriata (Piaget), male geni-
talia; fig. 15. Amyrsidea phaecostoma (Nitzsch), male genitalia; fig. 16. Cucloto-
gaster phayrei n. sp., male genitalia; fig. 17. Cuclotogaster subinsolitus n. sp.,
male genitalia; fig. 18. Lipeurus boonsongi n. sp., male genitalia; fig. 19. Lipeu-
rus deignani n. sp., male genitalia.
ported collections from skins of 15 other species and subspecies of
Arborophila. The specimens collected agree with Clay’s descriptions
and illustrations.
REFERENCES
Clay, T. 1938. A revision of the genera and species of Mallophaga occurring on
Gallinaceous hosts.—Part I. Lipewrus and related genera. Proce. Zool. Soe.
London, Ser. B 108: 109-204.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957 243
—————, 1940. Genera and species of Mallophaga occurring on Gallinaceous
hosts.—Part II. Goniodes. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, Ser. B 110: 1-120.
Kichler, W. 1950. Notulae Mallophagologicae. XII. Neue Goniodidae. Doriana
1S Mets
Ewing, H. E. 1930. Six new species of Mallophaga. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash.
Bye Malia
Giebel, C. G. 1874. Insecta Epizoa. Leipiz.
Hopkins, G. H. E. 1950. Stray notes on Mallophaga—X. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.
(ser. 12) 3: 230-242.
Kellogg, V. L. 1896. New Mallophaga, II, from land birds, together with an
account of the Mallophagous mouth-parts. Proe. Calif. Acad. Sei. 6: 481-552,
—, and J. H. Paine. 1914. Mallophaga from birds (mostly Corvidae and
Phasianidae) of India and neighboring countries. Rec. Indian Mus. 10: 217
243.
Linnaeus, C. 1758. Systema Naturae (Ed. 10). Stockholn.
Piaget, E. 1880. Les Pediculines, Essai Monographique. Leyden.
Nitzsch, C. L. 1866. (In Giebel) Zoologischen Museum der Universitat Halle
Aufgestellten Epizoen, nebst Beobachtungen tiber dieselben, Z. ges. NatWiss.
28: 353-397.
Uchida, 8S. 1917. Mallophaga from birds of Formosa. J. Coll. Agr. Tokyo 3:
PAEISS.
BLACK FLIES ATTRACTED TO MEAT BAIT!
(DIPTERA: SIMULIIDAE)
Bait traps with ground beef as the attractant, set during the sum-
mer months of 1954-55 at O’Sullivan Dam, Grant County, Wash.,
yielded considerable numbers of black flies, Simulium vittatum Zett.
A preliminary investigation of the literature and personal corre-
spondence with Dr. Alan Stone and Dr. Herbert Dalmat have failed
to show any records of black flies having been attracted to meat bait
traps.
The traps were placed in the field at six stations, each representing
a somewhat different ecological habitat; some were located in dry
sage and sand types of environment, w hereas others were established
along the grassy margins of seepage ponds. The traps were plac ‘ed
in the field at approximately 7 7 a.m. and allowed to remain until 7 p.m.
The bait traps were of the old-fashioned fly trap variety, that is, a
common cylindrical screen with an inverted cone, a white cloth used
as a tie at the top, and the entire trap supported by an unpainted
plywood frame.
The bait was ground beef with ample quantities of tallow, placed
on a piece of mite paper towel (which also helps to attract insects )
and anchored to the ground with small sticks or nails. The advantage
of using ground beef in this area is its moisture-retaining qualities.
Freshness of the bait also appeared to be an important factor. Un-
1 This study was supported in part by United States Publie Health Grant
E-579 and in part by the State of Washington Initiative Measure No. 171 for
medical and biologieal research.
244 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957
refrigerated meat that was allowed to age and putrefy seemed to be
superior to freshly prepared meat.
Black flies were collected in small, though constant numbers, in all
traps from July 12 to October 11, 1954, and from July 9 to August
22, 1955. Altogether, 881 males and 512 females were collected in
1954 and 42 males and 62 females in 1955. The laree number for
1954 was due chiefly to a peak of capture on August 17, when a trap
left out accidentally for 3 days yielded 766 males and 347 females.
This peak was probably not wholly due to the unusually lone time
of exposure, since a similar, though much smaller peak occurred in
1955; it may have been due to mass emergence of adults.—Harry G.
Davis AND Maurice T. JAMES, Dept. of Zoology, State College of
Washington, Pullman, Wash.
THE VALIDITY AND CHANGE OF NAME OF TWO SPECIES OF
WYEOMYIA. (DIPTERA, CULICIDAE)
In 1939, when Lane and Cerqueira were working on the ‘‘Os
Sabetineos da América’? (1942), Del Ponte made available to them a
draft description and specimens of a Dendromyia which he considered
a new species and was about to publish under the name of root?. Con-
sidering inadequate the material on which the description was based,
and, deemine insufficient the characters that were being eiven to
separate this species, Lane and Cerqueira did not include it in their
study. Later, when suitable specimens were obtained, they described
the species as Wyeomyia (Dendromyia) delponter (1942).
Dr. Alan Stone has now called our attention to the fact that Del
Ponte mentioned in his paper (1939) sufficient characters for his
species, thus making rooti a valid name. Such being the case, Wyeo-
myia (Dendromyia) delponter Lane & Cerqueira, 1942 becomes a
synonym of Wyeomyia (Dendromyia) rooti Del Ponte, 1939. Conse-
quently, Wycomyia (Antunesmyia) rooti Lane & Cerqueira 1942
becomes an homonym; but, as this species remains valid, we are here
changing its name to alani, new name, based on the given name of our
informant.
The situation of the species under discussion stands therefore as
follows :
Wyeomyia (Autunesmyia) alani, new name
1942 Wyeomyia (Antunesmyia) rooti Lane & Cerqueira, Arq. Zool. Sao Paulo:
3: 587 nee Wyeomyia (Dendromyia) rooti Del Ponte, 1939, Physis 17:
535-541.
1953) Wyeomyia (Antunesmyia) rooti Lane, Neotropical Culicidae 2: 941.
Wyeomyia (Dendromyia) rooti Del Ponte 1939.
1939 Dendromyia rooti Del Ponte, Physis 17: 535-541.
1942. syn. Myeomyia (Dendromyia) delpontei Lane & Cerqueira, Arq. Zool. Sao
Paulo 3: 613.
1953 Wyeomyia (Dendromyia) delpontei Lane, Neotropical Culicidae 2: 988.
JOHN LANE and
Newson L. CERQUEIRA.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957 2945
THE SYSTEMATIC RELATIONSHIPS OF THE PALEANTARCTIC
SIPHLONURIDAE (INCLUDING ISONYCHIIDAE) (EPHEMEROPTERA)!
GEORGE F. EpMuNDS, JR., University of Utah
The primitive mayflies of the family Siphlonuridae (including
Isonychiidae) of Australia, New Zealand, and southern South America
are of great interest to ephemeropterists, but their interrelationships
never have been clearly understood. Recent works by Demoulin (1955,
3ull. Inst. Roy. Sci. Nat. Belg. 31(22) : 1-15; (58): 1-16) and Riek
(1955, Austral. Jour. Zool. 3: 266-280, 2 pls.) have helped to clarify
the systematics of the group.
On the basis of the morphology of the nymphs there are four re-
markably distinct groups, each represented by one genus in each of
the three land masses, except that one of the groups has two repre-
sentatives in South America. Although the groups are easily charac-
terized in the nymphal stage, the definition of these groups in the
adult stage is difficult, primarily, it is hoped, because of inadequate
knowledge of the family.
The Siphlonurinae are represented by three genera which have very
similar nymphs, Nesameletus in New Zealand, Ameletoides in Aus-
tralia, and Metamonius in South America. The Oniscigastrinae are
represented by the remarkable Oniscigaster in New Zealand, Tasmano-
phlebia (=Tasmanophlebiodes) in Australia, and Siphlonella in
South America.
A third group is represented by mayflies with peculiar carnivorous
nymphs having threadlike multi-seemented labial and maxillary palpi.
This group is represented by Ameletopsis in New Zealand, Mirawara
in Australia, and Chiloporter and probably Chaquihua in South
America. The relationship between Ameletopsis and Chiloporter is
quite obvious. Demoulin (1952, Bull. Ann. Soe. Ent. Belg. 88: 170-
172) at one time considered these genera synonymous, but they were
restored to generic status by Edmunds and Traver (1954, Proce. Ent.
Soc. Wash. 56: 236-240). The genus Mirawara of Australia was
included by Edmunds and Traver (op. cit.) in the family [sonyehii-
dae without critical study because of the statement by Harker (1954,
Trans. Roy. Ent. Soe. London, 105; 251) that the genus was related
to Coloburiscus. Riek (op. cit.) has since described the nymph of
Mirawara and revealed the relationship to Ameletopsis. The nymph
of Mirawara is almost certainly the one which Tillyard (1933, Proc.
Linn. Soe. N.S. Wales 58: 5) reported as Ameletopsis in Australia.
More recently Demoulin (1955, Bull. Inst. Roy. Sci. Nat. Belg. 31:
11) has described a new genus, Chaquihua, which is apparently re-
lated to Mirawara and is therefore placed in the Isonychiidae. The
nymph of Chaquihua is unknown, but some Ameletopsis-ike nymphs
in the California Academy of Sciences Collection, collected west of
1 This research was supported by grants from the National Science Foundation
(NSF-G2514) and the University of Utah Research Fund.
246 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957
Angol, Chile by Ross and Michelbacher are probably the nymphs
of Chaquihua. The wing pads have Chaquihua type venation, but
reveal no angular costal projection at the base of the hind
wing. In Demoulin’s (op. cit. :15) summary of the genera of the
Siphlonuridae and Isonychiidae, he places Chiloporter and Amele-
topsis in the Siphlonuridae and Mirawara and Chaquihua in the
Isonychiidae. I propose that the four genera form a new subfamily,
Ameletopsinae, in the family Siphlonuridae.
The isonychiine mayflies are represented by Coloburiscus in New
Zealand, Coloburiscoides in Australia, and by Murphyella in South
America. These nymphs have such common features as maxillary and
coxal gills, the forelegs with lone setae, and similar mouthparts. The
abdominal gills have a fibrilliform tuft in Coloburiscoides, but not in
Coloburiscus; Murphyella nymphs have no abdominal gills.
The isonychiine mayflies are still not adequately characterized in
the adult stage, and from a practical standpoint it is probably best
to regard them as a subfamily of the Siphlonuridae. Burks (1953,
Sull. I. Nat. Hist. Surv. 26(1): 108) originally proposed the group
as a subfamily of Baetidae, but Edmunds and Traver (loc. cit.) raised
the group to family level. The isonyehiine branch most certainly
originated from the Siphlonuridae, but after branching from this
eroup has apparently been ancestral to two distinct families, the
Heptageniidae and Oligoneuriidae. Because the isonychiine branch
was the probable ancestor of these families, Edmunds and Traver
(loc. cit.) felt that the group should be regarded as a full family.
Although this still appeals to me from the theoretical standpoint, it
is not a regular practice in classification. For example, the reptilian
stem which was ancestral to the mammals is not placed as a separate
class from the reptiles because it was ancestral to another class, the
Mammalia. For this reason I am inclined to now regard the Isony-
chiinae as only a subfamily of Siphlonuridae.
In view of the clarification of relationships of the paleantarctic
Siphlonuridae, the following table summarizes the systematic and
geographical relationships of the genera. A similar table published
by Demoulin (loc. cit.) summarizes his impression of the relationships
as viewed prior to the publication of Riek’s (op. cit.) paper on the
Australian Siphlonuridae.
Groups of — South New
SIPHLONURIDAE America Australia Zealand
Siphlonurinae Metamonius Ameletoides Nesameletus
Ameletopsinae Chaquihua Mirawara Ameletopsis
Chiloporter
Oniscigastrinae Siphlonella Tasmanophlebia Oniscigaster
(= Tasmanophle-
bioides )
Tsonychiinae Murphyella Coloburiscoides
(=Dietyosiphlon Coloburiscus
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957 247
ROBERT ASA CUSHMAN
1880-1957
Robert Asa Cushman, recognized abroad as well as in this country
as an outstanding authority on the classification of those parasitic
Hymenoptera that comprise the family Ichneumonidae, died at his
home in Altadena, Calif. on March 28, 1957. He and Mrs. Cushman
had moved there from Washington in 1944, when he retired from
active service in the Department of Agriculture on account of poor
health.
Mr. Cushman was born in Taunton, Mass., on November 6, 1880.
After completing his early education he studied at the University of
New Hampshire and at Cornell University, and in 1906 he was ap-
248 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957
pointed a field agent in the U. S. Bureau of Entomology. His first
assignments involved studies of the cotton boll weevil and its para-
sites, with headquarters at Tallulah, La., and Dallas, Tex.; but in
1911 he was transferred to the Division of Fruit Insect Investigations
and stationed at Vienna, Va. With this move he began part-time duty
with the Department of Agriculture staff of insect taxonomists at
the National Museum. This arrangement was continued when his field
station assignment was shifted a few years later to North East, Penn-
svlvania, where he was engaged on studies of grape pests and their
parasites. Finally, in 1920 he was transferred to Washington and
stationed at the National Museum for full-time duty in.the field he
loved best and for which he was so admirably fitted, the taxonomy
of the ichneumon flies.
Although not an especially prolific writer Mr. Cushman, neverthe-
less, published a large number of papers (which are cited in an ac-
companying article by Dr. Henry Townes). Many of these represent
significant contributions to a sound knowledge of the classification
of the Ichneumonidae, made the more useful by Cushman’s possession
of a gift for clear expression and nice use of the English language.
Late in 1927 he was sent to the Philippines to arrange for the pack-
ing and transfer to the U. S. National Museum of the C. F. Baker
collection of imsects, which had been bequeathed to the Museum on
the condition that the Museum send someone to the Philippines to
attend to its packing and shipment. It contained approximately 300,-
000 pinned insects and was one of the largest single accessions to the
National Museum’s insect collections.
Mr. Cushman was elected to membership in the Entomological So-
ciety of Washington in 1911, and during his many years at the Na-
tional Museum he attended the Society’s meetines very regularly and
contributed importantly to their programs and discussions. He was
recording secretary of the Society from 1919 to 1921, second vice-
president in 1923, first vice president in 1924, and president in 1925.
Cushman was an extremely friendly person who liked people, and
who, in turn, was liked by all who were acquainted with him. His
passing leaves those who worked with him and who knew him best
with a deep sense of loss. He is survived by his widow and by a son,
Arthur D., who is a scientific illustrator in the U. S. Department of
Agriculture. C. F. W. MUESEBECK
A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE SCIENTIFIC PUBLICATIONS OF
R. A. CUSHMAN
HENRY TOWNES
Mr. Cushman’s list of published titles includes 113 items. In se-
quence, they are a good mirror of his scientific career, beginning with
papers on the biologies of various insects, then turning more and
more to their hymenopterous parasites. Shortly, he started contribu-
tions on the taxonomy of the parasitic Hymenoptera, at first on Bra-
PROC. ENT: SOC. WASH., VOU. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957 249
conidae, Chaleidoidea, and Ichneumonidae, but soon concentrated his
interests on the Ichneumonidae to the exclusion of the others, and
also to the exclusion of papers on biologies. His earlier work on biolo-
cies had its effect on his taxonomy, as he became impressed with the
importance of biological characteristics, larval morphology, and the
morphology of the ovipositor tip. These characters led him to an
understanding of ichneumonid classification in advance of others of
his day. Though he published no comparative studies on ichneumonid
larvae, his unusual knowledge of them was a foundation for his opin-
ions on the phylogeny of the family.
Mr. Cushman’s taxonomic papers reflect his duties and opportuni-
ties at the U. S. National Museum. Descriptions of new species reared
from hosts of economic importance fill many of them. He had access
to a fine library and many important types, which resulted in nomen-
clatorial work in which he tried to bring some order out of the chaos
of names left by his predecessors. An interesting fact is that among
Cushman’s tools were Foerster’s original manuscript notebooks on the
classification of the Ichneumonidae, from which Foerster published
in 1868 a synopsis of all the genera, describing 509 genera as new.
Foerster’s published synopsis is very brief, but his notebooks include
fuller treatments and in.many cases keys to the species under the
genera. Cushman’s comments on the application of many of Foers-
ter’s generic names stem from a study of these manuscripts. The
notebooks were acquired from Dr. O. Schmiedeknecht in the early
1920’s. Schmiedeknecht had also made use of them in his publications.
Mr. Cushman’s best known contributions are the series of papers
on the subfamily Pimnlinae, published in 1920, quite early in his ca-
reer. His best work, however, is in his later revisions, like those on
the Nearctic Mesostenini (1929) the genus Exenterus (1940), and the
revision of the genera of Ophionini (his last paper). The high quality
of these later revisions reflects a lone devotion to the subject, high in-
tellectual standards, and the use of good collections.
List oF TITLES
1911 Studies on the biology of the boll weevil in the Mississippi Delta Region
of Louisiana. Jour. Econ. Ent. 4: 432-448.
Notes on the peach and plum slug. U. S. Dept. Agr., Bur. Ent. Bul.
97: 91-102.
Notes on the host plants and parasites of some North American
Bruchidae. Jour. Econ. Ent. 4: 489-510.
1912 Pierce, Cushman, and Hood: The insect enemies of the cotton boll
weevil. U. S. Dept. Agr., Bur. Ent. Bul. 100, 99 pp.
[Note on the biology of Ascogaster carpocapsae and of Cratotechus sp.|
Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 14: 90-91.
1913 Biological notes on a few rare or little known parasitic Hymenoptera.
Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 15: 153-160.
The Calliephialtes parasite of the codling moth. Jour. Agr. Res. 1: 211-
238.1 b)> 20;
250
1914
19
15
1916
19
18
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957
A new species of the braconid genus Phanerotoma Wesmael. Proc, Ent.
Soe. Wash. 16: 78-79.
A revision of the North American species of the braconid genus
Habrobracon Johnson (Ashmead). Proce. Ent. Soe. Wash. 16: 99-108.
Deseriptions of six new species of ichneumon flies. Proe. U. 8S. Natl.
Mus. 48: 507-513.
Deseriptions of new Ichneumonidae and taxonomic notes. Proe. Ent.
Soc. Wash. 17: 132-142.
Rohwer, Gahan, and Cushman: Some generic correetions in the
Ophioninae. Proce. Ent. Soe. Wash. 17: 149-150.
Pierce and Cushman, A few notes on the habits of parasitie Hymenop-
tera. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 17: 164-168.
The cherry leaf-beetle, a periodically important enemy of cherries.
U. S. Dept. Agr. Bul. 352, 28 pages.
The native food-plants of the apple red-bugs. Proe. Ent. Soe. Wash.
18: 196.
Thersilochus conotracheli, a parasite of the plum curculio, Jour. Agr.
Res. 6: 847-856,
Syntomaspis druparum, the apple-seed chalcid. Jour. Agr. Res. 7: 487-
506.
Two new chaleids from the seeds of Amelanchier. Proce. Ent. Soe.
Wash. 19: 79-86.
Rohwer and Cushman. Idiogastra, a new suborder of Hymenoptera
with notes on the immature stages of Oryssus. Proce. Ent. Soe. Wash.
19: 89-98.
Notes on the biology of Schizonotus sieboldii Ratz. Proe. Ent. Soe.
Wash. 19: 128-129.
A much described ichneumonid and its systematic position. Proe. Ent.
Soc. Wash. 19: 162-165.
Eight new species of reared iehneumon-flies with notes on some other
species. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 538: 457-469.
A revision of the hymenopterous insects of the tribe Cremastini of
America north of Mexico. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 53: 503-551.
The correct names for some of our common ichneumonid parasites.
Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 20: 9-12.
A convenient method of handling large numbers of individuals in life
history studies of insects. Proe. Ent. Soe. Wash. 20: 112-114.
Notes on the cocoon spinning habits of two species of braconids (Hym.).
Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 20: 133-136.
Cushman and Rohwer: The genus Ephialtes first proposed by Sehrank.
(Hym.). Proe. Ent. Soe. Wash. 20: 186-188.
New genera and species of ichneumon flies (Hym.). Proce. Ent. Soe.
Wash. 21: 112-120.
Descriptions of new North American ichneumon-flies. Proe. U. S. Natl.
Mus. 55: 517-543.
Notes on certain genera of ichneumon-flies, with descriptions of a new
genus and four new species. Proe. U. S. Natl. Mus. 56: 373-382.
1923
1924
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957 251
Viereck’s family Labenidae with the description of a new species of
Apechoneura (Hym., Ichneumonidae.) Proce. Ent. Soe. Wash. 22: 76-80.
Cushman and Rohwer: Holarctie tribes of the ichneumon-flies of the
subfamily Iechneumoninae (Pimplinae). Proce. U. S. Natl. Mus. 57:
379-396.
Cushman and Rohwer: The North American ichneumon-flies of the
tribe Acoenitini. Proe. U. S. Natl. Mus. 57: 503-523.
The North American ichneumon-flies of the tribes Lycorini, Poly-
sphinctini, and Theroniini. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 58: 7-48. Pl. 2.
North American ichneumon-flies, new and deseribed, with taxonomic
and nomenclatorial notes. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 58: 251-292.
The North American ichneumon-flies of the tribe Ephialtini. Proe.
Us Ss Natly Miursye58i) 327-3625 eels ie
Cushman and Rohwer: Notes on Hellén’s “Beitra’ige zur Kenntnis der
Iechneumoniden Finlands: Subfamilie Pimplinae.’’
Menstruus. 8: 161-164.
Inseeutor Inscitine
The males of the ichneumonid genera Myersia and Thaumatotypidea,
with descriptions of new species. (Hym.). Proe. Ent. Soe. Wash.
23: 109-112.
Cushman and Gahan: The Thomas Say species of Iehneumonidae. Proe.
nits woes Wash 23) 153-1715
North American ichneumon-flies of the genera Clistopyga and Schizopyga.
Proce. U. S. Natl. Mus. 60, art. 4, 14 pp.
The identity of a hymenopterous parasite of the alfalfa leaf weevil.
Proe. Ent. Soc. Wash. 24: 64.
New species of ichneumon-flies with taxonomic notes. Proce. U. 8.
Natl. Mus. 60, art. 21, 28 pp.
The identity of Habrobracon brevicornis (Wesmael), (Hym., Braconidae ).
Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 24: 122-123.
New Oriental and Australian Ichneumonidae. Philippine Jour. Sci.
20: 543-597.
On the Ashmead manuscript species of Ichneumonidae of Mrs. Slosson’s
Mount Washington lists. Proce. U. S. Natl. Mus. 61, art. 8, 30 pp.
The identity of Ichneuwmon coccinellae Schrank (Hym.). Proe. Ent. Soc.
Wash. 24: 241-242,
A new subfamily of Braconidae (Hym.) from termite nests. Proc. Ent.
Soc. Wash. 25: 54-56.
New genera and species of ichneumon-flies. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 64,
art. 4, 16 pp.
On the genera of the ichneumon-flies of the tribe Paniscini Ashmead,
with descriptions and discussion of related genera and species. Proce.
U. S. Natl. Mus. 64, art. 20, 48 pp.
Change of name (Hymenoptera). Proc. Ent. Soe. Wash. 26: 221.
On the systematic position of the genera Collyria Schiddte and
Tschnoceros Gravenhorst (Hymenoptera). Proce. Ent. Soe. Wash. 26:
229-231.
OR)
204
1925
L926
1927
1928
1929
wae
1939
195
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957
H. Sauter’s Formosa-Collection: Xanthopimpla (lehneum.: Hym.). Ent.
Mitteil. 14: 41-50.
Some generic transfers and synonomy in Ichneumonidae. (Hym.). Jour.
Wash, Aead. Sei 15: 388-392.
The svnomymy and generic position of two North American Iehneumon-
flies. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 27: 164-166.
Location of individual hosts versus systematic relation of host species
as a determining factor in parasitic attack. Proce. Ent. Soc. Wash.
28: 5-6.
Address of the retiring president. [Some types of parasitism in the
[chneumonidae]. Proc. Ent. Soe. Wash. 28: 25-51.
A new Urosigalphus parasitic on Eulechriops gossypii Barber (Hymenop-
tera: Braconidae). Proc. Ent. Soe. Wash. 28: 63.
Ten new North American ichneumon-flies. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 67,
art. 29,, 3: pp.
New species and new forms of Ichneumonidae parasitie upon the
gipsy-moth parasite, Apanteles melanoscelus (Ratzeburg). Jour. Agr.
Res. 34: 453-458.
The parasites of the pine tip moth, Rhyacionia frustrana (Comstock).
Jour. Agr. Res. 34: 615-622.
Three new hymenopterous parasites of the pine tip moth, Rhyacionia
frustrana (Comstock). Jour. Agr. Res. 34: 739-741.
Miscellaneous notes and descriptions of ichneumon-flies. Proe. U. 8.
Nath, Mus. 72" art. 13;-22 spp:
New Indian Ichneumonidae. Ree. Indian Mus. 29: 241-247.
Family Ichneumonidae. Jn Leonard, A list of the insects of New
York ... Mem. Cornell Univ. Agr. Expt. Sta. 101: 920-960.
Bringing to America the Baker collection of Malayan insects. Explora-
tions and field-work of the Smithsonian Institution in 1928, pp. 91-100.
A revision of the North American ic¢hneumon-flies of the genus
Mesostenus and related genera. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 74, art. 16, 58 pp.
[The synonymy of Bassus stigmaterus (Braconidae)]. Ann. Ent. Soe.
Amer. 22: 633.
Baker’s Entomologica Malayana. The braconid genera Fornicia Brullé
and Odontofornicia Enderlein. Philippine Jour. Sei. 40: 233-237.
Three new ichneumonoid parasites of the rice-borer Chilo simplex
(Butler). Proc. Hawaiian Ent. Soc. 7: 243-245.
New species of ichneumon-flies and taxonomic notes. Proe. U. S. Natl.
Mus. 76, arts: 25, 18) spp.
A revision of the North American ichneumon-flies of the genus
Odontomerus. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 77, art. 3, 15 pp.
Notes on ichneumon-flies of the genus Polyeyrtus with descriptions of
new species. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 78, art. 14, 62 pp.
Descriptions of thirteen new American and Asiatic ichneumon-flies,
with taxonomic: notes. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 79, art. 14, 16 pp.
Three new Braconidae parasitic on bark beetles. Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci.
21 301304
1932
1933
1935
1936
1938
PROG. ENT. SOC. WASE., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 198
The Linnaean types of Ichneumon Flies: by A. Roman. [Review].
Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 34: 155.
Baker’s entomologica malayana: The Ichneumonid genus Diapetus
Cameron. Philippine Jour. Sci. 49: 277-293.
Notes on the oviposition habit of Chelonus sericeus (Say) (Hymenop-
tera). Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 35: 7-8.
Notes on Sphecophaga burra (Cresson), an ichneumonid parasite of
Vespula maculata (L.) (Hymenoptera). Proc. Ent. Soe. Wash. 35: 10-11.
Aquatie ichneumon-flies. Canad. Ent. 65: 24.
The identity and synonymy of three Oriental species of Cremastus
(Hym., Ichneumonidae). Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 35: 73-75,
Descriptions of new ichneumon-flies, with taxonomic notes. Proc. U. 8.
Natl. Mus. 84, art. 14, 16 pp.
H. Sauter’s Formosa-collection: Subfamily Ichneumoninae (Pimplinae
of Ashmead). Ins. Matsumurana 8: 1-50.
A new species of Cremastus from an African “jumping bean.” Arb.
morph. Tax. Ent. Berlin-Dahlem. 1: 103-104.
Two new species of the genus Labium Brullé. (Hym.: Ichneumonidae ).
Arb. morph. tax. Ent. Berlin-Dahlem. 1: 205-208.
New Ichneumonidae from India and China. Indian For. Rec. 20: 1-8.
A study of the larva of Larra analis Fabricius. Proe. Ent. Soc. Wash.
37: 82-87.
New ichneumon-flies. Jour. Wash. Acad. Sei, 25: 547-5604.
The ichneumon-flies of the genus Brachycyrtus Wriechbaumer. Proce.
U. S. Natl. Mus. 84: 17-24.
Poecilocryptus and Poecilopimpla (Hymenoptera, [ehneumonidae). Jour.
Wash. Acad. Sci. 26: 464-466.
Revision of the North American species of ichneumon-flies of the genus
Exetastes Gravenhorst. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 84: 243-312, pl. 16-21.
27: 438-444.
H. Sauter’s Formosa Collection: Ichenumonidae. Arb. morph. tax. Ent.
Berlin-Dahlem. 4: 283-311.
Four new Indian Ichneumonidae. Indian Forest Rec. 3: 141-147.
The genus Lysiognatha Ashmead. Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci.
New Japanese Ichneumonidae parasite on pine sawflies. Ins. Matsumu-
rana 11: 32-38.
A new European species of Hpiurus, parasitic on a leaf-mining sawfly
(Hymenoptera: Ichneumonidae). Jour. Wash. Acad. Sei. 28: 27-28.
A new species of Eehthromorpha from Samoa. Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc.
London 7: 40.
Two new species of Barichnewmon (Hymenoptera: Ichneumonidae )
from the Society Islands. Bul. Bishop Mus. 142: 169-170.
A new species of Hehthromorpha (Hymenoptera: Ichneumonidae) from
the Marquesas Islands. Bul. Bishop Mus. 142: 171.
A new species of Calliephialtes from Brazil, with a key to the Neo-
tropical species (Hymenoptera: Telineumonidae). Rey. de Ent. (Rio de
Janeiro) 9: 11-13.
254 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957
1939 New ichneumon-flies parasitic on the hemlock sawfly (Neediprion
tsugae Middleton). Jour. Wash. Acad. Sei. 29: 391-402.
A new Angitia, parasitic on the artichoke plume-moth (Hymenoptera,
Ichneumonidae). Pan-Pacifie Ent. 15: 183-185.
1940 The Nearectic species of Tseropus (Hymenoptera: Ichneumonidae). Proce.
Ent. Soc. Wash. 42: 51-58.
New genera and species of ichneumon-flies, with taxonomic notes.
Proc. U. 8. Natl. Mus. 88: 355-372.
The ichneumon-flies of the subfamily Neorhacodinae, with descriptions
of a new genus and three new species. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 88:
523-527.
A review of the parasitic wasps of the ichneumonid genus Haenterus
Hartig. U. S. Dept. Agr. Mise. Pub. 354, 14 pp.
A new species of Lissonota (Hym., Ichneumonidae). Proc. Ent. Soe.
Wash. 42: 156-158.
1942. The synonymy of Jdiogramma Foerster (Hymenoptera: Ichneumonidae ).
Proc. Ent. Soe. Wash. 44: 54.
The genotypes of some of Ashmead’s genera of ichneumon-flies. Proc.
U. S. Natl. Mus. 92: 277-289.
A new name for Odontomerus Gravenhorst, a new species and taxonomic
notes (Hymenoptera: Ichneumonidae). Proc. Ent. Soe. Wash. 44:
179-183.
1943 Further notes on Ewenterus (Hymenoptera, Ichneumonidae), Canad.
Ent. 75: 169-174.
1944. The Hawaiian species of Hnicospilus and Abanchogastra (Hymenoptera:
Tchneumonidae). Proe. Hawaiian Ent. Soc. 12: 39-56.
1945 The ichneumon-flies of the genus Cryptanura Brullé, mainly tropical
American. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 96: 139-176.
1947 A generic revision of the ichneumon-flies of the tribe Ophionini. Proce.
U. 8. Natl. Mus. 96: 417-842, pl. 49-56.
CARABUS AURATUS L. (COLEOPTERA, CARABIDAE) IN
NORTH AMERICA
Fifteen specimens in the collection of the University of Vermont,
Department of Zoology, apparently represent the first record of the
common European carabid, Carabus auratus L., from North America.
Twelve of the specimens were taken by Dr. Floyd Werner at South
Barre, Vt., on May 7, 1952. Three others were collected by C. Parsons
at Plainfield, Vt., on June 12, 1950. Presumably the species was
accidentally introduced in a manner similar to that postulated for
C. nemoralis Mull. and C. granulatus L. (Van Dyke, 1944). Whether
the colony has persisted has not as yet been ascertained. Carabus
auratus can easily be distinguished from other North American mem-
bers of the genus, both native and introduced, by its coloring, bright
metallic green above with orange legs; and by the sculpture of the
elytra, each with three carinae, but without striae. Reference: Van
Dyke, E. C., 1944, Ent. Amer. 24:87-137W—Ross T. BELL, Depart-
ment of Zoology, University of Vermont, Burlington, Vt.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, No. 5, OCTOBER, 1957
HELPS TO PRESERVE
PRINCIPLE OF NATURAL CONTROL
ee quickly kills destructive, annoy-
ing and disease-carrying insects.
In the absence of sunlight, it remains effective
for long periods of time. In fact, a séngle application
of Pyrenone protects stored grains from insect at-
tacks for an entire storage season.
On growing crops Pyrenone kills the accessible
stages of insects fast —even between showers of
rain. Yet natural factors of rain and sunlight do not
permit Pyrenone to form long-lasting residues. Be-
cause long-lasting residues are not present, the newly
emerging parasites and predators are free to com-
plete their life cycles and to continue to parasitize
or feed upon destructive insect pests.
This means that Pyrenone is completely com-
patible with the natural control of crop-destroying
insects.
*Reg. U.S. Pat. Off., F.M.C.
FAIRFIELD CHEMICAL DIVISION
Food Machinery and Chemical Corporation
441 Lexington Avenue e New York 17,N. Y.
BRANCHES IN PRINCIPAL CITIES
In Canada: Natural Products Corporation, Toronto and Montreal
bo
Or
ZoG PROC. EN17’. SOC..WASH.,- VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957
3 creat
Toi | CHLORDANE
CONTROL THESE INSECTS
CHLORDANE: Ants, Armyworms, Blister Beetles, Boxelder Bug, Brown Dog Tick,
Cabbage Maggot, Carpet Beetles, Cattle Lice, Chiggers, Cockroaches, Crickets,
Cutworms, Darkling Beetles, Dog Mange, Earwigs, Fleas, Flies, Grasshoppers,
Household Spiders, Japanese Beetle Larvae, Lawn Moths, Lygus Bugs, Mole
Crickets, Mosquitoes, Onion Maggot, Onion Thrips, Plum Curculio, Sarcoptic
Mange, Seed Corn Maggot, Sheep Ked, Silverfish, Sod Webworms, Southern
Corn Rootworm, Strawberry Crown Borer, Strawberry Root Weevils, Sweet
Clover Weevil, Tarnished Plant Bug, Termites, Ticks, Wasps, White Grubs,
Wireworms...and many others.
HEPTACHLOR: Alfalfa Snout Beetle, Alfalfa Weevil, Ants, Argentine Ant, Army-
worms, Asiatic Garden Beetle Larvae, Black Vine Weevil, Root Maggots, Clover
Root Borer, Colorado Potato Beetle, Corn Rootworms, Cotton Boll Weevil,
Cotton Fleahopper, Cotton Thrips, Crickets, Cutworms, Egyptian Alfalfa Weevil,
European Chafer, Eye Gnats, False Wireworms, Flea Beetles, Garden Web-
worm. Grasshoppers, Japanese Beetle, Leaf Miners, Lygus Bugs, Mormon
Cricket, Mosquitoes, Narcissus Bulb Fly, Onion Maggot, Onion Thrips, Rapid
Plant Bug, Rice Leaf Miner, Salt Marsh Sand Fly, Seed Corn Maggot, Spittle-
bug, Strawberry Root Weevils, Strawberry Rootworms, Sugar Beet’ Root Mag-
got, Sweet Clover Weevil, Tarnished Plant Bug, Tuber Flea Beetle, Western
Harvester Ant, White Fringed Beetles, White Grubs (June Beetles), Wireworms
...and many others.
ENDRINS: Budworms, Cabbage Worms, Cotton Boll Weevil, Cotton Bollworm, Cot-
ton Fleahopper, Fall Armyworm, Grasshoppers, Hornworms, Leafworms, Rapid
Plant Bug, Spiny Bollworm, Sugar Beet Webworm, Tarnished Plant Bug, Thrips.
WRITE FOR FULL PARTICULARS
VELSICOL CHEMICAL CORPORATION
General Offices and Laboratories Foreign Division
330 East Grand Avenue, Chicago 11, Illinois 350 Fifth Avenue, New York 1, N. Y.
RoE, OP RE tS ER GN ia Amore 50V- 0G, (Se rclieeN: POUR a a NG IGay a Par Aree (Se fPoap fg0S
A Cyanamid Report
Resistance
Resistance to chlorinated hydrocarbon type
insecticides has been proven or suspected in:
cockroaches house flies
mosquitoes flea beetles
Colorado potato beetle cotton boll weevil
dog and cat fleas body lice
bed bugs lygus bugs
codling moth cotton leaf worm
leafhoppers dog ticks
Many researchers have found malathion to be
a capable replacement for the chlorinated
hydrocarbons and have made recommendations
for its use. If you have a ‘‘resistance’’ problem
in your area, you might well consider malathion
for your 1957 research schedule.
Developers and producers of malathion and parathion
Write for AMERICAN CYANAMID COMPANY
particular Agricultural Chemicals Division
technical Insecticide Research
information 30 Rockefeller Plaza, N. Y. 20, N. Y.
GOLF) QUALITY INSECTICIDES
Preferred by Home Owners,
Food Processors and Dairymen
QUICK ACTION GULFSPRAY (Liquid)
A “space spray" for quick knockdown and kill of many
kinds of flying and crawling insects. Contains 0.10% Pyre-
thrins, 0.12% Piperonyl Butoxide, and 0.75% Methoxychlor.
GULFSPRAY AEROSOL BOMB
Gulf's carefully researched formula provides quick knock-
down action and high kill. Contains 0.25% Pyrethrins, 1%
Piperony! Butoxide, and 2% Methoxychlor.
GULF MOTH PROOFER (Bomb)
An easy-to-use pressurized spray for protecting woolens
against moth and carpet beetle damage. Contains 3% DDT
and 3% Perthane.
GULF ANT AND ROACH BOMB
A convenient pressurized spray containing contact and resid-
val insecticides for killing ants and cockroaches. Contains
0.08% Pyrethrins and 2% Chlordane.
SPECIAL GULFSPRAY (Liquid)
A superlative-quality insecticide specially formulated for
use where foodstuffs are processed, stored, served, and sold.
Contains 0.25% Pyrethins and 0.20% Piperony! Butoxide.
GULF LIVESTOCK SPRAY
Long proven formula with effective insect-killing power and
repellent properties. Contains 0.07% Pyrethrins and 0.19%
Piperony! Butoxide.
GULF OIL CORPORATION
GULF BUILDING, PITTSBURGH 30, PA.
Vol. 59 DECEMBER 1957 No. 6
e.7e¢675
PROCEEDINGS
of the
ENTOMUOULUGICAL SOCIETY
« WASHINGTON
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
WASHINGTON 25, D. C.
PUBLISHED BIMONTHLY
CONTENTS — ee
BLAKE, DORIS H.—A Note on Two Chrysomelid Beetles (Coleoptera). 278
BURKS, B. D.—A New Bruchophagus from a Liliaceous Plant with a
Host Plant List for the Genus (Hymenoptera; Eurytomidae) «278
EDMUNDS, LAFE R.—Observations on the Biology and Life History of
the Brown Cockroach Periplaneta brunnea Burmeister__..__»»_> _ 283
EVANS, HOWARD E.—The North and Central American Species of
Propistocera (Hymenoptera: Bethylidae)...._ ==> 289
GALINDO, PEDRO—A Note on the Oviposition Behavior of Sabethes
(Sabethoides) chloropterus Humboldt... === _ 287
KOHLS, GLEN M.—Ixodes downsi, a New Species of Tick from a Cave in
Trinidad, British West Indies (Acarina, Ixodidae)...» 257
MELANDER, A. L.—A new Tachyempis (Diptera: Empididae)_.._>>_ 296
SCANLON, JOHN E., and JOHNSON, PHYLLIS T.—On Some Microtine-
Eee ew Peg Hie (Use) 1 tiles) ae sane a a 279
STEYSKAL, GEORGE C.—A New Species of the Genus Pteromicra Asso-
ciated with Snails (Diptera, Sciomyzidae)___»_»_SEE 22k
TIBBETTS, TED and STRANDTMANN, R. W.—The Snake Mite Para-
sites of the Family Ixodorhynchidae (Mesostigmata), with Description
of a New Species, Ixodorhynchus gordoni______»_ >_> _ 265
CORRECTION. Wheeler, G. C., and Wheeler, Jeanette__._-_______-- 270
Pee EsBr se MOIETIES IFO, oR Or fs lee eS a BOF
100 copies pole Ste 2:50
ENTOMOLOGICAL “SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON
ORGANIZED Marcu 2 1884 :
Museum on the first Thursday of each month: from October to J
8 te M. i 4 re "
rh | fi, oe ay hg ahi
‘MEMBERSHIP —
Members shall be persons over 18 years of age who
science of entomology. Annual dues for members are
$1, 00 (U. S. currency). Mi Wideal A
we
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
Published bimonthly beginning with February by the Society
1D) CE Members in good standing are entitled to the Bae eedir gs
fee eee payable in advance. All remittances should be made
Entomological Society of Washington. fi ie
The Society does not exchange its anlieebaret f \r
All ‘manuscripts intended for publication shoul
eek ee papers Sed te members walt es
parentheses i in nes eh : Nopy Rah
/ Proportions of full- ~-page illustrations should Men ‘approxim
(26 Bia pieas) ; this usually allows explanatory matter
page. Cost of ‘illustrations in excess of that for one full
borne by the author. ice ie | aa ten acts
Reprints of, published papers may be. obtained a at the ee Dom
postage and insurance, provided that a statement of | the number
companies the returned ‘Proofs: em a a aM
4 i ae i tA , ay 2p.
50 copies Bae) ARN DS OE SOT OOM
Additional copies per 100 pL BRAS ih
Pnrehaes of reprints by institutions whose
or other Ee fees will have es cost ia
; stn, " x
TAS ate? A") ne yn
; a an ey 4 i , Lab
PROCEEDINGS OF THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON
VOL. 59 DECEMBER, 1957 NO. 6
IXODES DOWNSI, A NEW SPECIES OF TICK FROM A CAVE IN
TRINIDAD, BRITISH WEST INDIES (ACARINA-IXODIDAE)
GLEN M. Kouts!
The new species of Irodes here described was found among numer-
ous lots of ticks collected from various hosts in Trinidad by personnel
of the Trinidad Regional Virus Laboratory and sent to me by Dr.
Thomas H. G. Aitken for identification. The species is based on 1
male, 1 female, and 3 nymphs found crawling on the wall of Aripo
Cave, and 1 larva from a bat captured in the same cave. All measure-
ments are in millimeters.
Ixodes downsi n. sp.
(Mies. 1 to 4)
Holotype.—Male, from wall of Aripo Cave, Trinidad, March 20, 1955, W. G.
Downs, coll. Deposited in the Rocky Mountain Laboratory, RML No. 35481.
Allotype-—Female, data as for holotype.
Paratypes.—3 nymphs, data as for holotype; 1 larva from a bat, Anoura g.
geoffroyi, from Aripo Cave, Trinidad, March 20, 1955, W. G. Downs, coll. RML
53590. All deposited in the Rocky Mountain Laboratory.
DESCRIPTION
Mate: Length, tips of scapulae to posterior margin of body, 3.07, maximum
width, 2.15. Body suboval, wider anteriorly. Color yellow brown, legs paler.
Capitulum.—tLength, tips of palpi to posterior margin of basis capituli, 0.58.
Greatest width 0.38, at level of insertion of palpi. Basis small, posterior margin
a little coneave, elevated, and continuing into a tapering neck. Surface of basis
with a few punctations. Cornua absent. Palpi rather long and thick, tumescent
dorsally and with numerous stout hairs; segments 2 and 3 without sutural line
separating them, their combined length about 0.37. An expanse of membraneous
tissue posterior to palpal segment 1 dorsally, laterally, and ventrally. In ventral
view, the basis is long, lateral margins nearly straight and diverging to base of
palpi, posterior margin merging into a neck. Auriculae absent. Hypostome shorter
than the palpi, broad, notched apically; shape and dentition as figured. Length
of toothed portion about 0.190.
1U. S. Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, Public Health Service,
National Institutes of Health, National Institute of Allergy and Infectious
Diseases, Rocky Mountain Laboratory, Hamilton, Montana.
258 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957
Scutum.—Surface smooth and shining and with a few very small punctations.
Scapulae short, blunt. Cervical grooves divergent, rather deep anteriorly, beecom-
ing shallower posteriorly and attaining the margin of the faintly indicated
pseudoscutum. Lateral carinae absent. Hairs few, short and scattered, more
numerous peripherally and on the prominent marginal body fold.
Ventral plates.—Pregenital plate ill-defined. Median plate about one and one-
half times as long as the anal plate. Adanal plates broader anteriorly. Short fine
hairs on all plates, more numerous on the epimerals. Punctations few, fine, and
inconspicuous. Genital and anal grooves well marked. Anal groove rounded in
front of the anus, a little convergent posteriorly. Hairs short and fine except
those on trochanters and on ventral surfaces of all segments except the tarsi
are heavier and forked.
Legs.—Moderate in length and size. All coxae with a short external spur; a
minute internal spur on coxa I. Trochantal spurs absent. Tarsi I, II, and TIT
tapered abruptly; tarsus TV tapered gradually. Length of tarsus I, 0.66; meta-
tarsus, 0.56. Length of tarsus IV, 0.72; metatarsus, 0.56.
Spiracular plate——Subeircular, greatest dimension about 0.30. Goblets nu-
merous and small.
Genital aperture. Situated between coxae ILI.
FEMALE: Unfed. Length, tips of scapulae to posterior margin of body, 2.53;
width, 1.87. Suboval, wider posteriorly. Capitulum, scutum, and legs yellow
brown, other parts pale yellow. Body with numerous fine pale hairs dorsally
and ventrally.
Capitulum.—Length, tips of palpi to tips of cornua, 0.64; greatest width of
basis, 0.47. Basis capituli broad, lateral margins posterior to insertion of palpi
short and convex, posterior margin concave and somewhat sinuous; cornua short,
blunt. An expanse of membraneous tissue posterior to the base of palpal segment
1 as in the male. Palpi moderate in length, stout, and rounded apically. Porose
areas large, broader than long, shallow, and occupying much of the dorsal surface
of the basis. Palpal segment 1 a simple ring visible dorsally, laterally, and ven-
trally. Segments 2 and 3 fused leaving no visible suture, their combined length
0.31. Ventrally the basis is constricted behind the short blunt auriculae; surface
smooth, mildly convex, broadly rounded posteriorly. Transverse sutural line faint.
Hypostome shorter than the palpi, slightly indented apically. Median denticles a
little smaller than the laterals. Denticles arranged 3/3 apically, then 2/2. Length
of toothed portion, 0.26.
Scutum.—Length, 1.21; width, 1.00. Shape as figured. Scapulae short, blunt.
Emargination broad, shallow. Anterolateral areas slightly rugose. No lateral
carinae. Cervical grooves broad, shallow, first converging then diverging, and
extending to the posterolateral margins of the scutum. Punectations few, small,
and seattered. An irregular row of fine, pale hairs extends across the scutum
anteriorly and into the anterolateral fields as figured.
Legs.—Similar to those of the male in size and length. Hairs on trochanters
and on ventral surfaces of all segments except the tarsi not as stout as in the
male. A broad, blunt external spur on coxa IT; a similar but shorter spur on
coxae II, III, and IV. Internal spurs absent. No trochantal spurs. Length of
tarsus I,-0.87; metatarsus, 0.54. Length of tarsus IV, 0.75; metatarsus, 0.56.
Tarsus TV tapers a little more abruptly than in the male.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 259
Spiracular plate—Suboval, greatest diameter 0.44. Goblets numerous and
small.
Genital aperture.—Situated between coxae IIT.
Anal groove.—As in the male.
Nympwu. Capitulum.—tLength, 0.35; width of basis, 0.25. Basis much as in
the female. Cornua directed posterolaterally and widely separated; posterior mar-
gin of basis between them straight or slightly convex. Palpi similar to those of
the female; combined length of segments 2 and 3 about 0.22. Ventrally, basis
as in the female but no transverse sutural line. Hypostome as long as the palpi;
dentition as in the female. Length of toothed portion about 0.19.
Scutum.—Length 0.57 to 0.59; width 0.52 to 0.57. Shape as figured. Scapulae
very short and blunt. Lateral carinae absent. Cervical grooves as in the female.
Hairs few and seattered.
Legs.—Similar to those of the female.
Spiracular plate.—Subelliptical, greatest diameter about 0.18. Goblets fewer
and larger than in the female.
Larva. Capitulum.—Length, 0.16; width of basis 0.15. Basis broad and nar-
row, rounded posterolaterally, posterior margin straight. The palpi resemble
those of the nymph; combined length of segments 2 and 3 about 0.12. Ventrally,
the basis is elongate, lateral margins convergent, posterior margin truncate.
Auriculae as mild elongate lateral saliences. Hypostome as long as the palpi;
principal dentition 2/2.
Seutum.
Shape as figured, cervical grooves distinet, shallow, divergent and
reaching the posterolateral margins. Scapulae and lateral carinae absent.
Coxae.
Short triangular external spurs on all coxae. No internal spurs.
Little information is available as to the hosts of J. downsi n. sp.,
but the finding of a larva on a bat taken in a cave, and the presence
of adults and nymphs on the walls of the same cave suggest that it
may be a bat tick. If so, J. downsi is the first bat tick of this genus
to be recorded from the New World. Dr. Aitken informed me that
Dr. Downs and other members of the party who visited the cave saw
at least four species of bats, including Anoura g. geoffroyi on which
the larva was found. Oil birds, Steatornis caripensis, were nesting
in the cave and a large rat was also seen, but whether any of these
serve as hosts is unknown.
The new species, named for the collector, Dr. W. G. Downs, Director
of the Trinidad Regional Virus Laboratory, is readily distinguished
from the few known bat-infesting species of Ixodes (reviewed by
Arthur, 1956) and all New World species of the genus by characters
of the capitulum, scutum, and legs. It bears little resemblance to
Txrodes luciae Senevet, 1940 (=I. loricatus vogelsangi Santo Dias,
1954, new synonymy), the only other species known from Trinidad.
Adults of the latter, a widely distributed Latin American species but
here first reported from Trinidad, infest opossums (Didelphis spp.)
primarily; the immature stages infest various species of rats as
evidenced by several collections received from Dr. Aitken. The only
species of Irodes that have been recorded from nearby Venezuela are
260 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957
Fig. 1. Ixodes downsi n.sp. Male. A, dorsum; B, venter; C, hypostome; D,
spiracular plate (A = anterior; D= dorsal); HE, capitulum, dorsal; F, eapitulum,
ventral; G, tarsus I; H, tarsus IV.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 261
II
é
ee,
Fig. 2. Iwodes downsi n.sp. Female. A, dorsum; B, venter; C, hypostome ; 1D
spiracular plate (A = anterior; D = dorsal); E, capitulum, dorsal; F, capitulum,
ventral; G, tarsus I; H, tarsus IV.
262 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957
Fig. 3. Ixodes downsi n.sp. Nymph. A, dorsum; B, venter; C, spiracular plate
(A = anterior; D = dorsal); D, capitulum, dorsal; E, capitulum, ventral; F,
tarsus I; G, tarsus IV.
PROG. ENT. SOO: WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957
venter.
Fig. 4. Ixodes downsit n.sp. Larva. A, dorsum; B,
264 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957
I. loricatus Neumann, 1899, whose adults occur almost exclusively on
Didelphis (Cooley and Kohls, 1945) and I. venezuelensis Kohls, 1958,
known from a few murid hosts and from an opossum, Monodelphis
b. brevicaudata (Vogelsang and Santos Dias, 1953). None of these
have been recorded from bats nor have they been found in eaves.
SUMMARY
Txodes downsi n. sp. is described from a male (holotype), female,
and three nvmphs found crawling on the wall of Aripo Cave, Trini-
dad, British West Indies, and from a larva off a bat, Anoura g. geof-
froyi, taken in the same cave. The specimens are deposited in the
Roeky Mountain Laboratory, Hamilton, Montana. TJ. loricatus vogel-
sangi Santos Dias is reduced to a synonym of J. luciae Senevet, the
only other species of the genus known from Trinidad.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
It is a pleasure to express appreciation to Major Hugh L. Keegan,
406th Medical General Laboratory, for the accompanying illustrations
prepared under his direction by artists Saburo Shibata, Kinuyo
Kamei, Hideko Shinoda, and Kakuzo Yamazaki assigned to the Taxo-
nomic Section, Department of Entomology, and to Colonel Joe M.
Blumberg, Commanding Officer of the Laboratory, for his cooperation.
REFERENCES
Arthur, Don R. 1956. The Jxvodes ticks of Chiroptera (Ixodoidea, Ixodidae).
J. Parasit. 42:180-196.
Cooley, R. A. and Kohls, Glen M. 1945. The genus Jvodes in North America.
National Instit. Health Bull. No. 184, U. 8. Public Health Service, 246 pp.
Kohls, Glen M. 1953. Ixodes venezuelensis, a new species of tick from Venezuela.
with notes on Ixodes minor Neumann, 1902 (Acarina: Ixodidae). J. Parasit.
39 :300-3038.
Neumann, L. G. 1899. Révision de la famille des Ixodidés. Mém. Soe. Zool.
France 12:107-294.
Santos Dias, J. A. Travassos. 1954. Um novo nome para o ‘‘Jxodes loricatus
spinosus’’ Nuttall, 1910 (Nomen bis lectum). Docum. Mocambique 79:79-81.
Senevet, G. 1940. Quelques Ixodidés de la Guyane francaise. Espéces nouvelles
d’Ixodes et d’Amblyomma. VI Congreso Internacional de Entomol. 1935
Madrid, pp. 891-898.
Vogelsang, E. G. and Santos Dias, J. A. Travassos. 1953. Nueva contribucién al
estudio de la fauna Txodologica en Venezuela. Rev. Med. Vet. y. Parasit.
Caracas 12:63-89.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 265
THE SNAKE MITE PARASITES OF THE FAMILY IXODORHYNCHIDAE
(MESOSTIGMATA), WITH DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES,
IXODORHYNCHUS GORDONI!
Trp TIBBETTS AND R. W. STRANDTMANN, Texas Technological College, Lubbock
Ewing (1922) described and figured an ectoparasitic mite of snakes
which was so peculiar morphologically that he created a new sub-
family, Ixodorhynchinae, for it. As the name implies, the mite had
certain features characteristic of the ixodids (ticks). Specifically,
these are harpoon-shaped corniculi, presumably used as_ holdfast
organs. Ewing considered the mite closely related to Dermanyssidae
and placed the new subfamily in that family. Later Fonseca (1934)
found a related species he thought differed sufficiently from Ewing’s
(Ixodorhynchus) to warrant separate generic status and proposed
the name Jrobioides, again indicating the ticklike holdfast organ.
Fonseca however recognized the great dissimilarity between these mites
and the dermanyssids and consequently raised them to separate fam-
ily status, Ixodorhynchidae. The authority for the family name, how-
ever, remains ‘“‘Ewing,’’ as according to Article 4 (35) of the Inter-
national Rules of Zoological Nomenclature, names of the Family
Group Categories, despite the form of the ending, are coordinate with
each other. The family was characterized as follows: Chela with only
one digit, which in the female is clearly toothed; corniculi of the
female serving as holdfast organs.
In 1933 Ewing found two more ectoparasitic mesostigmatic mites
on snakes and created the genus Hemilaelaps for their reception.
These mites had distinctly shearlike chelae but otherwise were similar
in facies to Irodorhynchus. The genus however, was kept in the
family Dermanyssidae by subsequent authors.
In 1947 Radford described another mite of this complex and with-
out comment on Ewine’s or Fonseca’s species, created the genus
Ophidilaelaps for it. Radford was apparently the first to note that
Laelaps piger Berlese (1918), also an ectoparasite of snakes, was of
this same complex and accordingly moved it to his new genus, Ophidi-
laelaps. Although almost identical with Hemilaelaps Ewing, Ophidi-
laelaps was placed by catalogers in the family Laelaptidae. Subse-
quently, two more species were added to Ophidilaelaps by Tibbetts
(1954).
A study of all the species described thus far in this complex reveals
several characters in common. The corniculi are long and apically
barbed, although the barb may be very small; the epipharynx is long
and very slender; the ventral shields are poorly sclerotized; at least
coxae IT, generally coxae I and IT, and sometimes coxae I, II, and IT,
1This investigation was supported, in part by research grant E- 616(C3) from
the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases of the National Insti-
tutes of Health, Public Health Service.
266 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957
have the ventral seta transformed into a spur; and the male (where
known) has a divided ventral plate. Ixodorhynchus and Ixobioides
differ from Hemilaelaps and Ophidilaelaps only on the chela; the
former have only one digit, the latter, two.
Ixobioides Fonseca, 1934 is a synonym of Irodorhynchus Ewing,
1922. Dr. Fonseca was aware of Ewing’s genus, in facet compared his
own with it, but a misinterpretation of Ewing’s brief description and
incomplete illustration caused Fonseca to believe his mite showed real
differences. Actually there are no real differences and the two names
have long been considered synonymous (See Baker and Wharton,
1952)-/60).
Henilaelaps Ewing, 1933 was considered invalid by Turk (1945:
141) because the name had been used, in error, by Hull, 1918 for
another group of mites. As Dr. Turk clearly stated that Hull had
intended to write Haemolaelaps but misspelled it Hemilaelaps, we
consider this an erroneous subsequent spelling which according to
Article 19(112) of the International Rules of Zoological Nomenclature
has no separate status in nomenclature. Therefore, Hemilaelaps Ewing,
1933, is valid and Ellsworthia Turk, 1945, which had been proposed
as a replacement name, is a synonym.
Radford (1947: 237) did not distinguish his Ophidilaelaps from
Hemilaelaps Ewing although the two are very similar indeed. Actually
there are no differences of generic value and we consider Ophidi-
laelaps Radford a synonym of Hemilaelaps Ewing. Up to this point,
then, we may speak of two genera; Ixvodorhynchus Ewing in which
the female chela is unidigitate, and Hemilaelaps Ewing in which the
female chela is bidigitate. But the discovery of the new species de-
scribed below by Tibbetts indicates that the above difference may not
be so real. This new species has the immovable arm of the chela so
small that it is a toss-up whether to put it with Irodorhynchus or with
Hemilaelaps. It would seem superfluous and somewhat foolish to
ereate a third genus based on an intermediate size of the immovable
finger of the chela and yet that would have to be the case because other
characters, such as size and shape of ventral plates, chaetotaxy, ete.,
vary Just as subtly.
We therefore propose that all the species are congeneric, and rele-
eate all the generic names so far proposed to the synonymy of Ixrodo-
rhynchus.
Genus Ixodorhynchus Ewing, 1922:5
Type.—Ixodorhynchus liponyssoides Ewing, 1922:9 (Monotypic). Synonyms—
Hemilaelaps Ewing, 1933:7 ( New synonymy).
Type.—Hemilaelaps americanus Ewing, 1933:8 (Original designation). Ixobioides
Fonseca, 1934:512.
Type.—Ixobioides butantanensis Fonseca, 1934 (Monotypic). (Hllsworthia Turk,
1945. Proposed by Turk as a new name for Hemilaelaps Ewing). Ophidilae-
laps Radford, 1947:237 (New synonymy).
Type.—Ophidilaelaps imphalensis Radford, 1947:238. (By original designation).
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 267
Description of the genus.—Chelicera with one or two digits; when one is
present it is the movable digit, which is provided with recurved hooks. Corniculi
long and apically barbed, although the barb may be very small; epipharynx long
and slender; ventral shields poorly sclerotized. Coxae I and II, or II, or I, II,
and III have the ventral seta transformed into a spur. Male, when known, has
a divided ventral plate. Dorsal shield entire, partially divided, or completely
divided; dorsal side of body partially or completely covered with dorsal plate.
Legs short, stout, spined. The sternal plate may bear one, two, or three pairs of
setae, genital plate with one pair of setae although occasionally it bears two pairs
and sometimes none, the genital setae having moved off the plate.
The name, description, and illustrations of the new species given
below were prepared entirely by Ted Tibbetts, and the species is to
be eredited to him.
Ixodorhynchus gordoni Tibbetts, n. sp.
Female (Fig. 1).—Body length, excluding gnathosoma, 744 u, and body width
628 wy.
Venter.—The antero-lateral angles of the sternal plate rounded, and not project-
ing between coxae I and II; anterior margin convex; lateral margin straight,
extending laterally at a slight angle from the anterior to posterior end; posterior
margin slightly coneave. The first pair of sternal setae are located on the sternal
plate; second pair of setae even with coxal spur on coxae II; third pair of setae
level with middle of coxae IIT; fourth pair of setae even with posterior margin
of coxae IV. Genito-ventral plate flask-shaped, genital setae not on genito-ventral
plate but lateral to it. Anal plate ovoid, 1394 wide and 163 long; anal opening
slightly posterior to the center of anal plate. The paired anal setae slightly
anterior to the anal opening; unpaired seta at the posterior end of anal plate.
Posterior to the genito-ventral plate and anterior to the anal plate in the soft
integument of the opisthosoma are three pairs of setae. In the area on each side
of the anal plate are four pairs of setae and posterior to the anal plate is one
pair of short setae. Peritremes extending from the middle of coxae IV to the
middle of coxae II. Metapodal and peritremal plates fused.
Dorsum (Fig. 2).—The dorsal plate is entire with 34 pairs of setae. On the
dorsal plate near the anterior-lateral margin is one pair of short setae and on the
posterior lateral margin two pairs of short setae. A heavy sclerotized area is
present on the posterior margin of the dorsal plate.
Legs short and stout. All setae on legs spinelike. Femur and genu
have two or three unusually long, stout, dorsal setae. Coxae I and II are each
provided with a stout rounded spur and a seta. Spur on coxae I 154 wide and
15u long; spur on coxae II 1luw wide and 9u long. Coxae III each with two
Legs.
setae and coxae IV each with a simple seta. Chaetotaxy of ventral side of legs
as figured. Claws well developed.
Gnathosoma (Fig. 3).
coxae to tip; hypostome extends to the posterior margin of palp tibia. Three pairs
of setae on hypostome as figured. Deutosternal teeth 11 in number, arranged
Palps 5-segmented, 2004 long from base of fused
consecutively along deutosternum.
268 PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957
6
Ixodorhynchus gordoni, n. sp., female: Fig. 1, venter; fig. 2, dorsum; fig. 3,
gnathosoma; fig. 4, chela; fig. 5, tritosternum; fig. 6, chelicera.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 269
Tritosternum (Fig. 5).—Tritosternum with two lacinae densely pilose, 122u
long. The lacinae rising separately from the basal segment. Chelicerae chelate
(Fig. 4); movable finger has three teeth and the immovable finger greatly
reduced. Chelicerae (Fig. 6) 137 long and 30u wide.
Male—Unknown; Nymphs unknown.
Host.—Natrix tigrina lateralis (Berthold). (Snake).
Location—Seoul, Korea, May 15, 1953.
Material—FKour female specimens. The holotype female and one
paratype female deposited in the U. 8. National Museum. One para-
type female deposited in the collection of Dr. R. W. Strandtmann,
Texas Technological College, and one paratype retained in the au-
thor’s collection.
Remarks—The four specimens were found near the head, under
the lateral scales of the host. This mite differs from other Ixodor-
hynchus in that the genital setae are not located on the genito-ventral
plate, and the immovable chela is greatly reduced but not absent.
Also the sternal plate is much more drastically reduced than in any
other species. One of the paratype females contained a hexapod larva
measuring 380 by 265.
This mite has been named after Mr. W. E. Gordon of Moab, Utah,
who has accompanied the senior author on many collecting trips.
KEY TO THE FEMALES OF THE SPECIES IN THE FAMILY IXODORHYNCHIDAE
I. Stree jolkeyrs syaudn oh joe mba) Ope eine ee ee ee ee 2
uel jolene: sya, I (ore. 2) oe hues) (One seeks Ss Oe ee 5
Cea COxnes mand lelawath Heavy: (Spurs see 2 i ee 3
Coxamlileonily< awithimasheayye spurs eS butantanesis (Fonseca)
S, Ecmmmavermnncaill jolene jyandn Il. poenne Cpe eee a 4
Genito ventral plate with 2 pairs of setae; immovable chela with a single
ROY OME shea oR ets ea Pa A ee ie ee eed distinctus (Ewing)
45, Oinglley \yanalsayvathys il eigen eee ee ee ee ee EB AVES: liponyssoides Ewing
Chela with 2 arms, shearlike; immovable arm with 2 teeth......._____»_»_»_»_-O_
ee ee Lee ee EES Ca Ladin SEE oe ENS Age dee to americanus (Ewing)
5. Sternal istevie Wilbh@om AIrSMOL Ase haem ea ene ee ee, 6
Sienna) aces wiltlipel usar tsese ice eee ee eee ee eee 7
Gam Dorsaleplatenentan cme mee ct men we NN Odom Ciena eee imphalensis (Radford)
Dorsal plate partially div eat des ieee Saas ee el eee de eerie nd ee EA piger (Berlese)
7. Coxa I with a heavy spur and a spinelike seta —____________________ tanneri (Tibbetts)
Coxamilawitheasheayy spursandemormeallasetacmeese seamen ee eee 8
8. Genito-ventral plate with genital setae.._...__-__-__ ae (Tibbetts)
Genito-ventral plate without genital setae + gordoni Tibbetts, n. sp.
Biology and Distribution.—So far as is now known, these mites are
found in association with snakes only. They are never abundant,
although Tibbetts (unpublished observation) found about a dozen
specimens on a snake in Korea. With one exception, piger, all species
have been found under the lateral or ventral scales of snakes on or
near the head region. The species liponyssoides was reported as taken
‘‘from the eye of a snake’’ but presumably that meant from the scales
270 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957
around the eye. The exception above noted (piger), was found in the
hole or den of a snake along with large numbers of Ophionyssus
natricis.. Unlike O. natricis, the Ixodorhynchids are rare on captive
snakes. All species reported to date have been taken from wild
reptiles.
Although not common, they are widely distributed, having been
reported from every major continent except Australia. From Europe
is piger, collected in Florence, Italy ; butantensis was found in Brazil,
in the States of Sao Paulo, Matto Grosso, Goyas, and Minas Geraes;
imphalensis comes from Manipur State in India; the United States
has three records, liponyssoides from Iowa, americanus from the
southern tip of Texas, and distinctus from Kentucky; and three
species, farrieri, tanneri, and gordon, are reported from Korea.
REFERENCES
Baker, E. W. and Wharton, G. W., 1952. An introduction to acarology. Macmillan
Co., New York.
Berlese, A. 1918. Sul Liponyssus Natricis (Geryv.) e su altri dermanissida die
Rettili. Redia 13: 55-71.
Ewing, H. E. 1922. The dermanyssid mites of North America. Proce. Natl. Mus.
62iGi3)) = 1-265 alllus:
1933. New genera and species of parasitic mites of the superfamily
Parasitoidea. Proce. Natl. Mus. 82(30): 1-14, illus.
Fonseca, F. da. 1934. Der schlangenparasit Jaxobioides Butantanensis, novi
generis, n. sp. (Acarina, Ixodorhynchidae Noy. Fam) Zeit. Parasitenke
6: 508-527.
Radford, C. D. 1946. Parasitic mites from snakes and rodents (Acarina: Cheyle-
tidae, Listrophoridae and Laelaptidae). Proe. Zool. Soe. 117(1): 228-240.
Tanner, V. M. 1953. Pacific Islands Herpetology No. VIII, Korea. Great Basin
Naturalist 13(3-4): 67-73.
Tibbetts, T. 1954. Two new laelaptid snake mites from Korea. Great Basin Nat-
uralist 14(3-4): 67-72.
Turk, F. A. 1945. Studies of Acari. Second Series: Deseription of a new species
and notes on established forms of Parasitic mites. Parasitology 36(3-4):
133-141.
CORRECTION
Wheeler, G. C., and Wheeler, Jeanette. The larva of Simopelta (Hymenoptera:
Formicidae). Volume 59, No. 4, pp. 191-194. October, 1957.
In the second paragraph, p. 191, lines 4 to 9 should read as follows:
Wirth has written us that ‘‘the complete series of abdominal spiracles and the
lack of a posterior differentiated pair of spiracles indieate that they are not
dipterous. I know of no Diptera higher than the Fungivoridae-Itonididae series
which have a complete series of abdominal spiracles. Traces of the usual pair
of apical spiracles are practically always to be found in the higher Diptera.’’ *
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 201.
A NEW SPECIES OF THE GENUS PTEROMICRA ASSOCIATED
WITH SNAILS
(DipTeRA, SCIOMYZIDAE)
GEORGE C. STEYSKAL, Grosse Ile, Michigan
Since the publication of my revision of Pteromicra (Steyskal, 1954)
and later notes (Steyskal, 1956), the new species described below has
come to hand as well as a few bits of data on other species of Ptero-
micra.
Pteromicra perissa Steyskal, new species
(FieurEs 1-3)
Male.—Length of wing, 3.4 mm.
Head and antennae brownish, cheeks and palpi yellowish. Arista brownish with
short brownish hairs. Fronto-orbital bristles two, the anterior one slightly smaller
than the posterior.
Thorax brownish, most areas apparently slightly grayish pruinose; pteropleura
with three bristly hairs.
Legs with coxae whitish, fore coxae with two exterior bristles; fore femora
wholly blackish, lacking pecten, but with many coarse bristly hairs; middle and
hind femora yellowish basally, brown apically, the hind pair with one strong
dorsal bristle at apical third; fore tibiae blackish, others dark brown to blackish;
fore tarsi with first and most of second segment whitish, third and fourth seg-
ments blackish, fifth segment whitish; middle and hind tarsi whitish basally,
brownish apically.
Wings uniformly pale brownish, with brown veins. Halteres and squamae
whitish.
Abdomen brownish, andrium yellowish brown. Terminalia as figured; no
spiracles discernible; sixth and seventh sternites moderately narrow; sixth ter-
gite represented by a very slender sclerotized strip; posterior surstylus hook-
shaped, directed posteriorly at base and turning meso-anterad, clothed with many
strong posteriorly-directed hairs; anterior surstylus well developed, apically acute,
with notch and strong tooth on posterior margin.
Holotype.—Male, Buffalo Peaks Area, Chaffee and Parks Counties, Colorado,
summer, 1955, associated with land snails, predominantly Pupilla (Richard Pill-
more), in University of Colorado Museum. The single specimen was removed from
aleohol and the terminalia macerated in NaOH; color and pruinosity characters
were therefore difficult to ascertain surely.
Remarks.—This species belongs in the group lacking fore femoral
pecten, including Pteromicra anopla and P. inermis, from which species
it may be distinguished by wholly blackish fore femora, basally pale
fore tarsi, yellowish palpi, and distinctive terminalia. According to
Clifford Berg’s summary of the snail-feeding habits of the Sciomy-
zidae (Berg, 1953), this is the first time a fly of the family has been
associated with snails of the genus Pupilla.
Pteromicra pectorosa (Hendel)
A third American specimen, a male from Mecosta County, Michigan,
May 15, 1951 (R. R. Dreisbach), has been examined recently. The
species is therefore apparently widespread but rare in North America,
bo
bas |
bo
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957
being known also from Churchill, Manitoba, and the extreme north-
western corner of California.
Pteromicra similis Steyskal
In the specimens examined when drawing up the description of P.
similis, no sixth tergite could be discerned ; however, a specimen from
Midland, Michigan, has a narrow but distinct sixth tergite. Also in
disagreement with my description, the eyes of specimens collected by
myself and Stuart Neff on Ile Perrot, Quebec, August 23, 1956, were
plain olive-green, although the specimens otherwise were typical.
REFERENCES
Berg, C. O. 1953. Sciomyzid larvae (Diptera) that feed on snails. Jour. Para-
sitol. 39:630-636.
Steyskal, G. C. 1954. The genus Pteromicra Lioy (Diptera, Sciomyzidae) with
especial reference to the North American species. Papers Mich. Acad, Sei.,
Arts and Letters 39:257-269.
1956. New species and taxonomic notes in the family Sciomyzidae
(Diptera, Acalyptratae). Papers Mich. Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters 41:73-87.
sox
NOS
ra
S
Pteromicra perissa, new species: Fig. 1, sinistral profile of male terminalia; fig.
2, ventral view of same; fig. 3, diagram of protandrium as if split along mid-
ventral line and laid flat, D—mid-dorsal line.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 273
A NEW BRUCHOPHAGUS FROM A LILIACEOUS PLANT
WITH A HOST PLANT LIST FOR THE GENUS
(HYMENOPTERA, HURYTOMIDAE)
B. D. Burks, Entomology Research Division, Agricultural Research Service,
United States Department of Agriculture
The genus Bruchophagus Ashmead was originally described with-
out included species (1888, Ent. Amer. 4:42). Six years later Ashmead
(1894, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 21: 328) referred three species to it.
Two of these, borealis Ashmead and mexicanus Ashmead, were said to
have been bred from Bruchus and the third, funebris (Howard), from
the clover-seed midge. Shortly thereafter Hopkins (1896, U. 8. Dept.
Agr., Div. Ent. Bul. 6(n.s.), p. 73) studied funebris carefully and
showed that it was not a parasite of the clover-seed midge, as stated
by Howard when he described it, but developed by feeding in the clo-
ver seeds themselves.
Ashmead was unwilling to accept the judgment of either Howard or
Hopkins about the host relationships of funebris. His final remarks
on the subject (1904, Mem. Carnegie Mus. 1: 260) were that he thought
‘that both Drs. Howard and Hopkins are wrong and that Brucho-
phagus funebris is a parasite upon some Bruchus, or the larva of a
small rhynchophorus beetle living in the clover seed.’” The same year
Titus (1904, U. S. Dept. Agr., Div. Ent. Bul. 44, pp. 77-80) published
his observations on the life history and habits of funebris, and these
left no doubt that it was a phytophagous species. He concluded that
‘“the clover-seed chalcis-fly, if ever a coleopterous parasite, has changed
its diet.’’ Since that time no one has seriously questioned the fact
that this species is phytophagous, and it has been reared from the
seeds of a large number of different leguminous plants.
During the 53 years since 1904, additional species of Bruchophagus
have been described from the seeds of leguminous plants, so that now
there are 15 species which are known to develop in leguminous seeds.
Also, rearings have shown that B. mexicanus, thought by Ashmead to
be parasitic on species of Bruchus, actually develops in the seeds of
Astragalus, another legume. The generic name Bruchophagus (des-
pite its unfortunate derivation) has thus come to be associated by
entomologists with the phytophagous habit in the seeds of legumes.
In 1952, however, Nikolskaja (Fauna U.S. S. R. 44, p. 174) des-
eribed a species of Bruchophagus which infests the seeds of a Primula,
in the Primulaceae. The present paper describes a species from the
seeds of Aloe, in the Liliaceae, and further extends the range of plant
families known to be attacked by members of the genus Bruchophagus.
A host-plant list for the species of Bruchophagus is given at the end of
this paper.
Bruchophagus aloineae, new species
Female.—Length 1.2-2.0 mm. Head and body black, anterior face of pronotum
with a white spot on either side; antennae black; wings hyaline with tan or
yellow venation; legs black or very dark brown with inner surface of fore tibia,
274 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957
apices of all femora, bases and apices of tibiae, and basal 4 segments of each
tarsus tan. Setae of head, body, and appendages silvery, inconspicuous.
Head, fig. 1, with a very vaguely defined transverse depression extending across
frons just dorsal to level of ventral margins of compound eyes, area below this
depression with strong striae converging toward mouth opening, dorsad of this
depression the surface area of fronto-vertex with umbilicate punctation; malar
furrow wanting; width of malar space two-thirds as great as height of compound
eye; length of ocellar line one-third as great as postocellar line; antenna, fig. 2,
with scape three times as long as pedicel, first funicle segment one-fourth longer
than pedicel, second to fifth funicle segments equal in length and each as long as
pedicel, club three and one-half times as long as fifth funicle segment.
Dorsal surface of pronotum, mesoscutum, and mesoseutellum with umbilicate
punctation made up of well-marked, closely set, shallow pits, interstices between
punctures narrow
always much less than width of punctures themselves—and
almost or quite smooth; anterior face of fore coxa smooth, a broad groove extend-
ing from inner apical angle to outer basal angle; depression on anterior face of
mesepisternum, into which the anterior coxa fits when at rest, with its surface
closely shagreened, lateral margin carinate; prepectus relatively narrow, usually
with a large, triangular pit anteriorly, this pit occasionally divided by a septum;
tegula inflated, its dorsal surface very obscurely sculptured; submarginal vein of
forewing five times as long as marginal vein; stigmal, postmarginal, and marginal
veins equal in length; dorsal area of mesepimeron posterior to femoral furrow
with numerous, closely set, longitudinal ridges, these sometimes rather irregular,
but usually almost or quite parallel; outer, dorsal surface of hind coxa shagreened.
Propodeum with its surface flat and lying at a 90° angle with longitudinal axis
of thorax; median area of propodeum uniformly shagreened, laterally and dorsally
coarsely rugulose. Petiole as broad as long. Gaster one and one-fourth times as
long as thorax; basal four gastral tergites subequal in length dorsally when
gaster is in normal position; fifth gastral tergite usually completely retracted
beneath fourth, sixth gastral tergite half as long as third; gastral tergites one
to four smooth and asetose, fifth setose ventrally, sixth and epipygium densely
setose; ovipositor sheaths directed obliquely dorsad, their apices normally ex-
serted for a distance equal to length of sixth tergite.
Male.—Length 1.1-2.0 mm. Apical two-thirds of fore femur, entire fore tibia,
and apical third of mid femur tan. Antenna, fig. 3, with scape enlarged and
three and one-half times as long as pedicel, first and second funicle segments
equal in length and each twice as long as pedicel, third and fourth funicle seg-
ments equal in length and each half as long as scape, fifth segment seven-eighths
as long as fourth, club three-fourths as long as scape. Petiole three times as long
as wide. Gaster one-half to two-thirds as long as thorax.
Type locality.—Port Elizabeth, South Africa.
Types.—U. S. N. M. No. 63412.
Described from 21 female and 18 male specimens, all intercepted
in quarantine at Washington, D. C. The specimens were taken from
sealed packages of seeds being shipped into the United States for pro-
pagation purposes; the dates given are those of the interceptions. Fe-
male holotype, male allotype, and 1 male paratype, Port Elizabeth,
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 275
8. Africa, Oct. 24, 1934, with seeds of Aloe ferox, B. P. Q. No. 030955 ;
8 female and 7 male paratypes, same data, but with seeds of Aloe
lineata, B. P. Q. No. 030956 ; 2 female and 1 male paratypes, same data,
but with seeds of Aloe africana, B. P. Q. No. 030953; 1 female and 2
male paratypes, Kimberley, S. Africa, Nov. 27, 1934, with seeds of
Aloe globuligemma, B. P. Q. No. 032536; 1 female paratype, S. Africa,
Jan. 10, 1936, reared from seeds of Aloe (Haworthia) feror, EB. Q.
Washington No. A33710; 1 female paratype, S. Africa, June 4, 1935,
with seeds of Aloe globuligemma, B. P. Q. Washington No. 056379 ;
4 female and 1 male paratypes, Germany, Nov. 6, 1934, in Aloe sp.
seeds, B. P. Q. No. A28173; 3 female paratypes, Germany, Oct. 8,
1934, with seeds of Aloe variegata, P. Q. No. A27779; 3 male paratypes,
Potsdam, Germany, May 8, 1933, with seeds of Aloe variegata, B. P.
Q. No. A22270.
Bruchophagus aloineae, n. sp.: Fig. 1, Anterior aspect of head of female; fig.
2, antenna of female; fig. 3, antenna of male.
In addition there are more or less fragmentary specimens of this
species, not included in the type series, in the U. S. N. M. collection
from the following localities and hosts: Port Elizabeth, S. Africa,
seeds of Aloe striata, Aloe (Haworthia) ferox, Aloe africana, Aloe
microstigma, and Aloe lineata; Ethiopia, seeds of Aloe sp.; Germany,
seeds of Aloe variegata and Aloe sp.
Bruchophagus aloineae differs from B. gibbus (Boheman) in hav-
ing the dorsal pronotal punctures uniformly close together, with
narrow, unsculptured interstices; in gibbus these punctures are rather
haphazardly arranged, with some of the interstices as wide as the
punctures themselves, and the surfaces of the interstices are sha-
ereened. B. aloineae differs from B. mexicanus Ashmead in possessing
strong striae on the lower face; this area is umbilicately punctate in
mexicanus. The black antennal scape and mostly black anterior and
mid lees of the female of aloineae distinguish it from B. borealis
276 PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957
Ashmead, as the antennal scape and two anterior pairs of legs in
borealis are almost entirely yellow.
HOST-PLANT LIST FOR BRUCHOPHAGUS
The following list has been compiled from data associated with
identified specimens of Bruchophagus in the collection of the U. S.
National Museum and from the literature reference files maintained
there by the Insect Identification and Parasite Introduction Labora-
tories, U.S. Department of Agriculture. The plant names were kindly
checked by Dr. Velva E. Rudd, Division of Botany, U. S. National
Museum.
LEGUMINOSAE
Astragalus macrony%
Astragalus mollissimus, loco weed
SPECIES OF BRUCHOPHAGUS
macronycis Fedoseeva
mexicanus Ashmead
Astragalus sp. gibbus (Boheman)
astragali Fedoseevat
mellipes Gahan
caraganae (Nikolskaja)
caraganae (Nikolskaja)
caraganae (Nikolskaja)
coluteae (Bouéek )
coluteae Fedoseeva?
glycyrrhizae Nikolskaja
hedysari Fedoseeva
indigoferae (Risbee )
gibbus (Boheman)
gibbus (Boheman )
kolobovae Fedoseeva
gibbus (Boheman)
gibbus (Boheman)
gibbus (Boheman)
gibbus (Boheman)
gibbus (Boheman)
gibbus (Boheman)
roddi Gussakovsky
gibbus (Boheman)
gibbus (Boheman)
gibbus (Boheman)
gibbus (Boheman)
onobrychidis (Nikolskaja)
Onobrychis viciaefolia (= sativa), Sainfoin onobrychidis (Nikolskaja)
Ononis sp., rest harrow
Oxytropis lambertii, loco weed
Cajanus cajan, pigeon pea
Caragana arborescens, pea tree
Caragana frutescens
Caragana pygmaea
Colutea arborescens, bladder senna
Colutea media
Glycyrrhiza glabra, licorice
Hedysarum sibiricum
Indigofera sp., indigo
Lespedeza sp., bush clover
Lotus corniculatus, birds-foot trefoil
Lotus decumbens
Medicago arabica, spotted bur clover
Medicago falcata
Medicago hispida, toothed bur elover
Medicago ruthemia
Medicago sativa, alfalfa
Medicago tornata
Medicago tuberculata
Medicago tunetana
Melilotus sp., sweetelover
Onobrychis caputgalli
ononis (Mayr)
gibbus (Boheman)
1T am indebted to Dr. O. Peck, Canadian Department of Agriculture, for the
reference to the original description of this species—Fedoseeva, 1954, Vestnik,
Moscow Univ., 9,.No. 5, p. 115.
2This species is a homonym, and probably also a synonym, of B. coluteae
(Bouéek ).
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 277
Sesbania sesban mellipes Gahan
Sesbania grandiflora mellipes Gahan
Smirnovia turkestana smirnoviae Nikolskaja
Sophora japonica, Japanese pagoda tree sophorae Crosby
Trifolium incarnatum, erimson clover gibbus (Boheman)
Trifolium pratense, red clover gibbus (Boheman)
Trigonella sp. gibbus (Boheman )
PRIMULACEAE
Primula sp., primrose mutabilis Nikolskaja
LILIACEAE
Aloe africana aloineae Burks
Aloe ferou aloineae Burks
Aloe globuligemma aloineae Burks
Aloe lineata aloineae Burks
Aloe microstigma aloineae Burks
Aloe striata aloineae Burks
Aloe variegata aloineae Burks
A total of 32 species have been referred to the genus Bruchophagus.
In addition to those listed above as phytophagous, the following spe-
cies have been reared from cynipid galls: B. cynipseus (Boheman),
jaceae (Mayr), phanacidis (Mayr), setigerus (Mayr), and timaspidis
(Mayr). There are six species of unknown habits: B. cylindricus
(Thomson), mconspicuus Girault, maurus (Boheman), niger Girault,
noctua Girault, and sculpta (Ashmead). Three others still are said
to parasitize Bruchidae: B. borealis Ashmead, bruchocida (Risbec),
and sayeli (Risbee).
Bruchophagus sativae Ashmead, Tschorbadjiev (1936, Mitt. Bulgar.
Ent. Ges. 9: 169) evidently is a nomen nudum. Although this author
credits the specific name to Ashmead, there is no record that Ashmead
described such a species. If sativae were taken to have been validated
by the very meager information given by Tschorbadjiev, the name
should be attributed to him.
Eurytoma acaciae Cameron (1910, The Ent. 43: 114) [not EF. aca-
ciae Girault, 1914 nor EF. acaciae Risbec, 1951], reared from the seeds
of Acacia decurrens in New Zealand, possibly is a Bruchophagus. 1
have been unable to locate the type.
278 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957
A NOTE ON TWO CHRYSOMELID BEETLES
(COLEOPTERA )
A species of chrysomelid beetle, Ophraea arizonica Fall, hitherto
not represented in the collection of the United States National Mu-
seum, has recently been added in the shape of 25 specimens collected
by Jack M. Kaiser on the leaves of Beloperone sp. at Pena Blanca,
Arizona (near Tucson). Fall (Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 36, 1910, p.
147) described this apparently rare beetle from one specimen sent
him by F. H. Snow from the Santa Rita Mountains, Arizona.
D. M. Weisman has recently collected a new species of Disonycha
in Harnett County, North Carolina. The host plant is unknown as the
beetle was taken by sweeping.
Disonycha weismani n. sp.
About 7.5 mm. in length, oblong oval, feebly shining, alutaceous, very finely
and indistinctly punctate, pale yellow with dark antennae and tarsal joints and
two small spots anteriorly on the prothorax and moderately wide dark sutural,
median and lateral vittae not joined at the apex of the elytra.
Head with interocular space more than half its width, with occiput having a few
punctures besides the large fovea near eye, the interantennal area wide and bulg-
ing forward in a broadly rounded carina; pale with a very narrow darkening over
occiput at edge of prothorax. Antennae with the two basal joints pale edged, re-
mainder dark. Prothorax approximately twice as wide as long with rounded sides,
not very convex; faintly shining, alutaceous, very finely punctate; pale yellow with
two small spots anteriorly. Scutellum dark. Elytra alutaceous, faintly punctate
and somewhat shiny; pale yellow with moderately wide sutural, median and lateral
vittae, none joined at the apex. Body beneath entirely pale. Legs pale with the
tarsal joints dark. Length 7.7 mm.; width 3.6 mm.
Type.—Male, U.S.N.M. Type No. 63507, collected by Donald M.
Weisman, in sweeping at Spout Springs, Harnett Co., North Carolina,
on Aug. 30, 1952.
Remarks.—This species has the same coloration as D. caroliniana
(Fab.) and D. latifrons Schaeffer, but differs from either in the head
the aedeagus, which is unlike that of any other Disonycha.—Doris
H. BLAKE.
Ophraea arizonica Fall Disonycha weismani n.sp.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 279
ON SOME MICROTINE-INFESTING POLYPLAX
(ANOPLURA )
By Joun E. Scanton! and PHYLuIs T. JOHNSON?
For some years the relationship of Polyplax borealis Ferris, 1933,
(from Clethrionomys rufocanus, Finmark, Norway) to P. alaskensis
Ewing, 1927, (from Microtus sp., Alaska) has been in doubt. The
original description of P. alaskensis contains no figures and is vague
in many details. Ferris noted in his original description of borealis
that this name might prove to be synonymous with alaskensis Ewing,
since he had not seen specimens of alaskensis and could not be sure
of his interpretation of the latter. Ewing (1935) synonymized bore-
alis Ferris under alaskensis Ewing, without seeing specimens of bore-
alis. Quay (1949) published a redescription and figures of alaskensis
from Microtus operarius, Seward Peninsula, Alaska, but did not men-
tion borealis. Finally, in 1951, Brinck published a note asserting that
borealis is a valid name, basing his conclusions on a comparison of
Quay’s drawings and description of alaskensis and Ferris’ original
description and figures of borealis.
A re-examination of P. alaskensis holotype proves Brinck to be
correct, and further shows that Polyplax abscisa Fahrenholz, 1938,
(from California off ‘‘ Arvicola,’’ which according to Ferris (1951)
probably means Microtus), is a synonym of P. alaskensis (new syn-
onymy). Dr. G. F. Ferris of Stanford University has kindly compared
specimens of borealis from Alaska and Labrador with his paratype
male of borealis and also has compared the holotype of alaskensis with
borealis and California ‘‘abscisa,’’ coming to the same conclusion.
Specimens of Polyplax from California Microtus agree with Fahren-
holz’s original description and figures of abscisa as well as with holo-
typic alaskensis. A figure of alaskensis holotype is included in this
paper (fig. 3).
P. alaskensis is easily separated from borealis in the male by the
shape of the pseudopenis (fig. 8), which is strongly curved apically
and relatively much narrower than it is in borealis (fig. 7). Both
sexes of borealis have an arcuate first abdominal sternum (figs. 9, 10),
and the third abdominal sternite is triangulate, more than half as
high (in the longitudinal axis of the body) as it is broad (in the
transverse axis of the body). P. alaskensis (fig. 11) may have the
first sternite weakly arcuate, but usually not approaching the condi-
tion found in borealis and the third sternite is less than half as high
as broad and not markedly triangulate. There are small discrepan-
cies between Quay’s redescription of alaskensis and the actual form
of the holotype, although the lone specimen from his series we exam-
ined agrees well with the holotype. This single male, from Microtus
1Medical Service Corps, U. 8S. Army, Fort Sam Houston, Texas.
2Entomology Research Division, Agricultural Research Service, U.S. Department
of Agriculture.
280 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957
operarius, does not have the first sternite as strongly arcuate as he
draws and describes it. He also states that the first sternite of the
female is broader than the second and concave posteriorly, but his
figure does not show this to be the case. The thoracic sternal plate in
alaskensis is normally quite broad anteriorly and with the sides
angled and subsequently slightly concave to the apex, as in figure 6,
whereas borealis has the sides almost evenly convex to the apex (figs.
4,5). In other respects alaskensis and borealis are very similar
morphologically. Brinck (1951) mentions that in borealis the para-
tergal plates (fig. 2) are not as markedly toothed as in alaskensis,
but this character is quite variable.
Both sexes of alaskensis and borealis may be separated from the
very similar P. spinulosa (Burmeister) by the shape of the para-
tergites 3-5. In alaskensis and borealis both dorsal and ventral apical
lobes are acute, while in spinulosa the ventral apical lobes of these
paratereites are rounded. Ewine (1935) used this character to sepa-
rate alaskensis from spinulosa.
Since Ferris’ (1951) publication ‘‘The Sucking Lice’’ will be the
standard reference on Anoplura for many years to come, we append
here a revision of couplets 21 and 22, page 205, of the key to Polyplax
species. It should be noted that as Ferris’ key now reads, borealis
will key to alaskensis and alaskensis will key to abscisa.
21(20) First abdominal sternite strongly arcuate and with its lateral angles
somewhat prolonged; third abdominal sternite more than half as
high (in longitudinal axis of body) as broad (in transverse axis
ofbody); occurring on Clethrionomys and Phenacomys _. BOREALIS
First abdominal sternite in both sexes not thus, its posterior margin
almost straight and the lateral angles not produced; third abdomi-
nal sternite considerably less than half as high as broad ee
22(21) In both sexes, paratergal plates 3-5 with only the dorsal apical angle
produced into a point; dorsal lobe of the pseudopenis very short,
searcely one-fourth the length of the ventral lobe; parameres well
developed, extending forward between the posterior arms of the
basal plate; occurring especially on species of Rattus throughout
GIG aawwO Te) Cee an a es oe ae ee Ee SPINULOSA
In both sexes, paratergal plates 3-5 with both apical angles produced
into points; parameres quite weakly developed and extending for-
ward only slightly past the apex of the arms of the basal plate;
normally occurring on species of Microtus ALASKENSIS
The normal hosts of Polyplax alaskensis are members of the genus
Microtus. Specimens have been examined as follows: Alaska (Golo-
vin, Takotna and the Seward Peninsula, and the holotype) from
Microtus sp. and M. operarius; Oregon from M. montanus ; California
from M. californicus sanctidiegi; Virginia, Pennsylvania, Delaware,
New York, Massachusetts and Maine from Microtus pennsylvanicus ;
Massachusetts from M. breweri (this species of Microtus is found
only on Muskeget Isl.) ; Canada, ‘‘from an island in the St. Lawrence
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 284
River’’ from WM. pennsylvanicus and at Toronto, Ontario from ‘‘mead-
ow mouse.”’ Ferris (1951) also reported alaskensis (as abscisa) from
Nevada. Scanlon (1954) reported alaskensis (as abscisa) from Mi-
crotus montebelli, Mt. Fuji, Japan. A re-examination of some of
Sasa’s material from Microtus montebelli, Mt. Fuji, reported as Poly-
plax spinulosa (Burmeister) (Sasa, 1950) establishes that these speci-
mens are dlaskensis, not spinulosa. One female with the sides of the
thoracic sternal plate somewhat less angled than is usually the case,
from a species of Synaptomys (bog lemming, tribe Lemmini), Nor-
way House, Northwest Territories, Canada, is also here referred to
alaskensis.®
P. borealis has as its normal hosts species of Clethrionomys and
Phenacomys. Its distribution is circumpolar, as is probably true of
alaskensis, but borealis is more northern, although there is some over-
lapping. Specimens of borealis have been examined as_ follows:
Alaska (Ladd Air Force Base) from Clethrionomys rutilus dawsoni;
Canada, Northwest Territories, S. W. Keewatin from Phenacomys sp.
and Clethrionomys sp., and Quebee and Labrador from Clethrionomys
sp. Specimens from Clethrionomys rufocanus (the type host) from
Korea, were reported as alaskensis by Seanlon (1955). The latter
specimens and a Korean series from ‘‘Apodemus speciosus’’ differ
slightly from the North American specimens in that the sternal plate
of the thorax is somewhat broader anteriorly, but this series still fits
well within the limits of borealis. ‘‘Apodemus speciosus’’ is prob-
ably a lapsus for a species of Clethrionomys.
LITERATURE CITED
Brinck, Per, 1951. Polyplax alaskensis Ewing och P. borealis Ferris (Anoplura).
Opuse. Ent. (Lund) 16:31.
Ewing, H. E., 1927. Descriptions of three new species of sucking lice, together
with a key to some related species of the genus Polyplax. Proc. Ent. Soe.
Wash. 29:118-121.
, 1935. The taxonomy of the anopluran genera Polyplax and Eremo-
phthirius, including the description of new species. Proe. Biol. Soc. Wash.
48:201-210, figs. 1, 2.
Fahrenholz, H., 1938. Die Anoplurengattung Polyplax. Ztschr. f. Parasitenk.
10:239-279, figs. 1-23.
Ferris, G. F., 1922. Contributions toward a monograph of the sucking lice. Part
IV. Stanford Univ. Publ. Biol. Sci. 2(4) :183-270.
, 1933. A new species of Polyplax (Anoplura). Parasitol. 25:127-129,
fal Slee
, 1942. Some North American rodent-infesting lice (Insecta, Anoplura).
Micro-ent. 7:84-90, fig. 42.
, 1951. The Sucking Lice. Mem. Pacific Coast Ent. Soc. 1:1-320, figs.
1-124.
3This specimen was referred to by Ferris (1922) and Hopkins (1947) as Poly-
plax spinulosa,
282 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957
4
Fig. 1, Polyplax alaskensis Ewing, 1927: paratergal plates, holotype; fig. 2, P.
borealis Ferris, 1933: paratergal plates, male (Ladd Air Force Base, Alaska) ;
fig. 3, P. alaskensis: holotype; fig. 4, P. borealis: thoracic sternal plate, male
(Ladd AFB); fig. 5, P. borealis: thoracic sternal plate, male (Lake Marymace,
Quebec) ; fig. 6, P. alaskensis: thoracic sternal plate, holotype; fig. 7, P. borealis:
aedagus (Lake Marymae); fig. 8, P. alaskensis: aedeagus, holotype; fig. 9, P.
borealis: first abdominal sternite, male (Ladd AFB); fig. 10, P. borealis: first
abdominal sternite, male (Lake Marymae); fig. 11, P. alaskensis: first abdominal
sternite, holotype.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 283
Hopkins, G. H. E., 1949. The host-associations of the lice of mammals. Proce. Zool.
Soc. Lond. 119(2) :387-640.
Quay, W. B., 1949. Further description of Polyplax alaskensis Ewing (Anoplura).
Psyche 56:180-1838, figs. 1, 2.
Sasa, M., 1950. Note on the blood-sucking lice (Anoplura) of rodents in Japan
(Part 1). Jap. Jour. Exper. Med. 20:715-717.
Scanlon, J. E., 1954. Anoplura from some Japanese small mammal hosts. Bull.
Brooklyn Ent. Soe. 49(2) :29-35, fig. 1.
, 1955. Anoplura from some Korean small mammal hosts. Bull. Brook-
lyn Ent. Soc. 50(4) :85-91, fig. 1.
OBSERVATIONS ON THE BIOLOGY AND LIFE HISTORY
OF THE BROWN COCKROACH PERIPLANETA BRUNNEA BURMEISTER
Lare R. EpMuNDS, Sanitary Engineering Branch, Engineer Research and
Development Laboratories, Fort Belvoir, Virginia
The brown cockroach, Periplaneta brunnea Burmeister, is a common
species in the southern and southeastern United States, from the
Carolinas to Florida and west to Texas. It has been found indoors
as far north as Philadelphia and was collected by the writer in
Columbus, Ohio. In some areas of the south it is more common than
the American cockroach which it closely resembles.
This insect, typical of all roaches, is an obnoxious household pest.
It has been collected in such places as army camps, outbuildings, city
dumps, grocery stores, at lights, under bark, and in sewers.
Little is known about the biology of P. brunnea because only in
recent years have entomologists become generally aware of the dis-
tinction between this species and the other three species of Periplaneta
found in the United States. P. brunnea very closely resembles the
American cockroach Periplaneta americana Linn., and there are some
marked similarities and differences in biology.
The determination of P. brunnea was made through the courtesy
of Dr. P. W. Oman and Dr. A. B. Gurney, of the Insect Identification
and Parasite Introduction Laboratories, Entomology Research Divi-
sion, United States Department of Agriculture. The writer is in-
debted to Dr. Ross Hutchins, of the Department of Zoology and
Entomology, Mississippi State College, for the use of the controlled
temperature equipment.
METHODS
Cultures of P. brunnea were started with adults and nymphs col-
lected in March 1952, from the basement of the biology greenhouse
on the campus of the Ohio State University. These cultures were
transported by automobile to Mississippi State College where biological
studies of P. brunnea were made from 1954 through 1956.
The cockroaches were reared in 1-gallon battery jars, the tops of
which were covered with cheese cloth held in place by a rubber band.
284 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957
Water was supplied by using a glass vial 1-inch in diameter and 21%
inches long. This vial was filled with water, plugged with cotton, and
placed in a horizontal position on the floor of the jar. The cockroaches
were fed a diet of commercial dog food, Purina Kibbled Meal, supple-
mented by wheat germ.
The life history studies were made at approximately 75° F., using
controlled temperature cabinets. Examinations were made once daily
at the same time each day, consequently, the durations given for
stages and other periods are accurate to one calendar day.
OBSERVATIONS
The period between extrusion and deposition of the egg capsule
by P. brunnea ranged from 20 to 24 hours, with an average time of
21 hours. The ootheca was glued to the substrate, generally near a
food supply. When first deposited the egg capsule was light brown
in color, changing within a few hours to dark brown. One hundred
oothecae were removed from the cultures and measured; they varied
in length from 1.2 to 1.6 mm. The number of eggs contained in an
ootheca were found to range from 21 to 28, with an average of 24.
In ovipositing, the female roach secreted from her mouthparts a
frothy white substance which she smeared over the spot on which
she was going to deposit the ege capsule. Some females spent from
30 to 40 minutes preparine this frothy bed. The egg capsule was
then deposited in the froth and covered with additional froth secreted
by the female. Some cockroaches were observed spending as much
as 2 hours coating the ege capsule after it was deposited. This sub-
stance hardened to become a very strong cementing material. It was
so strong that it was difficult to pry the capsule loose without causing
it to rupture. For several hours after a capsule was deposited the
female rested with her body over the capsule and drove away any
other roaches which approached.
Ten ege capsules were removed from the cultures just as they were
deposited. These were placed singly in 1-pint jars in a controlled
temperature cabinet, and incubated at approximately 75°K. Nymphal
cockroaches emerged from 8 of the capsules, the developmental period
in the capsule ranging from 61 to 63 days.
On October 23, 1955, 25 newly emerged nymphs of P. brunnea were
placed together in a quart battery jar provisioned with food and
water. These roaches were kept in a controlled temperature cabinet
at 75°F. Daily examinations were made to determine the progress
of development. The number of nymphal instars was not ascertained
because the cockroaches consumed the cast exuviae. The first adult
male completed development in 263 days, and the first female in 268
days. All of the nymphs had completed development by 277 days.
Pope (1951) found that the nymphal period of P. brunnea varied
from 110 to 327 days and that all stages were greatly influenced by
temperature.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 285
The newly emerged first-instar nymph of P. brunnea is dark brown
in color, with yellowish legs and mouth parts. The first 8 and last
4 antennal segments are white, the median antennal segments are
brown. A median translucent area allows light to pass completely
through the mesothorax. Faint cream-colored spots occur on the
dorso-lateral margins of the first and second abdominal segments.
The body is 8 to 10 mm. in length. The first instar ranged from 16
to 21 days in length, with an average of 17 days.
The nymphal instars between the first and last instars generally
resembled the last. During development there was an increase in
size, and the appearance of larger and more distinct cream-colored
spots on the dorso-lateral margins of the abdomen.
The last nymphal instar, just prior to completing development, was
chestnut to dark-brown in color and 25 to 30 mm. in length. Distinct
cream-colored spots occurred on the dorso-lateral margins of the sec-
ond to sixth abdominal segments. The thorax was chestnut colored
with posterior dark brown margins. The first 29 to 30 segments of
the antenna were chestnut-colored, distal segments darker.
Copulation occurred within a few hours after the female of P.
brunnea completed development. Ege deposition started in from 16
to 20 days after the adult female emerged and continued throughout
life. A female was capable of forming and dropping an oothecae at
5- to 6-day intervals, but the time period between capsules was highly
variable. Pope (1951) found that the maximum number of oviposi-
tions was 30 but usually less. The maximum longevity of an adult
roaches life was not determined, but some were kept for 20 months
and were still living and reproducing. The adults of P. brunnea
usually shunned heht and were nocturnal in habit. They were capa-
ble of flight, which is generally of a gliding type. Cannabalism was
common in captivity. Cockroaches that had been injured or weakened
in some way are often eaten by others. Ege capsules after being
deposited and left by the mother were often found and consumed by
other cockroaches.
DISCUSSION
The brown cockroach P. brunnea and the American cockroach P.
americana are often confused because they frequent similar habitats
and are very much alike in appearance. Both species as adults are
reddish-brown in color and have yellowish markings on the pronotum.
They can be readily distinguished by using the following informa-
tion (Table 1):
a. The egg capsule of P. brunnea is nearly 50 per cent longer
than the American cockroach. It is less rounded laterally and much
darker in color. The brown roach glues the egg capsule more securely
when it is deposited. Lawson (1951) in studying the egg capsule of
P. brunnea found 22 to 28 eggs with an average of 24. The American
roach has 16 eggs per ootheeca.
b. The first stage nymph of P. brunnea has white antennae tips
ne
286 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957
and a translucent area through the mesothorax. The first stage nymph
of P. americana has entirely dark antennae. The intermediate and
last nymphal instars of the brown roach have cream-colored spots on
the dorso-lateral margins of the second and sixth abdominal segments.
The intermediate and last nymphal instar of the American roach have
entirely brown abdomens.
e. Pratt (1955) states that adult brown and American cock-
roaches can be separated in both sexes by the shape of the cercus, a
jointed appendage on each side of the tip of the abdomen. The cercus
of the brown cockroach is stout, more evenly spindle-shaped, with the
last segment somewhat triangular and less than twice as long as its
basal width. The cercus of the American cockroach is stout basally
and tapers markedly toward the tip, and the last segment is more
or less parallel-sided and two or more times as long as its basal width.
SUMMARY
The brown cockroach, P. brunnea, is a common noxious household
pest in the southern United States, and closely resembles the Ameri-
ean cockroach. The ootheca of P. brunnea contains an average of 24
egos, and is deposited in frothy material secreted from the female’s
mouth parts. At 75°F. there is an egg-to-ege cycle of 339 to 351
days. Nymphs hatch from the ootheca 61 to 63 days after oviposition.
The first male to complete development required 263 days and the
first female, 268 days. Ege deposition starts 15 to 20 days after the
females become adults.
TABLE 1. A comparison of the various life stages of Periplaneta americana Linn.
and Periplaneta brunnea Burm.
Avg.no. Incubation Nymphal Adult forms Total egg-to-
eggs period period First ootheca egg cycle
Species per capsule (days) (days) (days) (days)
P. brunnea 24 62-63 263-277 15-20 340-360
P.americana* 16 42-63 98-200 10 UGX0)
*Data taken from Piquett & Fales (1952).
REFERENCES
Lawson, F. A. 1951. Structural features of the oothecae of certain cockroaches.
Ann, Ent. Soc. Amer. 44(2) :269-285.
Piquett, P. G., and Fales, J. H. 1952. Rearing cockroaches for experimental pur-
poses. U. S. Dept. Agr. ET-301, 12 p.
Pope, Pauline. 1951 (1953). Studies on the life histories of some Queensland
Blattidae. I. The domestic species; II, some native species. Proce. Roy. Soe.
Queensland 63 : 23-59.
Pratt, H. D. 1955. Cockroach identification. Pest Control 23(5) :9-12.
PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 287
A NOTE ON THE OVIPOSITION BEHAVIOR OF
SABETHES (SABETHOIDES) CHLOROPTERUS HUMBOLDT!
PEDRO GALINDO
Gorgas Memorial Laboratory, Apartado 1252, Panama, R. de P.
The author has maintained a laboratory colony of the mosquito
Sabethes (Sabethoides) chloropterus Humboldt for nearly 2 years
and a paper discussing in detail the bionomics of this species under
laboratory conditions is now in preparation. However, considering
that published information on the egg-laying activities of members of
the tribe Sabethini is very scant and in view of the unique oviposition
behavior observed by the author in SN. chloropterus, it was deemed of
interest to publish these observations as the subject of a separate note.
Galindo, Carpenter, and Trapido (1951) found that S. chloropterus
a forest mosquito, breeds primarily in a specialized type of tree-hole
which possesses a large inner cavity and a relatively small opening
and holds water continuously even during the dry season months. In
attempting to simulate natural conditions in the laboratory colony,
the author used as a receptacle for oviposition a well-ripened bamboo
internode. The open top was fitted with a cover and a 1-inch hole
drilled in the side near the top to give access to the central cavity,
which was half-filled with water. Using this type of artificial tree-
hole, large numbers of eggs have been obtained, making it possible
to maintain a thriving colony. Statistical data on the number of eggs
laid per female, time of oviposition, length of time spent in the egg
stage, etc., will be presented in the bionomics paper in preparation.
The present note will deal exclusively with a description of the man-
ner in which the eggs are deposited.
The female, when ready to lay, approaches the bamboo in the char-
acteristic slow flight peculiar to the genus and usually flies around
it two or three times probing here and there until the entrance hole
is found. Once this is accomplished, the female hovers outside and
in front of the opening at a distance from it which varies from a few
millimeters to as much as 5 centimeters, with the fore and hind tarsi
almost locked together above the thorax and the mid-legs extended
downward and outward. After hovering for a variable length of time,
and while still in flight, the mosquito suddenly jerks the head and
thorax back and thrusts the abdomen forward, forcibly ejecting at the
same time 1 or 2 eggs which shoot through the entrance hole and into
the water in the cavity. Almost in the same movement the female
darts back rapidly a few centimeters and then resumes normal flight.
The entire process takes place with incredible speed and is completed
in but fractions of a second. A female which has just laid many come
back immediately and go through the same motions for as many as
1This investigation was supported by the Research and Development Division,
Office of the Surgeon General, Department of the Army, under Contract No.
DA-49-007-MD-655.
288 PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957
18 consecutive times, or it may alight on the bamboo or some other
surface nearby, only to resume egg-laying after a few minutes rest.
A number of experiments were performed in order to determine
the force with which the eggs are ejected and the accuracy displayed
by the female in shooting the eggs through the entrance and into the
bamboo. In one set of experiments, a black leather disk smeared with
castor oil was hung inside the bamboo directly in back of the entrance
hole and at distances of 2, 4 and 6 centimeters from the outer surface
of the container. At 2 centimeters, out of 25 eggs released by the
female 24 were caught on the disk; at 4 centimeters, out of 40 eggs
shot into the bamboo 18 were trapped in the castor oil, and at a dis-
tance of 6 centimeters 4 out of 28 eggs were trapped. From these
experiments we may conclude that eggs are released with such force
that they travel in a straight horizontal line from a minimum of 21%
ems. to a possible maximum of 10 ems. In a second series of experi-
ments, bamboo internodes with smaller entrance holes having diame-
ters of 10/16, 8/16, 6/16 and 4/16 inch, respectively, were tried as ovi-
position receptacles. It was found in these experiments that eggs are
shot with unerring precision even through the smallest aperture tried,
but here oviposition is somewhat inhibited perhaps due to failure of
some females to detect the opening.
The process described above may possibly explain how oviposition
takes place in the many sabethine species which possess eggs of the
same type as S. chloropterus and whose immature stages are found
in uncut bamboo internodes with small holes in the side drilled by
boring insects. Examples of these species occuring in Panama are:
S. undosus, S. aurescens, S. intermedius, S. fabric, Wyeomyra codio-
campa, and W. hosautos.
REFERENCES
Galindo, P., Carpenter, S. J., and Trapido, H. 1951. Eeological observations on
forest mosquitoes of an endemic yellow fever area in Panama. Amer. Jour.
Trop. Med. 31:98-137.
Short scientific articles, not illustrated, two double-spaced type-
written pages or less in length, are welcome and will usually receive
prompt publication. References to literature should be included in
the text.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 289
THE NORTH AND CENTRAL AMERICAN SPECIES OF PROPRISTOCERA
(HYMENOPTERA: BETHYLIDAE)
HowarpD E. Evans, Cornell University, Ithaca, N. Y.
The genus Propristocera was described by Kieffer (1905, In André,
Species des Hyménoptéres d’Europe, p. 247) to include 2 species
from the Oriental region which differed from Pseudisobrachium in
having glabrous eyes and simple, edentate mandibles. Later (1914,
Das Tierreich, 41: 484-488) Kieffer expanded his concept of the genus
to include certain other species which he had previously included in
Pristocera and in Pseudisobrachium; these species possessed essen-
tially ‘‘normal’’ 3- to 5-toothed mandibles. As thus defined, the genus
included 9 known species, 3 Oriental, 2 Ethiopian (Seychelles), 1
Australian, and 3 Neotropical (including one Mexican). To the best
of my knowledge, the genus has received no attention since 1914,
and no Nearctic species have ever been assigned to it.
I have not seen specimens of the type species of Propristocera, P.
interrupta Kieffer from Ceylon, or for that matter of any of the
other species which Kieffer included in the genus. But there are sey-
eral North and Central American species, all undescribed, which key
to this genus in Kieffer’s generic keys and agree well with his generic
diagnosis of 1914. These species cannot be placed in any other genus,
and for the present, at least, I see no reason for not assigning them
to Propristocera. One of the species occurs in eastern United States
and three others in Mexico and Central America.
Propristocera is a particularly interesting group because in many
ways it links the other genera of Pristocerini. The resemblance to
Pseudisobrachium is strong, but the eyes are weakly or not at all
hairy and the genitalia are very different. The antennae, eyes, and
genitalia are similar to Pristocera, and some species approach this
genus in venation, but the claws are simple or have but a single
weak tooth (as in Pseudisobrachium) and the structure of the clypeus
is different. The complex aedoeagus of some species suggests Dissom-
phalus, and in fact the genitalia of one species, tridentata, are nearly
identical with those of certain species of Dissomphalus, and the cly-
peus also resembles this genus. In fact tridentata (which I assign to
Propristocera with somewhat more doubt than the other species) is
virtually a Dissomphalus without the tergal pits and the transverse
propodeal carina. In another species, laevigata, the spiracles of the
first and second abdominal tergites are enlarged, suggesting the con-
dition in Dissomphalus, with which the species otherwise has little
in common. All in all, Propristocera is a nearly perfect mixture of
the characters of these three genera.
This fact, combined with the fact that the species are very distinct
and separable by many more characters than is usual in the Bethyli-
dae, suggests that the genus may be primitive and somewhat ancestral
to the other Pristocerini. This seems to be supported by geographic
290 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957
evidence, for the known species are widely and discontinuously scat-
tered throughout the warmer parts of the globe. I would hesitate to
say that Propristocera is more primitive than Pristocera, which is the
most tiphiid-like of all the Bethylidae, but certainly it provides a
likely ancestral stock for the more specialized genera Dissomphalus
and Pseudisobrachium, tying these genera to a Pristocera-like bethylid
prototype.
Unfortunately the females of Propristocera are completely un-
known, and nothing whatever is known about the ethology of the
genus. The only specimen I have ever collected was taken inside a
window of my home. Other specimens have been taken at light (as
the males of Pseudisobrachium and Dissomphalus commonly are).
The type series of angustata was taken on Ipomoea tiliacea (a morn-
ing glory). Presumably the females are apterous and hypogaeic like
other Pristocerini.
Generic characters (males)—Mandibles with from three to five teeth, in certain
exotic species with a single apical tooth. Clypeus strongly developed, the apex
rounded or subtruncate, sometimes weakly notched, sometimes dentate, but never
with a strong median truncate lobe as in Pseudisobrachium. Antennae long, the
outer antennal segments (9-11) at least 1.5 times as long as thick; segments of
flagellum separated by constrictions and clothed with dense erect pubescence.
Eyes bare or with very minute hairs (but in tridentata somewhat more evidently
hairy). Ocelli of moderate size, forming an acute angle in front. Occipital carina
distinct for its entire length, including dorsally. Mesonotum with well developed
parapsidal furrows and notauli. Propodeum rather short, with well developed
lateral carinae, with or without a median carina, and without a transverse carina
bordering the declivity. None of the femora notably inecrassate; claws simple or
with a very weak tooth. Fore wing with the radial vein very long, much more
than twice the length of the stigma; discoidal vein absent or present, the dis-
coidal cell absent or incompletely formed (said to be complete in oriplana).
Abdomen sessile or petiolate; second tergite without setigerous pits as in Dissom-
phalus, but the spiracles of the first two tergites somewhat enlarged in laevigata.
Subgenital plate simple, truncate apically. Genitalia with the lateral elements
rather widely separated from the complex aedoeagus; parameres of variable form
but never deeply divided into two separate appendages; basis volsellaris without
a plate along the mesal margin which bears radiating grooves; aedoeagus not
strongly depressed, consisting of several closely consolidated elements.
Key To NortH AND CENTRAL AMERICAN SPECIES
1. Basal vein ending almost in the distal end of the subcosta, close to the
stigma; discoidal cell complete; length 5-6 mm __ oriplana (Kieffer)
Basal vein ending basad of the stigma by at least one third its length;
diseoidal cell incomplete or absent; length under 4 mm, 2
bo
Clypeus tridentate apically; mandibles with four teeth; aedoeagus rela-
tively short and broad, with well-developed ventral rami, fig. 5 ~~
Ae GEE: VE gee) See oe ee et es ee OO iden tala ene WASDECles
Clypeus simple or with a weak median tooth; mandibles with five teeth;
aedoeagus relatively more elongate and without distinct ventral rami 3
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 291
Figs. 1-4, fore wing of various species of Propristocera; fig. 1, P. tridentata,
n. sp.; fig. 2, P. polita, n. sp.; fig. 3, P. angustata, n. sp.; fig. 4, P. laevigata, n.
sp. Figs. 5-8, male genitalia, ventral aspect on left side, dorsal on right; fig. 5,
P. tridentata, n. sp.; fig. 6, P. polita, n. sp.; fig. 7, P. angustata, n. sp.; fig. 8,
P. laevigata n. sp.
292 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957
3. Abdomen petiolate; spiracles of the first two abdominal segments en-
larged; transverse median vein strongly oblique, the discoidal vein aris-
ing well down on it, fig. 4; parameres of genitalia very long and slender,
SES Ss Fen Ns Pie ee laevigata, new species
Abdomen subsessile; spiracles of the fat two abdominal segments not
enlarged; discoidal vein either absent or interstitial or nearly so with
1H OVS 070 0510 bk: eee pee aerate eee OSS Ee 12 Se ee 4
4. Front moderately shining, aiataecene: discoidal vein strong, fig. 3; geni-
talia with the parameres short, with a lateral process, fig. 7
Be OE oA eS ee A en Re dee angustata, new species
Front strongly shining, very eee alutaceous; discoidal vein completely
absent, fig. 2; parameres rather long, their apices deflected mesad, fig.
Ge eee. eee ee 1 ae ee ee Se ee ere) OL CWS ECIES
Propristocera tridentata, new species
Girgswl 5)
Holotype: 8, Cordoba, Mexico, 21 May (A. Fenyes) [U. S. Natl. Mus.].
This minute but remarkable species has a tridentate clypeus as in
many Dissomphalus, but the propodeum lacks a transverse carina and
the second abdominal tergite is simple. The genitalia are very Dis-
somphalus-like, and remarkably similar to those of D. barberi Evans.
The antennae agree with Propristocera, but the eyes are slightly
hairy, so the species is assigned here somewhat tentatively. Perhaps
it represents a stock of the genus from which Dissomphalus evolved.
Description—Length about 2 mm. Body rich brown; legs wholly straw-yellow,
the coxae somewhat suffused with brown; mandibles and clypeus mostly light
brown; scape and pedicel straw-yellow, the remainder of the antenna medium
brown. Wings hyaline, clothed with light brown hairs; veins and stigma brown.
Head and thorax with numerous light brown hairs; eyes weakly hairy.
Mandibles with a strong apical tooth plus three smaller teeth in a row. Clypeus
large, well developed in front of the antennal bases; apex with three small teeth,
the median tooth a continuation of the strong median carina. Antennae slender
but not exceptionally long; flagellum with dense erect setae which are half or
more as long as the width of the flagellum, and with distinet constrictions between
the segments; antennal segments 9-11 each about 1.8 times as long as thick.
Middle interocular line .5 times the transfacial line, 1.15 times the eye-height;
ocello-ocular line 2.5 times the postocellar line. Front, vertex, and temples weakly
shining, alutaceous; punctures sparse and weak.
Pronotum smooth and rather flat. Mesonotum moderately shining, alutaceous,
weakly punctate; parapsidal furrows weak but complete; notauli strong on the
anterior two-thirds, absent behind. Propodeum with strong median and lateral
carinae, more or less smooth and shining above, but with some reticulations aris-
ing from the median carina; spiracles large, circular, opening latero-dorsally.
Fore wing, fig. 1, with the transverse median vein erect, nearly straight; discoidal
vein unusually long, actually longer than the basal, interstitial with the media.
Abdomen short, smooth and shining, subsessile. Subgenital plate weakly arcu-
ately emarginate apically. Genitalia, fig. 5, very broad and relatively short;
parameres short, curved, apically with small knobs and strong setae; volsellae
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 293
with the digitus slender, curved, the cuspis short, serrate above; aedoeagus com-
plex, with well-developed ventral rami, the dorsal body terminating in two large,
complex lobes.
Propristocera laevigata, new species
(Fies. 4, 8)
Holotype: &, Cordoba, Mexico, 21 May (A. Fenyes). Paratype: 1 ¢, same data
but 13 May 1908 [both U. S. Natl. Mus.].
This is an elongate, pale, highly polished species which is immedi-
ately separable from all other species of Propristocera by the petiolate
abdomen, the enlarged spiracles of the first two abdominal segments,
the unusual venation, and the highly distinctive genitaha.
Description Length about 3.5 mm. Entire body light chestnut-brown, the
ocellar triangle and abdominal petiole suffused with darker; legs entirely pale
straw-yellow; mandibles straw-yellow, the apices rufous; antennae with the two
basal segments straw-yellow, the remainder light brown. Wings faintly clouded;
veins and stigma brown. Body sparsely clothed with pale setae; eyes with only
very minute hairs.
Mandibles with five sharp teeth in an oblique series. Clypeus large, rounded
in front and with a very small median notch; median line with a strong, sharp
elevation. Antennae of moderate length, the flagellum clothed with pale, erect
setae which are about half as long as the width of the flagellum, the setae on
the under side of the last three segments shorter and more dense; antennal seg-
ments 9-11 each about 1.5 times as long as thick. Middle interocular line .58
times the transfacial line, 1.35 times the eye height; eyes bulging; ocello-ocular
line 3.5 times the postocellar line. Front, vertex, and temples strongly shining,
non-alutaceous, the punctures sparse, shallow, and small.
Pronotum short, sloping evenly, smooth and shining. Mesonotum strongly
polished, the punctures inconspicuous; parapsidal furrows present except on the
anterior fifth; notauli complete but weakened both anteriorly and posteriorly.
Lateral foveae of the scutellum large, deep, sharply defined; metanotum also with
a series of foveae on each side. Propodeum with a median impression and with
lateral carinae, the upper surface smooth and polished except for some sculptur-
ing anteriorly; spiracles circular and opening laterally. Fore wing with the
transverse median vein strongly sloping, the discoidal vein distinct, about as long
as the transverse median vein, arising well down on the latter, fig. 4.
Abdomen with a relatively long petiole which is strongly sculptured and hirsute.
Spiracles of the first two segments large, round. Genitalia, fig. 8, with the para-
meres very long and slender, and with two additional short processes arising near
their base; basis volsellaris with a plate along its mesal margin which may be
homologous with a similar plate bearing radiating grooves in Pseudisobrachium ;
aedoeagus complex and with two small, pincushion-like pads near the apex.
Variation—tThe single topotypic paratype is very similar to the type in all
details. The top of the head is somewhat more extensively infuscated.
294 PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957
Propristocera polita, new species
(Pigs. 2, 6)
Holotype: &, Columbia, South Carolina, 16 Aug. 1951 (L. & G. Townes) [Coll.
H. K. Townes] Paratypes: 1 6, Greenville, S. C., 31 Aug. 1952 (L. & G.
Townes) [Coll. H. K. Townes]; 1 ¢, Dunn Loring, Va., 11 Sept. 1948 (K. V.
Krombein) [Coll. K. V. Krombein]; 1 ¢, Butler, N. J., Summer 1955 (R.
Dorland; taken from light globe in house) [U. S. Natl. Mus.]; 1 ¢, Ithaca,
N. Y., 14 Sept. 1956 (H. E. Evans; taken inside window of house) [Cornell
Univ. |.
This highly distinctive species appears to be widely distributed in
eastern United States, although its closest relative, angustata, occurs
in Costa Rica. In common with angustata, the antennae are extremely
long and the pronotum is crossed by a carina followed by a depres-
sion. In common with laevigata, the front is very highly polished.
Unique characters include the complete lack of a discoidal vein, the
strongly sculptured propodeum, and the unusual genitalia.
Description —tLength about 3.5 mm. Head black, thorax dark brownish-fuscous,
abdomen medium brown; coxae brown, femora light brown, remainder of legs
straw-colored; mandibles yellowish, rufous at the apex; scape and pedicel straw-
yellow, the flagellum gradually darkened to brown at the apex. Wings hyaline,
the setae light brown, the veins pale brown, the stigma medium brown. Head and
thorax clothed with rather short golden-brown setae; eyes with only very minute,
scarcely noticeable setae.
Mandibles terminating in five strong, sharp teeth in a row. Clypeus with a
strong median carina which in profile is strongly arched; margin of clypeus with
a weak median tooth. Antennae very long and slender; flagellum with dense erect
setae which are over half as long as the width of the flagellum; antennal seg-
ments 9-11 each about three times as long as thick. Middle interocular line .53
times the trifacial line, 1.05 times the eye-height; ocello-ocular line 2.9 times
the postocellar line; occipital carina strongly raised, the groove in front of it
somewhat foveolate. Front strongly polished, only very weakly alutaceous, the
punctures small and widely separated; center of the front with a longitudinal
impression.
Pronotum crossed anteriorly by a somewhat irregular carina behind which is
a foveolate groove; posterior margin of pronotum strongly depressed. Mesonotum
shining, weakly alutaceous, the punctures small and widely separated; parapsidal
furrows strong on the posterior three-fourths, absent in front; notauli very strong
on the posterior three-fourths, tapering off to thin lines in front. Pits on the
sides of the scutellum rather shallow. Propodeum wholly covered with reticulate
ridges, the dorsal surface depressed medially and with a median carina and
several other carinae on each side of it, also with lateral carinae, but these carinae
not set off strongly from the sculpturing; spiracles slit-like, opening dorsally.
Fore wing with a transverse median vein slightly arched, the discoidal vein com-
pletely absent, fig. 2.
Abdomen subsessile. Subgenital plate broadly truneate apically. Genitalia with
the parameres slender, the apical third deflected mesad; volsellae with a group
of spines at the base and another at the apex of the digitus; cuspis complex;
aedoeagus complex, as figured, fig. 6.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 295
Variation—The four paratypes vary in size from 2 to 3.2 mm. All but the
specimen from Ithaca, N. Y., agree closely with the type in coloration; in the
Ithaca specimen the entire body is black, the antennae are entirely dark brown,
and the legs vary from dark brown at the coxae to light brown at the tarsi; in
this specimen the wing veins are brown and the stigma dark brown. The para-
types agree well with the type in head characters, but in the Ithaca specimen the
transverse carina on the pronotum is largely obscured by the heavy sculpturing.
In the specimen from Butler, N. J., the pronotum and mesonotum are unusually
smooth and polished, and even the propodeum has small latero-dorsal areas de-
void of sculpturing.
Propristocera angustata, new species
Gigs. 37)
Holotype: 6, San Pedro de Montes de Oca, Costa Riea, 3 Feb. 1935, on Ipomoea
tiliacea (C. H. Ballou). Paratypes: 4 6 ¢, same data as type [all U. S.
Natl. Mus.; one paratype retained at Cornell Univ.].
This species seems to stand fairly close to Pristocera. The antennae
are very long, the discoidal vein is strong, and the genitalia are not
very different from those of Pristocera.
Description—Length about 3.2 mm. Thorax and abdomen medium brown, the
head dark brownish-fuscous; legs entirely straw-yellow, including the coxae; man-
dibles light brown, darker apically; scape and pedicel straw-yellow, the remainder
of the antenna gradually more infuscated, the apical segments dark brown. Wings
nearly hyaline, with dark setae, the veins medium brown, the stigma dark brown.
Head and thorax with numerous light, golden-brown setae; eyes bare.
Mandibles with a strong apical tooth and an oblique series of four smaller
teeth. Clypeus fairly large, moderately developed in front of the antennal bases,
the apex broadly subtruneate; median line barely elevated. Antennae very long
and slender; flagellum densely clothed with pale setae which are about half as
long as the width of the flagellum, and with distinet constrictions between the
segments; antennal segments 9-11 each about 3.3 times as long as thick. Middle
interocular line .58 times the transfacial line, 1.15 times the eye-height; ocello-
ocular line 3.5 times the postocellar line; front moderately shining, alutaceous,
punctures sparse, small, barely evident except under high magnification.
Pronotum smooth except for an interior transverse carina which is followed
by a weakly foveolate depression. Mesonotum moderately shining, strongly aluta-
ceous; parapsidal furrows and notauli both rather strong and practically com-
plete. Propodeum with well developed median and lateral carinae, the dorsal
surface alutaceous; spiracles slit-like, opening dorsally. Fore wing, fig. 3, with
the transverse median vein sloping slightly, weakly arcuate below; discoidal vein
rather strong, but scarcely as long as the basal, interstitial with the media.
Abdomen subsessile. Subgenital plate broadly truncate apically. Genitalia, fig.
7, with the parameres oddly shaped, with a short lateral process; volsellae with
the digitus elongate, setose apically, the cuspis complex and difficult to resolve;
aedoeagus terminating in two simple lobes.
Variation—The four paratypes vary in size from 2.5 to 3.5 mm. In most of
them the head and thorax are dark brownish-fuscous, the head nearly black. In
one of the specimens, perhaps more freshly emerged than the others, there is a
296 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957
small median tooth on the elypeus. In one of the paratypes the discoidal vein is
interstitial with the media, as in the type, but in the other three it is slightly
disjointed. In other respects the paratypes agree closely with the type.
Propristocera oriplana (Kieffer)
Pristocera oriplana Kieffer, 1911, Ann. Soe. Sci. Bruxelles, 35:215.
Propristocera oriplana Kieffer, 1914, Das Tierreich, 41:487.
Kieffer described this species from three localities in Guerrero,
Mexico: Omilteme, Tepetlapra, and Amula. I have seen no specimens
assignable to it. The species is particularly interesting because it
shares so many characters in common with Pristocera: the size is rela-
tively large (5-6 mm.), the discoidal cell is closed, the head is very
coarsely punctate, and the pronotum is transversely furrowed. Kieffer
presents a rather full description of this species, and it seems un-
necessary to repeat it here.
A NEW TACHYEMPIS (DIPTERA: EMPIDIDAE)
This fall I received from P. H. Arnaud, of the National Museum,
an interesting tiny Empid fly. It is an undescribed species of the
genus Tachyempis, but is closely related to 7. longispina which I de-
scribed in the Genera Insectorum, fascicle 185, p. 289 (1927) from
specimens from Cuba and Jamaica. In the key to species on page
289 it forms a group with longispina distinguished by having a very
long spinous bristle attached to the end of the hind metatarsi, but is
distinct in having longer wings.
This little fly was taken from a nesting site of the bee Lastoglossum
zephyrum (Smith), where it would station itself near the nest en-
tranee of the bee and make rapid passes at incoming pollen-laden bees.
Tachyempis longipennis, sp. nov.
Male.—Length 1.2 mm. Body subshining plumbeous black, legs, palpi, and
halteres yellowish, hind femora darker apically, wings sub-hyaline, the base of
the veins yellow, remainder of veins blackish, the fifth vein blackish throughout.
The second vein reaches the margin very appreciably beyond the end of the fifth
vein. In longispina the second and fifth veins terminate about opposite to each
other.
Holotype and two paratypes: Riply County, Ind., 14 July, 1955;
Dr. Leland Chandler, collector. The type is deposited in the National
Museum collection (No. 63,497). The two paratypes are placed in the
collections of Purdue University and myself.—A. L. MELANDER, Riv-
erside, Calif.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957
INDEX TO VOLUME 59
Acaricoris dybasi, 170.
Adamystinae, 173.
Adamystis donnae, 173.
Ameletopsinae, 246.
Amyrsidea monostoecha, 233.
Amyrsidea phaeostoma, 233.
Amyrsidea uniseriata, 233.
Anystidae, 172.
Apion spp., 40.
Aplomerus, 22.
Arnaud, Paul. Note by, 92.
Antizies, 197.
Bezzia atlantica, 13.
Bickley, W. E., note by, 45.
Black flies, 243.
Brevisterna utahensis, 31.
Bruchophagus aloineae, 273.
Carabus auratus, 254.
Catorhintha mendicea, spread of, 176.
Ceratopogon yezoensis, 82.
Cnastis, 19.
Colpocephalum echinatum, 234.
Conopistha trigona, 79.
Constitution changes, 90.
Cuclotogaster phayrei, 234.
Cuclotogaster subinsolitus, 235,
Culicoides bermudensis, 13.
Culicoides crepuscularis, 13.
Culicoides floridensis, 12.
Culiseta, 163.
Culiseta minnesotae, 163.
Culiseta morsitans, 163, 19.
Cushman, Robert Asa, obituary of, 247.
Cushman, R. A., bibliography of scien-
tific publications, 248.
Dasyhelea atlantis, 11.
Dasyhelea bermudae, 11.
Dasyhelea cineta, 9.
Dasyhelea grisea, 10.
Dasyhelea luteogrisea, 10.
Dasyhelea scissurae, 11.
Day, Max, note by, 91.
Dendrocoris parapini, 198.
Deuteroxorides, 17.
Disonycha weismani, 278.
Epicauta ennsi, 97.
Eugalta, 17.
Euhaemogamasus ambulans, 32.
Euhaemogamosus barberi, 34.
Euhaemogamosus oudemansi, 34.
Forcipomyia ingrami, 8.
Forcipomyia raleighi, 8.
Foreipomyia varipennis, 8.
Ganodes balteatus, 19.
Gargaphia sororia, 175.
Gasterophilus nasalis, 1.
Gasterophilus veterinus, 1.
Gelastocoridae, 145.
Gelastocoris amazonensis, 148.
Gelastocoris angulatus, 147.
Gelastocoris bufo, 146.
Gelastocoris fuscus, 146.
Gelastocoris hungerfordi, 147.
Gelastocoris major, 147.
Gelastocoris nebulosus, 148.
Gelastocoris oculatus oculatus, 148.
297
Gelastocoris oculatus variegatus, 148.
Gelastocoris peruensis, 148.
Gelastocoris rotundatus, 146.
Gelastocoris vicinus, 147.
Gelastocoris viridis, 147.
Goniocotes parviceps, 235.
Goniodes cervinicornis, 236.
Goniodes chloropus, 236,
Goniodes coronatus, 236.
Goniodes diardi, 236.
Goniodes pavanis, 237.
Goniodes processus, 237.
Gurney, A. B., note by, 92.
Gynandromorph, Mayfly, 167.
Haemogamasus alaskensis, 36.
Haemagogus spegazzinii falco, 121].
Heleidae, breeding habits, 61.
Hexagenia munda elegans, 167,
Hirstionyssus bisetosus, 85.
Ichneumonidae, 100.
Ischnoceros ¢livulus, 21.
298 PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957
Ischyropoda armatus, 56. Nerthra luteovaria, 159.
Isonychiidae, 245. Nerthra macrostyla, 158.
Ixodes downsi, 257. Nerthra macrothorax, 157.
Ixodorhynchidae (Mesostigmata), 265. Nerthra manni, 151.
Txodorhynehus gordoni, 267. Nerthra martini, 149.
; 2 Nerthra mexicana, 149.
Ledermuelleria clavata, 51. if . am
; = Nerthra mixta, 157.
Ledermuelleria lacuna, 53. i Phil Ah
- : 5 Nerthra montandoni, 150.
Ledermuelleria pectinata, 952. 7 : :
: er Nerthra nepaeformis, 149.
Ledermuelleria segnis, 50. ; are
Nerthra nieuwenhuisi, 154.
Nerthra nudata, 160.
Nerthra omani, 157.
Nerthra parvula, 149.
Nerthra peruviana, 150.
Ledermuelleriopsis plumosa, 54.
Leonard, M. D., talk by, 204.
Lipeurus boonsongi, 237.
Lipeurus deignani, 237.
Lipeurus introductus, 238. F
P 3 Nerthra praecipua, 151.
o7
Liposeelis delta-chi, 127. * ;
ee eae es Nerthra ranina, 149.
Nerthra raptoria, 149.
Nerthra robusta, 158.
Nerthra rudis, 150.
Nerthra rugosa, 156.
Liposeelis lacinia, 125.
Liposeelis nasus, 128.
Lygaeidae, wing structure, 67.
Lytta arigonica, 141.
Mayfly, 167. Nerthra serrata, 152.
MelIndoo, N. E., obituary of, 45. Nerthra sinuosa, 159.
Menopon gallinae, 234. Nerthra stali, 161.
Meteoridea, compressiventris, 131; ja- Nerthra stygiea, 148.
ponensis, 133, Nerthra tenebrosa, 150.
Meteorus longiventris, 130. Merthnamterrestria io)
Microchrysa dichoptica, 25. Nertheanfabercul tame el
Miecrochrysa flaviventris, 25. Noihne amanaicie, DES:
Mirabilis nyctaginea, 177. Nerthra unicornis, 150.
Moss mites, 190. Nerthrinae, 148.
J AAR
peta Odontocolon, 21.
Nerthra adspersa, 162. Oebalus ornatus, 41.
O’Farrell, A. F. L., talk by, 93.
Nerthra alaticollis, 161. om a nae
Nerthra amplicollis, 150. ar Mey eo Sheds
Nerthra annulipes, 160.
Nerthra asiatica, 154.
Nerthra borealis, 150.
Nerthra ecuadorensis, 150.
Nerthra eximia, 155.
Nerthra femoralis, 159.
Ophraea arizonica, 278.
Opius ottotomoanus, 99.
Oxylipeurus annamensis, 238.
Oxylipeurus formosanus, 240.
Oxylipeurus megalops, 240.
Oxylipeurus unicolor, 240.
Nerthra fuscipes, 151.
Nerthra grandicollis, 152. Perillus unatus, 162.
Nerthra grandis, 159. Periplaneta brunnea, 283.
Nerthra hamata, 158. Peromyscus, 31.
Nerthra hungerfordi, 151. Podoschistus, 18.
Nerthra indica, 152. Poemenia, 16.
Nerthra lobata, 154. Polyplax, 279.
PROC. ENT. SOC.
Porter, B. A., note by, 204.
Propistocera, 289.
Propistocera angustata, 295.
Propistocera laevigata, 295.
Propistocera oriplana, 296.
Propistocera polita, 294.
Propistocera tridentata, 292.
Ptecticus australis, 28.
Pteecticus aurobrunneus, 29.
Pteeticus cingulatus, 28.
Pteeticus cyaneus, 30.
Pteeticus wulpii, 29.
Pterobosea fusicornis, 7.
Pteromicra pectorosa, 271.
Pteromicra perissa, 271.
Pteromicra similis, 272.
Publication fund—Notice, 205.
Pyrota bicurvata, 135; trochanterica,
137; t. trochanterica, 138; t. wer-
neri, 141.
Rainwater, C. F., note by, 45.
Rallicola kelloggi, 188.
Rallicola mystax, 187.
Rallicola ortygometrae californicus,
186.
Rallicola ortygometrae guami, 186.
Rallicola ortygometrae subporzanae,
186.
Rugitermes laticollis, 81.
WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 299
Sabethes
287.
Sailer, R. I., note by, 203.
Sargus metallinus, 26.
Simopelta, 191.
Simopelta perganei, 192.
(Sabethoides) chloropterus,
Siphlonuridae, 245.
Snyder, T. H., note by, 92.
Solubea, 41.
Stage, H. H., talk by, 46.
Tachyempis longipennis, 296.
Thilakothrips babuli, 194.
Tubulifera, 80.
Type-species designations, Source of,
I7ate
Typhoctes glaber, 219.
Typhoctes guatemalensis, 216.
Typhoetes peculiaris, 226.
Typhoetes peculiaris mirabilis, 230.
Typhoetes peculiaris peculiaris, 227.
Typhoetes striolatus, 223.
Typhoetes williamsi, 220.
Typhoctinae, 209.
Wyeomyia (Antunesmyia) alani, 244.
Wyeomyia (Dendromyia) rooti, 244.
Xorides, 22.
300 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, No, 6, DECEMBER, 1957
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF
WASHINGTON
VOLUME 59
OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1957
Honorary President uc ee oa Re ee __R. E. SNODGRASS
IBRCSU EIGN ae eee ee Be NM e et ee PR ole ee ee ee ..., L. CAMPBELL
IES VAC CORN CS UVCWUG cosa 2S SN I ee a R. I. SAILER
SCCONMG VCORE TC SUG ao sl ee ree ee Rk. H. NELSON
MCCONCINGUSCCRELQTY) oo Ak ae ee ee eee KELLIE O’ NEILL
(OP RAS OMG) POOR) ee oxen Keivin DorRWARD
SU ROGESOURA Re pee ee ee {eS 25S. Rete ____.’, P. HARRISON
UH ORS ROY pe SS UI Ere ant Re ee ee a penser: ei aees yet oe Se ATI CHa Vee EN
Cusiodia pee PN VS Se a ee ae St H. J. CONKLE
PrograniGhanman eee EPR Al Scart te S Sees es J. F. G. CLARKE
Executive Committee-__-..... ener: A. B. GurNEy, T. L. BISSELL, R. A. ST. GEORGE
Nominated to represent the Society as Vice President of the Washing-
ton Academy of Sciences... Sse ee hen ede Ce C. F. W. MUESEBECK
Honorary Members Bi 2 SE ee C. F. W. MUESEBECK, H. G. BARBER
PUBLISHED BY THE SOCIETY
WASHINGTON, D. C.
1957
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 301
3 GREAT
INSECTICIDES CH LORDANE |
CONTROL THESE INSECTS
CHLORDANE: Ants, Armyworms, Blister Beetles, Boxelder Bug, Brown Dog Tick,
Cabbage Maggot, Carpet Beetles, Cattle Lice, Chiggers, Cockroaches, Crickets,
Cutworms, Darkling Beetles, Dog Mange, Earwigs, Fleas, Flies, Grasshoppers,
Household Spiders, Japanese Beetle Larvae, Lawn Moths, Lygus Bugs, Mole
Crickets, Mosquitoes, Onion Maggot, Onion Thrips, Plum Curculio, Sarcoptic
Mange, Seed Corn Maggot, Sheep Ked, Silverfish, Sod Webworms, Southern
Corn Rootworm, Strawberry Crown Borer, Strawberry Root Weevils, Sweet
Clover Weevil, Tarnished Plant Bug, Termites, Ticks, Wasps, White Grubs,
Wireworms...and many others.
HEPTACHLOR: Alfalfa Snout Beetle, Alfalfa Weevil, Ants, Argentine Ant, Army-
worms, Asiatic Garden Beetle Larvae, Black Vine Weevil, Root Maggots, Clover
Root Borer, Colorado Potato Beetle, Corn Rootworms, Cotton Boll Weevil,
Cotton Fleahopper, Cotton Thrips, Crickets, Cutworms, Egyptian Alfalfa Weevil,
European Chafer, Eye Gnats, False Wireworms, Flea Beetles, Garden Web-
worm, Grasshoppers, Japanese Beetle, Leaf Miners, Lygus Bugs, Mormon
Cricket, Mosquitoes, Narcissus Bulb Fly, Onion Maggot, Onion Thrips, Rapid
Plant Bug, Rice Leaf Miner, Salt Marsh Sand Fly, Seed Corn Maggot, Spittle-
bug, Strawberry Root Weevils, Strawberry Rootworms, Sugar Beet Root Mag-
got, Sweet Clover Weevil, Tarnished Plant Bug, Tuber Flea Beetle, Western
Harvester Ant, White Fringed Beetles, White Grubs (June Beetles), Wireworms
...and many others.
ENDRINS: Budworms, Cabbage Worms, Cotton Boll Weevil, Cotton Bollworm, Cot-
ton Fleahopper, Fall Armyworm, Grasshoppers, Hornworms, Leafworms, Rapid
Plant Bug, Spiny Bollworm, Sugar Beet Webworm, Tarnished Plant Bug, Thrips.
WRITE FOR FULL PARTICULARS
General Offices and Laboratories Foreign Division
330 East Grand Avenue, Chicago 11, Illinois 350 Fifth Avenue, New York 1, N. Y.
RR Es PR ES EisiNeato -A® oreo Ve HES AMIN, PERSP ANG lI Pe Aget Cal Shes
302
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957
Pyrenone
HELPS TO PRESERVE
PRINCIPLE OF NATURAL CONTROL
acne quickly kills destructive, annoy-
ing and disease-carrying insects.
In the absence of sunlight, it remains effective
for long periods of time. In fact, a single application
of Pyrenone protects stored grains from insect at-
tacks for an entire storage season.
On growing crops Pyrenone kills the accessible
stages of insects fast—even between showers of
rain. Yet natural factors of rain and sunlight do not
permit Pyrenone to form long-lasting residues. Be-
cause long-lasting residues are not present, the newly
emerging parasites and predators are free to com-
plete their life cycles and to continue to parasitize
or feed upon destructive insect pests.
This means that Pyrenone is completely com-
patible with the natural control of crop-destroying
insects.
*Reg. U.S. Pat. Off, E-MeC:
FAIRFIELD CHEMICAL DIVISION
Food Machinery and Chemical Corporation
441 Lexington Avenue e New York 17,N. Y.
BRANCHES IN PRINCIPAL CITIES
In Canada: Natural Products Corporation, Toronto and Montreal
A Cyanamid Report
Resistance
Resistance to chlorinated hydrocarbon type
insecticides has been proven or suspected in:
cockroaches house flies
mosquitoes flea beetles
Colorado potato beetle cotton boll weevil
dog and cat fleas body lice
bed bugs lygus bugs
codling moth cotton leaf worm
leafhoppers dog ticks
Many researchers have found malathion to be
a capable replacement for the chlorinated
hydrocarbons and have made recommendations
for its use. If you have a “‘resistance’’ problem
in your area, you might well consider malathion
for your 1957 research schedule.
Developers and producers of malathion and parathion
Write for AMERICAN CYANAMID COMPANY
particular Agricultural Chemicals Division
technical Insecticide Research
information 30 Rockefeller Plaza, N. Y. 20, N. Y.
Y,
TA
GULF) QUALITY INSECTICIDES
Preferred by Home Owners,
Food Processors and Dairymen
QUICK ACTION GULFSPRAY (Liquid)
A “space spray” for quick knockdown and kill of many
kinds of flying and crawling insects. Contains 0.10% Pyre-
thrins, 0.12% Piperonyl Butoxide, and 0.75% Methoxychlor.
GULFSPRAY AEROSOL BOMB
Gulf's carefully researched formula provides quick knock-
down action and high kill. Contains 0.25% Pyrethrins, 1%
Piperonyl Butoxide, and 2% Methoxychlor.
GULF MOTH PROOFER (Bomb)
An easy-to-use pressurized spray for protecting woolens
against moth and carpet beetle damage. Contains 3% DDT
and 3% Perthane.
GULF ANT AND ROACH BOMB
A convenient pressurized spray containing contact and resid-
val insecticides for killing ants and cockroaches. Contains
0.08% Pyrethrins and 2% Chlordane.
SPECIAL GULFSPRAY (Liquid)
A superlative-quality insecticide specially formulated for
use where foodstuffs are processed, stored, served, and sold.
Contains 0.25% Pyrethins and 0.20% Piperony! Butoxide.
GULF LIVESTOCK SPRAY
Long proven formula with effective insect-killing power and
repellent properties. Contains 0.07% Pyrethrins and 0.19%
Piperony! Butoxide.
GULF OIL CORPORATION
GULF BUILDING, PITTSBURGH 30, PA.
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF
WASHINGTON
VOLUME 60
OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1958
JEQROPRUP) BREN CG Za eee eee R. E. SNODGRASS
FE IROSGI CUR se ck eS A ig IA eee eR SD er ed Oe R. I. SAILER
LURE WAR: TOROS UENO eo Po OA eae sa a a ee ee eta R. H. NELSON
ISG COTO MALE CHIL AT. CSUCGIU Lyte ee eek Os oe TN Ak P. W. OMAN
LERODIRGITGT (SEG RELL R ee ae HELEN SOLLERS
CORRES POIUGUTE GM SIC CTC UCL.) eee eee ee) -PAUL WOKE
IE EDESOMPGTP sow ah NS TO ee F. P. HARRISON
JOGIEOUP en hs to ae es 5 Fe a De RicHarD H, Foore
OWASIOGOI DY: a EE ES EE are ee H. J. CONKLE
ROO RANT CTUCLURITUC 1 eee ee ae eR he J. G. Rozen, J. H. FALES
Executive Committee —._...__- T. L. Bissetu, R. A. St. GrorGe, F. L. CAMPBELL
Nominated to represent the Society as Vice President of the
Washington Academy of Sciences — ERAS EO a H. H. SHEPARD
PUBLISHED BY THE SOCIETY
WASHINGTON, D. C.
1958
TABLE OF CONTENTS, VOLUME 60
ALLRED, D. M.: Redescription of Ophioptes tropicalis Ewing, 1933 (Acarina,
Ophioptidae)s, 2s =. a ee eee eee 287
ANANTHAKRISHNAN. T. N.: Two new species of tubuliferous Thysanoptera
Lroml nGdiay GEhi ale ostikirnyouclele)) aes se ee eae a I ee PHATE
ARNAUD, P. H., Jr.: A synopsis of the genus Melanderia Aldrich (Diptera,
Mohehopodidae) 22." ee eee eee eee 179
—: See Footr, R. H.
Baker, E. W.: The mite Dermatophagoides scheremetewskyi Bogdanov and its
controlains Russia (Acarina. Psoroptidae)) a ————————E— 125
—: Chelacheles strabismus, a new genus and species of mite from
Portugal (Acarma,, Cheyletidac)) = eee 234
BarBER, H. G.: A new species of Nysius Vian Alaska and Alberta, Canada
(Hemiptera, Lygaeidae) _ ETE Oo AMA OR TE STOP AER ade Oo Ws SP NEE 70
BARNETT JEG ICs.) alk biy) 0 ee EE —————E 140
Boressg, J. L.: See Trpron, V. J.
Bouart, R. M.: A North American species of the genus Prosopigastra (Hy-
menopterasasphecidaie)) sess lets fos es ee ee 122
IBOVING ACG: Obituary (of te ala EE I il ee ns 33
BRELAND, O. P.: Notes on the Aedes relent omples (Diptera, Culicidae)_ 206
IBRIDWELL, J.C. 2 Obituary of ee ee ee 27
: Biological notes on A mpulicomorpha confusa Ashmead and its
fulgoroid host (Hymenoptera, Dryinidae and Homoptera, Achilidae) 23
BUCHANAN, Ju. 1.3 (Obituary. 0f 222.22 ee 292
CARRIKER, M. A., JR.: On a small collection of Mallophaga from the United
States) with deseriptions of three new species =... 167
CAMPBELL, EG. Talk by 22.2 ee ee ee 141
CartTwricHt, O. L.: Another old record of Aphotaenius carolinus (Van Dyke)
(ColeopteranScarabeidae)iy = 2 ane vecbigee A a ee ee 134
CERQUEIRA, N. L.: See LANE, J.
CLARKE, J. F. G.: The correct name for a pest of beans (Lepidoptera, Oleth-
PeUtudae))) oe we a ee oe 187
Cook, Davin R.: A new species of Litarachna from the British West Indies
(@Acarina, Pontarachnidac)) = Eee 19
CrABILL, R. E., Jr.: A new Kethops from New Mexico, with a key to its
congeners (Chilopoda, Scolopendromorpha, Cryptopidae) 235
Cunuirrr, F.: Pyroglyphus morlani, a new genus and species of mite forming
a new family Pyroglyphidae in the Acaridiae (Acarina, Sarcoptiformes). 85
Davinson, J. A.: A new species of lizard mite and a generic key to the family
Pterygosomidae \((Acarina, Anystoidea) = = eee 15
DIACVAS Za Mess! O boatman rey, (fe a ee ee 136
Dosrotworsky, N. V.: Designation of the type species of the subgenus Neo-
theobaldia (Genus Theobaldia Neveu-Lemaire, 1902) (Diptera, Culicidae) 186
Evxkins, J. C.: Three new species of Cuernolestes Miller (Hemipera, Reduvii-
LEV) ) Fe se SI NS AN a oe TE er ee 267
FAIRCHILD, G. B. And Hertic, M.: Notes on the Phlebotomus of Panama XV.
Four apparently new synonymies (Diptera, Psychodidae) 203
Foorr, R. H. anp ARNAUD, P. H., Jr.: Notes on the taxonomy and habits of
Cryptochaetum nipponense (Tokunaga) in Japan (Diptera, Cryptochae-
GNC LO)) eee ras ee Maan nh 2 I Ae SO 2 Oe 241
Frick, K. E.: Liriomyza dianthae, n. sp., a new pest of carnations in Cali-
fornia COipterase Agr OMy 21d ae) eee ree ee ee i
Grew, “AnIcEs, “Tallk by: 22.2 ee oe ee eee 191
Grece, R. E.: Two new species of Metapone from Madagascar (Hymenoptera,
MOTIMILGLAAS) 6 as ee ae Ss Ss ee hl
Hawrs; INA 1-:/Obituany of 22 22 ee eee 87
ili
Hertic, M.: See FAIRCHILD, G. B.
Hieeins, H. G. anD Mutatk, S.: A new Korean mite (Acarina, Caeculidae)—-17
: Notes on Allodamaeus ewingi Banks (Acarina, Belbidae) > ile
HorrMan, R. L.: The subspecies of Typocerus lunatus, a cerambycid beetle
MC ole op tere peers mmnaet et 50 Se aE EG yeas OS ae INCU S SS ee ot dl 217
: A new milliped of the genus Sigmoria from western North Caro-
Inne. (Geol alasinGk, usar bie)) oe a ee 28]
Hoop, J. D.: A new Zeugmatothrips from Brazil (Thysanoptera, Phlaeo-
LET CL Te) ee erent ee oma ae et Oe ene seat Ue PE SATS Ne ee LOD
HooestraaL, H.: The elephant louse, Haematomyzus elephantis Piaget, 1869
on wild African elephants and warthogs (Mallophaga, Haematomyzidae) Pa
Huser, Ivan: Color as an index to the relative humidity of Plaster of Paris
CUULGUE Cp 7,5 een ee ae A Serene Seth eee Te eee a ee ee8
Huui, F. M.: Some species and genera of the family Asilidae (Diptera) 2 251
Hynes, DENNIS: A description of the immature stages of Limnophila (Eu-
toni) mmarcnandteNlex, (Diptera, Tipulidae) = a0 ee eee 9
Knicut, K. L.: See Stonr, ALAN
OTe Real 0 iy geen steerer aces ere asl eas ine Se A ed Be ae 190
Kramer, J. P.: New records for the rice delohacid. ‘Sooute orizicola Muir, in
the United States (Homoptera, Delphacidae) — 228
Krantz, G. W.: Lobogyniella tragardhi, a new genus and § species a Vaile:
pyniid mite associated with dampwood termites in. Oregon (Acarina,
Dp Lo Pry AC) heer te wees en ee ee A A 127
KRoOMBEIN, K. V.: Additions during 1956 and 1957 to the wasp fauna of Lost
River State Park, West Virginia, with biological notes and descriptions
OLmnews species s G@Hiymenopteras) Aculleaital)) een ten ee 49
Biological notes on some wasps from Kill Devil Hills, North
Carolina, and additions to the faunal list (Hymenoptera, Aculeata) — 97
: Date of publication, first supplement, Synoptic Catalog of North
AN CTICATI MEL NEN OP Lenape sta stent eee ee Va Wee esc BND alec, ly Ua 266
Kuns, M. L.: See MALpDONADO-CaApPRILES, J., et al.
Lamorg, D. H.: The jumping spider, Phidippus audax Hentz, and the spider
Conopistha trigona Hentz as predators of the basilica spider, Allepeira
lemniscata Walckenaer, in Maryland (Araneida; Salticidae, Theridiidae,
PAST: 9:10 1010 B.C) pee an Manat s a ye roles Fes DE Oy beans eR 286
Lane, J. AND CERQUEIRA, N. L.: The types of Wyeomyia (Wyeomyia) dyari
WanerandsCerqueinas, 1942)\(Diptera.) Culicidae): = ee ee 13
LaRivers, Ira: New Ambrysus records for Mexico (Hemiptera, Naucoridae) 7
ATW TUSGTENNITD vale Oyster MN alo hy ype ower cee SE BS Nel er Sees ek 9
Lipovsky, L. J.: See Travus, R., et al.
Mackir, R. A.: A new species of Eumysia from southern Idaho (Lepidoptera,
JEN YAePEMEN EVO) ate at SS OS a1 eS aN ee i ag See eNOS oe: 5
MALDONADO-CAPRILES, J., PrppIN, W. F. AND Kuns, M. L.: An annotated check
list of the mosquitoes of Mona Island, Puerto Rico, and the larva and
male of Aedes obturbator D. & K. (Diptera, Culicidae) —...----- 665
McComs, C. W.: New synonymy in the genus Aphaereta, with a redescription
of Aphaereta pallipes (Say) (Hymenoptera, Braconidae) — 223
Meptrr, J. T.: A note on swarming and emergence of ants (Hymenoptera,
BELO ETAT GIG 2a Gy) eee rs ea ht a ed et Oe EE By ey sues ee NE a oe ne 258
MISKIMEN, G. W.: The problem of color variation in Podabrus (Coleoptera,
Wamntihranr dare) Rae eee ee ek a ee Te oR Le ne 265
MONRO Stay Byte D EygeAGy=19©) Toa GUlen ney Oke sist eae es oh SS 2 eee i ie 188
Morrow, Mary Lou: See Traus, R. et al.
Muuaik, S.: See Hiaeins, H. G.
Pippin, W. F.: See MALDONADO-CAPRILES, J. et al.
REINHARD, H. J.: Notes on Spathimeigenia with descriptions of four new spe-
cless(Dipterarn Rachinid aie) wes. eee Se oe ee ee 207
SABROSKY: (Ci Wist Walk Dy. - 2282 ee 93
—__——; An overlooked name in « Musca’? (Diptéra:;)) 2 eee eee 134
: A Phragmites gall-maker new to North America (Diptera, Chlo-
TOPIGAG 22e2- ee ea ee 231
Smit, F. G. A. M.: Differences, in the female sex, between two North Ameri-
can bat fleas (Siphonaptera, Ischnopsyllidae) _-.._-_-----__--------_--_------- 175
Snyper, T. E.: Two new Glyptotermes from the Philippines (Isoptera, Kalo-
termitidae): (cs -e ee ee 22
SOMMERMAN, KATHRYN M.: Two new species of Alaskan Prosimulium, with
notes on closely related species (Diptera, Simuliidae) — 193
SpILMAN, T. J.: The transfer of Anamphidora from the Tenebrionidae to the
‘Alleculidae. (Coleoptera). <2... ———————E———e 288
Srannarp, L. J., Jr.: Two new and two rare tubuliferous thrips, recorded
principally from Illinois (Thysanoptera, Phlaeothripidae) —...______ 271
STEYSKAL, G. C.: Notes on North American Piophilidae (Diptera) ~~ 246
St: (GEORGE; JRS Avs: Walk. by 2... 3 EE 43
STONE, ALAN: The identity of Culex aestuans Wiedemann (Diptera, Culicidae) 186
and Knieut, K. L.: Two new names in mosquitoes (Diptera,
Culicidae), 2-2) eee 69
THURMAN, ERNESTINE B.: Malaya jacobsoni (Edwards, 1930), a new occur-
rence record for northern Thailand (Diptera, Culicidae) — 15
: Laelaps keegani, nom. nov. for Laelaps berlesei Keegan, 1956
(Acarina, laelaptidae)) 024. ee ee 74
Tipton, V. J. AND Borss, J. L.: Steatonyssus furmani, a new Nearetie bat
mute) (cAtcari,, Macronyssidae)) 2s see we eee 80
Topp, E. L.: A note on the identity of Nerthra planifrons (Melin) (Hemip-
téra, (Gelastocoridae) =. 22 en 79
Townes, Henry: The application of the name Plectiscus (Hymenoptera,
Tichneumonidae)) 2F. 222 ee ee 221
Traus, R., Morrow, Mary Lou, anp Lipovsky, L. J.: New species of chiggers
from Korea, CAcarima.) Lrombiculidae)) 145
VoereG. Bis Talk iby 22. = er Ee Ad
WEBERIN: Ac? Talk by 2. ee eee 45
—_————; Some attine synonyms and types (Hymenoptera, Formicidae) 259
WERNER, F. G.: Some notes on Boheman’s Anthicidae from ‘‘California’’
(@oléoptera,) ees 38 ee ee 213
WIRTH Wi Wiis alk by sc.3 oe a eee 142
—————: A review of the genus Gastrops Williston, with descriptions of
two mew species (Diptera, Ephydridac)) eee 247
. 60 FEBRUARY. 1958 NO. 1
PROCEEDINGS
of the
ENTOMOLOGICAL. SUCTETY
« WASHINGTON
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
WASHINGTON 25, D. C.
PUBLISHED BIMONTHLY
Se
Li - ‘
a! YD ] \ ®) J ‘ te im) E
\ sb EY oa) Ay ie Te ow Pee }j
. A
f Roan ov Ly
CONTENTS wea
| BRIDWELL, 3 JOHN C.—Biological Notes on Ampulicomorpha confusa Ash-
mead and its Fulgoroid Host (Hymenoptera: Dryinidae and Homoptera:
_ Achilidae) - ee een eae re mths Hae Mi dninyis oe seen ALT SAN A
COOK, DAVID R.—A lew Species of Litarachna from the British West
ki Indies (Acarina: Pontarachnidae) RE oet UWee. cies Alt RN Tt OV). 19
a 4 FRICK, KENNETH E.—Liriomyza dianthae n. sp., a New Pest of Carna-
a tions in California (Diptera: Agromyzidae) —..________-______ 1
_ HIGGINS, HAROLD G. and MULAIK, STANLEY—A New Korean Mite
(Acarina: Caeculidae) © aia BL os aed et ee A 8 I a Lae ats
HYNES, DENNIS—A Description of the Immature Stages of Limnophila
(Eutonia) marchandi Alex. (Diptera: Tipulidae)’ 9
| MACKIE, RICHARD A—A New Species of soa ats from Southern Idaho
~ (Lepidoptera: Pyralidae) crore teneccneeeceeeeeeecemeccneceecccneemeesenuuanetsoeetneceemaaie 5
THURMAN, ERNESTINE B.—Malaya jacobsoni (Edwards, 1930), A New
Occurrence Record for Northern Thailand (Diptera: Culicidae) 15
_ CORRECTION a 16
OBITUARY—Adam Giede Boving, 1869-1957 ei eae Poet! vO Nowe ree Oe ._ 33
OBITUARY—John Colburn Rridwell, 1877-1967 2000 eT We ee 27
iti peccrEry MEETINGS RR BN eee 8, oh, ee ORE 54
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON
ORGANIZED MARCH 12, 1884 ey.
OFFICERS FOR 1958
R. I. SAIER, President
Entomology Research Division, ARS, USDA
Plant Industry Station, North "Building
Beltsville, Maryland
R. H. Newson, First Vice President
Entomological Society of America
1530 P St., N.W.
Washington 5, D. C.
P. W. OMAN, Second Vice President
Entomology Research Division, ARS, USDA
Plant Industry Station, North Building
Beltsville, Maryland
HELEN SOLLERS, Recording Secretary
Plant Pest Control Division, ARS
U.S. Department of Agriculture
Washington 25, D. C.
PAUL WOKE, Corresponding Secretary
7213 Beacon Terrace
Beltsville, Maryland
F, P. Harrison, Treasurer
Department of Entomology
University of Maryland
College Park, Maryland
R. H. Footn,, Lditor
c/o Division of Insects
U.S. National Museum
Washington 25, D. O.
H. J. ConxKLE, Custodian
Plant Quarantine Division, ARS.
U.S. Department of Agriculture
Washington 25, 1015 (Oh
J. G. Rozen, Program Chairman
c/o Division of Insects. 6
U.S. National Museum
Washington 25, D. C.
H. H. SHEPARD, Nominated to Represent the
Society as Vice President of
the Washington Academy of
Sciences.
FMRD-CSS
U.S. Department of Agriculture '
Washington 25, D. C.
Executive Committee
TT. L. BisseLu, University of Maryland
R. A. St. GEORGE, U.S. Dept. pete
F. L, CAMPBELL, National Research Council
Honorary President ;
R. E. Snoperass, U.S. National Biakeu
Honorary Members
F. W. MUESEBEOR, U.S. National Museum
H. G. BARBER, U. ‘gs. National Museum
Ay GAHAN, Arlington, Virginia
Cc.
first Thursday of each month from October to June,
standing are entitled to the
ture should be included in parentheses |
the same page. Cost of illustr:
100 “copies:
MEETINGS
Regular meetings of the Society are “held i
Room 43 of the U. S. National Museum on th
inclusive, at 8 P.M. Minutes of meetings are pub
lished regularly in the Proceedings. — x
MEMBERSHIP
Members shall be persons over a
who have an interest in the science
Annual dues for members are e $4. 00 int
igs $1.00 (U. S. aan F
the Society at Washington,
charge. Non-member subscriptions
year, both domestic and foreign (U
payable in advance. All remittance
made payable to The
Washington.
The Society does not icuchene
for those of other societies.
All manuscripts intended for p
be addressed to the Editor. Accep
mitted by members will be publieht
received and will be eee ce over
by non-members. Immediate
of papers should ie concise aaa com
should indicate the systematic posi
ject insect. By-lines should indica‘
ing address of the author and hi
affiliation, if possible. Citati
pers longer than one pri1
author and date and shou
cluding references in whicl
name of publication, volume a }
that order. In shorter articles, re -efere
Proportions of full-pag ations
closely approximate 4-5/16 |
this usually allows explanatory
that for one full-page me Bus v
author.
Reprints of published papers
the following costs plus
provided that a statement
accompanies the returned pre
2pp. 4 PP. Be pp.
50 copies:
$2. aD ae 4. 00.
2.50 3.80 6.00 3
Additional copies, per 100: 7
is i. OL0 1.15 ee
Purchase. of repril
voices: are subject |
fees” will have the
purchase price. ,
PROCEEDINGS OF THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON
Vol. 60 FEBRUARY 1958 No. 1
LIRIOMYZA DIANTHI N. SP., A NEW PEST
OF CARNATIONS IN CALIFORNIA!
(DiepTERA: AGROMYZIDAE )
KENNETH E. FRICK
Irrigation Experiment Station, Prosser, Washington
Late in 1956 a leaf miner appeared very suddenly in three or four
commercial carnation plantings in Redwood City, California. The
larvae form large white mines in the leaves (Pritchard, 1957, figs. of
mined leaves). There may be several larvae per leaf and some leaves
become almost totally mined. The presence of the conspicuous white
mines reduces the market value of the cut flowers. Both F. L. Blane,
Bureau of Entomology, California Department of Agriculture, and
A. Earl Pritchard, Division of Entomology, University of California,
have written that this species is quite destructive. I am indebted to
these two workers for specimens and information concerning this
leaf miner.
At first Dr. Pritchard felt that the species may have been imported
from Europe. The only records that I could find of a European
Liriomyza attacking plants in the family Caryophyllaceae was L.
strigata. That species is very yellow in comparison with L. dianthi.
In a later letter, he mentioned that carnations had recently been im-
ported from South America to the San Francisco Bay area. There
are no South American records of agromyzid leaf miners on any
member of the Caryophyllaceae but it must be remembered that the
South American fauna is very poorly known.
A deseription is published at this time so that entomologists con-
cerned with control and suppression may have a name available.
Liriomyza dianthi Frick, new species
(Figs. 1 and 3)
Male.—Predominantly shining black, sparsely marked with yellow. Head yel-
low (fig. 1); ocellar triangle and occiput black, black reaching eye margin
immediately dorsad of the median posterior curve of the eye, extending to vertex,
both vertical setae arising from black; black from vertex extending down geno-
vertical plates to lowest orbital seta or slightly beyond; all orbital setae at edge
of black; subantennal grooves light brown. Antenna with first segment yellow;
second and third light brown; third very dark brown distally; arista very dark
brown. Proboscis yellow; palpi light brown, brown distally. Thorax with meso-
notum shining black, not pollinose, black extending laterally to humerus and
beyond bases of presutural, supraalar, and outer postalar setae. Scutellum with
very large lateral black triangles, width of yellow about one-third the basal scu-
tellar width; distal scutellar setae arising from yellow at edge of black or from
black at edge of vellow. Humerus about one-half black, humeral seta arising
1Scientific paper No. 1583, Washington Agricultural Experiment Stations, Pull.
man. Project No. 1260.
2 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958
from yellow or on yellow and black. Pleura, except for sutures, primarily black
(fig. 3); anepisternum dorsally yellow for about one-fourth of the anterior height;
katepisternum narrowly yellow dorsally; pteropleuron, mesepimeron, and hypo-
pleuron dark. Legs black; coxae black except forecoxa being light brown on
distal one-third; femora distally light brown to yellow for a distance subequal
to the femoral diameter, fore- and midfemora light brownish posteroventrally on
distal one-half; tibiae and tarsi black. Wing tinged with brown; base dark;
veins dark brown, except costa to midway to humeral crossvein and radial sector
to branch of R: that are yellowish; calypter dark gray, margin and fringe black.
Halteres yellow. Abdomen shining black, intersegmental membranes, where visible.
yellow. Male terminalia black, cerei yellow.
Head, in profile, with eye nearly eight-tenths as wide as high, rounded anteriorly.
Gena, midway between vibrissal angle and posterior margin, one-third the eye
height, sloping strongly posteroventrally from vibrissal angle; vibrissa strong;
four setae on suberanial margin. Genovertical plates extending beyond eye mar-
gin; two upper-orbitals, reclinate and somewhat outwardly inclined; two lower:
orbitals, inwardly inclined; five and six orbital setulae. Antenna with third seg-
ment subcireular, slightly broader than long, setulae in length less than the basal
diameter of the arista; arista slightly longer than eye length, slightly swollen
on basal one-fourth, setulae very short.
Thorax with four strong dorsocentral setae; fourth the longest, first about
six-tenths, second about two-thirds, and third about eight-tenths the length of
the fourth; spacing between dorsocentrals subequal, first and second about equi-
distant from the transverse suture. About 11 acrostichals, in four very sparse,
irregular rows, extending from the first dorsocentral posteriorly to the third
dorsocentral. Intraalar rows without intraalar seta; five to six setulae anterior
to the transverse suture; two to three posterior, one very close to being in line
with the dorsocentrals. Inner postalar about six-tenths the length of the outer.
Humerus with three setulae plus the humeral seta.
Wing 2 mm. long. Costa terminating at wing tip; second segment nearly four
times as long as fourth; third and fourth subequal in length; m-m crossvein about
1.4 times its length from r-m, perpendicular to penultimate section of M, 9;
ultimate section of M,.. 7.7 times as long as the penultimate; ultimate section
of M.., two times the penultimate.
Female.—lLarger, nearly 2.5 mm. in wing length. Head with eye about seven-
tenths as long as high; gena, midway between vibrissal angle and _ posterior
margin, four-tenths the eye height; three setae on suberanial margin. Mesonotum
with 15 acrostichals, extending postcriorly to one-third the distance from third
to fourth dorsocentrals; inner postalar two-thirds as long as the outer. Wing
with second costal section about five times the length of the fourth, third eight-
tenths the length of the fourth; ultimate section of Ms 4 1.8 times as long as
the penultimate. Seventh abdominal segment conical, subequal in length to the
length of a tergite; basal one-third to one-half dull black, tomentose, shining
black distally.
Holotype &.—Redwood City, San Mateo County, California, XII-3-1956 (H.
Sciaroni), ex leaf of carnation, Dianthus caryophyllus L., deposited in the Cali-
fornia Academy of Seiences. Allotype Q.--topotypical, X1-27-1956 (V. A. Cana-
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASII., von. 60, NO. |]
, FEBRUARY, 1958 3
Fic. 1.—Head, in profile, of holotype ¢ of Liromyza dianthi. The solid line
equals 1 mm. for the two illustrations of the heads; fig. 2, head, in profile, of
topotypical paratype $ of Liriomyza langei; fig. 3, pleura of holotype ¢ of
Liromyza dianthi. The solid line equals 1 mm. for the two illustrations of the
pleura; fig. 4, pleura of topotypical paratype ¢ of Liriomyza langei.
4 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958
vese), ex leaf of carnation (emerg. XII-10-1596), Calif. Dept. Agric. No. 56 K
647, also in the California Academy of Sciences. Paratypes— 1 &, 4 2 9, same
data as holotype; 2 ¢¢, 3 29, same data as allotype (emerg. XII-1, 3, 14-
1956); 1 6, 22 @ (in alcohol), same data as holotype; 1 ¢@ (in aleohol), same
data as allotype. Paratypes have been deposited in the collections of the United
States National Museum, California Department of Agriculture, California Insect
Survey, and the author. There are also three moldy and teneral specimens, same
data as the holotype. These 19 specimens are all that are known to exist.
Some of the variations between specimens that have been noted may be men-
tioned here. The acrostichals vary from 10 to 20, in from four sparse, somewhat
regular rows (where 15 or more setae are present) to four ill-defined rows (with
the smaller numbers of setae), and extending posteriorly from the third dorso-
central to nearly one-half the distance to the fourth dorsocentral. The inner
postalar varies from six-tenths to seven-tenths the length of the outer. The
humeral seta usually arises from yellow and the setal base may or may not touch
the black area. This seta rarely arises from the black area of the humerus. The
central yellow area of the scutellum is relatively narrow and the distal seutellars
vary in having the setal bases on black, on yellow but touching black, or all on
yellow, but not more than two setal base diameters removed from the black.
Crossvein mm is usualy farther from r-m than its own length but in two speci-
mens it is closer (nine-tenths of the length of m-m) and in one specimen it is
exactly its own length from rm. The ultimate section of Ms,.4 varies from
1.8 to three times as long as the penultimate, but is usually about twice as long.
L. dianthi is most similar to L. langei Frick. The type localities of
these two species are only 15 miles apart. When L. langei was de-
seribed it was the only North American species lacking the mesonotal
prescutellar yellow area but having the vellow third antennal segment
distally infuseated (Frick. 1951). Since that time chlamydata (Melan-
der) has been transferred from Haplomyza and placed into this group.
L. chlamydata lacks crossvein m-m, which separates it from L. dianthi.
It is much darker in overall coloration than is L. langei and has the
mesepimeron black, the same as it is in L. dianthi.
L. langei may be separated from L. dianthi by the slightly different
head shape, the eye not being rounded anteriorly, the genovertical
plates dorsally only slightly extending beyond the eye margin, and
the genovertical plates and third antennal segment more lightly in-
fuscated, being a light brown (fig. 2). The pleura of L. langei is more
yellowish than the pleura of L. dianthi and the mesepimeron is more
than one-half yellow (fig. 4). The fore- and midfemora of L. langei
are more yellow, especially on the outer one-third where the femora
are brownish with yellow streaks. The scutellum of LD. langei has a
relatively broad yellow area with the basal scutellar width being at
least three-fifths yellow. The distal scutellar setae are at least one-
half as far removed from the lateral black triangles as they are from
each other, or at least the diameter of four setal bases from the black.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958 5
Three larvae were lent by F. L. Blanc. They are very typical of
the genus Liriomyza. The only unusual character is the relatively
large number of bulbs (8 or 9) on each posterior spiracle. The usual
number is three. None of the bulbs is elongate and they are in an
irregular row that slightly curves at both the dorsal and ventral ends
towards the midline of the larva. The anterior spiracles each bear
five to seven short bulbs.
REFERENCES
Frick, K. E., 1951. Liriomyza langei. a new species of leaf miner of economic
importance in California. Pan-Pac. Ent. 27:81-88.
Pritchard, A. E., 1957, New carnation pests. California Agriculture 11(3):5.
A NEW SPECIES OF EUMYSIA FROM SOUTHERN IDAHO!
LEPIDOPTERA: PYRALIDAE
RicHARD A. MACKIE,
University of Idaho, Moscow
During the course of studies on insects associated with range plants
in southern Idaho a caterpillar was found severely defoliating Atri-
plex confertifolia (Torr.), a valuable desert forage plant, in several
localized areas of the Raft River Valley, near Malta, Idaho. A few
specimens were reared and the adults subsequently identified by J.
F. Gates Clarke as an undescribed species of Ewmysia. The purpose
of this paper is to provide a name for this species so that it might
be used elsewhere.
The author is indebted to Dr. W. F. Barr, University of Idaho; Dr.
J. F. Gates Clarke, U. S. National Museum, and Dr. F. D. Rindge,
American Museum of Natural History, for their assistance in the
preparation of this paper. Dr. Clarke also made available to the au-
thor paratype specimens of most of the other members of the genus.
Special thanks are also due Arthur D. Cushman, U. 8S. Department of
Agriculture, whose excellent drawings appear in this paper.
Eumysia idahoensis, new species
Male.—Alar expanse 22 mm. Body and forewings slate-gray in appearance,
uniformly flecked with white. Head with antenna white, broadly annulated with
black; labial palpus gray. Thorax with legs gray, darkened at joints. Fore wing
dark slate-gray above, abruptly lighter in color beyond subterminal line, ocher-
ous scales scattered over surface, moderately concentrated in areas of submedial
1Published with the approval of the Director of the Idaho Agricultural Experi-
ment Station as Research Paper 429.
6 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958
and subterminal lines; submedial line moderately distinct, bordered inwardly by
mixed black and ocherous scales to wing base and from posterior margin of wing
to radial vein; subterminal line distinet, extending from costal to posterior mar-
gins of wings, interrupted twice medially leaving a small white dot near center;
termen with row of seven black dots; undersurface solid gray-brown, abruptly
gray beyond subterminal line and along costa, termen spots distinet. Hind wing
above and below fuscous; costal margin white above and blackish below; termen
and posterior margin blackish. Abdomen predominately dark gray; posterior
margin of each segment with white scaling; segments 4, 5, and 6 with hind angles
moderately tufted.
Genitalia with gnathos stout; hook prominent, distinetly curved; anellus ree-
tangular in form, rounded posteriorly.
Female.—Alar expanse 20 mm. Body and forewings gray, slightly lighter than
male. Fore wing gray with markings similar to male, slightly heavier concentra-
tions of ocherous scales about areas of subterminal and submedial lines; under-
side correspondingly lighter than that of male. Hind wing above and _ below
slightly lighter than that of male and only faintly dark along termen and _ pos-
terior margin. Abdomen same as male but lacking tufts on segments 4, 5, and 6.
Genitalia typical with papilla analis flatly rounded posteriorly.
Types.—Holotype, male (USNM No. 63511), allotype, female and three male
paratypes from Malta, Cassia County, Idaho, Dee. 28, 1951 (J. R. Douglass).
Additional paratypes as follows: One male and one female from 15 miles south
of Nampa, Canyon County, Idaho, May 1952 (W. F. Barr); one male and two
females from Raft River Valley, Cassia County, Oct. 9, 1951 (LL. J. Farmer) ;
one male from 4 miles southeast of Idahome, Cassia County, Dee. 20, 1951 (G.
Zappettini) ; one male from 4 miles east of Idahome, Cassia County, Feb. 27, 1956
(W. F. Barr); two females from 4 miles east of Idahome, Cassia County, Feb.
18 and 21, 1957 (R. A. Mackie). All type material was reared from Atriplex
confertifolia. Paratypes are to be deposited in the collections of the U. S. Na-
tional Museum, American Museum of Natural History, and University of Idaho.
Food plant.—Atriplex confertifolia is the preferred host and large
collections of larvae have been taken from this plant. Three larvae
also were collected from Saltsage, Atriplex nuttallii Wats., and 4-
winged saltbush, Atriplex canescens (Pursh).
Distribution.—Collections of E. idahoensis have been made only
from southern Idaho, but this insect has not been found throughout
the entire distributional ranges of its hosts. Thus far, no adults have
been taken in the field and the distribution of the species is based
entirely on larval collections. H. idahoensis is particularly abundant
in several localized areas of the Raft River Valley near Malta and
Idahome, Cassia County, Idaho. It also has been collected 15 miles
south of Bruneau and 5 miles north of Murphy, Owyhee County; 15
miles south of Nampa, Canyon County, and 15 miles west of Moun-
tain Home, Elmore County.
PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VoL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958 7
A moderate amount of variation has been noted in the eight speci-
mens examined. The ground color of the forewing varies from a light
to a dark gray, and the subterminal and submedial lines may be ob-
scured, especially in the extremely light or dark specimens. The sub-
terminal line may be interrupted from one to several times, but one
large break, anterio-medially, is present in all specimens. The male
genitalia of three dissected specimens were found to be quite uniform
in structure and appearance.
Figure | Figure 2
Fig. 1. Male genitalia of Eumysia idahoensis; fig. 2, female genitalia of
E. idahoensis.
92)
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958
E. idahoensis most closely resembles E. semicana Heinrich, known
only from Yakima, Washington, in general coloration and specifically
in the color of the antenna, but may be separated by its much smaller
size and by the presence of a distinctly hghter area beyond the sub-
terminal line. E. idahoensis also differs from the remaining members
of the genus Humysia in color and size. It is the darkest species and
averages smaller in wing expanse than any of the others. No other
Eumysia has been recorded from Idaho. E. mysiella (Dyar) has
been recorded from Arizona and New Mexico to as far north as
Stockton, Utah; midella (Dyar) from New Mexico, Colorado, Arizona,
California, and British Columbia, and pallidipennella (Hulst) from
Colorado, New Mexico, California, and Washington.
The character which appears to be the most distinctive in separating
idahoensis from other members of the genus hes in the structure of
the male genitalia. Heinrich (1956) stated that ‘‘there are no strue-
tural differences in the genitalia that can be used to distinguish these
supposed species.’’ Only an illustration of the genitalia of mysiella,
the genotype, was available to the author but an apparently signifi-
eant difference between the two species is evident. The gnathos of
mysiella as pictured is rather long and tapers terminally, whereas that
of idahoensis (Fig. 1) is stout and tapers toward the base. The hook
at.the terminal end of the gnathos is distinctly curved in idahoensis
but is straight in mysiella. The anellus also is different in the two
species, that of dahoensis being rectangular in form and much longer
than broad, whereas in mysiella it is as wide or wider than long and
more or less crescent shaped. The male and female genitaha figured
are of paratype specimens from the type locality and from the ‘‘ Raft
River Valley,’’ respectively.
REFERENCES
Dyar, H. G. 1925. Notes on some American Phycitinae. Insec. Inscit. Mens. 13:
220-221.
Heinrich, Carl. 1956. American moths of the subfamily Phycitinae. U. S. Natl.
Mus. Bul. 207: 187-189.
ANNOUNCEMENT
An important part of the Society’s program is to make available
back issues of the Proceedings. In recent months stocks of many
issues have dwindled to unprecedented lows. Members who wish to
contribute to this important function are urged to send any of their
back issues (preferably with covers unmarked) to the Custodian
(address on inside front cover).
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958 9
A DESCRIPTION OF THE IMMATURE STAGES OF
LIMNOPHILA (EUTONIA) MARCHANDI ALEX.
(DipTERA, TIPULIDAE)
DENNIS Hynes, Department of Biology, University of Florida, Gainesville, Florida
Limnophila marchandi belones to an aberrant group of crane-flies
composing the subgenus Hutonia, for which no immature stages have
previously been described. Fully grown larvae and pupae of this fly
were collected on the Edwin 8. George Reserve in Livingston County,
Michigan, during the spring of 1953, at the northwestern edge of
‘*Southwest Swamp.’’ As in the adult stage, the last instar larvae
and pupa of this subgenus are readily distinguishable from the other
species of the genus Limnophila by their conspicuously large size.
The habitat consists of moist soil composed of leaf debris and the
rhizomes of mosses and ferns (Osmunda) impregnated with organic
mud. The larvae were never taken deeper than 2 inches, and the
pupae were taken near the surface of the soil. During the spring
thaw, water completely covered this area, and later, during the time
of collection and after the water had receded, no vegetation was pres-
ent. In the summer a lush cover of plants occurred over the habitat.
Data which I have from closely related species found along streams
in the Southeast indicate that this species probably completes its life
eycle within 1 year. The pupal stage lasts for 7 days at room tem-
perature. The larvae are carnivorous and will viciously attack other
larvae, even of the same species and size, in the rearing cages. After
emergence the adults were kept in the rearing cages from 3 to 5 days
before they died.
The descriptions of the immature stages are drawn from 4 larvae
and 1 larval exuvia, 4 pupae and 10 pupal exuviae. Three mature
eges were obtained from females which, when dying, oviposited on
the bottom of the rearing cage.
Egg.—Length 1.08-1.09 mm.; width 0.37—0.40 mm.; e¢ylindrieal, elliptical, curved
very slightly, the ends bluntly rounded. Chorion dark brown to black, smooth.
Larva.—lLength 35.0-38.0 mm.; width 3.5-4.0 mm.; body elongate, slender,
terete; covered with golden-yellow setae (fig. 1). Abdominal segments 2 through
7 have anterior patches of setae forming creeping-welts. Setae of these areas are
vertical and short, the remainder appressed to body. Pencils of longer setae on
each of the thoracic and abdominal segments. Chaetotaxy of these pencils of setae
is shown in fig. 2a for the first thoracic segment; that of the second and third
thoracic segments and the first abdominal segment in fig. 2b; and that of abdomi-
nal segments 2 through 7 in fig. 2c.
The diameter of the body decreases sharply immediately posterior to a band of
short, brown setae which surrounds the anterior portion of the eighth abdominal
segment. Four short, stout, white anal gills are present. The spiracular disk
(fig. 6) is obliquely truncate with four pronounced lobes. The ventral pair of
lobes is slightly longer than the lateral pair. There is a vestigial dorsal lobe with
the area only slightly expanded. Lateral and ventral lobes have a fringe of
delicate hairs which become progressively longer from the base to the tips of
10 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958
the lobes, their greatest length no more than twice that of the lobes. Ventral
lobes with V-shaped dark brown marking—the outer arm of the V broad; the
inner arm narrower, disappearing mid-length, appearing at base of lobe in tri-
angular form; outer arm of V extended, partially surrounding the ventral and
mesal margins of the spiracle. Lateral lobes possess triangular dark brown mark-
ing which ends adjacent to the lateral margin of the spiracle.
Head eapsule (fig. 3) of the hexatomine type, depressed dorso-ventrally, the
greatest width about one-half the length from labrum to eaudal margin. Dorsal
plate wide anteriorly, becomes narrower mid-length, broadens posteriorly into
spatula, which because of weak chitinization appears to be incised at medial-caudal
area. Edges of dorsal and lateral plates have distinct heavily chitinized ridges
at margins. Labrum tri-lobed, a fringe of setae at ventral cephalo-lateral portions.
The central lobe with membranous bulge on lateral edges which is covered with
numerous indistinet papillae and a long sensory hair. At inner base of either
bulge occurs a group of five or six chitinized papillae; between these on either
side of median line is a sensory hair. The epipharyngeal surface possesses a central
lobe-like area, slightly chitinized, which has on its tip two small divergent papillae
directed cephalad. The hypopharynx, heavily chitinized, consists of two lateral
rods and a transverse rod, the latter finely ribbed, giving finely serrated appear-
ance to anterior edge; mentum membranous except for small chitinized area occur-
ring just caudad of transverse rod. At either side of this plate and directly
below hypopharynx a pencil of setae arises. Directly caudad to the hypopharynx
on the inner margin of the esophagus a number of spines are found which appear
fused at their bases. At mid-length of the head capsule surrounding the inner
edge of the esophagus is an irregular band composed of numerous rows of spines
with tips directed sharply caudad. The antennae are two-segmented with basal seg-
ment conical and stout; the second segment about one-third as long as first
and barrel-shaped; on the inner edge of the tip of the second segment is
a sensory hair; on the outer edge a large, delicately sculptured papilla about
one-half as long as the second segment; between the two is a small conieal
papilla (fig. 5). The outer lobes of maxillae are slightly divergent, conical,
stout at bases, and gradually narrow to bluntly pointed tips; tips are eurved
laterally, base of outer lobes supported by chitinized plates which project slender
rods cephalad; outer lobe has short golden-yellow setae appressed to surface.
Dimensions of head eapsule: eaudal margin to cephalic edge of labrum, 3.7 mm.
caudal margin to tip of maxillae, 4.5 mm.; width at base of mandibles, 1.4 mm.;
depth at base of mandibles, 0.40 mm.; length of antennae, 0.31 mm.
Pupa.—Length from cephalic tip of breathing horns to tip of eauda, 31.5-33.5
mm.; dextral-sinastral diameter at base of wing pads, 4.50-4.85 mm.; dorsal-
ventral diameter at base of wing pads, 4.28-4.40 mm.; length of breathing horns,
2.52—2.60 mm.
Thorax rust-brown, abdomen golden-brown, eighth and caudal segments rust-
brown. The entire body delicately seulptured (fig. 7). The abdominal pleura have
a yellow to white stripe present from the first through the seventh segments along
the medially carinate pleura. Form slightly depressed dorso-ventrally, stout to
the eighth segment, then the diameter decreases abruptly ending in fleshy cauda.
All abdominal tergal and sternal areas armed with spined tubercles. Tergal,
sternal, and pleural plates fused, margins indistinct.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., vou. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958 11
Fig. 1. Lateral view of larval body of Limnophila marchandi; fig. 2, chaetotaxy
of segments—tergal, pleural, and sternal areas shown from left to right—(a)
first thoracic segment, (b) second and third thoracic, first abdominal segments,
(e) second through seventh abdominal segments; fig. 8, ventral view of head
capsule; fig. 4, ventral view of mandible; fig. 5, antenna.
12 PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., vol. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958
Mesonotal breathing horns (Byers, 1952) stout and laterally compressed, dull or
brass yellow, have distinet annuli, the tips flattened and divided laterally into a
thick inner flap and thin outer flap, both delicately sculptured. Antennal sheaths
arise mid-length of mesal margin of eyes, ending just caudad of prothoracie leg
fold, curving at tips. Eyes and antennal sheaths at this point emarginate or nearly
so, dull yellow. Labral sheath bluntly rounded, two strongly divergent, heavily
chitinized lobes appear at tip, the labial sheaths. The annulated maxillary sheaths
end at, and perpendicular to, the antennal sheaths. Wing pads end just before the
posterior margin of the second abdominal segment. Wing pads of mature speci-
mens are dark rust-brown at margins, especially at base, sometimes making vena-
tion obscure.
Pronotum with lateral cephalie edges inflated, dull yellow, and unarmed. Medial
line very dark, weakly carinate. Mesonotum rust-brown with dark thin median
stripe, a black spot occurring dorsally on this line; setiferous, prominent, rounded,
flattened abruptly at sides forming a pronounced ridge which extends laterally
and slightly dorsad from the breathing horn to a point two-thirds the distance
from breathing horn to wing-pad, then swings obliquely dorsad ending just before
wing-pad base. At the point of pronounced bending of the lateral ridge occurs
another ridge running ventrad, ending just dorsal to the tip of the antennal
sheath. Anterior portion of the mesonotum medially carinate. The metanotum
with distinct dark brown median spot at cephalic edge with two brown spots on
either side. At base of metanotum just dorsal to the origin of the haltere sheaths
occurs a dark brown longitudinal band. Haltere sheaths inflated at origin,
gradually disappearing under wing-pads at the caudal margin of the first ab-
dominal segment. Leg sheaths end at caudal third of third abdominal sternite.
Posterior to the ends of the leg sheaths, a ridge occurs on which three transverse
rows of spined tubercles appear, the central row containing about thirteen
tubercles, and the two lateral rows containing 3 to 4 tubercles each. Along the
side of the metathoracie leg sheaths occurs a longitudinal row of 10 to 18
tubereles.
The first abdominal tergite with central brown sploteh, one small lateral brown
marking on either side, a small but elongate marking lateral to these. The
second through seventh tergites and the third through seventh sternites have a
deep furrow transversing the anterior third of the area. The posterior third of
these areas has a medial dark spot. Abdominal tergites two through seven have
V-shaped markings on each side of spot, the arms not connected, the point di-
rected caudad. Abdominal sternites three through seven have V-shaped markings
on each side of spot, the arms not so divergent as on the tergites, connected, the
point directed cephalad. Sternites three through six have two rows of svined
tubercles, one anterior to furrow, the other near the caudal margin of the
sternite. The latter is a straight, transverse row, while the former is usually
separated to either side of the mid-line. The abdominal tergal and sternal mark-
ings and arrangement of tubercles are shown in fig. 8, a and b respectively.
The seventh abdominal segment has many large, spined tubercles surrounding
the caudal edge of the segment. The eighth segment is abruptly smaller in diam-
eter, with a spined tuberele at the medial caudal edge of pleura, sternite un-
armed, dorsally possessing four large and slightly divergent tergal arms, not
spined at tips and directed slightly caudad. The anterior pair of tergal arms
vay Vv
iS -
FP BAO —
Os
v
v
Ri
v
Vy AE Or
a
~~
v
“8
=e
v~
8 9
not shown) ;
disk of Limnophila marchandi (fringe of setae
fig. 8, diagrammatic sketch showing arrange-
Fig. 6, spiracular
fig. 7, lateral view of pupal body;
ment of tubercles and markings on (
segments; fig. 9, female cauda.
a) tergal area, (b) sternal area or abdominal
14 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958
is slightly wider apart and more divergent than the posterior pair. Female eauda
have tergal and sternal valves inflated, curved dorsally; both are dark at tips,
lighter at base (fig. 9). The male cauda end in a pair of slightly divergent,
pointed lobes, with tips directed very slightly mesad; sternal lobes bulbous,
darkened at tips, lighter at bases.
REFERENCES
Byers, G. W. 1952. The genus Dolichopeza in North America. Publication No.
3728, University of Michigan Microfilms, Ann Arbor, Michigan,
BOOK REVIEW
BEITRAGE SUR SYSTEMATIK DER LARVEN DER ITONIDIDAE (=CECTI-
DOMYIIDAE, DIPTERA (Contribution to the systematics of the larvae
of the Itonididae). Teil 1, Porricondylinae und Itonidinae Mitteleuropas.
By Edwin Mohn. Zoologica, Original-Abhandlung aus dem Gesamtgebiete
der Zoologie, Band 388, Lieferung 1, Heft 105. E. Schweitzerbart’sche
Verlagsbuchhandlung, Stuttgart. Pp. 1-237, 3 text figs., 30 plates.
Consistent with most publications of its kind, the present work comprises a
number of sections as follows: 1) materials; 2) methods; 3) discussion of
characters (with text figures); 4) bionomies; 5) general remarks about generie
groupings; and 6) the descriptive portion. Descriptions are given of the char-
acters of the larvae of the family; of the two subfamilies, Porricondylinae and
Itonidinae; and of each of the 176 genera. With only a few exceptions, each genus
is represented by only one species. The treatment of the larvae of each species
includes a diagnosis, description, habitat, location of material studied, collection
locality, important literature references, and previously published illustrations.
In most cases only one species is used to illustrate the characters for one genus,
in the opinion of the reviewer the sole fault of the work. The generic diagnoses
and the concluding key to genera, then, are based on rather lmited information
and may be misleading to use unless this fact is kept in mind. On the other hand,
the publication will be of considerable value to workers in the Americas, since
many of the genera included in its have species that occur in the Neotropical and
Nearctie Regions.
This is the first comprehensive treatise dealing with the larvae of gall midges
ever to appear; it deserves high praise as a point of departure for the systematist
in opening a hitherto inaccessible fund of separating and identifying characters.
The males of some genera, and the females of most, almost defy determination,
and it is the feeling of this reviewer that the final answer to exact identification
in these cases is to be found in the immature stages. The work will also serve as
a beginning for a comprehensive study of relationships among the genera. That
subject has been in dispute by all gall midge workers and is one that is now
ready for a thorough revision; not only have we recorded a large number of
species, but Dr. M6hn’s contribution very materially augments our present store
of knowledge in this respect.—RicHAarp H. Foorr, Entomology Research Branch,
U.S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958 15
MALAYA JACOBSONI (EDWARDS, 1930), A NEW OCCURRENCE
RECORD FOR NORTHERN THAILAND
(DieteRA: CuLicipar)t
ERNESTINE B, THURMAN?
Iyengar (1953) reported Harpagomyia genurostris (Leicester,
1908) {Malaya genurostris Leicester, 1908| from Southern Thailand
constituting the initial record of the occurrence of the genus in the
country. Thurman and Thurman (1955) collected this species in a
light trap operated in Northern Thailand. Stone and Knight (1957)
revalidated Malaya Leicester, 1908, as the name of the genus and
relegated Harpagomyia de Meijere, 1909, as a synonym. The present
note adds a second species in the genus to the reported fauna of
Northern Thailand, namely, Malaya jacobsoni (Edwards, 1930).
M. jacobsoni adults were netted or collected while resting on trunks
of trees on 9 occasions from December 30, 1952, to March 31, 1953.
Collections were made in 5 shady jungle areas during the daytime
and at night on Doi (mountain) Sutep, Doi Chiengdao, and at Tad
Muey Falls at elevations ranging from 1,000 to 5,000 feet. (Collec-
tors: the late Deed C. Thurman, Jr., Manop Rattanapradith, and the
author. )
To the list of species reported as collected in a light trap in Chieng-
mal (Thurman and Thurman, 1955) add the name of MW. jacobsoni;
2 females collected July 9, 1952.
Adult MW. genurostris ditfer from M. jacobsoni by having a complete
line of silvery scales between the eyes, silvery scales on the abdominal
sternites, and silvery scales on the thoracic patches. The flat scales
on the vertex of W. jacobsoni are metallic blue and do not form a com-
plete line between the eyes; golden scales are present on the abdominal
sternites ; and metallic blue scales are on the thoracic patches.
REFERENCES
Tyengar, M. O. T. 1953. Filariasis in Thailand. Bul. Org. Mond. Santé Bul.
WHO 9:731-766.
Stone, A., and Knight, K. L. 1957. Type specimens of mosquitoes in the United
States National Museum, V: The Sabethini (Diptera: Culicidae). Journ.
Wash. Acad. Sei. 47(4) :117-126.
Thurman, D. C., Jr., and Thurman, Ernestine B. 1955. Report on the initial oper-
ation of a mosquito light trap in Northern Thailand. Mosq. News 15(4):
218-224.
Acknowledgment is made of support by the Division of Research Grants,
National Institutes of Health, Public Health Service, Department of Health,
Education, and Welfare, under Grant E 809-C2 awarded to William E. Bickley,
Department of Entomology, University of Maryland; and to the U. S. Opera-
tions Mission to Thailand, International Cooperation Administration; and the
assistance rendered by the United States National Museum; and the Entomology
Research Division, United States Department of Agriculture.
"Sanitarian (R), on detail from the Division of Research Grants, National
Institutes of Health, Publie Health Service, Bethesda, Maryland, formerly as-
signed as Malaria Control Training Adviser with U. S. Operations Mission to
Thailand, International Cooperation Administration.
PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958
CORRECTION
The illustration below should replace that appearing in an article by Tibbetts
and Strandtmann on p. 268 of Vol. 959, No. 6 (1957) of the Proceedings. The
article are correctly printed. The illustration now appearing on
reprints of that
an article by David R. Cook
p. 268 of that bound number correctly appears in
on p. 19 of the present issue.
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
lxodorhynchus gordon, n. Sp., female: Fig. 1, venter; fig. 2, dorsum; fig. 3,
gnathosoma; fig. 4, chela; fig. 5, tritosternum ; fig. 6, chelicera.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958 TL7f
A NEW KOREAN MITE
(ACARINA, CAECULIDAE)
HaroLp G. Higgins AND STANLEY MULAIK
University of Utah, Salt Lake City
In a small collection of mites received by the senior author from
Korea there was an apparently undescribed rake-legged mite of the
genus Caeculus. This mite is named after Mr. Ted Tibbetts, who col-
lected this species from several localities in Korea. The types will
be deposited in the University of Utah Acarina collection.
Caeculus tibbettsi sp. nov.
Diagnosis.—Propodosomal plate projects over the gnathosoma; metapodosomal
plate with 6 setae in a 2-2-2 sequence; leg I composed of 7 segments and slightly
shorter than the body; trochanter I with 2 setae on the inner edge, 2 dorsal
setae, and 2 small setae on the outer border; basifemur and telofemur I each
with 1 large blunt spine on their inner border.
Description—This animal is of medium size, and has a color of deep brown.
The propodosomal plate is notehed near the tip, narrowed near the attachment
of legs I, projects over the gnathosoma, and covers the gnathosomal tubercles
from above. This plate has 2 small setae in the notched areas on the anterior
edge. A small seta is also found anterior to the eyes. Median metapodosomal
plate has 6 spatulate setae in a 2-2-2 sequence. The left and right lateral meta-
podosomal plates each have 3 spatulate setae in a 1-1-1 sequence and 2 slitlike
stigmata. The anterior transverse opisthosomal plate has 5 setae in a more or
less straight line. There are 5 setae in a curved line on the posterior transverse
opisthosomal plate.
Legs—tLeg I is longer than any other leg, but is slightly shorter than the
body. Trochanter I has 2 large clavate setae located on tubereles on the inner
edge, 2 dorsal clavate setae, and 2 small setae on the outer-ventral border. Basi-
femur and telofemur I each has 1 long blunt spine on their inner border. These
spines are nearly as long as the segments on which they are located. Genua I
has 2 long, blunt spines on the inner edge, but the posterior one is the shorter.
Tibia I has 2 long spines and 1 short spine on the inner edge. The posterior
tibial spine is about one-half the length of the other spines and is pointed for-
ward. Tarsus I has 4 short, sharp spines on the inner edge terminating in a
single claw.
Measurements of the holotype are: Length of body, 1.13 mm., width, .68 mm.,
length of leg I, without the coxa, 1.05 mm. Three other adult specimens have
the following measurements: Length, 1.20, 1.12, 1.07 mm.; distance between
@yes; -coseoc, 21) mm leneth of les Ty d05; 299) 92) mim.
Discussion.—Specimens are available from three localities in Korea.
Although there are apparent differences between individuals, all speei-
mens are believed to represent only one species. For example, one
specimen from Amsa lacks the notched propodosomal plate, but it
agrees within the known limits of individual variation in other details.
18 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958
The holotype and 1 paratype were taken from under stones at Seoul,
Korea, May 27, 1953 by Ted Tibbetts. Additional specimens, inelud-
ine 2 immatures, were taken at Seoul, May 27, 1953; 2 immature
specimens were collected 8 miles S.E. Seoul, July 23, 1953; 1 speci-
men was found in moss and lichens at Osan, Feb. 17, 1953; and 1
specimen from cedar and oak litter at Amsa, August 15, 1953.
Fig. 1, Dorsal view of adult, Cacculus tibbettsi n. sp.; fig. 2, dorsal view of
right trochanter I.; fig. 3, variation in the anterior edge of the propodosomal
plate; fig. 4, dorsal view of larva.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VoL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958 19
A NEW SPECIES OF LITARACHNA FROM THE BRITISH WEST INDIES
(ACARINA: PONTARACHNIDAE) 1
Davin R. Coox, Department of Biology, Wayne State University, Detroit, Mich.
While studying the parasites of gobiid fishes at the Lerner Marine
Laboratory of the American Museum of Natural History, Bimini, B.W.L.,
during December 1955, Dr. Dominic L. DeGiusti collected specimens
of the mites described in this paper. A marine hydrachnid was found
in the digestive tract contents of two fishes belongine to the genus
Bathygobius. Each was so freshly swallowed that they were still mov-
ing about. These two mites, a male and a female, belong to a new
species of Litarachna distinct enough to necessitate establishing a new
subgenus. They are the first members of the family Pontarachnidae
recorded from eastern North America. A species belonging to a re-
lated genus, Pontarachna cruciata, was deseribed by Hall (1912)
from beach pools in the Laguna Beach area of Califormia.
Genus LITARACHNA Walter
Litarachna Walter, 1926. Internatl Rev. Ges. Hydrobiol. Hydrogr. 14: 32.
Generotype.—Litarachna communis Walter.
Generic diagnosis.—Soft bodied, dorsum without selerites; capitulum opening ven
trally, without a rostrum; posterior apodemes of eapitulum broadly spreading ;
chelicera typical of Hydraecarina in general, not styletlike; coxae directed pos-
teriorly, fourth coxae widely separated; fourth coxae with a pair of long narrow
projections that flank the genital field; genital acetabula absent; glandularia lo-
cated between the projections of the fourth coxae with two gland openings and
an associated seta; legs without swimming hairs; marine.
Subgenus PARALITARACHNA, new subgenus
Subgenerotype.—Litarachna (Paralitarachna) degiustii, new species.
Subgeneric diagnosis —Differs from Litarachna s.s. (and all other known mem-
bers of the family Pontarachnidae) in having the first pair of coxae fused in the
midline.
LITARACHNA (PARALITARACHNA) DEGIUSTII, new species
(Figs. 1-6)
Female.—Length of body approximately 3024; length between anterior end of
the first coxae and posterior end of projection from the fourth coxae 183y; first
coxae fused in the midline, apodemes between the first and second coxae distinct
along the full length; with a moderate-sized, V-shaped identation at the posterior
end of the first coxae; first coxa with two setae lateral to the capitulum and one
seta posterior to the capitulum; second coxae touching each other; apodemes be
tween second and third coxae distinet only in the anterior half; second coxa with
two setae in the anterior portion and a single seta located slightly posterior to
1 Contribution from the Department of Biology, Wayne State University.
20 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958
Litarachna (Paralitarachna) degiustvi, new species: Fig. 1, Ventral view,
female; fig. 2, first leg, female; fig. 3, palp, male; fig. 4, fourth leg, female;
fig. 5, ventral view, male; fig. 6, chelicera, male.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958 21
the apodeme between the second and third coxae; apodemes between the third and
fourth coxae distinct in the anterior half and again at the very posterior end;
posterior projections from the fourth coxae approximately 404 in length, these
forming a genital bay that encloses the genital field; lateral surface of the fourth
coxae with a shorter projection that partially surrounds the glandularia; glandu-
laria constricted near middle, with one portion bearing a seta and the smaller
gland opening, and the other portion bearing the large gland opening.
Genital field, 59u in length, 404 in width, consisting of pre- and postgenital
sclerites, these not bearing setae; neither genital acetabula nor acetabular plates
present; setae not present in the area between the projections of the fourth
coxae and the genital field; capitulum 40u in width at the anterior end; length
between anterior end of the capitulum and the posterior end of the capitular apo-
demes approximately 95u; capitular apodemes broadly spreading; dorsal lengths
of the palpal segments were: P-I, 174; P-II, 71u; P-II], 244; P-IV, 80u; P-V,
26u; P-IV with a setae-bearing projection on the ventral side similar to that
found in L. duboscqi Walter; P-V relatively short.
Legs without swimming hairs; dorsal lengths of the segments of the first leg
were: I, 38u; IL, 304; ITI, 34u;-IV, 40u; V, 6lu; VI, 762; segments of the
first leg relatively stocky, chaetotaxy shown in figure 2; lengths of the seg-
ments of the fourth leg were: I, 58u; Il, 454; III, 524; IV, 834; V, 92u;
VI, 99u; segments relatively thin, chaetotaxy of fourth leg shown in figure 4.
Male—Length of body approximately 272u, length between anterior end of
the first coxae and the posterior end of the projection from the fourth coxae
192u; first coxae fused in the midline; apodemes between the coxae similar
to those of female except that the first pair are closer together; glandularia
similar to those of female except that they are not greatly constricted in the
middle.
Genital field, not including small projection from anterior end, 3ly in length,
29u in width; genital field consisting of a sclerotized ring bearing four pairs
of setae; genital acetabula and acetabular plates absent; with three pairs of
setae between the projections of the fourth coxae and the genital field;
capitulum 35u in width at the anterior end, similar to that of female; legs
and palps similar in shape and chaetotaxy to those of the female; lengths
of the palpal segments were as follows: P-I, 17; P-II, 664; P-ITT, 23h; P-IV,
78u; P-V, 26u; dorsal lengths of the segments of the first leg were: I, 33y;
Jat, 2oyas IUD epyne IV, 41u; V, 654; VI, 784; lengths of the segments of the
fourth leg were: I, 52u; II, 44u; III, 50u; IV, 784; V, 90%; VI, 98u; length of
chelicera 159; distal half of the end segment of the chelicera minutely serrate.
Types.—Holotype female, collected by Dominic L. DeGiusti near the
Lerner Marine Laboratory, Bimini, B.W.I., during December 1955.
Allotype male, same data. Both types will be placed in the Chicago
Natural History Museum.
Habitat-—Both mites were recovered from the digestive tract of gobiid
fishes collected in relatively shallow water (less than 1 meter) over
a bottom composed of a mixture of sand and mud.. The lack of swim-
ae PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958
mine hairs on the legs would suggest that these mites are very weak
swimmers at best, and spend most of the time on the bottom.
Remarks.—Litarachna degiustii may be easily separated from all other
members of its genus by the possession of fused first coxae. The pres-
ent species seems to be most closely related to the Mediterranian species,
L. duboscqi Walter. The palpi of these two species are very similar,
having a short fifth segment and a projection on the ventral side of
the fourth seement. The e@enital field is rather similar in both cases.
REFERENCES
Hall, H. V. M. 1912. Some marine and terrestrial Acarina from Laguna Beach.
Pomona Coll. Annual Rpt. Laguna Marine Lab. 1: 177-186.
Walter, C. 1926. Marine Hygrobatidae. Revision der Wassermilben-Genera
Pontarachna Philippi und Nautarachna Moniez. Internatl. Rev. Ges.
Hydrobiol. Hydrogr. 14: 1-54.
BOOK REVIEW
A REVISION OF THE GENUS PSELAPTRICHUS BRENDEL (COLE-
OPTERA: PSELAPHIDAB), by Robert O. Schuster and Gordon A. Marsh.
University of Califernia Publications in Entomology, University of Cali-
fornia Press, vol. 11, no. 2, pp. 117-158, 74 figs., 5 maps. 1956. $1.00.
This paper represents a discerning, well expressed taxonomic and distributional
account of a genus of beetles which until recently has been nearly overlooked.
A combination of several factors are combined in it, creating a noteworthy en-
deavor in the field of modern systematic entomology.
First, the authors’ efforts in collecting and preparing these beetles for study
is no small achievement, for the members of the genus are very small creatures
(the average length being about 1.50 mm.) which are found only in the aecumu-
lated litter of the forest floor. That the beetles are difficult to collect and tedious
to study is, I think, best exemplified by the fact that of the thirty-two species now
included in the genus, all but three were described either in this paper or in a
previous one by these two men.
Next, the data are employed to their fullest extent and are interpreted in terms
of present-day theories of systematics. Of special interest, -im my opinion, is the
section pertaining to speciation and distribution, where the authors’ ideas con-
cerning species formation, ecological factors governing distribution, and phylogeny
of these beetles are discussed in an appropriately conservative manner.
Lastly, the completeness of the illustrative material appears exceptional. Over
seventy figures are presented, which permit the easy comparison of many of the
morphological structures which have been employed in the key and deseriptions.
In addition to these, maps are included which depict the collection localities for
ach species and which in many instances also indicate the probable range of the
JEROME G. ROZEN, JR., Entomology Research Branch, U. S. Department
of Agriculture, Washington, D. C.
species
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958 23
BIOLOGICAL NOTES ON AMPULICOMORPHA CONFUSA ASHMEAD AND
ITS FULGOROID HOST
(HYMENOPTERA: DRYINIDAE AND HomopreRA: ACHILIDAE) 1!
JOHN COLBURN BRIDWELL?
Forty-three years ago W. H. Ashmead (2) described a small, black-
ish winged wasp in the U. S. National Museum from California as
Ampulicomorpha confusa as the unique North American representa-
tive of the peculiar tribe Embolemini in the family Proctotrypidae.
After describing this insect he added that he had seen another indi-
vidual of the species from Nevada in the collection of the American
Entomological Society. There seems to be no record published of this
species having been taken since, but there is another specimen with
the type in the National Museum taken by W. F. Fiske in North Caro-
lina. It was not until 1924 that any further record of the presence
of the Emboleminae in our country was published. C. T. Brues (3)
described a species of the wingless genus Myrmecomorphus as Pedi-
nomma nearcticum from one individual from near Boston and another
from Long Island. In the U. S. National Museum there are three indi-
viduals belonging to this genus which seem to represent three species.
One of these from near Boston probably represents Brues’ species.
Another was taken by A. H. MacAndrews in North Carolina, and the
third was taken by Pergande in Mexico. Besides these American
Emboleminae, the U. S. National Museum has a specimen of Embole-
mus ruddii Westwood and some specimens of an undescribed Embole-
mus from Java. These peculiar insects have been but rarely taken in
Europe and the limits of variation have not yet been established.
Seven nominal species are recorded: two in Hmbolemus, supposedly
winged males, and four in Myrmecomorphus, wingless males and fe-
males. None of these have been taken in series except Hmbolemus
ruddu. A single species of Myrmecomorphus has been described from
Chile. The biology of these insects has remained entirely unknown
until the summer of 1936, when it became my eood fortune to encoun-
ter Ampulicomorpha and to learn the main facts of its life history.
On April 13, 1926. while examining some rotten oak logs near the
locally well-known Gravelly Spring, about two miles east of Vienna,
Virginia, a white oak log covered with a small shelf fungus was found
to support many insects of various orders and a small winged, blackish
wasp was seen to run swiftly over the surface of the bark and hide
1 Published posthumously. See Mr. Bridwell’s obituary, p. 27.—Ed.
2 In November 1954, Mr. Bridwell gave five unfinished drafts of this manuscript
to G. B. Vogt, Entomology Research Division, USDA, to prepare for publication.
The work might otherwise have been destroyed in a fire, along with numerous
other papers, in Mr. Bridwell’s home in 1955. Of the five drafts, the third was
selected for publication as the most complete; it is modified only in those portions
enclosed in brackets [ ] by slight changes of wording or insertion of excerpts from
the other drafts. Unused taxonomic notes, all unfinished drafts, and the speci-
mens used in this study are deposited in the U. S. National Museum. Mr. Brid-
well made brief reference to the findings presented herein in 1937 (1).
24 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958
among the fungi. This was captured and on examination it proved
to be an Ampulicomorpha, which had no appreciable characters to
distinguish it from the type of Ampulicomorpha confusa Ashmead.
On April 23, while examining some pine logs (Pinus rigida Mill. and
P. virginiana Mill.) in a similar condition of decay and bearing shelf
funei, two other individuals of Ampulicomorpha were seen and one
of them captured. These logs lay on the ground in the space between
the tracks of the Washington and Old Dominion and Arlington and
Fairfax Railroads, a little west of the place where they cross each
other about one mile east of Vienna.
Careful re-examination of the logs in both stations showed some
firm, half ellipsoidal cocoons firmly attached to the wood beneath the
loose bark and covered with the debris from the adjacent surface, but
unfortunately those found no longer contained living contents, the
adults having emerged. They were, however, as was subsequently
learned, the cocoons of these wasps. Careful consideration of the in-
sects seen upon these logs made it clear that the only insects common
to the pine and oak logs which seemed likely to be the prey of the
wasps [were] some fulgorid nymphs found on both. When these were
submitted to P. W. Oman he told me that they must be nymphs of
some achilid (Fulgoroidea) species, presumably Epiptera or Catonia.
Subsequent rearing showed the nymphs upon the pine logs to be those
of Epiptera floridae (Walker) while the nymphs from oak were not
distineuishable.
These nymps occur in small colonies beneath the loosened bark of
oak and pine loes in close association with white sheets of compacted
fungus hyphae, and each nymph bears on each side of each of the
three tergites before the pygofer a subquadrate glandular area which
secretes numerous fine, straight threads of ‘‘wax’’ which are fragile
and easily detached and the location of each of the colonies may be
recognized even after the insects are gone by the fibers remaining.
It was not until August 16 that Ampulicomorpha was again en-
countered. [On the pine logs an adult was found very near one of
the still problematic cocoons with an emergence hole. Other cocoons
with living contents were found in places where the former presence
of the fulgorid nymphs was indicated by the wax strands. Still others
were associated with the nymphs themselves, which were rapidly
transforming to adults. But I did not then or subsequently find any
remains of nymphs which indicated the method of attack by the wasps
upon them. On this and subsequent visits up to August 27, more than
20 viable larvae and pupae were found in cocoons. Also, some adults
were taken in the open, so that altogether some 10 adults were secured.
On August 18 it was discovered that the females were winged, and
with difficulty were distinguishable from the males. |
From this material, it was possible [by September 2, when the last
wasp died] to follow out the biology of the species and to learn that it
is in all essential particulars a dryinid biology.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958 25
The Epiptera nymphs, as stated, live in close association with hyphal
sheets of fungi and when placed in confinement with the host material
on bits of bark, they run about briskly until they find a favorable
position where they may remain quiescent for long periods of time.
When disturbed or startled, they make a single leap, which in the
open may project them a distance of several inches. When an adult
female Ampulicomorpha was placed in a glass tube with these nymphs
a great commotion ensued and continued for several minutes. The
wasp, her long antennae held at right angles to her body, ran rapidly
in pursuit of the running nymphs and these, when closely pressed,
jumped but often too late. Often the pursuit was too rapid to be
followed by the eye, but soon a nymph would be seen firmly gripped
by the wasp. Once seized, the nymphs were unable to dislodge the
wasp, and the wasp would be seen with its head on the upper side of
the body of the nymph in the space between the wine pads and the
body disposed across the body of the nymph, and the abdomen of
the wasp bent down and firmly pressed against its ventral surface,
stinging at a point near the mid-ventral line behind the hind leg. In
some cases, when more than one wasp was placed in a tube, two fe-
males attacked the same nymph on opposite sides. In no case was
an external eve seen.
The Epiptera nymphs transformed so rapidly that when the Ampu-
licomorpha adults were available only a few nymphs were present.
What at first seemed a series of unfortunate accidents was | further |
reducing the scanty material at hand. Several nymphs were seen
wounded on the middorsal line where the integument is destined to
spht in ecdysis. Not until the last available female made the last
observed attack was this explained. In this case I was able to see the
wasp gnaw away at the middorsal line of the nymph until the body
fluid began to ooze forth, upon which the wasp fed.* In the other
attacks observed, which lasted perhaps from three to five minutes,
the wasp was vigorously engaged in stinging and ovipositing. The
nymphs, after being released, seemed none the worse for the attack
and walked off about their affairs as if nothing had happened. None
of the earlier observed attacks resulted in the development of any
larvae, and it seemed this part of the story would not be secured,
but after the last female had died one of the nymphs, perhaps four or
five days after being placed with the wasp, showed a translucent,
rounded mass under the wing pad, which increased in size for three
or four days, remaining colorless, and then managed to complete its
feeding and cocooning, while not under observation and these details
were not seen. The larva, however, died without completing its trans-
formation and was devoured by a mite. [It is pointed out that simi-
larly in other Dryinidae the ege is inserted within the body of the
prey and the resulting larva emerges into a larval sac beneath the
3 [R. C. L. Perkins (4) in his observations of the dryinid Echthrodelphax states
that under unnatural conditions such as the confinement of a small jar or glass
tube, and probably under the pressure of hunger the wasps attack their leafhopper
hosts frequently killing them outright and to some extent devouring them. |
26 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958
wine pad and after some days of growth entirely devours the body
contents and then leaves the empty skin of the host to cocoon else-
where. |
After a female Ampulicomorpha was placed in a tube with nymphs
of Epiptera and some attacks upon the nymphs had been made, the
commotion soon died down and wasp and nymphs became quiet, mov-
ine about only when disturbed. With the addition of fresh nymphs
to the tube, the same commotion and attack would be renewed, fol-
lowed again by quiet. While very few nymphs besides the preadult
instar were available for use, it seemed that these were preferably
attacked when present. In no instance did the wasps show any inter-
est in adults of Hpiptera present with them. While these experi-
ments were going on, a species of Catona, the other achiliid genus in
the local fauna, was bred and on two or three occasions nymphs of
Catonia were placed with the Ampulicomorpha, which showed no
interest in them. It is desirable, however, that this matter should
be further investigated since it is not quite certain that these may not
sometimes be attacked.
The cocoons collected were placed in separate tubes for rearing, and
when newly emerged males and females were placed together copula-
tion resulted immediately, with almost no preliminary courting, and
continued for some minutes. Thereafter the sexes seemed indifferent
to each other but the addition of fresh males would result in renewed
mating.
When males were placed in tubes with cocoons, they showed no
interest in them, differing in this conspicuously from the males of the
bethylid genus Sclerodermus, (studied some years ago), which would
force their way into the unopened cocoons and mate with the young
females within (5). Unlike that genus the cocoons remain intact after
emergence, except for the opening through which the adult escapes.
While the Ampulicomorpha cocoons are often found in groups with
a colony of Epiptera, they are never placed in cocoon masses such as
are common among the bethylids, each one being formed separately
and entirely distinct from the others, even when touching.
The pupae of Ampulicomorpha lie in the cocoons with the dorsum
against the substratum so that the mandibles of the developing adult
lie in contact with the wall of the cocoon, a little before its end and
in emerging the adult itself unaided gnaws out an emergence hole
and escapes with none of the subsocial behavior of Sclerodermus.
LITERATURE CITED
1. Bridwell, J. C. 1937. [Notes on the Prey of Bembecinus and Ampulicomorpha
sp.] Proc. Ent. Soe. Wash., vol. 39: 14-15.
Ashmead, W. H. 1893. U. S. Natl. Mus. Bul. 45: 79-80.
Brues, C0. £9225 Psyche 29s 7
Perkins, R. C. L. 1905. Rept. Experiment Sta. Hawaiian Sugar Planters Assoe.
sull. ##1(1): 1-69.
5. Bridwell, J. C. 1920. Proce. Hawaii Ent. Soc. 4: 291-314.
iw oe te
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958 o7
JOHN COLBURN BRIDWELL, 1877-1957
John Colburn Bridwell was born at Pella, Texas, September 23,
1877, and died near Culpeper, Virginia, August 9, 1957. Of the
Bruchidae, or seed beetles, he became the leading scholar of his time,
and he also contributed significantly to our knowledge of other insect
eroups, especially the aculeate wasps. From 1920 until 1943 he was
a member of the Entomological Society of Washington, and during
much of that period he was located at the U. 8S. National Museum.
He was an unusual entomologist, endowed with tremendous enthusi-
asm for natural history, remarkably well schooled in fundamentals
and the early literature of his group, very well informed on botanical
matters, and a keen observer and indefatigable collector in the field.
Bridwell’s paternal ancestors were English; his great-grandfather,
Strother Bridwell, moved westward from Stafford County, Virginia,
in the middle 1700’s. His mother’s people were Scotch-Irish and
Dutch; they too came to America at an early date, and their descend-
ants still live in eastern Massachusetts. William Wallace Bridwell. a
circuit-riding Methodist minister, was father of the future entomolo-
sist, who was born in a frontier home at Pella, in northern Texas,
not far from the Chickasaw Nation in what is now Oklahoma. He had
six brothers and one sister. The family moved to Baldwin, Kansas,
site of Baker University, when Bridwell was only four to five vears
old. He was graduated from Baker with a degree of B.S. in the Class
of 1900. In 1899 he published his first paper, a list of IKKansas Hymen-
optera. As a boy he had suffered an injury to his leg, when a gun
went off in a spring wagon while on a hunting trip. This made him
lame all the remainder of his life and may have been partly respon-
sible for his spending time in the quiet pursuit and observation of
28 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958
insects as a young man, thus determining his career. It may also
have helped to shape his personality, giving him an independence
and a distaste for routine work patterns.
The chronology of Bridwell’s professional affiliations after leaving
Baker University, and prior to going to Hawaii in 1913, is as follows:
Fellow, Ohio State University, 1901-1902; Assistant to State Ento-
mologist, Georgia, 1902; Federal employee on tobacco stalk weevil
(Trichobaris) at Willis, Texas, March-July, 1903; instructor in Zo-
ology, University of New Hampshire, 1903; Fellow, Massachusetts
Agricultural College, 1906; Professor of Biology, Pacific College (Ore-
gon), 1907; instructor in Zoology and assistant entomologist, Oregon
State College, 1907-1911; instructor in Entomology, University of
California (Berkeley), 1911-1913. Some of the positions were held
for brief periods. He remained in New Hampshire at least until the
sprine of 1904, as shown by the record of Ctenothrips bridwella
Franklin, which he collected at Dover, N. H., April 11, 1904. While
in Massachusetts he identified many Hymenoptera in the College col-
lection, and he was closely associated with Dr. H. J. Franklin, who
was actively studying bumblebees, and with Dr. E. A. Back, who
later was with him in Hawaii and who became his supervisor in the
Bureau of Entomology.
In 1913 Bridwell was appointed Assistant Superintendent, Division
of Entomology, Board of Agriculture and Forestry, Territory of
Hawaii. He arrived in Honolulu about June 3, 1913, about two weeks
after the arrival of Dr. Filippo Silvestri, who, since the previous
July, had been on a trip to Africa in search of parasites which it was
hoped would contribute to the control of the Mediterranean fruit fly
and the horn fly. His work on the program of rearing and releasing
parasites began June 8, and he had the advantage of spending a few
days with Dr. Silvestri. Durine the summer he assisted David T.
Fullaway in the rearing activities, and during October 1-December 31
was in charge of the program, aided by a crew of three to five workers.
The magnitude of the program is indicated by the published figure of
92,658 parasites (4 species) which were reared during October-Decem-
ber, and the total of 99,376 parasites (5 species) which were liberated
in the period June 1-December 31, 1913.
In May 1914, Bridwell and Fullaway left Hawaii for Olokomeji,
Nigeria, for the special purpose of obtaining Tetrasticus giffardianus,
a parasite which Silvestri had discovered the previous year, but which
did not survive the trip to Hawaii. They soon found it and other
parasites, and Fullaway departed with them for Honolulu. Bridwell
remained in West Africa to colleet specimens of the rich fauna, and
within a few months made a large collection. However, he contracted
a serious case of malaria and went to South Africa to be hospitalized.
After recovering, he made further collections, made an extended stop
in Australia for additional field work, and finally returned to Hawaii
late in 1915.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958 29
Early in 1916 Bridwell left the employ of the Board of Agriculture
and Forestry, spent some time working privately at the Experiment
Station of the Hawaiian Sugar Planters’ Association, and late in the
fall was appointed to the staff of the Bishop Museum as an assistant
to O. H. Swezey, Honorary Curator of Entomology. A primary task
was to aid in the arrangement of the Helms Collection, recently ob-
tained from Australia, but an accident disabled him so that little was
accomplished that year. By 1918 he had returned to private research
and was studying Bruchidae with great enthusiasm. This specialty
led to his employment, November 20, 1919, to February 1, 1920, by
the Union Feed Company of Honolulu, to study the insects, mainly
bruchids, attacking alearoba beans.
In January 1920 Bridwell was appointed as a specialist on Bruchi-
dae and their parasites by the Bureau of Entomology, and in the late
spring of that year went to Washington to undertake the study of
the family, thus beginning his lone association with the U.S. National
Museum. In December he went to Texas to collect and ship bruchid
parasites to Hawai, and from then until he left the Bureau in early
1924 he divided his time between the Museum and the field.
Bridwell left for India in August 1924 and remained there until
1927, engaged in a business partnership based on the exportation of
cashew nuts. His time, except for side trips, was mainly divided
between Portuguese Goa and the vicinity of Bombay.
Following his return to Washington in 1927, Bridwell did private
research, mainly on bruchids, at the National Museum until he left
the Washington area in March 1944. During part of this period he
was alded by a private cooperator interested in supporting research
on bruchids. While working at the Museum Bridwell lived in several
communities, mainly in Virginia, and twice his residence burned.
After leaving the Museum he lived about two years at Hillsboro, Vir-
ginia, then at Culpeper for about a year, and finally he lived alone
in a small country house at Lignum, Virginia, from May 1947 until
it burned in December 1955. While there he assembled a few notes
for publication, but suffered the loss of nearly all remaining unpub-
lished notes, of which there were many, in the fire. In the spring of
1956 failing health forced him to enter a home for the aged. Follow-
ing his death and cremation, the ashes were scattered in a woodland
area of natural beauty, at Cabin John, Maryland, in accordance with
his wish.
Surviving relatives include a daughter, Juliet, in Washington,
D. C., and seven granddaughters, also two brothers, Arthur in Bald-
win, Kansas, and Robert in Cleveland, Oklahoma. On November 11,
1912, at Ukiah, California, Bridwell married Miss Juliet Greer, who
was President of her class at Vassar College, and was Dean of Domes-
tic Science and Art at Oregon State College, when they met. Mrs.
Bridwell continued some teaching, both in Hawaii, where their daugh-
ter was born in 1918, and in New York City during her husband’s
30 PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958
early years in Washington. She shared many travels with him, join-
ine him in India in 1925, and meeting him in Australia on his return
from Africa. In Australia his collecting ventures in unexplored areas
led to lone absences, and after one such occasion he and Mrs. Bridwell
sat in their hotel in Sydney and read in New York and San Francisco
newspapers that he had been lost in the bush! She died December 12,
1942, when the family was living at Vienna, Virginia, near Wash-
meton. DC:
During his residence in Honolulu, Bridwell was a member of the
Hawaiian Entomological Society, and he was elected Secretary-Treas-
urer for 1914, but was able to serve only briefly because of his depar-
ture for Africa. He was very active in the presentation of notes at
meetings, and they may be consulted in the Proceedings, volumes 3
and 4. Later he became active in the Entomological Society of Wash-
ington. Abstracts of the notes given by him there appear in volumes
10-13, 15 and 19 (1920-23, 1925, 1929) of the Journal of the Wash=
ineton Academy of Sciences (pages carrying reports of Entomological
Society meetings shown in Contents at end of each volume), and
in the Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Washington, vol-
tunes 35-37, 39, 44, and 46 (1933-1944). Amone notes dealing with
bruchids, the following merit special mention: Jour. Wash. Acad.
Sel. 12: 464, 467, 1922. 13° 261-262, W252 e155 80, 919253 Procaskmits
soe. Wash., 37: 185.1986. 46-123, 1944)
A great many unusually valuable specimens deposited in the Na-
tional Museum, mostly in Bruchidae, Chrysomelidae, Curculionidae.
and Hymenoptera, attest Bridwell’s remarkable observational ability
through their sienificant associated biological information. For many
years he cooperated closely with the late H. S. Barber, not only in
the acquisition of notes on the habits and relationships of various
beetles, but on the intricacies of their nomenclature as well. He
always retained a deep interest in Hymenoptera. In 1936 he discov-
ered in Vireinia, for the first time in the United States. the ant Aner-
gates, a social parasite of another ant, Tetramorium. In the middle
and Jate 1930’s he worked out the unusual biology of the previously
little known primitive sawflies of the genus Vyela, and studied their
parasites of the genus Idiogramma (formerly pee (re-
ported in notes, and by Cushman, Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci. 27: 438-444,
1957). He was proud that standard reference works, such as fe lausen’s
Knto~opvbaeous Insects, contained references to his pioneer work with
wasps in Hawaii.
Bridwell’s hfe was plagued by misfortunes, the accidents and fires
already mentioned, and also by his own fertile mind that seemed
ever to beckon him alone the untrodden paths of new investieations
before the results of the previous ones were written. It is a vitv that
an entomologist of his great and proven ability did not publish more,
vet his published record and the assembled material resulting from
his collecting and observations are marks of long-lastine accomplish-
ment. ASHLEY B. GURNEY
GEORGE B. VOGT
1906.
1914.
1916.
Oiler:
1920.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958 31
PAPERS BY JOHN COLBURN BRIDWELL
A list of Kansas Hymenoptera. Trans. Kansas Acad. Sei. 16: 203-211.
(Letter to Dr. L. O. Howard, dated Sept. 5, 1903, under ‘‘ Additional obser-
vations on the tobacco stalk weevil’’). U.S.D.A., Div. Ent. Bull. 44: 44-46,
A second species of the hymenopterous genus Odontophyes Konow (Xyeli-
nae.) Ent. News 17: 94.
(Report | Division of Entomology, Board of Agric. & For.| for period from
Oct. 1 to Dee. 31, 1913). Bull. Board of Agric. & For., Terr. of Hawaii
3: 154-160 (plus 7 tables).
Breeding fruit-fly parasites in the Hawaiian Islands. Jour. Econ. Ent. 9:
472-476.
Notes on Synagris. Proce. Hawaiian Ent. Soc. 3: 261.
A note on an #pyris and its prey. Ibid., 3: 262-263.
Notes on the Thynnidae. Tbid., 3: 263-265,
Notes on a peregrine bethylid. Tbid., 3: 276-279.
Notes on Dictyophorodelphax mirabilis. Thid.. 3: 279-280.
Notes on the entomology of Hawaiian Huphorbia with the description of a
new Dictyophorodelphax (Homoptera, Delphacidae). Tbid., 3: 385-387.
Notes on the habits of Brosconymus optatus Sharp (Carabidae). Tbid. 3:
391-392.
Certain aspects of medical and sanitary entomology in Hawaii. Trans. Med,
Soc. Hawaii for 1916-1917; 27-32.
Insects in relation to the storage of food in Hawaii. Proe. Hawaii Ent.
Soe. 3: 506-509. .
Notes on the Bruchidae and their parasites in the Hawaiian Islands. Tbid.,
3: 465-505.
Descriptions of new species of hymenopterous parasites of muscoid Diptera
with notes on their habits. Ibid. 4: 166-179.
Bruchididae of the Helms Collection. Thid., 4: 41.
Dictyophorodelphax praedicta sp. nov. (Homoptera, Delphacidae). Ibid., 43
elo etice alls
Miscellaneous notes on Hymenoptera. With deseriptions of new genera and
species. Ibid., 4: 109-165.
Some notes on Hawaiian and other Bethylidae (Hymenoptera) with deserip-
tions of new speeies. Ibid., 4: 21-38.
Notes on Nesomimesa antennata (Smith) (Hymenoptera). Ibid., 4: 40-41.
Some additional notes on Bruchidae and their parasites in the Hawaiian
Islands. Ibid., 4: 15-20.
Some notes on Hawaiian and other Bethylidae (Hymenoptera) with deserip-
tion of a new genus and species. 2nd paper. Ibid., 4: 291-314.
The insect fauna of the Hawaiian bunch grasses (Hragrostis variabilis and
allies). Ibid.. 4: 278-283.
Insects injurious to the Algaroba feed industry. Hawaiian Planters’ Record
22: 337-343.
Notes on the Bruchidae and their parasites in the Hawaiian Islands, 3rd
paper. Ibid., 4: 403-409.
bo
1920.
1929.
1930.
1931.
1932.
1938.
1940.
1942.
1944.
1946.
1952.
PROC. EN'T. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958
Miscellaneous notes on Hymenoptera, 2nd paper, with descriptions of new
species. Ibid., 4: 386-403.
A new lowland Plagithmysine carambycid from Oahu with notes on its
habits (Coleoptera). Ibid., 4: 314-323.
Notes on Nesotocus Giffardi Perkins (Coleoptera). Ibid., 4: 250-256, 6
fos eps
The host plant and habits of Acanthoscelides griseolus (Fall) Coleoptera).
Proce. Ent. Soc. Washington 25: 79-80.
Deseription of a bruchid immigrant into Hawaii breeding in the seeds of
Convolvulaceae (Coleoptera). Ibid., 32: 112-114.
The cowpea bruchid (Coleoptera) under another name
a plea for one kind
of entomological specialist. Ibid., 31: 39-44.
A preliminary generic arrangement of the palm bruchids and allies (Cole-
optera) with descriptions of new species. Ibid., 37: 141-160.
Thelytoky or arrhenotoky in Sclerodermus immigrans. Psyche 36: 119-120.
(Designation of Bruchus robiniae F. as genotype of Amblycerus Thunberg ).
Footnote 7, p. 29, In Pierce, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 77:, Art. 17, pp. 1-34.
Bruchidae infesting seeds of Compositae, with descriptions of new genera
and species (Coleoptera). Proc. Ent. Soe. Washington 33: 37-42.
The subfamilies of the Bruchidae (Coleoptera). Ibid., 34: 100-106.
Collecting insects in herbaria. Jour. N. Y. Bot. Garden 33: 105-109.
(J. C. Bridwell & L. J. Bottimer) The hairy-vetch bruchid, Bruchus brachi-
alis Fahraeus, in the United States. Jour. Agric. Research (U. S.) 46:
739-751.
(Synonymous names of Acanthoscelides obtectus (Say) and Callosobruchus
maculatus F.) pp. 4-5 In A. O. Larson & C. K. Fisher, U.S.D.A. Tech. Bull.
993, pp. 1-70.
Specularius erythrinae, a new bruchid affecting seeds of Erythrina (Cole-
optera). Jour. Washington Acad. Sei. 28: 69-76.
(H. 8. Barber & J. C. Bridwell) Dejean catalogue names (Coleoptera).
3ull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc. 35: 1-12.
Two new American bean bruchids (Coleoptera). Rev. Chilena Hist. Nat.
44: 249-258 (1940).
A new Amblycerus affecting seeds of Prosopis chilensis in Puerto Rico and
Hispaniola. Jour. Agric. Univ. Puerto Rico 27: 133-135 (Number for July
1943 ).
The genera of beetles of the family Bruchidae in America north of Mexico.
Jour. Washington Acad. Sei. 36: 52-57.
A new genus of Bruchidae affecting Hibiscus in Argentina (Bruchinae;
Acanthoseelidini). Tbid., 42: 49-50.
Notes on Bruchidae affecting the Anacardiaceae, including the description
of a new genus. Ibid., 42: 124-126.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958
oO
— ge aeel hs » tes
le ok Seo
FETC SS
Adam Giede Boving
1869-1957
Adam Giede Béving, internationally known specialist on beetle lar-
vae, died at his home, 221 Rock Creek Church Road, Washington,
D. C., on March 16, 1957, in his 88th year. His death was preceded
by two short bouts of illness caused first by heart failure and then
circulatory difficulties from which, however, satisfactory recovery was
being made. His passing was peaceful, the result of a second throm-
bosis.
Born in Saby, Denmark, July 31, 1869, he was the son of Niels
Orten Bovine, a Lutheran minister. Because the income of a country
minister must have been extremely modest, Adam and his two brothers
and three sisters knew the necessity for frugality early in life. It was
at considerable sacrifice by the rest of the family that Adam was
encouraged in his intense desire to follow scholarly pursuits. After
the required preparatory education, including six years in Latin
school, he entered the University of Copenhagen in 1888.
He lived at the home of a wealthy uncle during the first two years
at the University, but moved to less pretentious quarters, where he
found living under more difficult economic conditions more satisfying,
since his pursuit of knowledge was not interrupted by so many social
34 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958
diversions. He supported himself by teaching courses in botany and
zoology in a school for boys and a school for girls. He enjoyed teach-
ing very much and continued for years afterwards, even after he had
completed his education and obtained a position at the Zoological
Museum.
At the University, Bovine came under the influence of Professor
Frederik Meinert, and in later years he fondly referred to Meinert
as ‘‘my old teacher.’” Meinert had considerable acquaintance with
immature insects and it is very hkely that he influenced Boving’s
choice of the subject for his dissertation. The chrysomelid genus
Donacia, larvae of which live on aquatic plants below the water level,
was the subject of his thesis research. Careful observations on the
biology and the intricate adaptations to submerged living, coupled
with a painstaking study on anatomy, led to a dissertation of out-
standine merit. Much of the information was gathered while Adam
“lived with’’ the insects at a small lake, Fures6en, where Professor
Wesenbere Lund maintained a summer laboratory. Bovine defended
his thesis successfully and received the degree of Doctor of Philosophy
in 1906. Before he completed his formal education he had an official
status at the Royal Zoological Museum, and after he received his
degree he continued as Assistant Curator of Entomology until he
came to the United States.
During the winter of 1907-08, Dr. Béving studied the collections
of beetle larvae at Paris, London and Cambridge. He had many
pleasant experiences there and was greatly stimulated through ae-
quaintance with several leading scientists in those entomological ecen-
ters. While still at London, in the spring of 1908, he was asked to
join a Danish expedition that was organized to study the geology and
biology of Southeastern Iceland. The report of the trip formed the
basis, years later, for his address as retiring President of the Ento-
mological Society of Washineton.
In 1903, Dr. Bovine married Paula Brénnum. Eight years later
his wife became ill and died shortly thereafter from tuberculosis.
From 1906 to 1913 Bovine broadened his knowledge of coleopterous
larvae, and the background obtained during those years prepared
him for the breadth of his later understanding of the problems pre-
sented by those larvae. It was also during this period that he pro-
duced a significant contribution to the basic information on adult
Coleoptera: a study of the musculature of male genitalia of dytiscids.
The circumstances through which Dr. Bovine knew of the possi-
bility of a position in the United States Bureau of Entomology are
obscure. At any rate Bovine came to the United States and received
a conditional appointment, effective April 1, 1913, as ‘‘Expert’’ in
the Bureau of Entomology. Boving was not loathe to leave Denmark
for the larger United States. He felt that there was greater oppor-
tunity to carry on research in his chosen field, and he greatly admired
L. O. Howard. Furthermore he was too able a man to remain Assist-
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958
ant Curator at the Copenhagen Museum, but the position of Curator,
to which he had aspired, was not available to him.
He found life and associations pleasing in this country and felt so
stronely about the desirable features of the United States that he
was able to convince Anna Christensen that she should leave Denmark
and join him here. She came in 1916 and arrived at New York after
being on board ship for 18 days. The Bovings were married in New
York and then proceeded to Washington. Shortly thereatter they
bought the house on Rock Creek Church Road that was to become
their home. Bovine became a citizen of the United States in 1918,
and continued in the Department of Agriculture until his retirement
at the end of July 1939. At that time he held a position as Senior
Entomologist.
Even though retired he was actively involved in research on larvae
and imagines of the scarabaeid genus Phyllophaga, sponsored jointly
by the American Philosophical Society and the National Academy of
Sciences, reported in 1942 as Memoir No. 2 of the Entomological
Society of Washineton. During World War IT he was prevailed upon
to reenter Government service and was reinstated effective June 1,
1942. Although in his 73rd year he was in good health and was able
to work the six-day work week required during the war years. [is
reinstatement continued almost three years before he again retired,
Avril 30, 1945. While he was reemploved, Dr. Boving spent a month
(February, 1944) on the Texas-Mexico border with personnel of the
Division of Foreien Plant Quarantines. It was one of the pleasanter
trips of his career for he had an opportunity to pass on to the imspec-
tors a part of the vast fund of knowledge he possessed and to train
them to make identifications of the more commonly intercepted beetle
larvae.
When Bovine came to the United States he found a great deal to
interest him in the collections of the National Museum. Numerous
larvae were available for study, larvae collected by Hubbard, Schwarz
and Barber in their foresighted realization of the importance of lar-
vae to a knowledge of insects. Furthermore, Boving was most closely
associated with entomologists who were concentrating on forest insects
and who were rearing and conducting field studies on many species
of insects, under the direction of A. D. Hopkins. From those rearings
a large amount of material accumulated, much of it representing
eroups the larvae of which were previously unknown. In later years
these collections were augmented significantly by gifts and exchanges
which were arranged in large part by Dr. Boving. The National
Museum contains many larvae sent from Denmark, especially by J. P.
Kryger, and that fine material attests the long friendship and mutual
respect of the two men. Other important exchanges were arranged
with such outstanding students of beetle larvae as van Emden in Eng-
land and Gardner in India. In the United States also, respect for
30ving resulted in the deposit at the Museum of important material
from Keifer, Ritcher, Glen, ete.
36 PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958
Dr. Bovine must have brought with him from Denmark the idea
of separating the larger groups of Coleoptera on the basis of larval
characters. It was not long after his arrival that he and F. C. Craig-
head began working together on such a project. Later they received
active assistance from St. George, Hyslop, and others. The masterful
Synopsis of the Principal Larval Forms of Coleoptera was completed
in the middle 1920’s and was published by the Brooklyn Entomologi-
cal Society, with a personal subsidy from Bovine, in four parts in
1930 and 1981.
There can be no doubt of the stimulating effect that the Synopsis
had on the study of beetle larvae in the United States as well as in
other countries. For the first time a serious effort to arrange the lar-
vae of this major order of insects in a natural or nearly natural sys-
tem was successful. No attempt was made by the authors to develop
any startling changes in the existing classification of the Coleoptera.
Some changes were imperative, however, and subsequent reexamina-
tion of the adults has proved them justified. The desirability of addi-
tional changes was indicated in places as a e@uide to workers on adult
Coleoptera that the existing arrangement should be reviewed.
Before, as well as after, the appearance of the Synopsis, Dr. Bovine
published many important papers dealing with large families of Cole-
optera or important groups within families. The breadth of interest
and facility with which these various problems were approached and
handled demonstrate his remarkable abilities. After retirement he
continued his very active interest in these researches and produced a
monumental work on larvae of the Anobiidae. At the time of his
death he was studying larvae of the Nitidulidae. He had completed
careful drawines of the available genera, developed a key to them,
and had hoped to inelude a diagnosis for each genus. His excellent
drawings and the manuseript notes will be prepared for formal
publication.
Dr. Boving’s stature as a scientist was widely recognized in this
country and various countries in Europe. He was an honorary mem-
ber of several of the numerous scientific societies to which he belonged.
Kuropean societies with which he was affiliated include the following:
Zoological and Botanical Society of Finland (Correspondent )
Entomological Society of Finland (Correspondent )
Entomological Society of Denmark (Honorary Member)
Danish Natural History Society (Correspondent )
Entomological Society of Stockholm (Honorary Member)
Royal Danish Academy of Sciences and Letters
Tf¥e was a member of the following societies in the United States:
Washineton Academy of Sciences
Entomological Society of Washington (Honorary Member)
Society of Sigma Xi—Distriet of Columbia Chapter (Honorary
Member)
Biological Society of Washineton (Life Member)
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958
(eX)
~]
Brooklyn Entomological Society (Honorary Member )
Entomological Society of America (Honorary Fellow)
Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia (Correspondent )
American Association for the Advancement of Science
He was appointed as an Associate in Zoology by the Smithsonian
Institution in 1939.
One of the finest honors paid Dr. Boving was his designation as a
Knight of the Order of Dannebrog, conferred on him in 1927, and
in 1949 he received the more imposing title of Commander in the
same Order. It is probable that the fact that he was born in Denmark
had some bearing on his being so honored by the Danes. However,
the decisions to confer the honors were undoubtedly based on a recog-
nition of Dr. Bovine’s contributions to entomology and demonstrate
the importance attributed to scientific accomplhshments by the Danish
Government. The honor was, further, a recognition of his help to
many visiting Danish scientists by making their trips to the United
States more pleasant and profitable.
His scientific stature was again recognized by Danish scientists in
1934. At that time he and his family were invited to make a trip to
Denmark where he delivered a series of lectures on the organization
of entomological research in the United States. He also had an oppor-
tunity to discuss the classification of beetle larvae with scientists from
Denmark and other European countries.
Dr. Bovine is survived by his wife, Anna, who resides at the home
on Rock Creek Church Road, a son, Dr. Bent Bovine, who holds a
responsible position in the Department of Embryology, Carnegie In-
stitution of Washineton, in Baltimore, Maryland, and three grand-
children. Three sisters, living in Denmark, also survive.
In addition to a delightful personality, Dr. Boving possessed many
sterling qualities of mind and heart. A man of high ideals, and abso-
lute freedom from professional jealousy, his genial, wholesome, cour-
teous disposition readily won for him enduring friendships wherever
he went, and the breadth of his intellectual attainments and ability
to converse with his friends on a wide variety of subjects of interest
to them proved unquestionably one of his fine attributes. That gift
and the obvious friendliness of both Dr. Béving and his sweet wife,
Anna, made even casual visitors completely at ease in their company
and in their home. An energetic, careful worker, a patient observer,
tireless in his efforts always to maintain highest standards of excel-
lence, association with him was made a constant source of inspiration
to his colleagues. Likewise, he will long be remembered with gratitude
for his deep interest in the problems and the advancement of younger
workers, particularly those whose good fortune it was to be for a
time under the stimulus of his leadership. It was a source of deep
satisfaction to him that some of these later advanced into positions of
leadership and responsibility in entomology. A quiet, serene and
kindly spirit, the memory of Adam Giede Béving will long hold high
place of veneration and affection in the hearts of all of those who
knew him best.
1906.
1907.
LOMO:
OM.
1913.
OM:
1919.
1920.
1921.
1922.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VoL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958
Bibliography!
Donaciinlarvernes Naturhistorie. Copenhagen. 263 pp., 7 pls., 70 text figs.
Om Paussiderne og Larven til Paussus kannegietert Wasm. Vidensk. Medd.
Naturhist. Foren. 1907: 109-136, 1 pl., 5 text figs.
Natural history of the larvae of Donaciinae. Intern, Rey. Hydrobiol. Leip-
zig. 108 pp., 7 pls., 70 text figs.
Nye Bidrag til Carabernes Udviklingshistorie, Part 1. Ent. Medd. (2nd
series) 3: 320-376, Pl. 6, 15 text figs.
Nye Bidrag til Carabernes Udviklingshistorie, Part II. Ent. Medd. (2nd
series) 4: 129-180, Pls. 5-9.
Studies relating to the anatomy, the biological adaptations, and the mechan-
ism of ovipositor in the various genera of Dytiscidae. Intern. Rey.
Hydrobiol. Leipzig. pp. 1-28, Pls. 1-6.
On the abdominal structure of certain beetle larvae of the campodeiform
type. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 16: 55-61, Pls. 3-5.
On Mnemonica auricyanea Walsingham. Proce. Ent. Soe. Wash. 16: 151-163,
Pls. 9-16. (August Busek and A. G. Boving).
Notes on the larva of Hydroscapha and some other aquatic larvae from
Arizona. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 16: 169-174, Pls. 17-18.
A generic synopsis of the coccinellid larvae in the United States National
Museum, with a description of the larva of Hyperaspis binotata Say.
Proce; U.S! Natls Muss 5 621-2650 Pls 1salos
Captain Allan Hinson Jennings. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 21: 61-63, Pl. 3.
(W. Dwight Pierce, August Busck and Adam Boving).
in Runner, G. A. The tobacco beetle: an important pest in tobacco products.
(With technical descriptions of coleopterous larvae.) U. S. Dept. Agr.
Bul. 737, pp. 12-14.°33-34" Pls! 4s
in Ainslie, George G. The cornpith weevil (Centrinus penicellus Hhbst.)
(Description of last instar larva). Jour. Eeon. Ent. 13: 277-280, Fig. 10.
Larvae of North American beetles of the family Cleridae. Proe. U. S.
Natl. Mus. 57: 575-649, Pls. 42-538. (A. G. Béving and A. B. Cham-
plain).
The larva of Popillia japonica Newman and a closely related undetermined
ruteline larva, a systematic and morphological study. Proce. Ent. Soe.
Wash. 23: 51-62. Pls. 5-6.
3iology of Embaphion muricatum. Jour. Agr. Res. 22: 323-334, Pls. 31-32.
(J. S. Wade and A. G. Béving).
The larvae and pupae of the social beetles Coccidotrophus socialis (Schwarz
and Barber) and Hunausibius wheeleri (Sehwarz and Barber) with re-
marks on the taxonomy of the family Cuecujidae. Zoologica 3: 197-221,
PIS 70! :
The larva of the North American beetle Zenodosus sanguineus Say of the
family Cleridae. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 24: 9-11, Pl. 4. (A. G. Béving
and A. B. Champlain).
1 This list of publications, including papers appearing in 1942, was prepared by
Dr. Boving himself.
1922.
1930.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., vol. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958 39
in Burke, H. E. The lead-cable borer or ‘‘short-eircuit beetle’? in Cali-
fornia. Appendix: Taxonomy and morphology of the larval stages of
Scobicia declivis Leconte. U. S. Dept. Agr. Bul. 1107: 49-54, Pls. 1-2.
The historical development of the term ‘‘triungulin.’’ Jour. Wash. Acad.
Sci. 14: 203-204.
The blister beetle Tricra